Home

EditPad Pro manual in PDF format

1. Liascii ASCII characters x00 x7F p InBasicLatin p ASCII blank Space and tab t p Zs t p Blank cntrl Control characters x00 x1F x7F p Cc p Cntrl digit Digits 0 9 p Nd d p Digit graph Visible characters i e anything except spaces control characters etc x21 x7E A p Z p C p Graph 309 POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java lower Lowercase letters a z p L1 p Lower print Visible characters and spaces i e anything except control characters etc x20 x7E P C p Print punct Punctuation and symbols EL H amp lt gt 0 A I p P p S p Punct space All whitespace characters including line breaks I t r n v fl p Z t r n v fl S p Space upper Uppercase letters A Z p Lu
2. p Upper word Word characters letters numbers and underscores A Za z0 9_ p L p N p Pc Ww xdigit Hexadecimal digits A Fa f0 9 A Fa f0 9 p XDigit 310 Collating Sequences A POSIX locale can have collating sequences to describe how certain characters or groups of characters should be ordered E g in Spanish 11 like in tortilla is treated as one character and is ordered between 1 and m in the alphabet You can use the collating sequence element span 11 inside a bracket expression to match 11 E g the regex torti span 11 a matches tortilla Notice the double square brackets One pair for the bracket expression and one pair for the collating sequence I do not know of any regular expression engine that support collating sequences other than POSIX compliant engines part of a POST X compliant system Note that a fully POSIX compliant regex engine will treat 11 as a single character when the locale is set to Spanish This means that tor ti x a also matches tortilla x matches a single character that is not an x which includes 11 in the Spanish POSIX locale In any other regular expression engine or in a POSIX engine not using the Spanish locale torti x a will match the misspelled word tortila but will not match tortilla as x cannot match the two characters
3. EditPad will not consider the first three letters of category a valid search match Otherwise it will Search Option All Files Files Click the Dot button on the search toolbar to turn on the all files search option to search through all open files in the current project If a search command cannot find a match in the current file it will automatically continue with the next file until either a match is found or all files have been searched through The Fold Lines search command always works on the current file only regardless of the all files option The Highlight All option is a global toggle that will always highlight the current file even when you switch files until you turn it off regardless of the all files option All the other search commands respect the all files option as explained above Search Option All Projects Projects To search through all open files in all open projects click the Projects button on the search toolbar to turn on the all projects search option If a search command cannot find a match in the current file it will automatically continue with the next file When all files in the current project have been searched through EditPad Pro will continue with the first file in the next project EditPad Pro will continue searching until either a match is found or all files in all projects have been searched through The Fold Lines search command always works on the current f
4. Explore in EditPad Opens the Explorer Panel and selects the folder that you selected in the Files Panel or the folder containing the file or project that you selected in the Files Panel Explore in Windows Explorer Launches Windows Explorer showing the folder that you selected in the Files Panel If you selected a file or a project then Windows Explorer is launched showing the folder containing that file or project with that file or project selected in Windows Explorer View The View button on the Files Panel toolbar has a submenu with options that determine what the Files Panel displays and how the Files Panel is organized e Closed Files in Managed Projects Turn on to make the Files Panel show closed files that are still part of managed projects These will appear dimmer than files that are open Turn off to hide all closed files even if they are still part of managed projects Files that were closed from unmanaged projects are always removed from the project and never show up on the Files Panel e Collapse Automatically Turn on to collapse all nodes in the tree on the Files Panel except those containing the active file Turn off to expand all nodes except those that you collapsed manually If you manually expand a node that node will stay expanded regardless of this option e Flat List of Files Turn on to show a flat list of files directly under the project nodes without any folder nodes even if the files are in different fo
5. Let s see what happens if we try to match 4 against abc The matches the 4 matches a b and c as it is repeated by the star The final then matches the final and we found an overall match In this case the end result is the same whether we use a greedy or possessive quantifier There is a slight performance increase though because the possessive quantifier doesn t have to remember any backtracking positions The performance increase can be significant in situations where the regex fails If the subject is abc no closing quote the above matching process will happen in the same way except that the second fails When using a possessive quantifier there are no steps to backtrack to The regular expression does not have any alternation or non possessive quantifiers that can give up part of their match to try a different permutation of the regular expression So the match attempt fails immediately when the second fails Had we used a greedy quantifier instead the engine would have backtracked After the failed at the end of the string the would give up one match leaving it with ab The would then fail to match c backtracks to just a and fails to match b Finally backtracks to match zero characters and fails a Only at this point have all backtracking positions been exh
6. Rotate wheel Scrolls the text a single line up or down Shift Wheel Moves the text cursor a line up or down like pressing the up or down arrow keys on the keyboard Ctrl Wheel Scrolls the text an entire screen up or down Shift Ctrl Wheel Moves the text cursor a screen up or down like pressing page up or down on the keyboard Scrolling the text with the wheel the text cursor keeps its position relative to the text This may cause the text cursor to be scrolled off screen and become invisible If you do not like this select always keep the text cursor in view in the Cursor Preferences Then scrolling with the wheel will also move the text cursor if needed to keep it visible 168 Search Preferences On the Search tab of the Preferences you can set the options that affect basic editing tasks that are not file type specific Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Files Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts System Search _ Beep when the search fails or loops V Use the current word or the selected text as the default search text V Automatically turn on selection only when multiple lines of text are selected C Give the main editor keyboard focus when a search match is found C Double cicking a word instantly highlights all occurrences of that word Always visualize spaces and tabs in the search term and replacement text When a search
7. Then EditPad Pro will check if the file contains any NULL characters Text files should not contain NULL characters though improperly created text files might Binary files frequently contain NULL characters Making the wrong choice here causes no harm You can instantly switch between text and hexadecimal mode by picking View Hexadecimal in the menu Unlike many other editors EditPad Pro will preserve the exact contents of binary files even when you view them in text mode Even files with NULL characters will be properly displayed in text mode Many applications truncate text files at the first NULL since that character is often used as an end of data signal 140 The record size is the number of bytes that EditPad Pro displays on each line in hexadecimal mode If you enter zero you get EditPad Pro s default behavior of showing the smallest multiple of 8 bytes that fits within the width of EditPad s window If you enter a positive number that s the number of bytes EditPad Pro displays on a line You can enter any number It doesn t have to be divisible by 8 or by 2 Set hex editor sections to hexadecimal and ASCII to get the typical hex editor view with the hexadecimal representation of the bytes in the center of the editor and the ASCII representation of the bytes in the right hand column Choose hexadecimal only or ASCII only to see only either representation Select split hexadecimal and ASCH
8. b then matches b and c matches c Match found The regex with the atomic group however exited from an atomic group after bc was matched At that point all backtracking positions for tokens inside the group are discarded In this example the alternation s option to try b at the second position in the string is discarded As a result when c fails the regex engine has no alternatives left to try Of course the above example isn t very useful But it does illustrate very clearly how atomic grouping eliminates certain matches Or more importantly it eliminates certain match attempts Regex Optimization Using Atomic Grouping Consider the regex b integer insert in b and the subject integers Obviously because of the word boundaries these don t match What s not so obvious is that the regex engine will spend quite some effort figuring this out b matches at the start of the string and integer matches integer The regex engine makes note that there are two more alternatives in the group and continues with b This fails to match between the r and s So the engine backtracks to try the second alternative inside the group The second alternative matches in but then fails to match s So the engine backtracks once more to the third alternative in matches in b fails between the n and t this time The regex engine has no more reme
9. match an x or a hyphen Exactly which POSIX character classes are available depends on the POSIX locale The following are usually supported often also by regex engines that don t support POSIX itself Pve also indicated equivalent character classes that you can use in ASCH and Unicode regular expressions if the POSIX classes are unavailable Some classes also have Perl style shorthand equivalents Java does not support POSIX bracket expressions but does support POSIX character classes using the p operator Though the p syntax is borrowed from the syntax for Unicode properties the POSIX classes in Java only match ASCII characters as indicated below The class names are case sensitive Unlike the POSIX syntax which can only be used inside a bracket expression Java s p can be used inside and outside bracket expressions POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java POSIX Description ASCII Unicode Shorthand Java alnum Alphanumeric characters a zA Z0 9 p L amp p Nd p Alnum alpha Alphabetic characters a zA Z p L amp p Alpha
10. or p Punctuation any kind of punctuation character p Pd or p Dash_Punctuation any kind of hyphen or dash p Ps or p Open_Punctuation any kind of opening bracket p Pe or p Close_Punctuation any kind of closing bracket p Pi or p Initial_Punctuation any kind of opening quote p Pf or p Final_Punctuation any kind of closing quote p Pc or p Connector_Punctuation a punctuation character such as an underscore that connects words o p Po or p Other_Punctuation any kind of punctuation character that is not a dash bracket quote or connector e p C or p Other invisible control characters and unused code points p Cc or p Control an ASCII 0x00 0x1F or Latin 1 0x80 0x9F control character p Cf or p Format invisible formatting indicator p Co or p Private_Use any code point reserved for private use p Cs or p Surrogate one half of a surrogate pair in UTF 16 encoding p Cn or p Unassigned any code point to which no character has been assigned 00000 0 0000 0 Unicode Scripts The Unicode standard places each assigned code point character into one script A script is a group of code points used by a particular human writing system Some scripts like Thai correspond with a single human language Other scripts like Latin span multiple languages Some languages are compose
11. or shows nothing you will then see Read Only A file that is in read only mode cannot be edited in EditPad You can turn off read only mode by clicking on the Read Only indicator on the status bar If the file is in use by another application or stored on a read only device however you still won t be able to save it even if you can edit it in EditPad To save your changes either close the other application that is using the file and then use File Save or save your changes to a new file with File Save As If the file was opened as read only because the read only attribute was set EditPad will attempt to remove the read only attribute if you try to save the file The File Open screen has a read only checkbox at the bottom If you tick that EditPad opens the file as read only even if the file is perfectly writable In that case clicking the Read Only indicator on the status bar makes the file editable as if you had opened it without using the read only checkbox If you have a file open that is not read only and it doesn t have any unsaved changes you can make it read only by clicking the blank space in the status bar reserved for the Modified or Read Only indicator This only prevents accidental changes to the file in EditPad EditPad does not set the file s read only attribute nor does it prevent other applications from modifying the file File Favorites In the Favorites sub
12. the first regex will put cab into the first backreference while the second regex will only store b That is because in the second regex the plus caused the pair of parentheses to repeat three times The first time c was stored The second time a and the third time b Each time the previous value was overwritten so b remains This also means that abc 1 will match cab cab and that abc 1 will not The reason is that when the engine arrives at 1 it holds b which fails to match c Obvious when you look at a simple example like this one but a common cause of difficulty with regular expressions nonetheless When using backreferences always double check that you are really capturing what you want Useful Example Checking for Doubled Words When editing text doubled words such as the the easily creep in Using the regex b w s 1 b in your text editor you can easily find them To delete the second word simply type in 1 as the replacement text and click the Replace button Parentheses and Backreferences Cannot Be Used Inside Character Classes Round brackets cannot be used inside character classes at least not as metacharacters When you put a round bracket in a character class it is treated as a literal character So the regex a b matches a b p and Backteferences also cannot be used inside a character cl
13. x matches an x or a caret You can put the closing bracket right after the opening bracket or the negating caret x matches a closing bracket or an x x matches any character that is not a closing bracket or an x The hyphen can be included right after the opening bracket or right before the closing bracket or right after the negating caret Both x and x match an x or a hyphen You can use all non printable characters in character classes just like you can use them outside of character classes E g uU20AC matches a dollar or euro sign assuming your regex flavor supports Unicode The JGsoft engine Perl and PCRE also support the Q E sequence inside character classes to escape a string of characters E g Q E matches or POSIX regular expressions treat the backslash as a literal character inside character classes This means you can t use backslashes to escape the closing bracket the caret and the hyphen To use these characters position them as explained above in this section This also means that special tokens like shorthands are not available in POSIX regular expressions See the tutorial topic on POSIX bracket expressions for more information Shorthand Character Classes Since certain character classes ate used often a series of shorthand character classes ate available d is short for Q 9 w stands for digits wo
14. Backreferences to failed groups also fail JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE GNU BRE GNU ERE XPath i case insensitive JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE s dot matches newlines JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby m and match at line breaks JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python x free spacing mode JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE n explicit capture JGsoft NET ismxn turn off mode modifiers JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Ruby ismxn group mode modifiers local to group JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Ruby Atomic Grouping and Possessive Quantifiers Feature Supported by Feature Supported by gt regex atomic group JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Ruby and m n possessive quantifiers JGsoft Java PCRE 365 Lookaround Feature regex positive lookahead Supported by JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE Feature regex negative lookahead Supported by JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE Feature lt text positive lookbehind Supported by JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Feature lt text negative lookbehind Supported by JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Continuing from The Previous Match Feature G start of match attempt Supported by JGsoft NET Java Perl PC
15. EditPad Pro Manual Version 7 3 8 5 May 2015 Published by Just Great Software Co Ltd Copyright 1996 2015 Jan Goyvaerts All rights reserved EditPad and Just Great Software are trademarks of Jan Goyvaerts Table of Contents EditPad Pro Maintial siciicsssscisecasactioasaseises aseetionssdeisoaasestioasavedsoaesbendenssdedsonnasetseensvorcl T File Menina e OT TEENIE UCAS STOTT AN TOT TOTO AE ra TONE ECL NTA TO NCAT Tear TC s 4 Zip Fit MR Gt EEEE 17 3 Project Me nu 8 0hi ied atin dah death dl ada n dha and Akad Added Minna ha aad ladad 25 A Search Men viacisssissssviadesssesstscavasetecsbevadocstsssvesstecaisvnlgcotssnbesadvesenstiacols nvtsatechunsadacoissnvasstvcabnssiosvts savasalocsitenigcousassanetucsasors 38 DEG MENU PEREIS EAE ESEESE E EEES EEE EEEE E 57 A Ioe AN KE a e REEE EE ESEE SEEE 61 T Mark Menuissssssscsssssssssstsssiinstacsssscsesstasssivssassssetussatiesssssbonasiedbseasaes ieasgsasiedaseabiosassbacanietbioasagdu eseaeabdedasoatiosaasdbanasiaabioatagies 71 8 POL Men AORE TTTS 74 9 TOOS MEN ii i a E AARAA O OAO OOO O OOO ICE POTOSI AE CTE 77 Os Macros MEDU NnS AEST A E E OO TEE E EEE OO Oa 89 1E ESA MENU ie hestin i 7 SAN oC SE OOE 94 12 Convett Menu sensia niteni eae E hein dd hn heh ih aan laid iad baheats 109 15s Opttons MENU 2iiah aianicctive titi ctaretssabsciveeeeecitecstsctivaneacevecwtecersevisctvacsincabecets ctuverladtuncatscotuatiectuecencateastadtvben dinates 121 14 Options Cont
16. Editor Options If the selection is rectangular the indicator follows the number of lines with a colon and a second number indicating the number of visual columns in the selection This is the width of the rectangular selection Number of physical lines paragraphs in the file Number of lines in the file counted as if word wrapping were off Number of wrapped lines in the file When word wrap is on this indicator counts the number of lines in the file including wrapped lines When word wrap is off the number of physical lines is shown Unicode code point of the character at the cursor Indicates the Unicode code point of the character to the right of the cursor in hexadecimal and in decimal This indicator works even when the file s encoding is not Unicode Code page position of the character at the cursor If the file uses a legacy code page this indicator shows the index in that code page of the character to the right of the cursor in hexadecimal and decimal notation If the file uses Unicode the Unicode code point is indicated instead Bytes encoding the character at the cursor Indicates the actual bytes in the file that represent the character to the right of the cursor The bytes are shown in hexadecimal notation like you would see 182 in hexadecimal mode For encodings that store files as pure ASCII using character escapes for non ASCII characters this indicator shows the ASCII text used to escape non ASCII characters Physi
17. Example a foobar b matches ab 355 3 Unicode Syntax Reference Unicode Characters Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example X Matches a single Unicode grapheme whether encoded as a single code point or multiple code points using combining marks A grapheme most closely resembles the everyday concept of a character X matches a encoded as U 0061 U 0300 a encoded as U 00E0 etc UFFFF where FFFF are 4 hexadecimal digits Matches a specific Unicode code point Can be used inside character classes UOQEQ matches encoded as U 00E0 only u00A9 matches x FFFF where FFFF are 1 to 4 hexadecimal digits Perl syntax to match a specific Unicode code point Can be used inside character classes x EQ matches a encoded as U 00E0 only x A9 matches Unicode Properties Scripts and Blocks Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example p L or p Letter Matches a single Unicode code point that has the property letter See Unicode Character Properties in the tutorial for a complete list of properties Each Unicode code point has exactly one property Can be used inside character classes p L matches a encoded as U 00E0 p
18. In EditPad Pro the Find First button on the search toolbar has a drop down menu This drop down menu has three items that you can use to find a specific search match counting search matches from the start The Find 10th item will find the 10th search match It start searching from the beginning to find the first search match and immediately continues to find the second third etc until it arrives at the 10th match The 10th match will then become selected If there are less than 10 search matches nothing will happen and the Find First button will briefly flash its icon to indicate the search failed Similarly the Find 100th item will skip the first 99 search matches and select match 100 The Find Nth item will ask you for the number of the match you want to find If you enter 42 EditPad will skip the first 41 search matches and highlight the 42nd Search Find Next After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Next button on the seatch toolbar or select the Find Next item in the Search menu to find the next search match If the edit box for entering the search term still has keyboard focus you can also find the next search match by pressing Ctrl F again or by pressing Enter Find Next starts searching from the current position of the text cursor in the current file If the selection only option is on Find Next searches until the end of the search range If all files is on Find Next s
19. e File e Edit e Project e Search e Go e Block e Mark e Fold e Tools e Macros e 6Extra e Convert e Options e View e Help Some functionality can be accessed through panels that dock to the sides of EditPad s window e Search and Replace e Spell Check e Clip Collection e Character Map e Byte Value Editor e Files Panel e Explorer Panel e FTP Panel e File History e File Navigator 1 File Menu File New Creates a new tab with a blank untitled file If you click the File New item directly then the file type for the new file is the one for which you selected default file type for new files in the file type configuration If you select a file type from the File New submenu then the new file uses the settings for the file type that you selected If you use File Save As and give the file a name with an extension that belongs to a file type other than the one used by File New then the file s file type is be changed to the file type associated with that extension The file will then also use the settings defined for that file type File Open The File Open command shows an open file common dialog It allows you to open one or mote files from the folder of your choice To select more than one file hold down the Shift or Control key on the keyboard while you click with the mouse You can configure the initial folder of the open dialog in the Open Files Preferences You can tick the rea
20. is a shortcut for Block Toggle Comment by default If you want to use Ctrl to type characters with strokes remove the shortcut from Block Toggle Comment in the keyboard preferences Punctuation ja b c d e f g h ij k 1 jm n Ctrl a Ctrl a Ctrl a Ctrl Ctrl A Ctrl Ctrl a Ctrl Ctrlt amp Punctuation A Ctrl A Ctrl A Ctrl A O gt As e 6 0 a Cp Zz N lt o piq fr js t uly jw x jy Zz i g Kif Imia jo pp fet ls fa Ww fy i wil iy h fi 6 t l week Wy lg haPK I la 6 teei wl ly i fi 6 ay y e h yii fy r isis W iy fig ih ft t ce B EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY G KILIMIN O RIS Ww fy I N l wi Y 229 Ctrl CIDIE IGS KIL N RSTO Wl Ctrl A E I v Vd Ctrlt CPE Gel KE N R SIT Ctrl A U Ctrl DE fiG H it F Z Ctrl amp A Punctuation 2 3 4 Ctrl Yo 3 4 14 Tip of The Day The first time EditPad starts without any prompts such as it not being the default text editor it will show the tip of the day screen at startup The tips highlight some of EditPad s more interesting features Click the More Info button to open EditPad s help file to learn more about the feature described in the tip If youre in the mood for reading tips click the Next Tip button to read more tips Each time you start EditPad it will show a different
21. lower matches one of 0 through 9 or a through z span ll Matches a POSIX collation sequence Can only be used in a bracket expression span 11 matches 11 in the Spanish locale x Matches a POSIX character equivalence Can only be used in a bracket expression e matches e and in the French locale 358 5 Regular Expression Flavor Comparison The table below compares which regular expression flavors support which regex features and syntax The features are listed in the same order as in the regular expression reference The comparison shows regular expression flavors rather than particular applications or programming languages implementing one of those regular expression flavors e JGsoft This flavor is used by the Just Great Software products including PowerGREP and EditPad Pro e NET This flavor is used by programming languages based on the Microsoft NET framework versions 1 x 2 0 or 3 x It is generally also the regex flavor used by applications developed in these programming languages e Java The regex flavor of the java util regex package available in the Java 4 JDK 1 4 x and later A few features were added in Java 5 DK 1 5 x and Java 6 JDK 1 6 x It is generally also the regex flavor used by applications developed in Java e Perl The regex flavor used in the Perl programming language versions 5 6 and 5 8 Versions prior to 5 6
22. or minus buttons If you have print in color turned on you can click the Color Palette button to select a different set of colors You should select a palette that uses a white background Otherwise EditPad will use loads of ink to give the printout a colored background If you print on colored paper you should still select a white background in EditPad EditPad cannot determine the color of your paper White is assumed The Color Palette button shows the same color selection screen as the corresponding button in the file type configuration If you edit any palettes those changes also affect the palettes used for editing If you want to use different palettes for editing and for printing create new palettes for printing instead of editing existing ones EditPad remembers the palette used for printing in combination with the palette used for editing E g if you edit a file with the Borland classic palette which uses a blue background and then select the Embarcadero palette for printing it without the blue background then the print preview automatically defaults to the Embarcadero palette next time you print a file that you re editing with the Borland palette Click the Print button to start printing Then click the Close button or press Escape on the keyboard to close the print preview Print Headers Click the Headers amp Footers button in the Print Preview window to change the headers and footers to
23. tag as long as it is unclosed there is no need to close it immediately Simply leave it unclosed until you have typed in everything you want between the tag and then use Edit Insert Matching Bracket If you use Insert Matching Bracket when an unmatched closing bracket is highlighted it inserts the matching opening bracket The cursor is then placed to the left of the bracket that was inserted This way you can easily use Edit Insert Matching Bracket repeatedly to insert multiple opening brackets E g if you type unclosed into a C file then put the cursor before unclosed and then use Edit Insert Matching Bracket three times you ll get unclosed The Insert Matching Bracket command can match up an unmatched bracket even when matching brackets are highlighted In the C statement if a b amp amp c d the last is unmatched If you put the cursor before the first EditPad Pro will highlight it as being matched with the after b This clearly shows that the if statement isn t properly enclosed in parentheses If you use Edit Insert Matching Bracket with the cursor at this position EditPad Pro looks for the nearest unmatched bracket In this case that is the final in the statement EditPad Pro inserts correctly completing if a b amp amp c d 24 Edit Duplicate Line Duplicates the line the text cursor is on If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke this command it will be
24. 141 parameters 241 parentheses 57 parenthesis see round bracket paste 20 109 pastebook 196 path placeholders 80 pattern 53 246 period see dot persistent selections 160 pipe symbol see vertical bar placeholders 54 78 play instant macro 92 plus 248 268 possessive quantifiers 289 pointer 163 portable installation 235 positive lookahead 294 positive lookbehind 295 POSIX 307 possessive 289 precedence 265 271 preferences 77 132 133 134 135 147 159 160 163 170 173 179 180 183 188 191 193 prefix block 65 prepare to search 38 prepend lines 259 previous comparison mark 106 previous editing position 57 previous file 59 previous match 300 previous project 59 previously edited file 58 print 9 69 309 Procmail 250 project 25 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34 36 37 59 72 95 107 173 project tabs 176 178 projects 50 properties Unicode 279 379 punct 309 punctuation 281 quantifier backreference 338 backtracking 269 curly braces 268 greedy 268 group 338 lazy 269 nested 332 once or more 268 once only 289 plus 268 possessive 289 question mark 267 reluctant 269 specific amount 268 star 268 ungteedy 269 zeto of more 268 zero of once 267 question mark 248 267 common mistake 320 lazy quantifiers 269 question marks instead of text 109 quit 16 quote 249 quoted string 257 range of characters 252 read only 6 record instant macro 92 r
25. Highlight innermost pair of brackets containing the cursor V Live syntax aware spell checking Download Spell Checker Dictionaries Clip Collection C Open a specific Clip Collection when editing a file of this type Syntax Coloring Syntax coloring highlights different parts of a file in different colors This makes it easier to edit text files that need to adhere to a certain syntax or formatting such as programming source code or markup files The different colors help guide your eyes through the structure of the file In EditPad the actual highlighting is determined by a combination of two settings The color palette associates named colors with actual red green blue colors Select the palette that best matches your color preferences Click the Customize button next to the drop down list with color palettes to edit the individual 145 colors The list of palettes is shared by all file types If you edit a palette used by multiple file types the changes apply to all those file types The syntax coloring scheme uses the named colors to highlight different parts of the file EditPad Pro ships with many syntax coloring schemes for a variety of file formats and programming languages Simply select the one you want to use from the syntax coloring scheme drop down list Select none at the top of the list if you want to disable syntax coloring Applying syntax colorin
26. If the clipboard already holds plain text data the selection is appended to the text already on the clipboard even if the text was placed on the clipboard by another application Edit Paste will then paste both the original text plus the selection appended to it If the file uses syntax coloring and the clipboard already holds a rich text version of other text copied by EditPad then the rich text version is appended to as well If the clipboard holds rich text copied by another application Edit Cut Append removes it from the clipboard This command is always invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut Edit Copy Places the current selection on the Windows clipboard If there is no current selection and the option to copy the active line is turned on in the Editor Preferences then the entire current paragraph is placed onto the clipboard Any data previously held by the clipboard is removed from it Use Edit Copy Append instead if you do not want this If you select a block that includes one or more folded sections and copy the block to the clipboard all selected lines including lines hidden by folding will be copied to the clipboard Use Fold Copy Visible Lines if you don t want to copy the hidden lines When pasting back into EditPad Pro the folded sections remain folded EditPad always copies text to
27. If you print with the regular variant the printed text will flow from left to right like you edit it in EditPad Options Text Layout In EditPad a text layout is a combination of settings that control how text is displayed and how the text cursor navigates through that text The settings include the font text direction text cursor behavior which characters are word characters and how the text should be spaced The default text layout is configured for each file type in File Types Editor Options Via the Text Layout submenu in the Options menu you can select a different text layout for the active file You can use the Configure Text Layout item in the Text Layout submenu to configure a new text layout or to edit an existing one If you edit an existing text layout the changes will be applied to any file and to any file type that uses it Select the text layout configuration that you want to use Proportionally spaced left to right Pp ten Monospaced left to right Monospaced ideographic width Complex script left to right Complex script right toteft Monospaced complex left to right Monospaced complex right to4eft X Delete up Down Text layout and direction O Complex script predominantly left to right Complex script predominantly right to4eft Left to ight only Monospaced left to right only L ASCII characters with full ideographic width Character sequences to treat as words Letters digit
28. If you turn on print in colors the printout is in full color Be careful if you have selected the white on black color palette You ll see white on black in the print preview and the printout will use loads of black ink to make the whole page black When printing only the selection syntax coloring may be applied differently when you use Block Print to print the exact selection rather than using File Print and turning on selection only to print the selected 11 lines With Block Print the syntax coloring will color the block as it were the whole file while File Print applies syntax coloring to the whole file even with selection only turned on Turn print line numbers on or off to print the file with or without line numbers regardless of whether you ve used Options Line Numbers to edit the file with line numbers The print preview remembers this checkbox separately for each file type In EditPad Pro you can use the visualize spaces and visualize line breaks checkboxes to make spaces and line breaks visible in the printout or not overriding the Options Visualize Spaces and Options Visualize Line Breaks menu items These checkboxes are also remembered separately for each file type If you used the Fold Fold command to hide certain lines then you can turn on the hide folded lines option to exclude those lines from the printout The printout will not indicate folding ranges with plus
29. Indicates whether this scheme is installed on your computer or not If you click the Install button EditPad Pro will immediately download the scheme and save it into the APPDATA JGsoft EditPad Pro 7 folder Click the Update button to download a scheme that you already installed again 153 If you click the Uninstall button EditPad Pro will delete the scheme from your computer when you close the window for downloading custom syntax coloring schemes If you are behind a proxy server and EditPad Pro is unable to detect your proxy settings you can change them by clicking the Settings button Syntax Coloring Scheme Editor With the Syntax Coloring Scheme Editor you can create your own syntax coloring schemes for use with EditPad Pro You can also edit the schemes included with EditPad Pro and those you ve downloaded The syntax coloring schemes files have a jgcscs extension You can t edit them with any program except the Syntax Coloring Scheme Editor You can download the scheme editor at http www editpadpro com cscs html The editor is a free download for all licensed EditPad Pro users Full documentation is included The syntax coloring schemes included with EditPad Pro are stored in the folder where you have EditPad Pro installed typically c Program Files JGsoft EditPadPro 7 On Windows Vista and Windows 7 the default security settings do not allow normal users to modify files under c Program Files Therefore schemes that y
30. Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSEX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath after any of the above quantifiers to make it lazy JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE XPath Grouping and Backreferences Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by regex numbered capturing group JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath regex non capturing group JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE 1 through 9 backreferences JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE GNU BRE GNU ERE XPath Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Modifiers Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by 364 10 through 99 backreferences JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE XPath Forward references 1 through 9 JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Ruby Nested references 1 through 9 JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Ruby Backreferences non existent groups are an error JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Tcl ARE POSIX BRE GNU BRE GNU ERE XPath
31. XPath in the table below Characters Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Backslash escapes one metacharacter JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath Q E escapes a string of metacharacters JGsoft Java Perl PCRE x00 through xFF ASCII character JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE n LP r CR and t tab JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE XML XPath f form feed and v vtab JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE a bell JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE e escape JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Ruby Tcl ARE b backspace and B backslash Tcl ARE cA through cZ control character JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Tcl ARE ca through cz control character JGsoft NET Perl PCRE JavaScript Tcl ARE Character Classes or Character Sets abc Feature Supported by Feature Supported by abc character class JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSEX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath abc negated
32. and find that e matches e The last regex token is y which can be matched with the following character as well The engine has found a complete match with the text starting at character 13 It will return grey as the match result and look no further Again the efimost match was returned even though we put the a first in the character class and gray could have been matched in the string But the engine simply did not get that far because another equally valid match was found to the left of it 256 5 The Dot Matches Almost Any Character In regular expressions the dot or period is one of the most commonly used metacharacters Unfortunately it is also the most commonly misused metacharacter The dot matches a single character without caring what that character is The only exception are newlinecharacters In all regex flavors discussed in this tutorial the dot will ot match a newline character by default So by default the dot is short for the negated character class n UNIX regex flavors or r n Windows regex flavors This exception exists mostly because of historic reasons The first tools that used regular expressions were line based They would read a file line by line and apply the regular expression separately to each line The effect is that with these tools the string could never contain newlines so the dot could never match them Modern tools and languages can apply regular expr
33. b d 13 16 b This regex allows any amount of spaces and dashes anywhere in the number This is really the only way Visa and MasterCard put digits in sets of 4 while Amex and Discover use groups of 4 5 and 6 digits People typing in the numbers may have different ideas yet 328 7 Matching Whole Lines of Text Often you want to match complete lines in a text file rather than just the part of the line that satisfies a certain requirement This is useful if you want to delete entire lines in a search and replace in a text editor or collect entire lines in an information retrieval tool To keep this example simple let s say we want to match lines containing the word John The regex John makes it easy enough to locate those lines But the software will only indicate John as the match not the entire line containing the word The solution is fairly simple To specify that we need an entire line we will use the caret and dollar sign and turn on the option to make them match at embedded newlines In software aimed at working with text files like EditPad Pro and PowerGREP the anchors always match at embedded newlines To match the parts of the line before and after the match of our original regular expression John we simply use the dot and the star Be sure to turn off the option for the dot to match newlines The resulting regex is John You can use the same method to expand the match of any regular
34. b c or d d w and s Shorthand character classes matching digits word characters letters digits and underscores and whitespace spaces tabs and line breaks Can be used inside and outside character classes d s matches a character that is a digit or whitespace D W and S Negated versions of the above Should be used only outside character classes Can be used inside but that is confusing D matches a character that is not a digit b Inside a character class b is a backspace character b t matches a backspace or tab character dot Matches any single character except line break characters r and n Most regex flavors have an option to make the dot match line break characters too matches x or almost any other character Anchors Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example 348 caret Matches at the start of the string the regex pattern is applied to Matches a position rather than a character Most regex flavors have an option to make the caret match after line breaks G e at the start of a line in a file as well matches a in abc ndef Also matches d in multi line mode dollar Matches at the end of the string the regex pattern is applied to Matches a position rather
35. bug reports on is the one you ll find right in the tutorial s introduction b A Z0 9 _ A ZO0 9 A Z 2 4 b This regular expression I claim matches any email address Most of the feedback I get refutes that claim by showing one email address that this regex doesn t match Usually the bug report also includes a suggestion to make the regex perfect As I explain below my claim only holds true when one accepts my definition of what a valid email address really is and what it s not If you want to use a different definition you ll have to adapt the regex Matching a valid email address is a perfect example showing that 1 before writing a regex you have to know exactly what you re trying to match and what not and 2 there s often a trade off between what s exact and what s practical The virtue of my regular expression above is that it matches 99 of the email addresses in use today All the email address it matches can be handled by 99 of all email software out there If you re looking for a quick solution you only need to read the next paragraph If you want to know all the trade offs and get plenty of alternatives to choose from read on If you want to use the regular expression above there s two things you need to understand First long regexes make it difficult to nicely format paragraphs So I didn t include a z in any of the three character classes This regex is intended to
36. cursor When word wrap is on all characters before the cursor up until the previous line break in the file are counted even if those characters are wrapped into multiple lines Byte position on the current wrapped line Number of bytes on the line to the left of the cursor When word wrap is on only the characters before the cursor on the same wrapped line are counted Decimal character offset in bytes from the start of the file Decimal representation of the number of bytes in the file before the cursor position counting all bytes from the start of the file Hexadecimal character offset in bytes from the start of the file Hexadecimal representation of the number of bytes in the file before the cursor position counting all bytes from the start of the file Number of times the search text was found Incremented by commands such as Search Find Next and Search Find Previous Reset to zero or one if a match is found by commands like Search Find First Shows the total number of matches found by commands like Search Replace All and Search Copy Matches Keyboard status If you have pressed the first key in a two stage keyboard shortcut then the first key is shown in this status bar indicator If not the indicator shows NUM CAPS and or SCROLL if the Num Lock Caps Lock and or Scroll Lock keys on the keyboard are active 183 Keyboard Preferences On the Keyboard tab in the Preferences screen you can change the shortcut key combination for e
37. expression to an entire line or a block of complete lines In some cases such as when using alternation you will need to group the original regex together using round brackets Finding Lines Containing or Not Containing Certain Words If a line can meet any out of series of requirements simply use alternation in the regular expression b one two three b matches a complete line of text that contains any of the words one two or three The first backreference will contain the word the line actually contains If it contains more than one of the words then the last rightmost word will be captured into the first backreference This is because the star is greedy If we make the first star lazy like in b one two three b then the backreference will contain the first leftmost word If a line must satisfy all of multiple requirements we need to use lookahead 2 bone b btwo b bthree b matches a complete line of text that contains a of the words one two and three Again the anchors must match at the start and end of a line and the dot must not match line breaks Because of the caret and the fact that lookahead is zero width all of the three lookaheads are attempted at the start of the each line Each lookahead will match any piece of text on a single line followed by one of the words All three must match successfully for the entire regex to m
38. in the group s first iteration reduces itself to 7 characters The second x matches xxx Failing y the second x is reduced to xx and then x Now the group can match a second iteration with one x for each x But this 7 1 1 1 combination fails too So it goes to 6 4 and then 6 2 1 1 and then 6 1 2 1 and then 6 1 1 2 and then I think you start to get the drift If you try this regex on a 10x string in RegexBuddy s debugger it ll take 2558 steps to figure out the final y is missing For an 11x string it needs 5118 steps For 12 it takes 10238 steps Clearly we have an exponential complexity of O 2 n here At 21x the debugger bows out at 2 8 million steps diagnosing a bad case of catastrophic backtracking RegexBuddy is forgiving in that it detects it s going in circles and aborts the match attempt Other regex engines like NET will keep going forever while others will crash with a stack overflow like Perl before version 5 10 Stack overflows are particularly nasty on Windows since they tend to make your application vanish without a trace or explanation Be very careful if you run a web service that allows users to supply their own regular expressions People with little regex experience have surprising skill at coming up with exponentially complex regular expressions Possessive Quantifiers and Atomic Grouping to The Rescue In the above example the sane thing to do is obv
39. modifications depending on the choice you made in Open Files Preferences EditPad will ask if you want to save of not automatically save or automatically discard the changes To close all files in all projects except the current file use Project Close All but Current to close all other projects and then File Close All but Current to close all other files File Exit Closes all files and terminates EditPad completely If you have enabled EditPad s icon next to the system clock in the System Preferences then File Exit is not the same as clicking the X button in the upper right corner Clicking the X button keeps EditPad in memory and keeps the icon visible enabling EditPad to pop up instantly next time you want to edit a file File Exit removes the icon and shuts down EditPad completely If the icon next to the system clock is disabled clicking the X button is the same as using File Exit 17 2 Edit Menu Edit Undo Use Edit Undo to undo the last editing action Repeat to undo more actions You can undo the undo with Edit Redo if you do so right away If you take any other action that is remembered by the undo function the redo list will be cleared Only trivial actions such as moving the cursor do not clear the redo list You can undo several actions in one go via the submenu of the Undo command When you select an action that action and all actions listed above it in the submenu will be undone at once They will a
40. possessive quantifiers are a notational convenience to place an atomic group around a single quantifier All regex flavors that support possessive quantifiers also support atomic grouping But not all regex flavors that support atomic grouping support possessive quantifiers With those flavors you can achieve the exact same results using an atomic group Basically instead of X write gt X It is important to notice that both the quantified token X and the quantifier are inside the atomic group Even if X is a group you still need to put an extra atomic group around it to achieve the same effect a b is equivalent to gt a b but not to gt a b 291 The latter is a valid regular expression but it won t have the same effect when used as part of a larger regular expression E g a b b and gt a b b both fail to match b a b will match the b The star is satisfied and the fact that it s possessive or the atomic group will cause the star to forget all its backtracking positions The second b in the regex has nothing left to match and the overall match attempt fails In the regex gt a b b the atomic group forces the alternation to give up its backtracking positions Le if an a is matched it won t come back to try b if the rest of the regex fails Since the star is outside of the group it is a normal greedy star When the second
41. search option then the difference between lowercase and uppercase letters is taken into account E g Dog will considered to be different from dog Otherwise dog Dog DOG and even doG are all the same Search Option Adapt Case Adapt When the case sensitive option is off you can click the Adapt button on the search toolbar to turn on the adapt case search option When you do so EditPad Pro will adapt the casing of the replacement text to the casing of the search match to be replaced EditPad Pro recognizes four casings all uppercase all lowercase 50 first letter capitalized and first letter of each word capitalized If EditPad Pro doesn t recognize the casing the replacement text is used exactly as you entered it E g when searching for My DoG and replacing with My CaT then my dog will be replaced with my cat all lowercase MY DOG with MY CAT all uppercase My dog with My cat first letter capitalized and My Dog with My Cat first letter of each word capitalized If EditPad Pro doesn t recognize the casing e g my DOG then My CaT is substituted the way you entered it Search Option Whole Words Only Words Click the Words button on the search toolbar to turn on the whole words only search option if only entire words should be valid search results If this option is on when looking for cat
42. x s and 1 step to figure out that y fails Almost no backtracking is done Using an atomic group the regex becomes gt x xX y with the exact same results A Real Example Matching CSV Records Here s a real example from a technical support case I once handled The customer was trying to find lines in a comma delimited text file where the 12th item on a line started with a P He was using the innocently looking regexp 11 P At first sight this regex looks like it should do the job just fine The lazy dot and comma match a single comma delimited field and the 11 skips the first 11 fields Finally the P checks if the 12th field indeed starts with P In fact this is exactly what will happen when the 12th field indeed starts with a P The problem rears its ugly head when the 12th field does not start with a P Let s say the string is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 At that point the regex engine will backtrack It will backtrack to the point where 11 had consumed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 giving up the last match of the comma The next token is again the dot The dot matches a comma The dot matches the comma However the comma does not match the 1 in the 12th field so the dot continues until the 11th iteration of has consumed 11 12 You can already see the root of the problem the part of the regex the dot matching the contents of the field also matches the d
43. 288 mouse 165 mouse pointer 163 move file 14 move project 34 move selection 61 move tabs 59 mru 4 MSIE 204 multi line 287 multi line mode 258 multi line search panel 39 multiple regexes combined 265 MySQL 250 named group 276 navigation 154 navigator 224 near 331 negated character class 252 negated shorthand 254 negative lookahead 294 negative lookbehind 295 nested grouping 332 Netscape 204 new 4 new editor 160 203 new page 24 new project 25 new version 230 newline 256 287 news feeds 234 next comparison mark 106 next editing position 58 next file 58 next project 59 NFA engine 250 non printable characters 249 non spacing mark 280 notes 196 number 253 280 330 backreference 272 exponential 320 330 floating point 320 range 318 scientific 320 330 numbers 121 122 141 160 numeric ranges 318 office 2003 display style 204 offset 57 180 often used files 6 8 once or more 268 open 4 26 27 214 open closed files 32 open files 28 open files at startup 173 opening bracket 281 opening quote 281 option 265 267 268 options 121 122 123 124 132 159 or one character or another 252 one regex or another 265 organize favorites 6 378 OS X 112 137 other editor joint scrolling 203 outdent 62 outside files 28 padding 54 55 page breaks 24 pages 24 panel preferences 179 paragraph count 107 108 paragraph separator 280 paragraph symbols
44. Block Begin Selection Shift Ctrl E Block End Selection Shift Ctrl D Block Expand Selection Ctrl D Block Duplicate Ctrl M Block Move Ctrl Alt B Block Go to Beginning Ctrl Altt E Block Go to End Shift Ctrl Edit Insert Matching Bracket Clipboard commands Ctrl X Edit Cut Shift Ctrl X Edit Cut Append Ctrl C Edit Copy Shift Ctrl C Edit Copy Append Ctrl V Edit Paste Shift Ctrl V Edit Swap with Clipboard Shift Delete Alternative shortcut for Edit Cut Ctrl Insert Alternative shortcut for Edit Copy Shift Insert Alternative shortcut for Edit Paste Search Toolbar 228 Some of the search options on the search toolbar have Alt letter keyboard shortcuts that are also used by main menu items When the search toolbar or search panel has keyboard focus the search options take precedence when you use an Alt letter shortcut Otherwise the main menu takes precedence Charactets with Diacritics While you can use the Character Map to insert any character that you can t type on your keyboard you can type many characters with diacritics in EditPad even if they don t appear on your keyboard First hold down the Ctrl key and press a punctuation key If your keyboard uses the Shift key to type a particular punctuation character hold down the Shift key too Release all keys Then type in a letter from A to Z holding down Shift if you want a capital letter In EditPad Pro Ctrl
45. Dragging means to move the mouse before releasing the mouse button you pressed If you move the mouse pointer to the edge of the editor space while dragging the text will start to scroll automatically Modifier keys like shift or control must be pressed before pressing the mouse button and kept depressed until the mouse button is released 166 Left click Moves the text cursor to the spot where you clicked Any text that was previously selected becomes unselected unless you enabled persistent selections and clicked outside the selection Shift Left click Moves the text cursor and expands or shrinks the selection If there is no selection the text between the old and new cursor positions becomes selected If you click outside of the selection the selection plus the text between the selection and the new cursor position becomes selected If you click inside the selection the new selection is the text between the original start of the selection and the new cursor position Ctrl Left click Moves the text cursor to the spot where you clicked Selects the line that you clicked on entirely unless there already is a selection and you enabled persistent selections Ctrl Shift Left click Moves the text cursor and expands the selection just like Shift Left click does In addition if the selection starts and or ends in the middle of a line the selection will be expanded to include the partially selected lines entirely Left click drag When click
46. FILE Working folder PATH Restrict tool to these file types Unspecified file type _ CH source code ASP web page C source code ASP NET web page Cascading style sheet Batch file Configuration file _ Batch file output Delphi Pascal source code Binary files Delphi form files C source code Eiffel source code 78 To change a tool s settings simply click on it in the list and make the changes you want To create a new tool click the New button below the list and set the options as you want them To delete a tool click on it and click the Delete button The order of the tools in the list is the order in which they will be shown in the Tools menu Select a tool and click the Up or Down button to move it You can select multiple tools by holding down the Shift or Control key on the keyboard while clicking in the list of tools The controls under the tabs will indicate the settings for all tools If an edit box or drop down list shows a value that means all the selected tools use the same value Otherwise the edit box will be blank If a checkbox is checked or cleared that means it is checked or cleared for all the selected tools Otherwise the checkbox will be filled with a square If you make a change to any setting that change is applied to all the selected tools You can save tool configurations into
47. FOLDER2 Second folder in the path files FOLDER99 99th folder inthe path notbing FOLDER lt 1 Last folder inthe path log FOLDER lt 2 ne folder from the end in be ete FOLDER lt 99 a folder from the end in the fi ee fee en First two folders in the path PATH2 without leading or trailing data files delimiters ete First 99 folders in the path PATH99 without leading or trailing data files web log delimiters APATH lt 1 ae ae in the path without ise Last two folders in the path H PATH lt 2 without leadin or trailing web lo 8 8 8 delimiters hanten Last 99 folders in the path PATH lt 99 without leading or trailing data files web log delimiters PATH 1 oe the drive or the first files web log oAPATH 2 eee aes the drive or the first web log Ga tex PATH 99 Path without the drive or the first nothing 83 99 folders PATH lt 1 ow the drive or the last PEE TEE N oHPATH lt 2 oe the drive or the last dendis etc oHPATH lt 99 ours the drive or the last ihn Combining Path Placeholders You can string several path placeholders together to form a complete path If you have a file c data test file txt then d FOLDER2 FILENAME will be substituted with d test file txt However if the original file is c more file txt then the same path will be replaced with d file txt because FOLDER2 is empty The re
48. Favorite Folders button and clicking on the folder you want to select Set Home Folder Click the Set Home Folder button to make the currently selected folder the root folder of the Explorer Panel Any folders above the home folder will be invisible If you save all your text files on a particular drive or in a particular folder setting that drive or folder as the home folder will make the Explorer Panel easier to navigate EditPad Pro will remember your home folder next time you run it The Explorer Panel will then load much faster as it only has to scan the home folder that you specified rather than all drives and network resources connected to your PC Explore in Windows Explorer Launches Windows Explorer showing the folder that you selected in the Explorer Panel If you selected a file or a project then Windows Explorer is launched showing the folder containing that file or project with that file or project selected in Windows Explorer Copy If you selected one file the Copy button will ask you for a folder where to save the file and a name to save it under With one file the Copy command works like File Save Copy As except that it copies the file you selected in the Explorer Panel rather than the active file If you selected more than one file or you selected one or more folders the Copy button will ask you for a folder to copy all the selected files and folders into Folders will be copied entirely including all their files a
49. First l matches The engine then enters the capturing group It makes note that capturing group 1 was entered when the engine reached the position between the first and second character in the subject string The first token in the group is abc which matches abc A match is found so the second alternative isn t tried The engine does store a backtracking position but this won t be used in this example The engine now leaves the capturing group It makes note that capturing group 1 was exited when the engine reached the position between the 4th and 5th characters in the string After having exited from the group the engine notices the plus The plus is greedy so the group is tried again The engine enters the group again and takes note that capturing group 1 was entered between the 4th and 5th characters in the string It also makes note that since the plus is not possessive it may be backtracked That is if the group cannot be matched a second time that s fine In this backtracking note the regex engine also saves the entrance and exit positions of the group during the previous iteration of the group abc fails to match 123 but 123 succeeds The group is exited again The exit position between characters 7 and 8 is stored The plus allows for another iteration so the engine tries again Backtracking info is stored and the new entrance position for the group is saved But now both abc and 1
50. Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2010 09 26 Blue Coat Sysinfo txt Greg Wesson 2010 07 09 2011 06 01 E Teth Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2014 08 13 c cs Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2013 10 09 C cpp hpp Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2014 08 13 C style folding Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2010 09 26 Cascading Style Sheets css Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2010 09 26 COBOL 85 ANSI cob cbl Oliver Heimlich 2013 04 30 2013 04 30 no Confluence Headings Tree conf c Carl Bevil 2006 08 16 2006 08 16 no dBase cc prg Greg Neid 2010 03 16 2010 03 16 no Delphi pas dpr Just GreatSoft 2010 09 26 Author Jeffrey Alan Klute Author s email address Jeff DataVisionServices com File type web site http ipsoft com Unsorted list of sections divided up by Labels in a 4dos batch file gt lt Uninstall There aren t many 4dos users out there I would welcome any comments or inquirys at 131 AT StarBand net SB Settings EJ dose The list presents you the following information about the available schemes 157 e Scheme The name of the scheme It is possible that more than one scheme with the same name is available If so you can install all of them or only one as you prefer e Extensions The extensions typically used for the files that the scheme provides syntax coloring for They are only shown for your information You can apply any scheme to any file type as you see fit e Aut
51. New Editor to start a second instance 202 By default the two halves of the split editor scroll independently Scrolling one half of the editor does not scroll the other half If you want both halves to respond to your scrolling simultaneously use the View Joint Scrolling command Both editor halves maintain their own text cursor position and their own selection Selecting text in one half does not select it in the other half If you make a different selection in both halves you can use Block Swap Selections to swap the two blocks of text that you selected Both editor halves do show the same file Any changes you make to the file in one half automatically show up in the other half Only the selections cursor positions and scrolling positions are independent View Joint Scrolling If you split the editor then by default the two halves of the split editor scroll independently This makes it easy to copy and paste between different parts of the same file or to look at one part of the file while typing into another part of the file If the two parts of the file you are working consist of roughly the same number of lines but are too long to fit on the screen select Joint with Fixed Gap in the Joint Scrolling submenu of the View menu From then on scrolling one half of the editor automatically scrolls the other half an equal number of lines EditPad Pro remembers the gap between the line numbers of the first line that was visible in
52. Perl derivatives mentioned above Give Regexes a First Try You can easily try the following yourself in a text editor that supports regular expressions such as EditPad Pro If you do not have such an editor you can download the free evaluation version of EditPad Pro to try this out EditPad Pro s regex engine is fully functional in the demo version As a quick test copy and paste the text of this page into EditPad Pro Then select Search Show Search Panel from the menu In the search pane that appears near the bottom type in regex in the box labeled Search Text Mark the Regular expression checkbox and click the Find First button This is the leftmost button on the search panel See how EditPad Pro s regex engine finds the first match Click the Find Next button which sits next to the Find First button to find further matches When there are no further matches the Find Next button s icon will flash briefly Now try to search using the regex reg ular expressions ex p es This regex will find all names singular and plural I have used on this page to say regex If we only had plain text search we would have needed 5 searches With regexes we need just one search Regexes save you time when using a tool like EditPad Pro Select Count Matches in the Search menu to see how many times this regular expression can match the file you have open in EditPad Pro If you are a programmer your software will run fas
53. Pro remembers the last 16 folders Another way to select the folder is to browse for it using the folder tree The drop down list and folder tree are automatically kept in syne Mark the option recurse through subfolders if you also want to open files contained in subfolders of the folder you selected If you want to open all files in the folder and optionally its subfolders select the all files option If you want to open only files from a certain type you can select files of type and pick one of the file types from 28 the drop down list The list will contain all the file types you defined in Configure File Types This will open all files that match the file type s file mask To open files matching another list of extensions select file mask and type in the list of extensions or file masks separated by semicolons into the file mask drop down list You can also select a recently used file mask from the drop down list If you choose the regular expression option then the regular expression must find a partial match in the name of a file for it to be included in the search This regex is used to filter files by their names only If you want to search through the contents of the files use the Find on Disk command in the Search menu instead of the Open Folder command Tick create new project to open the files into a new untitled project This is the same as using Project New Project before
54. Pro should remember your password EditPad Pro supports all the popular methods for FIP Port 2 SSH port 22 securing FTP connections You can select the one your server uses from the Encryption drop down SFTP fully encrypted in jgsoft list If you re not sure which method your server _ Remember password _ Keyboard nteractive authentication uses the port number is often a good indication e No encryption plain old unsecure FTP The default port is 21 iption Just Great Software e TLS or SSL if available choose this F option to easily connect to an FTP server without worrying about encryption while V Use initial directory as root still using whatever encryption is C Cache directory listings available The connection starts with a pee lain old unsecure connection on port 21 3 Bape Before logging in negotiate with the A tel ul server for TLS and SSL encryption If the Translate FTP folders into HTTP URLs server supports TLS or SSL the connection will be secured before your login and password are sent File transfers will be encrypted if the server supports encrypted file transfers If the server supports TLS or SSL but not encrypted file transfers your login and password will be secure but file transfers will be unsecure If the server does not support TLS or SSL negotiation the FTP session will continue completely unsecured e TLS fully encrypted this is the recommended method to require a ful
55. S matches p Arabic Matches a single Unicode code point that is part of the Unicode script Arabic See Unicode Scripts in the tutorial for a complete list of scripts Each Unicode code point is part of exactly one script Can be used inside character classes p Thai matches one of 83 code points in Thai script from n until e p InBasicLatin Matches a single Unicode code point that is part of the Unicode block BasicLatin See Unicode Blocks in the tutorial for a complete list of blocks Each Unicode code point is part of exactly one block Blocks may contain unassigned code points Can be used inside character classes p InLatinExtended A any of the code points in the block U 100 until U 17F A until 1 P L or P Letter Matches a single Unicode code point that does vot have the property letter You can also use P to match a code point that is not part of a particular Unicode block or script Can be used inside character classes P L matches 356 4 Syntax Reference for Specific Regex Flavors NET Syntax for Named Capture and Backreferences Character Description Character Description Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example lt name gt regex Round brackets group the regex between them They capture the text matched by the regex inside them that can be
56. Scheme Editor you can create your own file navigation schemes for use with EditPad Pro You can also edit the schemes included with EditPad Pro and those you ve downloaded The file navigation schemes files have a jgfns extension You can t edit them with any program except the File Navigation Scheme Editor You can download the scheme editor at http www editpadpro com fns html The editor is a free download for all licensed EditPad Pro users Full documentation is included The file navigation schemes included with EditPad Pro are stored in the folder where you have EditPad Pro installed typically c Program Files JGsoft EditPadPro 7 On Windows Vista and Windows 7 the default security settings do not allow normal users to modify files under c Program Files Therefore schemes that you download and schemes that you edit are saved under your Windows user profile typically c Users yourname AppData Roaming JGsoft EditPad Pro 7 If a scheme with the same file name exists in both the user profile folder and the program files folder only the scheme in the user profile folder will be 158 available in EditPad In the Navigation section in the file type configuration schemes loaded from your Windows user profile are marked with user 159 15 Options Preferences When you pick Options Preferences from the menu the EditPad Preferences screen appears Since there are a lot of things you can configure the available settings are split
57. Select Go to Beginning in the Block menu or press the corresponding keyboard shortcut to quickly move the text cursor to the start of the selection This command is only useful when selections are persistent and you ve moved the text cursor away from the selection 69 Block Go to End Select Go to End in the Block menu or press the corresponding keyboard shortcut to quickly move the text cursor to the end of the selection This command is only useful when selections are persistent and you ve moved the text cursor away from the selection Block Insert File Select Insert File from the Block menu to insert the contents of another file into the file you are currently editing You will be asked to select the file The text will be inserted at the current position of the text cursor If you select more than one file at the same time their contents will be inserted in alphabetical order of the names of the files Block Write Select Write from the Block menu to saves the selected portion of the file you are editing into another file If the other file already exists EditPad will show a warning and if you confirm the other file will be overwritten with the selected portion of the current file If you want to add the selection to the file rather than overwrite it use Block Append instead If you do not specify an extension for the filename EditPad will add one depending on the selection you made in the filters the bottommost drop dow
58. Show a warning message and give you one last opportunity to decide if the file should be saved or not This is the default since most other software behaves this way too e EditPad can automatically save the file without asking you first This is the best way to make sure you will not lose any work For safety you should also select one of the options to make multiple backup copies e The last option will make EditPad close the file without warning Any unsaved work will be lost so use with caution 175 Automatic Save If you want EditPad Pro to automatically save your work regularly select to save working copies EditPad Pro will then save a copy of all modified files every couple of minutes When working on document txt a file Working copy of document txt will be saved into the same folder as document txt When you save document txt or close document txt without saving the working copy will be automatically deleted If the document is not properly closed because of a power loss or software crash the working copy will not be deleted When you open document txt next time EditPad Pro will automatically open both document txt and its working copy You can then choose which file you want to keep and which you want to delete possibly after using Extra Compare Files to assist with your choice Note If you have both document txt and working copy of document txt open in EditPad Pro and you start editing the former the latter will
59. The next key you press is then taken as the second key If it forms a valid two key shortcut the corresponding action is executed If not neither key press will have any effect To configure a two key shortcut click on the two key shortcut radio button Then click on the shortcut key box and press the first key combination The first key must either be a Ctrl Letter combination possibly including Shift and or Alt or a function key possibly including Ctrl Shift and or Alt Up to 15 different key combinations can be used as the first key in a two key pair Then click on the 2nd key box and press the second key combination in the two key shortcut The second key combination can be any key including a letter without a modifier Ctrl Shift or Alt If you specify a letter without a modifier both the letter without the modifier and the letter with the same modifiers as the first key will work E g if you assign Ctrl K B to the Begin Selection command you can begin a selection by pressing Ctrl K followed by B or Ctrl K followed by Ctrl B to begin a selection Specifying a letter without modifiers as the second key makes it easier to quickly press both keys since it doesn t matter if you release the Ctrl key before the second key the letter B in the example or after it When using two key keyboard shortcuts it is a good idea to add the keyboard status indicator to the status bar When you press the first key in a two key comb
60. This tells the Java regex engine to consider canonically equivalent characters as identical E g the regex a encoded as U 00E0 will match a encoded as U 0061 U 0300 and vice versa None of the other regex engines currently support canonical equivalence while matching If you type the key on the keyboard all word processors that I know of will insert the code point U 00E0 into the file So if youre working with text that you typed in yourself any regex that you type in yourself will match in the same way Finally if you re using PowerGREP to search through text files encoded using a traditional Windows often called ANSI or ISO 8859 code page PowerGREP will always use the one on one substitution Since all the Windows or ISO 8859 code pages encode accented characters as a single code point all software that I know of will use a single Unicode code point for each character when converting the file to Unicode 287 14 Regex Matching Modes Most regular expression engines discussed in this tutorial support the following four matching modes e ji makes the regex match case insensitive e s enables single line mode In this mode the dot matches newlines e menables multi line mode In this mode the caret and dollar match before and after newlines in the subject string e x enables free spacing mode In this mode whitespace between regex tokens is ignored and an unescaped starts a comment Two lan
61. You can delete any message even while EditPad Pro is sending email Only the message that is currently being sent if any cannot be deleted from the queue If you want to delete all successfully sent messages from the queue click the Close button If EditPad Pro could not send a particular message it will be marked as failed If you want to try the message again without making any changes to it select it and click the Retry button This will mark the message as queued You can do this whether EditPad Pro is sending messages or not Alternatively you can cancel sending the message by deleting it from the queue EditPad Pro will not automatically retry failed messages You have to mark them again as queued To move a message up or down in the queue select it and click the Move Up or Move Down button You can move any message regardless of its status However the order of the messages only matters for those marked as queued The first one in the list is the one that will be sent next regardless of which message is currently being sent if any Click the Close button to close the mail queue pane This will also delete all successfully sent messages from the pane The only way to make the mail queue appear again after closing it is to add another message to the queue through the mail composition pane Therefore you cannot close the mail queue while email is being sent If the pane takes up too much space click on the min
62. You can type in the path to the folder containing the files you want to search through into the drop down list at the top If you have recently searched through files from this folder you can select it from the drop down list EditPad Pro remembers the last 16 folders Another way to select the folder is to browse for it using the folder tree The drop down list and folder tree are automatically kept in syne Mark the option recurse through subfolders if you also want to search through files contained in subfolders of the folder you selected If you want to search through all files in the folder and optionally its subfolders select the all files option If you want to search through only files from a certain type you can select files of type and pick one of the file types from the drop down list The list will contain all the file types you defined in Configure File Types This will search through all files that match the file type s file mask gt Floppy Disk Drive A 4 iy WINDOWS 8 1 C i My Documents PerfLogs Program Files Users i Windows gt DOCUMENTS D _ Recurse through subfolders Files to be searched in the selected folder Text document txt How to open the files in which search matches were found List all search matches in a side panel V Create new project 46 To search through files matching another list of extensions select file mask and type in the li
63. a file that you can share with other people To save one or more tools select them in the list and click the Export button below the list You ll be asked for a name of the ini file into which all the tools will be saved To load a tool configuration file you ve received from somebody click the Import button The loaded tools will be added to the list For each tool you can specify three sets of options Definition Basic settings you need to make for every tool so EditPad Pro knows which tool to run Files Options for opening and saving files to be passed on the tool s command line Standard I O Options for transferring text to and from console applications Console applications are applications that use a textual interface or DOS box rather than a graphical interface like EditPad Pro Tool Definition When adding a tool to EditPad Pro s Tools menu there are three pages of settings that you can make for each tool On the Definition page you can set the basic options needed to add any application to EditPad Pro s Tools menu 79 Definition Files Standard 1 0 Caption Add to Tools toolbar amp Perl C Show caption on toolbar Hint Shortcut key None Command Line G Dev Perl51 2x6 4 bin perl exe w ZFILE Z Working folder PATH Browse Restrict tool to these file types _ Unspecified file type CH source code _ ASP web page C source code ASP NET web page _ Cascading style
64. a file type to indicate file types on tabs and file management side panels Click the button Remove EditPad s association with this file type to remove the associations made by clicking on one or more of the three previous buttons Associations made in another way will not be removed 137 File Type Encoding On the Encoding tab in the file types configuration screen you can indicate how EditPad should encode and decode files of a particular type Definition Encoding Editor Options Colors and Syntax Navigation Text Encoding Default text encoding Windows 1252 Western European V Detect UTF 8 and UTF 16 Unicode files without a byte order marker C Detect ASCII files using UFFFF amp 65535 or amp xFFFF as Unicode files V Write a byte order marker at the start of Unicode files V Preserve presence or absence of the byte order marker in existing files Default Line Break Style Windows DOS CR LF O UNIX Linux OS X LF only Macintosh CR only Binary Files Never open files of this type in hexadecimal mode Open files detected as being binary files in hexadecimal mode Always open files of this type in hexadecimal mode Record size Hex editor sections _ 0 Hexadecimal and ASCII Computers deal with numbers not with characters When you save a text file each character is mapped to a number and the numbers a
65. a macro multiple times Macros Record Macro To record a macro select the Record Macro item in the Macros menu EditPad Pro will ask you to enter a name for the macro When you confirm the macro s properties recording begins immediately When you re done recording the macro select the Stop Recording item in the Macros menu You ll notice it s the only available command during recording You cannot play back and record macros at the same time To play back a macro simply select it from the Macros menu or press its keyboard shortcut The macro will be executed once Select Organize Macros in the Macros menu if you want to run a macro multiple times EditPad Pro automatically saves macros You won t be prompted for a file name If you want to save a macro into a file so you can share it with other people use the Export command in the Organize Macros screen How EditPad Pro Records Macros Before you start recording and playing back macros it s important that you understand exactly what EditPad Pro records If you understand macros they re a powerful and quick way to automate otherwise tedious and repetitive editing tasks If you don t understand macros they re a quick way to completely mess up your files Mouse Clicks Are Not Recorded Clicks are relative to the position and size of EditPad s windows to the location where you ve scrolled etc A click at a certain position on the screen may have a totally different meani
66. accept card numbers with spaces or dashes in them To remove all non digits from the card number simply use the replace all function in your scripting language to search for the regex 0 9 and replace it with nothing If you only want to replace spaces and dashes you could use If this regex looks odd remember that in a character class the hyphen is a literal when it occurs right before the closing bracket or right after the opening bracket or negating caret If yowre wondering what the plus is for that s for performance If the input has consecutive non digits e g 1 2 then the regex will match the three equals signs at once and delete them in one replacement Without the plus three replacements would be required In this case the savings are only a few microseconds But it s a good habit to keep regex efficiency in the back of your mind Though the savings are minimal here so is the effort of typing the extra plus Validating Credit Card Numbers on Your Order Form Validating credit card numbers is the ideal job for regular expressions They re just a sequence of 13 to 16 digits with a few specific digits at the start that identify the card issuer You can use the specific regular expressions below to alert customers when they try to use a kind of card you don t accept or to route orders using different cards to different processors All these regexes were taken from RegexBuddy s library e Vis
67. action fails EditPad Pro does nothing except flash the icon of the button you clicked on the Search panel If this is not obvious enough for you you can turn on the option beep when the search fails or loops A standard error beep will then sound when a search fails If the loop automatically search option is on and EditPad Pro finds a match after restarting from the beginning then a standard notification beep will sound By default EditPad will automatically copy the selected text into the search panel when you prepare to search if the selection does not span multiple lines If no text was selected EditPad will copy the word under the text cursor If the selection spans more than one line when you open the search panel EditPad will automatically turn on the selection only option You can disable this behavior by turning off the option to 169 use the selected text as the default search text Then opening the search panel will show it unchanged The last search term you entered will still be there and the state of the selection only option will be unchanged If there is a selection that spans multiple lines then by default EditPad will turn on the Selection Only search option when you prepare to search You can disable this by turning off the option to automatically turn on selection only when multiple lines of text are selected Turn on give the main editor keyboard focus when a search match is f
68. after a specific date Files last modified on the date you specify are shown e Not last modified since Only show files that were last modified before a specific date Files last modified on the date you specify are shown When specifying a time period EditPad Pro starts counting from the start of the current period E g if you tell EditPad Pro to show files modified during the last two hours at half past three EditPad Pro will show files modified at or after one o clock two hours before the start of the current hour Weeks start on Monday If you tell EditPad Pro to show files modified during the last week on Wednesday the 14th EditPad Pro will show files modified on or after Monday the 5th The only exception to this rule is when you filter the files by a number of weeks on a Sunday Then EditPad Pro starts counting from the next Monday The same filter on Sunday the 18th will have EditPad Pro show files modified on or after Monday the 12th 214 20 View FTP Panel The FTP Panel is a panel that sits docked at the left side of EditPad s window You can make it visible by selecting FTP Panel in the View menu You can dock the panel elsewhere by dragging its caption bar of its tab FTP afi gt ols IE Q ftp mozilla org Just Great Software FTP Panel Layout The tree view at the top of the FTP Panel shows all the FTP servers EditPad Pro is currently connected to EditPad Pro can be connected to any number of FTP
69. are left If the syntax coloring scheme does not define opening and closing characters for comments Block Uncomment will try to remove the pair from the start and the end of each line when the selection flows with the text When making a rectangular selection it should include both the opening characters and closing characters on each line Only comment characters inside and at the edge of the selected block will be removed Though Block Uncomment requires you to be a bit precise when selecting the block to be uncommented this makes it possible to comment out blocks that already have comments in them and then uncomment those blocks while leaving the original comments If you did not select any text before using the Block Uncomment command or the selection does not span more than one line Block Uncomment will attempt to remove comment characters at the very start of the line containing the text cursor Whether any comment characters were removed or not it will then move the text cursor to the next line If you ve assigned a keyboard shortcut to Block Uncomment you can quickly uncomment a bunch of lines this way 65 Block Toggle Comment The Toggle Comment command in the Block menu combines the functionality of Block Comment and Block Uncomment On each line in the selection it will attempt to remove the comment characters exactly like Block Uncomment would If there are no comment characters to be removed it will add them on
70. as A9 If you want 80 to be taken as a hexadecimal number type in 0x80 or 80h How the number is interpreted depends on whether the character map is displaying an 8 bit encoding or not If the encoding is 8 bit the drop down lists with Unicode categories blocks and scripts will be invisible Then the number is interpreted as an index to that 8 bit code page In the Windows code pages for example 0x80 is the euro symbol If the character map encoding is not 8 bit meaning the 3 Unicode drop down lists are visible then the number is taken as a Unicode code point even if the encoding is not Unicode If you have the multi byte Windows 932 code page selected 2 AC is 200 interpreted as the euro symbol while 0x80 is interpreted as the control character represented by code point U 0080 even though the euro symbol is represented by the single byte 0x80 in code page 932 View Hexadecimal Click on the Hexadecimal item in the View menu or press Ctrl H to switch between text and hexadecimal editing The undo and redo lists are be cleared whenever you switch In hexadecimal mode the editing area is split into three zones The left zone is a column with byte offsets It indicates the offset relative to the start of the file of the first byte on each row in the hex editor The first file in the byte has offset zero The middle area shows all the bytes in the file represented as a hexadecimal number You can type in the numbers 0 through 9 and the l
71. backs up a little matches the whole file again backs up some more backs up yet some more matches everything again etc until each of the 7 tokens has reached the end of the file The result is that this regular has a worst case complexity of N 7 If you double the length of the HTML file with the missing lt html gt tag by appending text at the end the regular expression will take 128 times 2 7 as long to figure out the HTML file isn t valid This isn t quite as disastrous as the 2 N complexity of our first example but will lead to very unacceptable performance on larger invalid files In this situation we know that each of the literal text blocks in our regular expression the HTML tags which function as delimiters will occur only once in a valid HTML file That makes it very easy to package each of the lazy dots the delimited content in an atomic group lt htm1l gt gt lt head gt gt lt title gt 2 gt lt title gt gt lt head gt gt lt body gt gt 2 gt 2 lt body gt lt htm1 gt will match a valid HTML file in the same number of steps as the original regex The gain is that it will fail on an invalid HTML file almost as fast as it matches a valid one When lt html gt fails to match the regex engine backtracks giving up the match for the last lazy dot But then there s nothing further to backtrack to Since all of the lazy dots are in an atomic group the reg
72. be printed if any The headers and footers are printed inside the margins specified on the print preview If no headers or footers are specified their space will be claimed by the text body A few special placeholders are available in the headers and footers P Page number of the current page N Total number of pages D Current date printed using the short date format specified in the regional settings of the Control Panel T Current time printed using the short time format specified in the regional settings of the Control Panel FD Date the file was last modified again printed in short date format FT Time of the day the file was last modified again printed in short time format FP Full path to the file being printed folder filename FN Filename without folder name of the file being printed 12 File Mail Select File Mail from the menu to send the current file to somebody via email The email composition pane is shown From Jan Goyvaerts lt jg jgsoft com gt c My Documents README tt To GUEC lt bill microsoft com gt Subject Testing EditPad Pro s email system Type in your full name followed by your own email address in the field labeled From If you have previously used the email function you can quickly select your email address from the drop down list Then type in the recipient s email address in the To field You can either enter the recipients full name followed by his or her e
73. block including the line break at the end of the last line When the option paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole is on whole lines are always moved as if the cursor were at the start of the line when you invoke Block Move Thus whole lines are always moved as a whole before the line that the cursor is on when 62 moving This makes it easy to move blocks of lines without worrying about the horizontal position of the text cursor If this option is off the selected lines are moved to the exact spot the text cursor is at even when whole lines are selected If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke this command it will be invoked on EditPad s main editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box Block Swap Selections If you have used View Split Editor to split EditPad Pro s editor in two you can select a different part of the active file in each of the split editors You can then use the Swap Selections item in the Block menu to swap the two selected blocks If your file contains the sentence Harry met Sally and you select Harry in one view and Sally in the other view then Block Swap Selections changes the sentence into Sally met Harry Block Indent Select Indent from the Block menu to ins
74. can always jump back to the editing position where you left off to continue editing If you use the Go to Previous Editing Position command a second time right after the first time the cursor will be moved to the editing position before the previous one If you use it a third time the cursor will be moved to the editing position before that You can use the command up to 16 times to revisit the last 16 spots in the file where you made changes If you go back too far use the Go Next Editing Position command to move forward through the most recent editing positions EditPad remembers the last 16 editing positions for all files that you have open The Go to Previous Editing Position command never switches between files You can use Go Back in Edited Files and Go Forward in Edited Files to switch between recently edited files 58 Go Next Editing Position If you have used Go Previous Editing Position to go back to a position where you previously made a change in the active file then you can use the Next Editing Position command in the Go menu to move forward in the list of recent editing positions Go Back in Edited Files Select Back in Edited Files in the Go menu to activate the last file that you made a change to If that file is already active the file you last made a change to other than the active file will be activated When you have many files open you can use this command to quickly go back to the file you were editing after
75. can edit them independently See File Save As for more information on how EditPad saves files See View File History for a quicker way to save milestone copies of your files File Rename and Move Use this function to move the active file into a different folder and or to change its file name This feature is similar to File Save As except that the original file will be deleted after the file has been saved under the new name effectively moving the file 15 File Delete After you confirm the warning message File Delete closes the active file and also deletes it from disk If Windows keeps a Recycle Bin for the drive the active file is on it will be moved into the Recycle Bin awaiting its final fate File Close Closes the active file If the file has unsaved modifications depending on the choice you made in Open Files Preferences EditPad will ask if you want to save automatically save or automatically discard the changes If you closed the last file in the project EditPad will automatically start with a new blank file You can also close the active file by clicking with the mouse wheel on the file s tab If you have enabled the X button to be shown on tabs or the tab control in the Tabs Preferences you can use the X button to close the file Closing a file by closing its tab is exactly the same as using the File Close menu item If the file is part of a managed project closing open files does not remove th
76. character class JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath 361 Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Dot Feature Supported by Anchors Feature Supported by a z character class range JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSEX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath Hyphen in d z is a literal JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Hyphen in a d is a literal JGsoft PCRE Backslash escapes one character class metacharacter JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE XML XPath Q E escapes a string of character class metacharacters JGsoft Java Perl PCRE d shorthand for digits JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE XML XPath w shorthand for word characters JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath s shorthand for whitespace JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath D W and S shorthand negated character classes JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE GNU BRE GNU E
77. closed as Project Close Project would do Save Copy As If you selected one file or one project you will be asked in which folder and under which name you want to save the copy of the file or project This works just like File Save Copy As and Project Save Copy of Project As do for the current file or project If you selected several files you will be asked for a folder to copy the files into All selected files will be copied into that folder under the names they already have This way you can quickly copy a bunch of files If you selected several projects you can choose whether to copy the epp files into which the projects themselves are saved or whether you want to copy the document files held by the projects or both All those files will be copied into the folder you select under the names they already have Rename and Move If you selected one file or one project you will be asked for a new name and folder for that file or project just like the File Rename and Move and Project Rename and Move Project do for the active file or project If you selected several files you will be asked for a folder to move the files into All selected files will be moved into that folder without being renamed This way you can quickly move a bunch of files to a different location If you selected several projects you can choose whether to move the epp files into which the projects themselves are saved or whether you want to move the docume
78. color picker automatically closes when you do this Click on the Background Color or Text Color button again to open 149 the color picker for the new item If you observed a color square having a bevel click that square to select the color If you observed a small hexagon in the large color hexagon having a thick border first click on the vertical grayscale bar to move the small triangle to the observed position Then click on the small hexagon in the large color hexagon to select the color If you observed a black gray or white hexagon having a thick border click that hexagon If you noted RGB values enter those values using the keyboard The color hexagon along with the vertical grayscale slider makes it easy to pick related colors The concepts that follow may be easier to understand if you see the large color hexagon as a circle with discrete steps and the small hexagons that comprise it as positions at a certain radius and angle Colors with the same distance to the center same radius have the same amount of saturation The colors at the edge are always fully saturated and the color at the center is always fully desaturated You can change the hue without changing the saturation selecting another color at the same distance same radius different angle You can change the saturation without changing the hue by selecting a color closer to or further away from the center different radius same angle For colors that are not fully saturat
79. conversations that you started or replied to in all the discussion groups that you can access in EditPad e All conversations you started show all conversations that you started in all the discussion groups that you can access in EditPad e Only the selected conversation show only the conversation that you are presently reading in the Forum window in EditPad In addition you can choose how the conversations that you want in your RSS feed should be arranged into items or entries in the feed e One item per group with a list of conversations Entries link to groups as a whole The entry titles show the names of the groups The text of each entry shows a list of conversation subjects and dates You can click the subjects to participate in the conversation in EditPad Choose this option if you prefer to read discussions in EditPad itself with instant access to attachments and you only want your RSS reader to tell you if there s anything new to be read e One item per conversation without messages Entries link to conversations The entry titles show the subjects of the conversations The entry text shows the date the conversation was started and last replied to If your feed has conversations from multiple groups those will be mixed among each other e One item per conversation with a list of messages Entries link to conversations The entry titles show the subjects of the conversations The entry text shows the list of replies with their s
80. different kinds of items stand out such as to highlight different kinds of entries in log files Editor search range When you start a search with the selection only option turned on and a match is found the match will become selected and selection searched through will be highlighted in the search range color Editor highlight active line When you turn on the option to highlight the active line the line containing the text cursor will be highlighted in this color 151 e Editor page break Color of the horizontal line indicating a page break Press Ctrl Enter to insert one e Editor line breaks Color used to draw line break symbols when you ve turned on the option to show line break symbols e Editor whitespace Color used to draw whitespace The background color is always used if you set it to anything other than default The text color is used to draw the space and tab symbols when you turn on the option to visualize spaces e Editor matching brackets Color used to highlight matching brackets that do not contain any unmatched brackets This color is also used to highlight the current byte in hexadecimal mode e Editor incorrectly nested brackets Color used to highlight matching brackets that contain unmatched brackets e Editor unmatched brackets Color used to highlight brackets that do not have a matching opening or closing bracket e Editor margin and line numbers Color used for the left and top margins in whi
81. do not support Unicode e PCRE The open source PCRE library The feature set described here is available in PCRE 5 x and 6 x PCRE is the regex engine used by the TPerlRegEx Delphi component and the RegularExrpessions and RegularExpressionsCore units in Delphi XE and C Builder XE e ECMA JavaScript The regular expression syntax defined in the 3rd edition of the ECMA 262 standard which defines the scripting language commonly known as JavaScript e Python The regex flavor supported by Python s built in re module e Ruby The regex flavor built into the Ruby programming language e Tcl ARE The regex flavor developed by Henry Spencer for the regexp command in Tel 8 2 and 8 4 dubbed Advanced Regular Expressions e POSIX BRE Basic Regular Expressions as defined in the IEEE POSIX standard 1003 2 e POSIX ERE Extended Regular Expressions as defined in the IEEE POSIX standard 1003 2 e GNU BRE GNU Basic Regular Expressions which are POSIX BRE with GNU extensions used in the GNU implementations of classic UNIX tools e GNU ERE GNU Extended Regular Expressions which are POSIX ERE with GNU extensions used in the GNU implementations of classic UNIX tools e XML The regular expression flavor defined in the XML Schema standard e XPath The regular expression flavor defined in the XQuery 1 0 and XPath 2 0 Functions and Operators standard Applications and languages implementing one of the above flavors are e AceText Version 2 and lat
82. down lists A Search om x Q Q A v a a A AJA A GD amp Regex Dot Case Adapt Words Files Projects Closed Block Loop Line Invert D E B e Search regiular expressions2ex pje Replace replacement text p p When you start EditPad for the first time only the search toolbar is visible You can switch to using the full search panel by selecting Multi Line Search Panel in the Search menu You can switch back to using the search toolbar only by using Multi Line Search Panel again When the search toolbar is visible but the full search panel is not you can hide the search toolbar by right clicking on any toolbar or the main menu and selecting Search When both the search toolbar and search panel are invisible the Multi Line Search Panel makes both visible as usual but using Multi Line Search Panel again will hide both the search toolbar and search panel again If you want to bring back the search toolbar without the full search panel right click again on any toolbar or the main menu and select Search again To summarize EditPad has 3 modes for its search interface toolbar and panel hidden toolbar visible alone panel with toolbar visible The Multi Line Search Panel command switches from one of the first 2 modes to the panel with toolbar visible mode and back to whichever of the first 2 modes you were using Right clicking on a toolbar and selecting Search switches between the first
83. easy to create a portable copy of EditPad Pro on a removable disk USB stick or flash memory card You can run EditPad off the removable device on any computer without leaving any traces of EditPad on that computer If the capacity of the device you want to install EditPad onto is limited you can choose not to install certain parts of EditPad on the device The only part that is not optional is the main application part which is EditPad itself You can select if you want to copy over the help file the syntax coloring schemes and the file navigation schemes If you installed one or more spell check dictionaries you can choose which ones you want to make available on the device Note that the Create Portable Installation command will not delete any files from the device If you use the Create Portable Installation command a second time and select fewer parts than the first time EditPad will not remove the deselected parts from the device 236 EditPad will show you the complete list of devices that Windows reports as removable devices External hard disks often report themselves as being hard disks rather than being removable devices If you want to install EditPad in a portable manner on such a device turn on the option to treat all drives as removable drives EditPad will then create a file RemovableDrive sys on the destination drive This file act as a token to tell EditPad not to touch the host computer To proceed with the installa
84. encoding will not be converted EditPad will pop up a message to alert you when this happens Use the uFFFF gt Characters command when you actually want to remove the escapes from your file Do not use this command if you have a file that is pure ASCII with uFFFF escapes and you want to be able to see the actual characters while keeping Unicode escapes in the file To do that use Convert Text Encoding and select the ASCII uFFFF Unicode Escapes encoding This encoding makes EditPad Pro display the actual characters but keeps the escapes in the file If you type or paste non ASCII characters while using the ASCH uFFFF Unicode Escapes encoding they will be automatically stored as Unicode escapes in the file Convert Characters gt amp 65535 Select the Characters gt amp 65535 command in the Convert menu to replace all non ASCII characters in the file with a decimal character reference in the form of amp 65535 If you select some text before using this command only non ASCII characters in the selection are replaced Otherwise all non ASCII characters in the file are replaced Using this command does not change the encoding EditPad Pro uses for this file Saving the file after replacing all non ASCII characters this way only results in an ASCII file if the encoding you re using for the file is compatible with ASCH For example the Windows code pages will result in an ASCII file but UTF 16 will not In Convert
85. ese part is attempted instead This simply matches the remainder of the line allowing for any test subject Finally we place an extra pair of round brackets around the conditional This captures the contents of the email header matched by the conditional into the third backreference The conditional itself does not capture anything When implementing this regular expression the first capturing group will store the name of the header From To or Subject and the third capturing group will store the value of the header You could try to match even more headers by putting another conditional into the else part E g From To Date Subject 2 wt wt a z 2 3 mm dd yyyy would match a From To Date or Subject and use the regex mm dd yyyy to check whether the date is valid Obviously the date validation regex is just a dummy to keep the example simple The header is captured in the first group and its validated contents in the fourth group As you can see regular expressions using conditionals quickly become unwieldy I recommend that you only use them if one regular expression is all your tool allows you to use When programming you re far better of using the regex From To Date Subject to capture one header with its unvalidated contents In your source code check the name of the header returned in the first capturing group and then use a seco
86. even a negated character class However we are trying to match a dollar sign and the mighty dollar is a strange beast It is zero width so it will try to match the position before the current character It does not matter that this character is the void after the string In fact the dollar will check the current character It must be either a newline or the void after the string for to match the position before the current character Since that is the case after the example the dollar matches successfully Since was the last token in the regex the engine has found a successful match the last 4 in the string Another Inside Look Earlier I mentioned that d would successfully match an empty string Let s see why There is only one character position in an empty string the void after the string The first token in the regex is It matches the position before the void after the string because it is preceded by the void before the string The next token is d As we will see later one of the star s effects is that it makes the d in this case optional The engine will try to match d with the void after the string That fails but the star turns the failure of the d into a zero width success The engine will proceed with the next regex token without advancing the position in the string So the engine arrives at and the void after the string We already saw that those matc
87. except the listed special characters match a single instance of themselves and are literal characters unless they re part of a valid regular expression token e g the n quantifier a matches a backslash followed by any of A backslash escapes special characters to suppress their special meaning matches Q E Matches the characters between Q and E literally suppressing the meaning of special characters Qt E matches xFF where FF are 2 hexadecimal digits Matches the character with the specified ASCII ANSI value which depends on the code page used Can be used in character classes XxA9 matches when using the Latin 1 code page n r and t Match an LF character CR character and a tab character respectively Can be used in character classes r n matches a DOS Windows CRLF line break a e f and v Match a bell character x07 escape character x1B form feed xO0C and vertical tab xOB respectively Can be used in character classes cA through cZ Match an ASCII character Control A through Control Z equivalent to x 1 through x1A Can be used in character classes cM cJ matches a DOS Windows CRLF line break 347 Character Classes or Character Sets abc Character Description Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Exa
88. file are folded then the Toggle All Folds command in the Fold menu unfolds all those ranges just like Fold Unfold All does If all of the foldable ranges in the file are already unfolded then the Toggle All Folds command folds them all just like Fold Fold All does Fold Remove All The Unfold All command in the Fold menu removes all folding points that you added with the Fold command Fold Copy Visible Lines The Copy Visible Lines item in the Fold menu copies the selected text to the clipboard There are two key differences between the Copy Visible Lines command and the regular Copy command in the Edit menu If the selection is not rectangular and certain lines are only partially selected the Copy Visible Lines command will copy those lines entirely The Copy command copies partially selected lines partially If certain lines were folded the Copy Visible Lines command will not copy the lines that were made invisible by the folding The regular Copy command does copy them Text copied by the regular Copy command does preserve folding ranges when pasted back into EditPad Pro All the text will be pasted and will remain folded under the pasted folding range If you paste into another application then all the text appears without the folding range Text copied by the Copy Visible Lines command is always pasted without any folding ranges Fold Delete Folded Lines Select the Delete Folded Lines item in the Fold menu to delete
89. files Since only managed projects can contain closed files turning off open the files automatically changes the current or the new project that the files are added into a managed project Tick add the files to the project to add the files in which search matches ate found to the project If you turn this off but turn on open the files then the files will be opened as outside files without adding them to the project Since only managed projects can have files open that aren t part of the project turning off add the files to the project automatically changes the current or the new project that the files are opened into a managed project Recently Searched Through Folders The Find on Disk item has a submenu that lists recently searched through folders Each time you use Search Find on Disk the folder you search through is added to top of this submenu Though the menu 47 shows only the folder s path all the settings from the Find on Disk window are remembered by the menu Select Maintain List in the submenu to see the settings used for each folder When you select one of the remembered folders EditPad Pro immediately searches though that folder using the same settings for displaying search matches and opening files If you have searched through the same folder more than once the folder will appear only once in the Reopen Folder menu with the most recently used settings The Find on Disk submenu does not remembe
90. first type or paste some text using those scripts into the Example box Make sure one of the complex script options is selected Then remove all fallback fonts Now you can change the main font and see which characters that font can display When you ve come up with a 129 list of fonts that if used together can display all of your characters select your preferred font as the main font Then add all the others as fallback fonts Line and Character Spacing By default all the spacing options are set to zero This tells EditPad to use the default spacing for the font you have selected If you find that lines are spaced apart too widely specify a negative value for increase or decrease the line height Set to add 0 pixels of extra space between lines If you find that lines are spaced too closely together specify a positive value for increase or decrease the line height and or add pixels of extra space between lines The difference between the two is that when you select a line of text increasing the line height increases the height of the selection highlighting while adding extra space between lines does not If you select multiple lines of text extra space between lines shows up as gaps between the selected lines Adding extra space between lines may make it easier to distinguish between lines The increase or decrease the character width by pixels setting is only used when you select monospaced left to r
91. full width characters for the ASCII characters so they are the same width as ideographs If you turn this on in combination with monospaced left to right only then columns that mix English letters and digits with ideographs will line up perfectly Text Cursor Movement e Monodirectional The left arrow key on the keyboard always moves the cursor to the left on the screen and the right arrow key always moves the cursor to the right on the screen regardless of the predominant or actual text direction e Bidirectional This option is only available if you have chosen one of the complex script options in the text layout and direction list The direction that the left and right arrow keys move the cursor into depends on the predominant text direction selected in the text layout and direction list and on the actual text direction of the word that the cursor is pointing to when you press the left or right arrow key on the keyboard o Predominantly left to right The left key moves to the preceding character in logical order and the right key moves to the following character in logical order Actual left to right The left key moves left and the right key moves right Actual right to left The actual direction is reversed from the predominant direction The left key moves right and the right key moves left o Predominantly right to left The left key moves to the following character in logical order and the right key moves to the pr
92. function come to the rescue Convert Text Encoding Computers deal with numbers not with characters When you save a text file each character is mapped to a number and the numbers are stored on disk When you open a text file the numbers are read and mapped back to characters When saving a file in one application and opening the that file in another application both applications need to use the same character mappings Traditional character mappings or code pages use only 8 bits per character This means that only 256 characters can be represented in any text file As a result different character mappings are used for different language and scripts Since different computer manufacturers had different ideas about how to create character mappings there s a wide variety of legacy character mappings EditPad supports a wide range of these In addition to conversion problems the main problem with using traditional character mappings is that it is impossible to create text files written in multiple languages using multiple scripts You can t mix Chinese Russian and French in a text file unless you use Unicode Unicode is a standard that aims to encompass all traditional character mappings and all scripts used by current and historical human languages 110 How to Make a File Readable in EditPad If you ve received a text file from another person or opened a file created on another computer it may not immediately be readable in
93. have made changes to a file in EditPad Pro and you haven t saved those changes yet you can use Compare with File on Disk to see the changes that you made 106 How to compare the files Minimum number of lines for matching block Ly _ Ignore differences in leading spaces and tabs _ Ignore differences in trailing spaces and tabs a _ Ignore all differences in spaces and tabs _ Ignore added and removed blank lines Ignore differences in case What to display Highlight changes in original files New file with fully merged contents New file with removed and added lines New file with removed lines only New file with added lines only New file with unchanged lines only TRT OOOCEK Extra Next Comparison Mark If you have used Extra Compare Files or Extra Compare with File on Disk you can use Extra Next Comparison Mark to find the block of differing paragraphs after the text cursor s position Extra Previous Comparison Mark If you have used Extra Compare Files or Extra Compare with File on Disk you can use Extra Previous Comparison Mark to find the block of differing paragraphs before the text cursor s position Extra Clear Comparison Marks After you ve used Extra Compare Files or Extra Compare with File on Disk the files you compared may have their differences highlighted If you re done comparing the files but want to continue working with them in EditPad Pro select Clear Comparison
94. history may be cleared entirely In EditPad Lite the memory limits are set automatically to make sure EditPad Lite doesn t use up all of your computer s memory while still being able to keep a complete undo history Unless you re making millions of changes in a search and replace EditPad Lite s undo history can easily keep track of a full day s worth of text editing In EditPad Pro you can configure the limits in the System Preferences The default limits use the same balance as EditPad Lite The actual numbers depend on the amount of RAM your PC has In practical terms you needn t worry about EditPad s undo history It ll remember virtually everything without causing your computer to run out of memory and crash If you do need to undo very long editing sessions EditPad s backup options and File History may be more practical anyway 18 Edit Redo If you change your mind after undoing an action with Edit Undo use Edit Redo to redo it The redo function works exactly the same like the undo function except that making any change to a file in any way except through Edit Undo or Edit Redo will clear the redo list In contrast with other text editors EditPad Lite and Pro do not clear the redo list when you take a trivial action such as moving the text cursor or making a selection This gives you more opportunity to change your mind and redo undone actions If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke thi
95. in the Fold menu to unfold a section previously folded with Fold Fold and delete the folding point in the process The Remove Fold command will only become enabled when you ve placed the text cursor on the first still visible line of a folded section If you ve made a selection then all folding points inside the selection will be removed If the current file type uses automatic folding points then automatically added folding points that you removed will automatically reappear when you edit the file Fold Go to Next Fold Select Go to Next Fold in the Fold menu to move the text cursor to the first line of the nearest folding range after the cursor This folding range remains folded or unfolded as it was If the current file type uses automatic folding points then automatically added folding points that you removed will automatically reappear when you edit the file Fold Go to Previous Fold Select Go to Previous Fold in the Fold menu to move the text cursor to the first line of the nearest folding range before the cursor This folding range remains folded or unfolded as it was Fold Fold All The Fold All command in the Fold menu will fold all automatic folding points and any unfolded section still marked with a folding point 76 Fold Unfold All The Unfold All command in the Fold menu unfolds all sections that you have folded with the Fold command Fold Toggle All Folds If some of the foldable ranges in the
96. in the regex outside the alternation so the entire regex has successfully matched Set in SetValue Contrary to what we intended the regex did not match the entire string There are several solutions One option is to take into account that the regex engine is eager and change the order of the options If we use GetValue Get SetValue Set SetValue will be attempted before Set and the engine will match the entire string We could also combine the four options into two and use the question mark to make part of them optional Get Value Set Value Because the question mark is greedy SetValue will be attempted before Set The best option is probably to express the fact that we only want to match complete words We do not want to match Set or SetValue if the string is SetValueFunction So the solution is 266 b Get GetValue Set SetValue b or b Get Value Set Value b Since all options have the same end we can optimize this further to b Get Set Value b All regex flavors discussed in this book work this way except one the POSIX standard mandates that the longest match be returned regardless if the regex engine is implemented using an NFA or DFA algorithm 267 9 Optional Items The question mark makes the preceding token in the regular expression optional E g colou r matches both colour and color You can make several tokens optional by gr
97. instance using the option you selected last time e On top Opens the new instance at the same size and position as the current instance e Horizontal split The new instance takes up the bottom half of the area occupied by the current instance The current instance shrinks to take up the top half of its area e Vertical split The new instance takes up the right hand half of the area occupied by the current instance The current instance shrinks to take up the left hand half of its area e Cascade Opens the new instance at the same size as the current instance but positioned a bit lower and a bit more to the right e Second monitor Opens the new instance at the same size as the current instance but positioned on the next monitor If you have more than two monitors repeating this command as many times as you have monitors minus one to account for the running instance will put an EditPad instance on each of your monitors The Open Active File item in the New Editor submenu has no immediate effect other than toggling the check mark next to the item When checked starting a new editor makes the new instance open the file that is active in the current instance The Horizontal Split and Vertical Split options change the size of the current instance If you don t resize the instance that was split after you launched the new instance then closing the new instance automatically makes the split instance resize itself again to take back the space
98. invoked on EditPad s main editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box Edit Insert Page Break Select Insert Page Break from the Edit menu or press Ctrl Enter to insert a page break into the current file at the current position of the text cursor A page break will show up as a horizontal line while you edit the file in EditPad Pro When you print the file a new page will be started at the page break The first paragraph below the horizontal line indicating the page break will be the first paragraph on the new page Edit Delete Deletes the selected part of the current file If nothing is selected or when selections are persistent the character to the right of the cursor is deleted This command is always invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut Edit Delete Line Selects the line the text cursor is currently on and deletes it If the cursor is on the first line of a folded block of lines indicated by a square with a in it in the left margin then all the lines folded underneath the current line are also deleted If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke this command it will be invoked on EditPad s ma
99. is either whitespace or a digit When applied to 1 2 3 the former regex will match 2 space two while the latter matches yl one da fA F matches a hexadecimal digit and is equivalent to 0 9a fA F Negated Shorthand Character Classes The above three shorthands also have negated versions D is the same as d W is short for 4 w and S is the equivalent of s Be careful when using the negated shorthands inside square brackets D S is ot the same as d s The latter will match any character that is not a digit or whitespace So it will match x but not 8 The former however will match any character that is either not a digit or is not whitespace Because a digit is not whitespace and whitespace is not a digit D S will match any character digit whitespace or otherwise 255 Repeating Character Classes If you repeat a character class by using the or operators you will repeat the entire character class and not just the character that it matched The regex 9 can match 837 as well as 222 If you want to repeat the matched character rather than the class you will need to use backreferences 0 9 1 will match 222 but not 837 When applied to the string 833337 it will match 3333 in the middle of this string If you do not want that you need to use lookahead and lookbe
100. isp com and pop3 isp com The standard port is 110 for unencrypted POP3 and TLS encrypted POP3 The standard port is 995 for SSL encrypted POP3 Note that EditPad Pro will not actually 190 download any of your email It will only log onto the server and then disconnect for the purpose of authenticating you so you can send email using EditPad Pro If your ISP requires a username and password to send email but do not require you to check your incoming email before sending email the ISP is using SMTP authentication When you mark this option you can type in your email username and email password that EditPad Pro can use to connect to the SMTP server For Gmail select SMTP authentication and enter your full gmail com email address and your Gmail password 191 Shortcuts Preferences Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Files Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts system Create shortcuts to EditPad Desktop Cl Start menu C Programs menu submenu of Start menu C Startup menu submenu of Programs menu C Send To menu Create Remove Shortcuts Now Right dick Explorer action Open with EditPad C To every folder as a shortcut to Project Open Folder C To every file opening that file Create Remove EditPad Actions Now Create Shortcuts to EditPad This page in the Preferences window makes it easy for you to create shortcut icons to EditPad
101. large enough number However there is a reason why you still need to enter an upper limit for the number of times the macro should run You can t tell EditPad Pro to run the macro until the search fails The reason is that it s quite possible for a search command to never fail E g a macro that runs Search Find First but doesn t delete the search match will always find that search match A macro using Search Find Next with the loop automatically option turned on will loop forever if it doesn t delete search matches By specifying a reasonable number of times for the macro to repeat itself you can prevent it from going on forever Recording Click the Record button to record a new macro EditPad Pro will ask you to enter a name for the macro When you confirm the macro s properties the Organize Macros screen closes and recording begins 92 immediately There are a number of important issues to keep in mind when recording macros Make sure to review them When you re done recording the macro select the Stop Recording item in the Macros menu You ll notice it s the only available command during recording You cannot play back and record macros at the same time Organizing Macros Click the Properties button to rename a macro or to change its shortcut key or to rename a folder You can add folders with the New Folder button To put macros into a folder simply drag and drop them with the mouse If you have a lot of macros
102. match all characters from 0 to 255 we ll need a regex that matches between one and three characters The regex 9 matches single digit numbers 0 to 9 1 9 0 9 matches double digit numbers 10 to 99 That s the easy part Matching the three digit numbers is a little more complicated since we need to exclude numbers 256 through 999 1 0 9 0 9 takes care of 100 to 199 2 0 4 0 9 matches 200 through 249 Finally 25 0 5 adds 250 till 255 As you can see you need to split up the numeric range in ranges with the same number of digits and each of those ranges that allow the same variation for each digit In the 3 digit range in our example numbers starting with 1 allow all 10 digits for the following two digits while numbers starting with 2 restrict the digits that are allowed to follow Putting this all together using alternation we get 9 1 9 0 9 1 0 9 0 9 2 0 4 0 9 25 0 5 This matches the numbers we want with one caveat regular expression searches usually allow partial matches so our regex would match 123 in 12345 There are two solutions to this If youre searching for these numbers in a larger document or input string use word boundaries to require a non word character or no character at all to precede and to follow any valid match The regex then becomes b 0 9 1 9 0 9 1 0 9 0 9 2 0 4 0 9 25 0 5 b Since the alternation operator has the lo
103. matches a number between 100 and 99999 Notice the use of the word boundaries Watch Out for The Greediness Suppose you want to use a regex to match an HTML tag You know that the input will be a valid HTML file so the regular expression does not need to exclude any invalid use of sharp brackets If it sits between sharp brackets it is an HTML tag Most people new to regular expressions will attempt to use lt gt They will be surprised when they test it on a string like This is a lt EM gt first lt EM gt test You might expect the regex to match lt EM gt and when continuing after that match lt EM gt But it does not The regex will match lt EM gt first lt EM gt Obviously not what we wanted The reason is that the plus is greedy That is the plus causes the regex engine to repeat the preceding token as often as possible Only if that causes the entire regex to fail will the regex engine backtrack That is it will go back to the plus make it give up the last iteration and proceed with the remainder of the regex Let s take a look inside the regex engine to see in detail how this works and why this causes our regex to fail After that I will present you with two possible solutions Like the plus the star and the repetition using curly braces are greedy 269 Looking Inside The Regex Engine The first token in the regex is lt This is a literal As we already know the first place where it
104. mathematical theory on which they are based But we will not dig into that Since most people including myself are lazy to type you will usually find the name abbreviated to regex or regexp I prefer regex because it is easy to pronounce the plural regexes In this book regular expressions are printed between guillemots regex They clearly separate the pattern from the surrounding text and punctuation This first example is actually a perfectly valid regex It is the most basic pattern simply matching the literal text regex A match is the piece of text or sequence of bytes or characters that pattern was found to correspond to by the regex processing software Matches are indicated by double quotation marks with the left one at the base of the line b A ZO0 9 _ A Z0 9 A Z 2 4 b is a more complex pattern It describes a series of letters digits dots underscores percentage signs and hyphens followed by an at sign followed by another series of letters digits and hyphens finally followed by a single dot and between two and four letters In other words this pattern describes an email address With the above regular expression pattern you can search through a text file to find email addresses or verify if a given string looks like an email address In this tutorial I will use the term string to indicate the text that I am applying the regular expression to I will indicate strings using regular dou
105. method declarations from the interface section of a unit and the method implementations from the implementation section into a single node representing the method When the text cursor is inside a method declaration you can press Alt Up or Alt Down to jump to the implementation and back 225 23 Help Menu Keyboard Navigation and Editing Shortcuts The shortcuts in this list are the shortcuts that are recognized by every full text editor control in EditPad such as the main editor the search box the replace box the clip editor etc Some of these shortcuts are also used by menu items If you select the command from the menu it will always work on the main editor If you select the command by pressing the shortcut key combination it will work on the editor that has input focus This is the editor that shows the text cursor the blinking vertical bar This is true for all menu items listed below but not for any other menu items All shortcuts that are used by menu items can be configured in Options Preferences Keyboard All other shortcuts cannot be changed When a key combination only works in text mode this is indicated by text If it only works in hexadecimal mode the indication is hex Cursor movement keys Arrow key Moves the text cursor blinking vertical bar Ctrlt Arrow Left text Moves the text cursor to the start of the previous word or the end of the previous line whichever is closer Ctrl Arrow Right t
106. mouse pointer e Tab button Color of the X button directly on a tab e Pressed tab button Color of the X directly on a tab when you ve clicked on it with the mouse e Hot tab button Color of the X button directly on a tab underneath the mouse pointer e Tab control background The empty space above and to the right of the tabs e Tab control button Color of the X and other buttons at the right end of the tab row e Pressed tab control button Color of the X or other button when you ve clicked on it with the mouse e Hot tab control button Color of the X or other button underneath the mouse pointer e Disabled tab control button Color of disabled buttons at the right end of the tab row The scrolling buttons will become disabled when you can t scroll further Tab Actions You can do more with the tabs in EditPad beyond activating a file by clicking on its tab To quickly close a tab move the mouse pointer over it and push down the wheel button on your mouse If the file didn t have any unsaved changes EditPad will close it instantly without even activating it You can access other common file related commands such as File Save and File Close All but Current quickly by clicking on one of the tabs with the right hand button of your mouse If the tab you right clicked on isn t the active tab EditPad will activate the file first If a command you often use isn t available in the right click menu you can add it by customizing the too
107. no backtracking is done and matches that would require a greedy quantifier to backtrack will not be found with a possessive quantifier E g will match abc in abc x but will not match this string at all In both regular expressions the first will match the first in the string The repeated dot then matches the remainder of the string abc x The second then fails to match at the end of the string Now the paths of the two regular expressions diverge The possessive dot star wants it all No backtracking is done Since the failed there are no permutations left to try and the overall match attempt fails The greedy dot star while initially grabbing everything is willing to give back It will backtrack one character at a time Backtracking to abc fails to match x Backtracking to abc matches An overall match abc was found Essentially the lesson here is that when using possessive quantifiers you need to make sure that whatever you re applying the possessive quantifier to should not be able to match what should follow it The problem in the above example is that the dot also matches the closing quote This prevents us from using a possessive quantifier The negated character class in the previous section cannot match the closing quote so we can make it possessive Using Atomic Grouping Instead of Possessive Quantifiers Technically
108. number A number with a fractional part and or an exponent Syntax date and time constant Any date or time Syntax address Text defining the location of a file or server such as an IP address Use this for scheme elements that do not have an action to open or navigate to the address Syntax operator Any kind of mathematical operator or other symbol with a specific meaning or effect Syntax bracket Round square or curly brackets used in expressions such as parentheses and square brackets in C style languages Syntax structural brackets Round square or curly brackets used to group statements or items such as cutly braces in C style languages Syntax section header Heading that starts a new section Syntax success message Message in tool output a log file or a report indicating successful completion Syntax hint message Informative hint message in tool output a log file or a report Syntax warning message Non fatal warning message in tool output a log file or a report Syntax error message Fatal error message in tool output a log file or a report Syntax markup highlight Highlight color for subschemes that highlight markup in files that do not predominantly consist of markup Syntax code highlight Highlight color for subschemes that highlight procedural code in files that do not predominantly consist of procedural code Syntax fountain highlight 1 to 10 Can be used in specialized schemes to make up to 10
109. of letters and digits P name Substituted with the text matched by the capturing group with the given name Not a group despite the syntax using round brackets P lt group gt abc def P group matches abc abc or def def but not abc def or def abc 357 XML Character Classes Character i Description Matches any character that may be the first character of an XML name i e _ A Za Z Character c Description c matches any character that may occur after the first character in an XML name Le _ A Za z0 9 Example i c matches an XML name like xm1 schema Character MI Description Matches any character that cannot be the first character of an XML name i e _ A Za z Character C Description Matches any character that cannot occur in an XML name i e _ A Za z0 9 Character abc xyz Description Subtracts character class xyz from character class abc The result matches any single character that occurs in the character class abc but not in the character class xyz Example a z aeiou matches any letter that is not a vowel i e a consonant POSIX Bracket Expressions Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example alpha Matches one character from a POSIX character class Can only be used in a bracket expression digit
110. of scrolling one page Selected text can be moved or copied by dragging it with the mouse Copy active line when nothing is selected Copy syntax coloring as rich text to the dipboard C Paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole _ Persistent selections selected text stays put when moving the cursor typing pasting etc C Zero based line and column numbers Encoding for ASCII section in hex editor Windows 1252 Western European Line Break Symbols Always use generic paragraph markers Indicate the line break style if the file mixes different line break styles Indicate the line break style if the file uses line breaks other than the file type s default Always use line break symbols that indicate the line break style CR LF CRLF Always visualize line breaks in selected text Appearance Indicate folding ranges with vertical lines in the left margin Editing Options Highlighting the active line makes it easier to keep track of where you are in the file particularly when switching between EditPad and other applications The active line is the line the text cursor is on Just like the text cursor itself the active line is only highlighted when the editor has keyboard focus If you want it to be highlighted permanently turn on maintain highlight after losing keyboard focus too You can configure the color of the active line in the color palette fo
111. one long line if a file uses UNIX line breaks The Linux shell won t properly recognize the shebang of Perl scripts saved in Windows format causing CGI scripts to break mysteriously In such situations you will need to set a default line break style for the affected file types When you create a new file by selecting a file type from the drop down menu of the new file button on the toolbar EditPad will give that file the default line break style of the chosen file type Note that EditPad will never silently convert line breaks to a different style If you set the default line break style for Perl scripts to UNIX and then open a Perl script using Windows line breaks EditPad will save that script with Windows line breaks unless you use Convert To UNIX If you need to deal with different line break styles you should turn on the line break style status bar indicator EditPad will indicate the line break style being used by the current file Binary Files EditPad Pro can edit binary files in hexadecimal mode If you know that files of a certain type don t contain much human readable content select always open files of this type in hexadecimal mode If you know files of a certain type to be text files select never open files of this type in hexadecimal mode to prevent stray NULL characters from making EditPad think the file is binary If you re not sure select open files detected as being binary in hexadecimal mode
112. opening the file type s collection 147 Color Palettes Click the Customize button next to the drop down list with color palettes in File Types Colors and Syntax to choose the colors EditPad s editor control will use Sates em thei New Color Palette JGsoft dassic Embarcadero Borland dassic Visual Studio Delete Color Palette Editor Plain text Editor Selected text Syntax Local link Syntax Internet link Syntax Emphasis Syntax Markup tag attribute value Syntax Comment Syntax Documentation comment Svuntav Prenracecenr statement Coloring scheme PHP with JavaScript lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt PHP Example lt title gt lt head gt lt body bgcolor white text black gt lt Comment with URL http www editpadpro com lt and PHP gt gt lt h1 class lt php echo class gt gt Hello World lt h1i gt lt script language php gt print PHP code goes Shere if Sok two Sone 1 1 03 lt script gt lt script gt lt if vou likeiavascrint alert You like JavaSerint vox Kona amy He Color Palettes At the top of the window you can select one of the preconfigured color palettes Selecting one of the preset configurations will change all of the individual colors e Default The default EditPad color palette This palette has distinct colors for almost all of the items Choose this configuration if you li
113. or _ paypal sql active file _ Photos aspx S README TXT E regex html Edit 4 RegexBuddyActionClientDer Gt RegexDemoForm cs 432 ScreenSaver vbproj Double click on a file node to activate the file for editing If the file s W ScreenSaverForm vb project isn t active yet it will be activated too Double click on a project node to activate the project and the file last active in that uy SetACL ps project spell html EB valarray h y lt gt Save If you ve selected one or more files those files will be saved just like File Save would do If you ve selected a project that project is saved like Project Save Project As would do Saving a project does not save the files in that project If you ve selected a folder all files listed under that folder in the Files Panel are saved Close Closes the selected files or projects like File Close and Project Close Project would do Closing files does not remove them from managed projects If you ve selected a folder all the files listed under that folder are closed and the folder will disappear from the Files Panel 207 Remove from Project Closes the selected files and removes them from managed projects like Project Remove From Project would do If you ve selected a folder all the files listed under that folder are removed from the project and the folder will disappear from the Files Panel If a project is selected the project is simply
114. point lt matches lt and matches The engine arrives again at 1 The backreference still holds B B matches B The last token in the regex gt matches gt A complete match has been found lt B gt lt I gt bold italic lt I gt lt B gt Backtracking Into Capturing Groups You may have wondered about the word boundary b in the lt A Z A Z0 9 b gt gt lt 1 gt mentioned above This is to make sure the regex wont match incorrectly paired tags such as lt boo gt bold lt b gt You may think that cannot happen because the capturing group matches bo0 which causes 1 to try to match the same and fail That is indeed what happens But then the regex engine backtracks Lers take the regex lt A Z A Z0 9 gt gt lt 1 gt without the word boundary and look inside the regex engine at the point where 1 fails the first time First continues to expand until it has reached the end of the string and lt 1 gt has failed to match each time matched one more character Then the regex engine backtracks into the capturing group A Z 9 has matched 00 but would just as happily match o or nothing at all When backtracking A Z0 9 is forced to give up one character The regex engine continues exiting the capturing group a second time Since A Z A Z0 9 has now matched bo
115. preview at the bottom of the screen Keep trying different encodings until you find one that produces a readable file If the file was created on a computer running Windows try the Windows encodings first All Windows computers use one of the Windows encodings as the default UTF 8 and UTF 16 little endian are also likely as Unicode is becoming popular among modern Windows applications If the file was created on a computer running a UNIX variant such as Linux try the ISO 8859 and EUC encodings UTF 8 and UTF 16 little endian are also likely If the file was created on a modern Mac running OS X it probably uses UTF 8 If it was created on an older Mac try the Mac encodings If the file was created by a old DOS application try one the DOS character sets The DOS character sets were used by Microsoft s MS DOS and DOS versions from other companies If you know that the file is supposed to contain line drawing symbols the DOS character sets are also very likely The DOS character sets are the only ones that contain line drawing symbols DOS applications used characters that look like lines bevels and corners to draw pseudo graphical interfaces on character based screens DOS predates Unicode so the Unicode formats are unlikely even if they contain line drawing symbols If the file is written in Russian or Ukrainian the KOI8 R and KOI8 U encodings are very likely candidates even for files created on Windows or UNIX systems Particular
116. referenced by the name between the sharp brackets The name may consist of letters and digits name regex Round brackets group the regex between them They capture the text matched by the regex inside them that can be referenced by the name between the single quotes The name may consist of letters and digits k lt name gt Substituted with the text matched by the capturing group with the given name lt group gt abc def k lt group gt matches abc abc or def def but not abc def or def abc k name Substituted with the text matched by the capturing group with the given name group abc def k group matches abc abc or def def but not abc def or def abc name then else If the capturing group name took part in the match attempt thus far the then part must match for the overall regex to match If the capturing group name did not take part in the match the else part must match for the overall regex to match lt group gt a group b c matches ab the first c babxcac 2 and the second c in Python Syntax for Named Capture and Backreferences Character Description Character Description Example P lt name gt regex Round brackets group the regex between them They capture the text matched by the regex inside them that can be referenced by the name between the sharp brackets The name may consist
117. regex engine does try further positions in the string If we change the subject string the regex d wt 1 will match 56x56 in 456x56 If you don t use capturing groups inside lookaround then all this doesn t matter Either the lookaround condition can be satisfied or it cannot be In how many ways it can be satisfied is irrelevant 298 18 Testing The Same Part of a String for More Than One Requirement Lookaround which I introduced in detail in the previous topic is a very powerful concept Unfortunately it is often underused by people new to regular expressions because lookaround is a bit confusing The confusing part is that the lookaround is zero width So if you have a regex in which a lookahead is followed by another piece of regex or a lookbehind is preceded by another piece of regex then the regex will traverse part of the string twice To make this clear I would like to give you another a bit more practical example Let s say we want to find a word that is six letters long and contains the three consecutive letters cat Actually we can match this without lookaround We just specify all the options and lump them together using alternation cat w 3 wcoat w 2 w 2 cat w w 3 cat Easy enough But this method gets unwieldy if you want to find any word between 6 and 12 letters long containing either cat dog or mouse Lookaround to The Rescue In this example we basicall
118. regex has matched the whole subject string A nested reference is a backreference inside the capturing group that it references e g 1two one This regex will give exactly the same behavior with flavors that support forward references Some flavors that don t support forward references do support nested references This includes JavaScript With all other flavors using a backreference before its group in the regular expression is the same as using a backreference to a group that doesn t exist at all All flavors discussed in this tutorial except JavaScript and Ruby treat backreferences to undefined groups as an error In JavaScript and Ruby they always result in a zero width match For Ruby this is a potential pitfall In Ruby a b 2 will fail to match a because 2 references a non participating group But a b 7 will match a For JavaScript this is logical as backreferences to non participating groups do the same Both regexes will match a 275 Repetition and Backreferences As I mentioned in the above inside look the regex engine does not permanently substitute backreferences in the regular expression It will use the last match saved into the backreference each time it needs to be used If a new match is found by capturing parentheses the previously saved match is overwritten There is a clear difference between abc and abc Though both successfully match cab
119. resulting string will end with a line break Reading a line from a file with the text joe results in the string joe n When applied to this string both a z and A a z Z will match joe If you only want a match at the absolute very end of the string use z lower case z instead of upper case Z A a Z z does not match joe n z matches after the line break which is not matched by the character class 260 Looking Inside the Regex Engine Let s see what happens when we try to match 4 to 749 n486 n4 where n represents a newline character in multi line mode As usual the regex engine starts at the first character 7 The first token in the regular expression is Since this token is a zero width token the engine does not try to match it with the character but rather with the position before the character that the regex engine has reached so far indeed matches the position before 7 The engine then advances to the next regex token 4 Since the previous token was zero width the regex engine does not advance to the next character in the string It remains at 7 4 is a literal character which does not match 7 There are no other permutations of the regex so the engine starts again with the first regex token at the next character 4 This time cannot match at the position before the 4 This position is preceded by a charact
120. right starting at one Then the named groups lt x gt b and lt y gt d get their numbers continuing from the unnamed groups in this case three To make things simple when using NET s regex support just assume that named groups do not get numbered at all and reference them by name exclusively To keep things compatible across regex flavors I strongly recommend that you do not mix named and unnamed capturing groups at all Either give a group a name or make it non capturing as in nocapture Non capturing groups are more efficient since the regex engine does not need to keep track of their matches Best of Both Worlds The JGsoft regex engine supports both NET style and Python style named capture Python style named groups are numbered along unnamed ones like Python does NET style named groups are numbered afterwards like NET does You can mix both styles in the same regex The JGsoft engine allows multiple groups to use the same name regardless of the syntax used In PowerGREP named capturing groups play a special role Groups with the same name are shared between all regular expressions and replacement texts in the same PowerGREP action This allows captured by a named capturing group in one part of the action to be referenced in a later part of the action Because of this PowerGREP does not allow numbered references to named capturing groups at all When mixing named and numbered groups in a regex the numbe
121. scrolling mode The Joint with Fixed Gap Joint without Gap and Independent options only affect the active file When you switch between files the view remains split in the same way but joint scrolling reverts to what it was for the file yow re switching to If you want to use the same scrolling method for all files select Joint without Gap for All Files or Independent for All Files in the Joint Scrolling submenu Then the scrolling method won t change when you switch between files The Joint with Fixed Gap option does not have an all files equivalent The scrolling gap is always remembered independently for each file 203 View New Editor When you try to start a new instance of EditPad through the Windows Start menu or a desktop shortcut EditPad will activate the instance that was already running instead of starting a new instance Any files that the new instance should have opened will be opened by the existing instance Since EditPad is designed to make it easy to work with large numbers of files you can easily work with all your documents in one location without cluttering your desktop If you do want to have multiple instances of EditPad running simply select the New Editor item in the View menu This can be useful if you want to view two files side by side In the submenu of the New Editor item you can select how the two instance should be positioned relative to each other Clicking the New Editor item directly opens the
122. search matches counting them all might take a while The status bar will indicate EditPad s progtess Search Cut Matches After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Cut button on the search toolbar or select the Cut Matches item in the Search menu to cut all search matches to the clipboard All search matches are placed onto the clipboard delimited by line breaks The search matches are then removed from the files in EditPad Search Copy Matches After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Copy button on the search toolbar or select the Copy Matches item in the Search menu to copy all search matches to the clipboard All search matches are placed onto the clipboard delimited by line breaks Search Options EditPad offers 12 search options By default all these have abbreviated buttons on the Search toolbar You can toggle them with Alttletter key combinations when the search toolbar or search panel has keyboard focus Regular Expression Regex Dot Matches Newline Dot Case Sensitive Case Adapt Case Adapt Whole Words Only Words All Files Files All Projects Projects Closed Files Closed Selection Only Block Loop Automatically Loop Line by Line Line Inverted Line by Line Invert Search Option Regular Expression Regex EditPad s search and replace module includes a full featured regular expression engine Its regular e
123. select the text between the current position of the text cursor and the position stored by Begin Selection You can use End Selection as many times as you want after using Begin Selection The selection will continue to start at the same position until you use Begin Selection again If you want to make a rectangular selection select Block Rectangular Selections from the menu before selecting End Selection The End Selection command works slightly differently when selections are persistent Then it is possible that part of the file is already selected without the text cursor being positioned at the end of the selection In that case End Selection moves the ending position of the selection to the current position of the text cursor and nothing is remembered If the new ending position is further away from the starting position the selection will be expanded If the new ending position is above the starting position when the old one was below it or vice versa the selection will be pivoted around the starting position If the new ending position is inside the old selection the selection will be shrunk If there is no selection Begin Selection remembers the position for use with End Selection whether selections are persistent or not If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke this command it will be invoked on EditPad s main editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever
124. servers at the same time You can transfer files between your PC and all the connected servers simultaneously Obviously this will only be practical with a high speed Internet By S S eee 2 public_html connection The tree at the top also shows an upload and download Ji acetext queue for each server below the server s node You can resize the JD banners server tree by dragging the splitter bar immediately below the server I beach tree above the toolbar with the open download and upload buttons J buddy d cgi bin The tree at the bottom shows the folder structure of the FTP server cookbook you selected in the list of servers at the top If you click on another Ji deploy server the folder view will be replaced instantly You can do so at J download any time even when EditPad Pro is still retrieving part of the folder J editpad structure The retrieval will continue in the background Ji editpadlite di editpadpro By default the FTP Panel shows all folders and files on the selected Jb forum v FTP server Since the list of files may be too long to work F ilter comfortably you can apply various filters to make the FTP Panel show only those files you re interested in Show files of type v HTML document v ASCII and Binary Mode Last modfed during the past v 3 lt months v Many FTP client have a switch that lets you choose whether to upload and download files in ASCII or binary mode In binary mode the FTP c
125. share a collection select its file and enter a title and your name You can also enter your email address and web site URL if you want In the Description box explain what your collection is about Click the Upload button to upload it If you select a collection you previously uploaded EditPad Pro will fill out all the fields with what you entered when you uploaded that collection This way you can easily update a previously shared collection or use the same details for another one If you upload a collection with the same file name as a collection you already shared the newly uploaded collection will replace the old one If you upload a collection with another file name it will be added as a new collection even if you give it the same title or description as another one Click the Delete button to stop sharing a collection EditPad Pro downloads and uploads in the background The Progress tab shows all collections in the queue and recently completed transfers If an error occurs EditPad Pro will not pop up a message box The Progress tab will indicate the error Edit Clip To edit a clip in the Clip Collection select the clip and click the Edit Clip button in the Clip Collection toolbar A clip consists of the following parts 198 Label The label that identifies the clip in the collection If you do not type in a label the start of the text itself is used as the label Kind EditPad Pro supports different kinds of clips Plai
126. sheet Batch file Configuration file _ Batch file output _ Delphi Pascal source code _ Binary files Delphi form files C source code _ Eiffel source code Caption is the caption that this tool s menu item in the Tools menu will have If you want to make a certain character a hotkey in the menu precede it with an ampersand amp The character that follows the ampersand will be shown underlined in the menu unless you disabled the underlining of hotkeys in Windows Check add to Tools toolbar if you want a button for the tool to appear on the Tools toolbar This toolbar is hidden by default You can make it visible by right clicking on the main menu or any toolbar and selecting Tools Check show caption tool toolbar if you want the toolbar button for the tool to show the caption that you specified If not only the tool s icon is shown The icon is automatically loaded from the file or application you specify on the command line Showing the caption can be useful if you have multiple tool configurations for the same application It does make the tool take up much more space on the toolbar Items in the Tools menu always show the caption Hint is the text that will be shown in the status bar when the mouse is pointing at this tool s menu item in the Tools menu You may leave this blank if the caption is descriptive enough If you
127. shortcut is Ctrl Altt ArrowDown which is the most instant way of doing an Instant Find Next Instant Find Next looks for the next occurrence in the current file of the word under the text cursor When the word is found Instant Find Next selects it If there is no word under the text cursor or it doesn t occur again in the file nothing happens at all If some text is selected when you invoke Instant Find Next and the selection does not span more than one line Instant Find Next will search for the selected text rather than the word under the cursor The purpose of Instant Find Next and Search Instant Find Previous is to quickly walk through the file stopping at each spot where the word occurs Since a successful match selects the word that was searched for you can instantly search for further matches 45 Search Instant Find Previous Instant Find Previous works just like Instant Find Next except that it searches backwards through the current file starting at the current position of the text cursor or the start of the selection if any If you press Instant Find Previous as many times as you pressed Instant Find Next or vice versa you ll be back where you started Search List All Matches After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term use the List All Matches command in the Search menu to display a list of all search matches with one line of context in a side panel All matches in the curren
128. sorted alphabetically use View Sort Tabs Alphabetically prior to using Extra Statistics for All Files 108 Extra Statistics for All Files Like Extra Statistics Statistics for All Files will create a new tab with statistics It will compute the same statistics but for all files in all projects rather than the current file only The order of the files in the statistics is the same order as in which they are arranged in EditPad Pro s tabs If you want the files to be sorted alphabetically use View Sort Tabs Alphabetically prior to using Extra Statistics for All Files 109 12 Convert Menu Convert To Uppercase Converts the current selection to all uppercase letters If there is no selection the line the cursor is on is converted to uppercase Convert To Lowercase Converts the current selection to all lowercase letters If there is no selection the line the cursor is on is converted to lowercase Convert Initial Caps Turns all the letters in the current selection into lowercase letters except for the first letter of each word which becomes uppercase If there is no selection the line the cursor is on is converted to initial caps Convert Invert Case Turns all uppercase letters in the selection into lowercase letters and all lowercase letters into uppercase If there is no selection the line the cursor is on is inverted If you have been typing with Caps Lock on you do not have to start over Let this
129. statistics 107 108 statusbar 180 stay on top 132 string 246 begin 258 end 258 matching entirely 258 quoted 257 subtract character class 305 suffix block 65 support 235 surrogate 281 swap selections 62 swap with clipboard 21 symbol 280 syntax coloring 144 151 153 157 syntax colors 147 syntax highlighting 144 tab 249 tab size 134 141 tabs 59 115 122 176 178 Tcl word boundaries 263 TCL 196 template files 8 terminate lines 249 text 246 text cursor 163 text editor 247 text encoding 109 137 340 text file icon 135 text layout 124 text directed engine 250 TextPad Collection Library 196 time 21 160 tip of the day 229 381 titlecase letter 280 TLS 214 to lowercase 109 to uppercase 109 toggle all folds 76 toggle comment 65 toggle fold 74 toggle search panel 39 tool placeholders 80 toolbar 237 tools 77 78 84 85 tools menu 77 trim trailing whitespace 100 trim whitespace 100 trimming whitespace 315 triple click 165 tutorial 246 two instances of editpad 203 uFFFF gt characters 116 uncomment block 64 underscore 253 undo 17 18 unfold all 76 unfold lines 74 ungteedy 269 unicode 109 137 Unicode 278 blocks 282 canonical equivalence 286 categories 279 characters 278 code point 279 combining mark 278 grapheme 278 Java 285 normalization 286 Perl 285 properties 279 ranges 282 scripts 281 unindent 62 UNIX 112 137 unreadabl
130. switch between files or edit the search term Click the Fold button again to refold the current file Folding a file based on search matches deletes all automatic folding points and all folding points that you created When you disable the search match folding new automatic folding points will appear Also unlike match highlighting which instantly updates itself the folding is not updated as you insert or delete the search term while you edit the file After folding the lines with search matches you can use Fold Copy Visible Lines to copy the lines with seatch matches to the clipboard and Fold Delete Folded Lines to delete the lines without search matches However since folding keeps the first line visible the very first line in the file will be copied or remain behind even if it doesn t have any search matches Search Count Matches After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Count button on the seatch toolbar or select the Count Matches item in the Search menu to count all search matches Count Matches starts searching from the beginning just like Find First does Then it continues searching like Find Next would until the search fails None of the search matches will be selected After the search Count Matches will tell you how many matches it found 48 If there are no search matches at all EditPad will briefly flash the Count button s icon to indicate failure If there are a lot of
131. tag is matched the lazy dot s match is locked down This ensures that the lazy dot will never match the HTML tag that should be matched by the literal HTML tag in the regular expression 338 12 Repeating a Capturing Group vs Capturing a Repeated Group When creating a regular expression that needs a capturing group to grab part of the text matched a common mistake is to repeat the capturing group instead of capturing a repeated group The difference is that the repeated capturing group will capture only the last iteration while a group capturing another group that s repeated will capture all iterations An example will make this clear Let s say you want to match a tag like abc or 123 Only these two are possible and you want to capture the abc or 123 to figure out which tag you got That s easy enough abc 123 will do the trick Now let s say that the tag can contain multiple sequences of abc and 123 like abc123 or 123abcabc The quick and easy solution is abc 123 This regular expression will indeed match these tags However it no longer meets our requirement to capture the tag s label into the capturing group When this regex matches abc123 the capturing group stores only 123 When it matches 123abcabc it only stores abc This is easy to understand if we look at how the regex engine applies abc 123 to abc123
132. temporary file created or modified by a tool into the Message panel On the I O tab you can choose to have the tool s standard output and or error redirected to the Message panel The Message panel is a side panel in EditPad Pro It has just one read only edit box for displaying tool output You can right click the edit box to select and copy the text and to toggle word wrap If you ve closed the Message panel after running a tool you can use the Message Panel item in the Tools menu to make it visible again This item only appears in the Tools menu after you ve run a tool that uses the Message Panel You cannot make the Message Panel visible if it hasn t been used by a tool yet Build bat output errors 70 S JGsoft EditPad7 Windows Pro gt MOVE S Delphi dxVCL Library Delphi15 S Delphi dxVCL Library DelphilSdebug S JGsoft EditPad7 Windows Pro gt MOVE S Delphi dxVCL Library DelphilSsaved S Delphi dxvCL Library Delphi15 S JGsoft EditPad7 Windows Pro gt D S JGsoft EditPad7 Windows gt CD S JGsoft EditPad7 gt DEL JGsoft EditPad7 Bin Pro map S JGsoft EditPad7 Bin Pro maq 89 10 Macros Menu Via the Macros menu you can record and play back keystroke macros With keystroke macros you can automate repetitive editing tasks Macros that you have already recorded appear at the top of the Macros menu Selecting a macro in the menu executes it once Select Organize Macros in the Macros menu if you want to run
133. text spacing click the Font amp Layout button This button shows the same text layout configuration screen as the Options Text Layout menu item except that it shows the text layouts you have configured for printing rather than the ones you ve configured for editing Another difference is that if you turn on the allow bitmapped fonts checkbox the font list will include printer fonts rather than screen fonts in addition to the TrueType and OpenType fonts that work everywhere A printer font is a font built into your printer s hardware If you select a printer font set text layout and direction to left to right only for best results Because EditPad keeps separate text layout configurations for printing and editing any changes you make to text layouts via the print preview only affect the printout EditPad remembers the layout you used for printing in combination with the layout you used for editing If you edit a file with a text layout you ve called edit monospaced and you print it with a text layout you ve called print monospaced then the next time you print a file you re editing with the edit monospaced layout the print preview will automatically select the print monospaced layout Press the Setup button to access your printer s setup screen or to select a different printer than the default printer From page and to page determine the range of pages that will be printed Th
134. that extension If the extension is part of another file type all the file type dependent settings such as auto indent number lines and word wrap will be changed to match the settings for that new file type as made in the file type configuration File Save All Rapidly performs a File Save for each open file in each project For untitled files File Save As is invoked If you click on Cancel in the save as dialog box the save all function will not save any further files either File Print Select File Print in the menu to print the active file A preview of the printout is shown first ki wersione 2 6 7 gt ixs schere wales xido ATTO ew Org 1662 00 Margetnamespacee ATTA ume SeETERT coy SeeTEaE 25S gt zid annotations dxs documentation xal lange en 9This xu schena afines ctreterd OF all Pila forents ated By acataxt 2 0 teat deer Yos cat ese this sehana TC reat and write acemxt Collection files ste aed Te copy and past Ac mext clips an cOllsctiows to and Froe the clioar See MITE mmm Scetext com xmlmtal for sore ieformation en fuai documentations A xsl anaa pare meer Qamee Cligtiag gt Azad restriction basee xsd touen gt 4xsd tumeration walud t xt gt dxsd enumeration valuts fectetgela gt dxsd enumeration value binary gt drid enumeration valut beforesfter gt 4xsd tumeration valut webtext gt 4jxat r striction 4 xst siegletype dxsd slogletyse aee Paranete
135. the Basic_Latin and Latin 1_Supplement blocks instead for historical reasons even though both are currency symbols and the yen symbol is not a Latin character You should not blindly use any of the blocks listed below based on their names Instead look at the ranges of characters they actually match A tool like RegexBuddy can be very helpful with this E g the Unicode property p Sc or p Currency_Symbol would be a better choice than the Unicode block p InCurrency when trying to find all currency symbols p InBasic_Latin U 0000 U 007F p InLatin 1_ Supplement U 0080 U 00FF p InLatin_Extended A U 0100 U 017F p InLatin_Extended B U 0180 U 024F p InIPA_Extensions U 0250 U 02AF p InSpacing Modifier_Letters U 02B0 U 02FF p InCombining Diacritical_Marks U 0300 U 036F p InGreek_and_Coptic U 0370 U 03FF 9 p InCyrillic U 0400 U 04FF 10 p InCyrillic_Supplementary U 0500 U 052F 11 p InArmenian U 0530 U 058F 12 p InHebrew U 0590 U 05FF 13 p InArabic U 0600 U 06FF 14 p InSyriac U 0700 U 074F 15 p InThaana U 0780 U 07BF 16 p InDevanagar i U 0900 U 097F 17 p InBengali U 0980 U 09FF 18 p InGurmukhi U 0A00 U 0A7F 19 p InGujarati U 0A80 U 0AFF 20 p InOriya U 0B00 U 0B7F 21 p InTamil U 0B80 U OBFF 22 p InTelugu U 0C00 U 0C7F 23 p InKann
136. the Delete button changes its caption to Cancel and when clicked reverts the message to what it was before you started editing it If you click Delete a second time i e while the message is no longer being edited you ll delete the message from the forum If other people have already downloaded your message their view of the message will magically change when they click Refresh or log in again Since things may get confusing if people respond to your original message before they see the edited message it s best to restrict your edits to minor errors like spelling mistakes If you change your opinion click the Reply button to add a new message to the same conversation Updating Your View When you click the Login button EditPad automatically downloads all new conversations and message summaries Message bodies are downloaded one conversation at a time as you click on the conversations Attachments are downloaded individually when you click the Use or Save button EditPad keeps a cache of conversations and messages that persists when you close EditPad Attachments are cached while EditPad is running and discarded when you close EditPad By caching conversations and messages EditPad improves the responsiveness of the forum while reducing the stress on the forum server If you keep EditPad running for a long time EditPad does not automatically check for new conversations and messages To do so click the Refresh button Whenever you click
137. the filtering is instant you can quickly try various keywords If you find a conversation about your subject start with reading all the messages in that conversation If you have any further comments or questions on that conversation reply to the existing conversation instead of starting a new one That way the thread of the conversation stays together and others can instantly see what yow re talking about It doesn t matter if the conversation is a year old If you reply to it it moves to the top automatically Conversations and Messages The left hand half of the Forum pane shows two lists The one at the top shows conversations The bottom one shows the messages in the selected conversation You can change the order of the conversations and messages by clicking on the column headers in the lists A conversation talks about one specific topic In other forums a conversation is sometimes called a thread If you want to talk about a topic that doesn t have a conversation yet click the New button to start a new conversation A new entry appears in the list of conversations with an edit box Type in a brief subject for your conversation up to 100 characters and press Enter Please write a clear subject such as scraping an HTML table in Perl rather than need help with HTML or just help A clear subject significantly increases the odds that somebody who knows the answer will actually click on your conversation read your
138. the scheme for batch files never needs to highlight something that spans multiple lines If no coloring scheme is available for the file type you are defining click the download button EditPad Pro will then connect to the Internet and allow you to download many custom syntax color schemes created and shared by other EditPad Pro users To create your own syntax coloring schemes use the Custom Syntax Coloring Scheme Editor After editing a scheme or creating new ones click the Refresh button to make EditPad Pro read in the new and edited schemes Turn on highlight matching brackets touched by the cursor to highlight the bracket touched by the cursor and that bracket s corresponding opening or closing bracket The cursor touches a bracket when it is positioned immediately to the left or right of the bracket If the bracket consists of multiple characters the cursor also touches it if it is positioned between two characters that are part of the bracket If the cursor touches two brackets at the same time that belong to different pairs the bracket to the right of the cursor is highlighted If the corresponding bracket is missing the bracket touched by the cursor is highlighted by itself in a different color Turn on highlight innermost pair of brackets containing the cursor to highlight the pair of opening and closing brackets nearest to the text cursor that surround the text cursor Brackets surround the cursor if the cursor is positio
139. then continues searching like Find Next would replacing all further search matches The only difference between clicking Replace All and using all the individual action buttons is that Replace All is silent It will simply replace all matches without moving the selection or the text cursor Even when seatching through all projects or all files the current file will remain active throughout the operation 43 If no search matches can be found EditPad will briefly flash the Replace All button s icon to indicate failure If you used the keyboard shortcut to do the Replace All with the search panel hidden check the status bar for the result If there are a lot of search matches replacing them all might take a while The status bar will indicate EditPad s progress In EditPad Pro the Replace All button on the search toolbar has a drop down menu with two items Replace All Next and Replace All Previous Replace All Next performs the search and replace on the part of file after the position of the text cursor If a search match is already highlighted that match is replaced too Effectively Replace All Next does in one click what you can do by clicking Replace and Find Next until no further matches can be found The Replace All Previous button does the same except that is searches backwards performing the search and replace on the part of the file before the position of the text cursor If a search match is already highlighted that match
140. to backtrack to the regex token before the group the caret in our example If there is no token before the group the regex must retry the entire regex at the next position in the string Let s see how gt 11 P is applied to 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 The caret matches at the start of the string and the engine enters the atomic group The star is lazy so the dot is initially skipped But the comma does not match 1 so the engine backtracks to the dot That s right backtracking is allowed here The star is not possessive and is not immediately enclosed by an atomic group That is the regex engine did not cross the closing round bracket of the atomic group The dot matches 1 and the comma matches too 11 causes further repetition until the atomic group has matched pt 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Now the engine leaves the atomic group Because the group is atomic all backtracking information is discarded and the group is now considered a single token The engine now tries to match P to the 1 in the 12th field This fails So far everything happened just like in the original troublesome regular expression Now comes the difference P failed to match so the engine backtracks The previous token is an atomic group so the group s entire match is discarded and the engine backtracks further to the caret The engine now tries to match the caret at the next position in the string which fail
141. to convert all non ASCII characters to Unicode escapes The actual escapes will appear Finally use Convert Text Encoding and select to convert to ASCII uFFFF Unicode Escapes The Unicode escapes now again appear as actual characters If you save the file the it will be saved as pure ASCII with Unicode escapes In the Encoding section in the file type configuration there is an option to make EditPad Pro detect whether a file consists of pure ASCII with Unicode Escapes If that option is on EditPad Pro automatically selects the ASCH uFFFF Unicode Escapes encoding for such files and displays the actual characters rather than the escapes By default this option is off for all file types except the Java file type In Java source code files Unicode escapes are 100 equivalent to actual characters even for ASCII characters Convert uFFFF gt Characters Select the uFFFF gt Characters command in the Convert menu to replace all escape sequence in the form of UFFFF into their actual characters If you select some text before using this command only escape sequences in the selection are replaced Otherwise all escape sequences in the file are replaced 117 The conversion will only be successful if the all the characters can be represented in the encoding used by the file If not use Convert Text Encoding to change the encoding before converting the escapes Escapes that represent characters that are not supported by the file s
142. to make them part of the project If the active project is an unmanaged project then there is no difference between opening files using File Open or Project Add to Project Both commands add the files and open files to unmanaged projects The other difference is the submenu with recently closed files This applies to both managed and unmanaged projects The File Open submenu lists files that were opened and then closed in any project including untitled projects that were never saved This list is saved by EditPad along with its general settings and history information The Project Add to Project submenu lists files that were opened and then closed in the current project only This list is saved in the epp project file If you haven t worked with a particular project for a while any files that you had open in that project and then closed will have long dropped off the 100 files that the File Open submenu remembers But when you open that project again the Project Add to Project submenu will still remember the last 100 files you closed while working with that project The File Open and Project Add to Project submenus remember all files that were closed even if you didn t use that menu item to open them For example if you double click on a file in Windows Explorer and then close the file it will be listed at the top in both File Open and Project Add to Project If you then switch to another project the file will still be at
143. to the left of the text cursor Ctrl V toggles between insert and overwrite mode 188 Email Preferences Select Options Preferences in the menu and click on the Email tab to configure EditPad Pro for sending email Compose a new email in EditPad Pro Launch default email dient Launch a specific email dient Le Email gueue M Automatically send email messages placed into the email queue M Close email queue automatically after all messages have been sent Email server settings Mail server SMTP Email server authentication No authentication O SMP authentication PoP before SMTP authentication User name Password POP server Encryption No encryption Double Clicking Highlighted Email Addresses When you double click a highlighted email address in a text file EditPad Pro can do one of three things e Compose a new email in EditPad Pro This is the same as selecting File Mail in the menu and entering the email address e Launch default email client EditPad Pro will attempt to launch the application associated with the mailto URL protocol on your computer 189 e Launch a specific email client Click on the button to select the exe file of the email software you want EditPad Pro to launch You can also type in the command line directly and specify command line parameters If you enter EMAIL on the command line EditPad Pro will substitute that placeholder with the actual ema
144. transparently e SSH fully encrypted this is an alternative method for servers that run both SSH and FIP but that didn t configure SFTP in the same way as FTP EditPad Pro will open an SSH secure shell connection usually on port 22 and use it as a secure tunnel to connect to the FTP server running on the same host usually on port 21 The server must accept SSH connections from your PC and unsecure FTP connections from localhost i e the server itself The SSH tunnel will fully encrypt the entire FTP session To connect to an FTP server you need to enter a username and password To connect to an SSH server you need to enter a username and either enter a password or tick the keyboard interactive authentication checkbox That depends on whether your SSH server requires password authentication or keyboard interactive authentication Keyboard interactive authentication will result in a prompt during the connection Usually this prompt asks for a password The actual prompt depends on what the server asks from EditPad Optionally you can also enter a description for the FTP server This description will appear in history lists instead of the default username hostname The initial directory is the directory that EditPad Pro navigates to when you first connect to the FTP server If you don t specify an initial directory EditPad Pro will let the FTP server choose the initial directory If you turn on the option use initial directory a
145. turn on ignore added and removed blank lines EditPad Pro will not add blank lines that occur only in one of the two compared files to any new file created by the file comparison Those lines will also not be highlighted in the original files Lines with only spaces and tabs will be considered to be blank only if you ve turned on one of the options to ignore differences in spaces and tabs Finally ignore differences in case tells EditPad Pro to ignore whether a character is uppercase or lowercase making A identical to a What to Display If you select to highlight changes in the original files EditPad Pro will mark lines present in the old or original file in red when they are not present in the new or edited file It will also mark lines in the new file in green when they are not present in the old file You can configure the compare files deleted line and compare files added line colors in the Colors Preferences If you turn on new file with fully merged contents EditPad Pro will create a new tab with the two files merged based on their differences The tab will be labeled OldFile compared with NewFile Lines that are identical in both files are added once and displayed on a normal background Lines only present in the old file are added on a red background and lines only present in the new file are added on a green background If the text on a line w
146. two modes Both the search and replace edit boxes on the search panel are full blown multi line edit controls just like EditPad s main editor They provide syntax coloring for regular expressions and match placeholders Press Shift Enter on the keyboard to type in and search for or replace with a newline To type in a tab press Shift Tab To switch from search to replace and back press Tab If you right click on the search or replace edit box you will see a list of the last 16 search or replace texts you used Click on one to use it again Search Find First After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Find First button on the search toolbar or select the Find First item in the Search menu to find the first search match If the selection only option is on Find First starts searching from the start of the search range If all files is on Find First starts searching from the start of the first file in the current project If all projects is on Find 40 First starts searching from the start of the first file in the first project If none of these three options are on Find First starts searching from the start of the current file If the search term can be found EditPad will switch to the file it was found in and select the matched text If the search term cannot be found nothing will happen except that the Find First button will briefly flash its icon to indicate it failed
147. txt To remove files from the history select them and click the Remove button This will only remove files from the list It will not delete any files If you want to remove all files that no longer exist you can do so by gt Open X Remove Ou down selecting Remove Obsolete Files in the File Open submenu itself rather than J cancel selecting Maintain List to open the above dialog Using the Up and Down buttons you can change the order of the files in the history list Press the Control key on the keyboard while clicking the Up or Down button to move a file all the way to the top or the bottom If you want an item to be visible directly in the File Open submenu move it up until it is among the first 16 files in the list Read Only Files If a file is in use by an application another application cannot modify it Files stored on read only media such as CD ROMs cannot be modified by applications either Files that have the read only attribute set should not be modified by applications but can be if you have the necessary security privileges to remove the read only attribute If you use EditPad to open a file that is already in use by another application stored on read only media or has the read only attribute set EditPad will open that file in read only mode This is indicated on the status bar Where you normally see whether the current file has been modified or not the indicator shows Modified
148. using Project Open Folder Tick open the files to make EditPad Pro actually open all of the files If you turn this off then add files to the project is automatically turned on and EditPad Pro adds the files to the project without opening them The files will show up in the Files Panel as closed files Since only managed projects can contain closed files turning off open the files automatically changes the current or the new project that the files are added into a managed project Tick add the files to the project to add the files to the project If you turn this off then open the files is automatically turned on and the files will be opened as outside files without adding them to the project Since only managed projects can have files open that aren t part of the project turning off add the files to the project automatically changes the current or the new project that the files are opened into a managed project Recently Opened Folders The Open Folder item has a submenu that lists recently opened folders Each time you use Project Open Folder the opened folder is added to top of this submenu Though the menu shows only the folder s path all the settings from the Open Folder window are remembered by the menu Select Maintain List in the submenu to see the settings used for each folder When you select one of the remembered folders EditPad Pro opens the files contained by that folder using the same f
149. v 1 a days it defaults to the folder that you have selected in the Explorer Panel or the folder containing the file that you have selected The file that is saved is the file that you are editing just like File Save As does Create Folder Create a new folder under the folder that you have selected in the Explorer Panel You will be prompted for the folder s name Select Active File If the file you re editing in EditPad Pro has a file name i e you ve saved it you can click the Select Active File button to select that file in the Explorer Panel Drives and folders in the Explorer Panel s tree will be 211 expanded as needed If the file you re editing is not visible in the Explorer Panel because you ve filtered it out then the folder containing the file will be selected instead Up Folder The Up Folder button is a quick way to select the folder that contains the currently selected file or folder If the home folder is selected when you click the Up Folder button EditPad Pro will make the home folder s parent folder the new home folder If the home folder is a drive then the desktop space becomes the new home folder Favorite Folders To add a folder to your favorite folders click on the downward pointing arrow next to the Favorite Folders button and click on the Add Selected Folder item You can then quickly select that folder in the Explorer Panel by clicking on the downward pointing arrow next to the
150. where n gt 0 and m gt n Repeats the previous item between n and m times Lazy so repeating n times is tried before increasing the repetition to m times a 2 4 matches aa aaa or aaaa n where n gt 0 Repeats the previous item at least n times Greedy so as many items as possible will be matched before trying permutations with less matches of the preceding item up to the point where the preceding item is matched only n times a 2 matches aaaaa in aaaaa n where n gt 0 Repeats the previous item n or more times Lazy so the engine first matches the previous item n times before trying permutations with ever increasing matches of the preceding item a 2 matches aa in aaaaa 351 2 Advanced Syntax Reference Grouping and Backreferences Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Modifiers Character Description Example Character Description Example regex Round brackets group the regex between them They capture the text matched by the regex inside them that can be reused in a backreference and they allow you to apply regex operators to the entire grouped regex abc 3 matches abcabcabc First group matches abc regex Non capturing parentheses group the regex so you can apply regex operators but do not capture anything and do not
151. will automatically try to reconnect to the server every 10 seconds until it either succeeds or you click the Disconnect button Favorite Servers The Connect to FTP button will automatically keep a history of the last 16 FTP servers that you connected to If you connect to lots of FTP servers and use some more frequently than others you can add the FTP servers you use frequently to your list of favorite FTP servers To add a server to the list connect to it Then click on the downward pointing arrow next to the Favorites button and click on the Add Connected FTP Server item To connect to a favorite FTP server select it from the Favorites button s drop down menu Abort Aborts all uploads and downloads to and from the selected server that are currently pending or in progress Open from FTP Click the Open from FTP button to open all selected files for editing EditPad Pro will instantly create new empty tabs for the files The files are added to the FTP server s download queue While a file downloads its text will appear in EditPad Pro bit by bit You can start editing the downloaded portion right away The remainder of the file will be appended as it is downloaded If you close a tab before the file is downloaded that file s download will be aborted You cannot open entire folders from FTP like you can open entire folders in the Explorer Panel If you click Open from FTP with a folder selected that folder s node will simply be e
152. will become the selected text This command is intended to be used with persistent selections You can move the text cursor without clearing the selection only when selections are persistent Selecting text moving the text cursor and invoking Block Duplicate has the same effect as selecting text invoking Edit Copy moving the text cursor and invoking Edit Paste The only difference is that Block Duplicate does not use the clipboard so the contents of the clipboard are preserved The option paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole affects how text is duplicated when you have selected complete lines Selecting a complete line means to select everything from the start of the line to the end of the line including the line break at the end of the line Selecting multiple lines completely means selecting everything from the start of the first line in the block until the end of the last line in the block including the line break at the end of the last line When the option paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole is on whole lines are always duplicated as if the cursor were at the start of the line when you invoke Block Duplicate Thus whole lines are always duplicated as a whole before the line that the cursor is on when duplicating This makes it easy to duplicate blocks of lines without worrying about the horizontal position of the text cursor If this option is off the selected lines are duplicated at the exact
153. will match is the first lt in the string The next token is the dot which matches any character except newlines The dot is repeated by the plus The plus is greedy Therefore the engine will repeat the dot as many times as it can The dot matches E so the regex continues to try to match the dot with the next character M is matched and the dot is repeated once more The next character is the gt You should see the problem by now The dot matches the gt and the engine continues repeating the dot The dot will match all remaining characters in the string The dot fails when the engine has reached the void after the end of the string Only at this point does the regex engine continue with the next token gt So far lt has matched lt EM gt first lt EM gt test and the engine has arrived at the end of the string gt cannot match here The engine remembers that the plus has repeated the dot more often than is required Remember that the plus requires the dot to match only once Rather than admitting failure the engine will backtrack It will reduce the repetition of the plus by one and then continue trying the remainder of the regex So the match of is reduced to EM gt first lt EM gt tes The next token in the regex is still gt But now the next character in the string is the last t Again these cannot match causing the engine to backtrack further The total matc
154. you can easily work with two search actions E g if you need to do a search and replace in several blocks in a file and you want to find the block by searching for another word first search for the word and then do the search and replace in the first block Then click the History button to instantly get back the search term Find the second block and click the History button again to get the search and replace search term and options EditPad s search function remembers up to 16 search settings You can access them via the submenu of the History button Pick a search term from the menu to use it again All the Search Options will also be set the way they were when you last used the search term you just picked from the history If you only want to recall the search text or the replacement text without changing any of the search options right click on the search box or replace box The right click menu will list the last 16 search texts or replacement texts Search Favorites If you regularly use a particular search term you should add it to your search favorites To do so select Search Favorites Add Search Term in the menu Or click on the downward pointing arrow next to the Favorites button on the search panel and select Add Search Term in the drop down menu The search text replacement text and all search options will be stored in the favorites To make it easy to differentiate between search terms you ll be asked for a label when
155. you need to click one of the three replace buttons Replace will replace the misspelled word with the replacement just this time Replace All will replace the misspelled word with the replacement every time it is found during the current EditPad Pro session When you pick File Exit or switch to a different language the replacement is forgotten If you click Learn Replace EditPad Pro will always automatically replace the misspelled word with the replacement and remember this even if you quit EditPad Pro You can also fix the error directly in the editor After doing so you will have to click the Resume button to continue to check the spelling of the rest of the file If the word is correctly spelled you can click Ignore to accept the word as correct just this time Ignore All will make EditPad Pro ignore all occurrences of this word until you switch languages or close EditPad Pro Learn will make EditPad Pro add the word to its dictionary and will from then on always be accepted as correct If you make a mistake click on Back to restore the original word Click Abort to stop spell checking and close the pane The Word List button allows you to edit the list of words that you added to the custom dictionary When you click the button a new window will appear The left hand side of the window contains the list of words that you specified as correctly spelt by clicking on the Learn but
156. 11 Finally note that not all regex engines claiming to implement POSIX regular expressions actually have full support for collating sequences Sometimes these engines use the regular expression syntax defined by POSIX but don t have full locale support You may want to try the above matches to see if the engine you re using does E g Tcl s regexp command supports collating sequences but Tcl only supports the Unicode locale which does not define any collating sequences The result is that in Tcl a collating sequence specifying a single character will match just that character and all other collating sequences will result in an error Character Equivalents A POSIX locale can define character equivalents that indicate that certain characters should be considered as identical for sorting E g in French accents ate ignored when ordering words l ve comes before tre which comes before v nement and are all the same as e but 1 comes before t which comes before v With the locale set to French a POSIX compliant regular expression engine will match e and when you use the collating sequence e in the bracket expression e If a character does not have any equivalents the character equivalence token simply reverts to the character itself E g x Z is the same as xz in the French locale Like collating s
157. 16 numbers or a billion While the complexity of the original regex was exponential the complexity of the improved regex is constant with respect to whatever follows the 12th field The reason is the regex fails immediately when it discovers the 12th field doesn t start with a P It simply backtracks 12 times without expanding again and that s it The complexity of the improved regex is linear to the length of the first 11 fields 36 steps are needed in our example That s the best we can do since the engine does have to scan through all the characters of the first 11 fields to find out where the 12th one begins Our improved regex is a perfect solution Qa Test 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 The regular expression does not match the test subject 336 Alternative Solution Using Atomic Grouping In the above example we could easily reduce the amount of backtracking to a very low level by better specifying what we wanted But that is not always possible in such a straightforward manner In that case you should use atomic grouping to prevent the regex engine from backtracking Using atomic grouping the above regex becomes gt 11 P Everything between gt is treated as one single token by the regex engine once the regex engine leaves the group Because the entire group is one token no backtracking can take place once the regex engine has found a match for the group If backtracking is required the engine has
158. 2 p Ogham 33 p Oriya 34 p Runic 35 p Sinhala 36 p Syriac 37 p Tagalog 38 p Tagbanwa 39 p TaiLe 40 p Tamil 41 p Telugu 42 p Thaana 43 p Thai 44 p Tibetan 45 p Yi Instead of the p Latin syntax you can also use p IsLatin The Is syntax is useful for distinguishing between scripts and blocks as explained in the next section Unfortunately PCRE does not support Is as of this writing Unicode Blocks The Unicode standard divides the Unicode character map into different blocks or ranges of code points Each block is used to define characters of a particular script like Tibetan or belonging to a particular group like Braille Patterns Most blocks include unassigned code points reserved for future expansion of the Unicode standard Note that Unicode blocks do not correspond 100 with scripts An essential difference between blocks and scripts is that a block is a single contiguous range of code points as listed below Scripts consist of characters taken from all over the Unicode character map Blocks may include unassigned code points i e code points 283 matched by p Cn Scripts never include unassigned code points Generally if yow re not sure whether to use a Unicode script or Unicode block use the script E g the Currency block does not include the dollar and yen symbols Those are found in
159. 2 2 and 3 29 and not 1 4 and 1 100 0 or 1 400 0 return 0 February 29th outside a leap year else return 1 Valid date else return 0 Not a date 325 To match a date in mm dd yyyy format rearrange the regular expression to 1 9 1 012 1 1 9 12 0 9 3 01 1 19 20 d d For dd mm yyyy format use 1 9 12 0 9 3 01 9 1 9 1 012 7 19 20 d d You can find additional variations of these regexes in RegexBuddy s library 326 6 Finding or Verifying Credit Card Numbers With a few simple regular expressions you can easily verify whether your customer entered a valid credit card number on your order form You can even determine the type of credit card being used Each card issuer has its own range of card numbers identified by the first 4 digits You can use a slightly different regular expression to find credit card numbers or number sequences that might be credit card numbers within larger documents This can be very useful to prove in a security audit that you re not improperly exposing your clients financial details We ll start with the order form Stripping Spaces and Dashes The first step is to remove all non digits from the card number entered by the customer Physical credit cards have spaces within the card number to group the digits making it easier for humans to read or type in So your order form should
160. 23 fail to match The group fails and the engine backtracks While backtracking the engine restores the capturing positions for the group Namely the group was entered between characters 4 and 5 and existed between characters 7 and 8 The engine proceeds with which matches An overall match is found The overall match spans the whole subject string The capturing group spaces characters 5 6 and 7 or 123 Backtracking information is discarded when a match is found so there s no way to tell after the fact that the group had a previous iteration that matched abc The only exception to this is the NET regex engine which does preserve backtracking information for capturing groups after the match attempt The solution to capturing abc123 in this example should be obvious now the regex engine should enter and leave the group only once This means that the plus should be inside the capturing group rather than outside Since we do need to group the two alternatives we ll need to place a second capturing group around 339 the repeated group abc 123 When this regex matches abc123 capturing group 1 will store abc123 and group 2 will store 123 Since we re not interested in the inner group s match we can optimize this regular expression by making the inner group non capturing abc 123 340 13 Mixing Unicode and 8 bit Character Codes Internally comp
161. 292 17 Lookahead and Lookbehind Zero Width Assertions c cccccssessseessesessessssesssscsssscsssscsssscssssessssesessesnsseensseanees 294 18 Testing The Same Part of a String for More Than One Requirement wc ccccssecesseesesessessssestsseetssesneseenene 298 19 Continuing at The End of The Previous Matchivssisissssssssssssesesssssvsasssvessavesssvenstvavesvssonvesssvenstsavenvesonvasosvstetsevoabees 300 20 If Then Else Conditionals in Regular Expressions 0 cccsesesessesessesesesssseseesessessssssessssessesssesessesesnesesseaeeneaeey 302 21 XME Schema Character Classes ios cstusssscutsnesscuseustasts ocsersstecusessencousistasebetsensveesrdedstues cversotaseletsesceustsenastebeannstee 305 22 POSIX Bracket Expressions endene ena a ia a ae ea aea ea R E a aa a e ea a AE 307 23 Adding Comments to Regular Expressions sser aeea E EE EA 311 24 Free Spacing Regular Expressions sissssssssssssssssssetssoasioseissescisieasssasiosadsssdeassedssscaionsdsspsciosedsssaaiosvdsassedssedsasaeiebodsatins 312 Reoular Expression Examples seisoessa seretii seee OLD 1 Sample Regular Expressions sississsssssssssssssassssesssossssotiasvaastosasazssacvaassvaasnigasaossseoaassvdastoassioesaenadasvagsnigasinsssasaasaoaasaagasioeys 315 2 Matching Numeric Ranges with a Regular Expression sss sssssssssessssesssresssresssreessreessreessrtensrrensrtennreensrrensrrensrressre 318 3 Matching Floating Point Numbers with a Regular Expression s sssssssssessssesssssssseres
162. 52 iso 8859 1 etc Path Placeholdets You can use path placeholders to use part or all of the path and the file name of the file you are currently editing You can use them in the command line and working folder for tools This way you can have a tool work with the file you are editing in EditPad Pro In the examples below the file being edited is C data files web log foo bar txt If the current file is untitled all the placeholders below will be replaced with nothingness If you want to use the path or name of the temporary file that EditPad Pro can open or save when running a tool simply prepend TEMP to the name of the placeholder E g TEMPFILE is the full path and filename to the temporary file Y TEMPPATH is the folder the temporary file is in If the file was opened via FTP use FTPFILE to specify the full path to the file on the FTP server YOFTPSERVER is the domain name of the server and FTPURL the full ftp URL to the file If you want to pass more than one file on the tools command line you can use PICKIFILE through PICK9FILE to specify parts of the paths to up to 9 files that you have already open in EditPad Pro If you use these placeholders each time you run the tool a window will pop up for you to select the file s to be passed on the command line from the files you have open in EditPad Pro The files you select will be saved automatically so the tool can get their current contents If you don
163. 58 engine 246 250 entire string 258 environment variables 80 epp files 26 escape 248 249 in a character class 252 EUC 109 euro 340 example date 324 duplicate lines 330 exponential number 320 330 floating point number 320 HTML tags 315 integer number 330 keywords 330 not meeting a condition 328 number 330 numeric ranges 318 prepend lines 259 quoted string 257 reserved words 330 scientific number 320 330 trimming whitespace 315 whole line 328 exit 16 expand selection 68 explorer panel 210 export file listing 36 export preferences 132 external commands 77 extra 94 95 97 99 100 101 103 105 106 107 108 favorite projects 26 favorites 6 52 feedback 235 feeds 234 file 4 6 8 9 12 14 15 16 file associations 135 file history 221 file locks 170 file mask 134 213 file navigator 154 224 file size 170 file tabs 176 178 file types 121 133 135 files 28 50 files matching a file mask 213 files matching a regex 213 files panel 206 fill columns 65 filter 213 find first 39 find last 41 find next 40 find on disk 45 find previous 41 fixed line lengths 113 flash card 235 flavor 246 flex 250 floating point number 320 flow paragraphs 114 123 focus editor 204 fold 74 75 76 154 fold all 75 fold lines 47 74 fold unselected 75 folders 27 170 font 124 132 179 376 form feed 249 format
164. 657374 If you copy from the ASCII section the other application will see the actual bytes e g test If you copy and paste between EditPad and another hex editing application you may need to switch EditPad to hexadecimal mode and place the cursor in the hexadecimal or ASCII section of the editor to get the results you expect Edit Copy Append Places the current selection on the Windows clipboard If there is no current selection and the option to copy the active line is turned on in the Editor Preferences then the entire current paragraph is placed onto the clipboard If the clipboard holds text data the selection is appended to the text already on the clipboard Edit Paste will then paste both the original text plus the selection appended to it If the file uses syntax coloring and the clipboard already holds a rich text version of other text copied by EditPad then the rich text version is appended to as well If the clipboard holds rich text copied by another application Edit Copy Append removes it from the clipboard This command is always invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut Edit Paste If you select Edit Paste when the Window clipboard holds textual data it will be inserted into the active file at the current position of the text cursor If EditPad is in overwrite mode and you re
165. 70 autosave 173 awk 250 b see word boundary back in edited files 58 backreference 271 in a character class 275 number 272 repetition 338 backreferences 54 backslash 248 249 in a character class 252 backtick 259 backtracking 269 332 backup 14 backup files 173 221 begin file 259 begin line 258 begin selection 66 begin string 258 bell 249 between matching brackets 68 blank 308 blank lines 114 115 block 50 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 71 73 134 bom 137 bookmark 72 73 Borland colors 147 braces see curly braces bracket see square bracket or parenthesis bracket expressions 307 bracket matching 23 brackets 57 144 breaking long lines 134 browser 204 byte order marker 137 byte value editor 200 c see control characters or XML names C see control characters or XML names canonical equivalence Java 286 capital letters 109 capturing group 271 caret 248 258 287 in a character class 252 carriage return 249 case 49 109 case conversion 55 case insensitive 287 case sensitive 49 catastrophic backtracking 332 character class 252 negated 252 negated shorthand 254 repeating 255 shorthand 253 special characters 252 subtract 305 XML names 305 character equivalents 310 character map 198 character range 252 character set see character class characters 248 ASCII 249 categories 279 control 249 digit 253 in a character class 252 invisible 249 met
166. 8 times In Java the regex token uFFFF only matches the specified code point even when you turned on canonical equivalence However the same syntax UFFFF is also used to insert Unicode characters into literal strings in the Java source code Pattern compile uOQE0 will match both the single code point and double code point encodings of a while Pattern compile uQ0E0 matches only the single code point version Remember that when writing a regex as a Java string literal backslashes must be escaped The former Java code compiles the regex a while the latter compiles UQOEQ Depending on what you re doing the difference may be significant JavaScript which does not offer any Unicode support through its RegExp class does support uF FFF for matching a single Unicode code point as part of its string syntax XML Schema does not have a regex token for matching Unicode code points However you can easily use XML entities like amp xFFFF to insert literal code points into your regular expression Unicode Character Properties In addition to complications Unicode also brings new possibilities One is that each Unicode character belongs to a certain category You can match a single character belonging to a particular category with p You can match a single character ot belonging to a particular category with P Again character really means Unicode code point p L matches a singl
167. 9 2003 07 29 Bryan Felsher 2011 05 03 2011 05 03 Jakub Moycho 2003 07 29 2003 07 29 ASM 68k a Guillaume CAST 2003 05 13 2003 05 13 ASN 1 5 Carl Bevil 2010 04 09 2010 04 21 ASP 5 Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2014 03 07 ASP NET C aspx a Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2014 08 20 ASP NET Delphi aspx a Just GreatSoft 2010 09 26 2014 08 20 ASP NET VB aspx a Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2014 08 20 Assembler asm Steve Carter 2006 11 08 2006 11 08 AutoCAD LT Diesel Menu Funct mnu Henry Le Pelley 2003 07 29 2003 07 29 Autohotkey ahk ghk Any suggestion 2006 04 08 2012 01 30 Author Ron Gilbert op Install 4005 Batch files qP Update x Uninstall S38 Settings Close The list presents you the following information about the available schemes e Scheme The name of the scheme It is possible that more than one scheme with the same name is available If so you can install all of them or only one as you prefer e Extensions The extensions typically used for the files that the scheme provides syntax coloring for They are only shown for your information You can apply any scheme to any file type as you see fit e Author The author of the scheme If you have comments or suggestions about a particular coloring scheme you should contact this person e Added The date the scheme was first added to the list of available schemes e Updated The date the scheme was last updated e Installed
168. CII characters while using the ASCII NCR encoding they will be automatically stored as numeric character references in the file Convert Characters gt amp htmlchar Select the Characters gt amp htmlchar command in the Convert menu to replace all characters that have HTML entities with those HTML entities It replaces apr s ski with apr amp egrave s ski If you select some text before using this command only characters in the selection are replaced Otherwise all characters in the file that have HTML entities are replaced Characters that do not have HTML entities are not changed If you want to convert your file into pure ASCII using HTML entities and numeric character references for non ASCII characters first use the Characters gt amp htmlchar command to replace those characters that have named HTML entities Then use the Characters 119 gt amp 65535 or Characters gt amp xFFFF command to replace the remaining non ASCII characters that do not have named HTML entities This command does not replace reserved characters such as lt Thus you can safely use this command on an entire HTML file without destroying its HTML tags If you do want to replace reserved characters such as lt with entities such as amp 1t use the Convert Reserved Characters gt XML Entities menu item Convert amp htmlchar gt Characters Select the amp htmlchar gt Characters command in the Convert menu to repl
169. Character position on the current physical line paragraph Byte position on the current physical line paragraph Character position on the current wrapped line Byte position on the current wrapped line Decimal character offset in bytes from the start of the file Hexadecimal character offset in bytes from the start of the file Number of times the search text was found Keyboard status You can show or hide indicators on the status bar by marking or clearing the checkboxes at the left of the items in the list You can also hide the status bar altogether by turning off show status bar You can change the order in which the items are shown on the status bar by dragging and dropping them in the list Click on an item hold the mouse button down and drag it to the spot where you want it and release the mouse button The topmost item in the list will become the leftmost item on the status bar The following status bar indicators are available 181 Position of the text cursor Number of the line and column the cursor is on When word wrap is on the line number depends on the count physical lines only setting in File Type Editor Options It is the same number shown in the margin when Options Line Numbers is on The column number indicates the visual column which
170. DDhhmmss 5 minutes Multi backup prepending Backup X of automaticaly save and r canal i O Hidden history folder shutting down and restarting EditPad Pro T Quick backups C Users Jan Documents EditPad Pro 7 Wor in eens Preserve File Status 20 al copies V Preserve file settings is ae Preserve cursor position and folding C Save backups in a specific folder or subfolder Backup Copies To make sure you never lose any data in case you change your mind after saving a file you should turn on one of the options to create backup copies The single backup options will keep one backup copy of each file in the same folder as the original The multi backup options will keep multiple backup copies in the same folder The hidden history option will create a hidden __history folder below each folder and put the backup copies there The multi backup and hidden history options work best with EditPad Pro s File History The File History lets you easily compare delete and revert to backup copies 174 By default EditPad uses a quick method to make backups It moves the original file into its backup location and then writes the file you re saving as a new file This works perfectly when editing files on your Windows PC or on a Windows server but may cause issues if you re editing a file on other systems such as a Linux se
171. E JavaScript Python Ruby GNU BRE GNU ERE y at the beginning or end of a word JGsoft Tcl ARE Y NOT at the beginning or end of a word JGsoft Tcl ARE m at the beginning of a word JGsoft Tcl ARE M at the end of a word JGsoft Tcl ARE lt at the beginning of a word GNU BRE GNU ERE gt at the end of a word GNU BRE GNU ERE 363 Alternation Feature Supported by Quantifiers Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by alternation JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath Yor 1 JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath 0 or more JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath 1 or more JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath n exactly n JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath n m between n and m JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath n n of more JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript
172. EditPad Two things need to be set right First you must use a font that contains the characters you want to display While all fonts contain English characters far fewer fonts contain Chinese Thai or Arabic characters In EditPad select Options Font in the menu Make sure to select the script you want in the lower right corner of the font selection screen If you use multiple scripts in a single file then you probably won t have a single font that can nicely display all of those scripts Fortunately EditPad can use any number of fonts at the same time and automatically use each font only for those scripts that it supports Select Options Text Layout in the menu Set text layout and direction to complex script Select a main font and any number of fallback fonts If the main font doesn t support certain script EditPad displays that script using the first fallback font that does support it If the file still isn t displayed property after you ve selected a proper font the file was saved with a different character encoding than EditPad is using Select Text Encoding in the Convert menu to change the encoding EditPad uses for that file At the top of the screen you will see part of the file as EditPad interprets it now along with the encoding used Make sure the interpret the original data as being encoded with another character set is marked Then try selecting a new encoding The result will appear immediately in the
173. Expressions listed as POSIX ERE in the table below Oracle Oracle Database 10g implements POSIX Extended Regular Expressions listed as POSIX ERE in the table below Oracle supports backreferences 1 through 9 though these are not part of the POSIX ERE standard Perl Perl s regex flavor is listed as Perl in the table below PHP PHP s ereg functions implement the POSIX ERE flavor while the preg functions implement the PCRE flavor PostgreSQL PostgreSQL 7 4 and later uses Henry Spencers Advanced Regular Expressions flavor listed as Tcl ARE in the table below Earlier versions used POSIX Extended Regular Expressions listed as POSIX ERE PowerGREP Version 3 and later use the JGsoft engine Earlier versions used PCRE without Unicode support PowerShell PowerShell s built in match and replace operators use the NET regex flavor PowerShell can also use the System Text RegularExpressions classes directly Python Python s regex flavor is listed as Python in the table below R The regular expression functions in the R language for statistical programming use either the POSIX ERE flavor default the PCRE flavor perl true or the POSIX BRE flavor perl false extended false REALbasic REALbasic s RegEx class is a wrapper around PCRE RegexBuddy Version 3 and later use a special version of the JGsoft engine that emulates all the regular expression flavors in this comparis
174. FF escapes in the file When you type non ASCII characters into the file EditPad Pro will display the character you typed but store its UFFFF escape in the file If you type apr s ski using this encoding EditPad Pro will display apr s ski but store apr u00E8s ski in the file If you open that file in Notepad which cannot interpret Unicode escapes you ll see apr u00E8s ski Use the Convert Characters gt uFFFF along with an encoding such as UTF 8 or Windows 1252 when you want to use Unicode escapes in only part of the file EditPad will display the Unicode escapes while you edit the file You can see where Unicode escapes are used and where actual characters are used Use the ASCII uFFFF Unicode Escapes encoding when working with files where Unicode escapes are the only way of representing non ASCII characters EditPad will display the actual characters while you edit the file You won t see the Unicode escapes EditPad makes sure all newly typed or pasted characters are stored as Unicode escapes in the file If you have a file that contains non ASCII characters that are not written as Unicode escapes then you can convert that file you being pure ASCII uFFFF Unicode Escapes in three steps First open the file in EditPad and make sure all characters are displayed correctly If not use Convert Text Encoding to select the proper encoding with the interpret option Second use Convert Characters gt uFFFF
175. From Project and does not reopen outside files that were not part of the project when they were closed Such files may still be listed in the Project Add to Project submenu You can use that submenu to reopen them Project Remove from Project The Remove from Project command in the Project menu closes the active file and removes it from the project For unmanaged projects there is no difference between Project Remove from Project and File Close For managed projects files closed with Project Remove from Project are completely removed from the project while files closed with File Close remain part of the project if they were added to the project If you want to remove a file that is already closed from a managed project use the Files Panel If you want to remove all closed files from a managed project use Project Remove Closed Files If you want to remove all outside files from a project use Project Close Outside Files Files that are removed from a project are added to the File Open and Project Add to Project submenus that list recently closed files unless the files were opened in bulk withProject Open Folder or a similar command 33 Project Remove Closed Files The Open Closed Files command in the Project menu is only available if the active project is managed and it has one or more closed files A closed file in a managed project is a file that was closed but is still part of the project The Remove Closed Files co
176. Hebrew script instead of the Hebrew block when you write p Hebrew While there are no Unicode properties with the same names as blocks the property p Currency_Symbol is confusingly similar to the block p Currency As I explained in the section on Unicode blocks the characters they match are quite different To avoid all such confusion I strongly recommend you use the In syntax for blocks the Is syntax for scripts if supported and the shorthand syntax p Lu for properties Again the JGsoft engine supports all of the above oddball notations This is only done to allow you to copy and paste regular expressions and have them work as they do in Perl or Java You should consider these notations deprecated Do You Need To Worry About Different Encodings While you should always keep in mind the pitfalls created by the different ways in which accented characters can be encoded you don t always have to worry about them If you know that your input string and your regex use the same style then you don t have to worry about it at all This process is called Unicode normalization All programming languages with native Unicode support such as Java C and VB NET have library routines for normalizing strings If you normalize both the subject and regex before attempting the match there won t be any inconsistencies If you are using Java you can pass the CANON_EQ flag as the second parameter to Pattern compile
177. Insertion cursor Bidirectional insertion cursor Underbar cursor Overwrite cursor Standard Windows cursor Selected text cursor configuration Name of this text cursor configuration Insertion cursor Shape Standard Windows text cursor Blinking style O Do not blink Blink on and off Alternate between two colors Sizes Colors Width Height EE Rcoular 2 Alternate 4 Hl Dragging Kconcel Q Hep of EditPad s other cursor shapes 130 e Insertion cursor Blinking vertical bar similar to the standard Windows cursor except that it is thicker and fuly black even on a gray background e Bidirectional insertion cursor Like the insertion cursor but with a little flag that indicates whether the keyboard layout is left to right e g you re tying in English or right to left e g you re typing in Hebrew The flag is larger than what you get with the standard Windows cutsor and is shown even if you don t have any right to left layouts installed e Underbar cursor Blinking horizontal bar that lies under the character This mimics the text cursor that was common in DOS applications e Overwrite cursor Blinking rectangle that covers the bottom half of the character In EditPad this is the default cursor for overwrite mode In this mode which is toggled with the Insert key on the keyboard typing text overwrites the following characters instead of pushing them ahead e Standard Windows curs
178. Login or Refresh all conversations and messages are be marked as read They won t have any special indicator in the list of conversations or messages If the refresh downloads new conversation 234 and message summaries those ate be marked unread This is indicated with the same people icon as shown next to the Login button Forum RSS Feeds After you ve logged in you can click the Feeds button to select RSS feedsthat you can add to your favorite feed reader This way you can follow EditPad s discussion forums as part of your regular reading without having to start EditPad To participate in the discussions simply click on a link in the RSS feed All links in EditPad s RSS feeds will start EditPad and present the forum login screen After you log in wait a few moments for EditPad to download the latest conversations EditPad will automatically select the conversation or message that the link points to If EditPad was already running and you were already logged onto the forums the conversation or message that the link points to is selected immediately You can choose which conversations should be included in the RSS feed e All conversations in all groups show all conversations in all the discussion groups that you can access in EditPad e All conversations in the selected group show the list of conversations that EditPad is presently showing in the Forum window e All conversations you participated in show all
179. Map and the Search Panel Those panels use the same font and color as the file you re editing The font and colors for files can be set via Options Configure File Types 180 Statusbar Preferences While both EditPad Lite and Pro have a status bar it is only configurable in EditPad Pro EditPad Pro can show many mote indicators on the status bar You may not want to clutter the screen with all of them Select Options Preferences in the menu and click on the Statusbar tab Editor Cursors Search Open Fies Save Fies Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Emai_ shortcuts System Enable statusbar Show statusbar Configure statusbar Statusbar indicators Position of the text cursor Modification status Insert Overwrite mode Text file line break style Text file character encoding Unicode signature a k a Byte Order Marker or BOM Modification date of the file on disk Number of files in all open projects Size of the current file in bytes Length of the current selection in characters Length of the current selection in bytes Number of lines and columns in the selection Number of physical lines paragraphs in the file Number of wrapped lines in the file Unicode code point of the character at the cursor Code page position of the character at the cursor Bytes encoding the character at the cursor Physical line paragraph the cursor is on Wrapped line the cursor is on Visual column the cursor is on
180. Marks in the Extra menu to remove the red and green highlights If you don t want to continue working with the files simply close them You don t need to remove the comparison marks first 107 Extra Statistics Choose Statistics from the Extra menu to have EditPad Pro compute a bunch of statistics about the file you are currently editing EditPad Pro will create a new tab to hold the statistics An example Filename S JGsoft EditPad7 Help source extrastatistics txt Last saved 11 Feb 2011 11 32 File size 3 260 bytes Number of paragraphs 41 Number of words 497 Number of letters and digits 2 332 Number of printable characters 2 594 Total number of characters 3 260 Selection size 638 bytes Selected words 69 Selected Letters and digits 338 Selected printable characters 365 Total number of selected characters 638 The first two lines indicate under which name the file was saved and when it was last saved The third line indicates the size of the file in bytes The total file size is the total number of characters in the file including hidden character such as line breaks If part of the file was selected before you picked Extra Statistics from the menu then the size in bytes of the selection is indicated as well Number of paragraphs indicates the number of paragraphs in the file A paragraph is a sequence of characters terminated by pressing Enter on the keyboard which inserts a hard return into the
181. P links in your computer s default FTP client EditPad Pro provides three choices The default is to use EditPad s built in FTP This is the most comfortable option to edit files stored on FTP servers The launch default FTP client runs whichever application is configured on your computer to handle ftp URLs Finally you can specify a specific application to be used as the FTP client Click the button to browse for the exe file of the application you want to use You can also manually enter a command line If you include URL as part of the command line parameters that placeholder will be substituted with an ftp URL to the file to be opened If you don t enter URL on the command line EditPad Pro will launch the exe with the URL as the sole command line parameter Maximum Amount of Memory to Use for Undo and Redo As explained in the help topic for the Edit Undo command EditPad normally keeps an undo history for all changes you ve made to all files that you have open in EditPad since you opened them During very heavy editing sessions this may cause the undo history to use too much memory As a safeguard EditPad will automatically discard the oldest changes from the undo history when it grows too large In EditPad Lite these 195 limits are automatically set based on the amount of RAM your PC has In EditPad Pro you can configure the limits yourself The limit per file limits the undo history for each individual fi
182. Panel can show and search through files that are closed but are still part of managed projects Any outside files that were open under the project s tab are removed from the project because they were never an actual part of the project Project Reload Files from Disk Select Reload Files from Disk from the Project menu to revert all open files in the active project to the status they had when they were last saved This can be useful if you are viewing files that are being written to other programs If one or more of the files in the project have unsaved changes in EditPad Pro or if you turned on the option to always prompt in the Open Files Preferences then EditPad Pro will ask you to confirm which files you want to reload Files that have unsaved changes in EditPad Pro will be marked as Modified in the list Those changes will be lost if you reload those files Tick the checkbox next to each file that you want to reload 34 Project Save Copy of Project As Select Save Copy of Project As to save the project under a new name but continue updating the project under its original name Use this command if you want to save a milestone copy of the project that you can go back to later EditPad Pro will not keep the copy of the project updated along with the original The new copy will stay as it is until you open it or overwrite it when saving another project By opening the copy of the project you can go back to the project in the state
183. Pro display the actual characters but keeps the HTML entities in the file If you type or paste non ASCII characters while using the ASCII NCR encoding they will be automatically stored as HTML entities in the file Convert Reserved Characters gt XML Entities Select the Reserved Characters gt XML Entities command in the Convert menu to replace the characters lt gt and amp that have special meanings in XML with their respective XML entities amp lt amp gt amp apos amp quot and amp amp If you select some text before using this command only characters in the selection are replaced Otherwise all reserved characters in the file are replaced Convert XML Entities gt Reserved Characters Select the XML Entities gt Reserved Characters command in the Convert menu to replace XML entities amp lt amp t kapos amp quot and amp amp with the characters lt gt and amp that they represent Numeric character references that represent these 5 characters are also converted If you select some text before using this command only characters in the selection are replaced Otherwise all reserved characters in the file are replaced 120 Convert ROT 13 Applies ROT 13 character rotation to the current selection making it a little difficult to read Applying ROT 13 again restores the original text Before the Internet went commercial people had the good habit to use ROT 13 to conceal possi
184. Pro ships with several file types with magic value regular expressions The HTML file type uses 7 s lt DOCTYPE S HTML to match a lt DOCTYPE HTML or lt HTML tag at the start of the file case insensitively The Perl script file type has _ a zA Z0 9 env perl which matches the shebang at the start of a Perl script On the UNIX platform Perl scripts usually don t have an extension but do have the shebang On the Windows platform the shebang is typically missing but Perl scripts ate given a pl extension EditPad will recognize the file either way first trying the file masks to look for the pl extension and then trying the regular expression to match the shebang The XML file type uses lt xml s lt a ZzA Z0 9_ st lt gt xmlns s to match the lt xml declaration or a root tag with the xmlns attribute XML files often have an extension that indicates the application that saved the file rather than the fact that it s in XML format E g PowerGREP uses the pgf pga pgr and pgl extensions for PowerGREP file selections actions results and libraries rather than the generic xml extension Check default for new files to use the file type for new files created by clicking the File menu directly or by pressing its keyboard shortcut Ctrl N File Type Associations Using the three buttons on the Definition tab in the file types configuration screen you can quickly creat
185. Pro to start counting lines and columns from zero instead of one This option affects the status bar as well as Options Line Numbers and Options Column Numbers You can change the encoding for the ASCII section in the hex editor if you work with binary files that also store text in a particular code page This setting changes the way bytes are translated into characters in the right hand section of the text editor and how characters that you type in are translated into bytes You can only select 8 bit code pages as the hex editor displays one character per byte Line Break Symbols You can show or hide line break symbols with the Options Visualize Line Breaks command You can set the default in the editor options for each file type These two determine whether line breaks are visualized or not The Line Break Symbols section in the Preferences determines how they are visualized e Always use paragraph markers Always visualize line breaks using the f symbol e Indicate the line break style if the file mixes different line break styles Visualize line breaks using the symbol if the line breaks in the file are all Windows all UNIX or all Mac line breaks If the file uses a mixture of line breaks Windows line breaks are indicated as Cr p UNIX line breaks are indicated as Lr and Mac line breaks are indicated as Cr e Indicate the line break style if the file uses line breaks other than the file type s default Visualize line breaks us
186. RE Ruby Conditionals Feature regex then else using any lookaround Supported by JGsoft NET Perl PCRE Feature regex then else Supported by NET Feature 1 then else Supported by JGsoft NET Perl PCRE Python Feature group then else Supported by JGsoft NET PCRE Python Comments Feature comment Supported by JGsoft NET Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE Free Spacing Syntax Feature Supported by Pree spacing syntax supported JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE XPath Feature Supported by Feature Supported by 366 Character class is a single token JGsoft NET Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE XPath starts a comment JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE Unicode Characters Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by X Unicode grapheme JGsoft Perl PCRE u0000 through UFFFF Unicode character JGsoft NET Java JavaScript Python Tcl ARE x 0 through x FFFF Unicode character JGsoft Perl PCRE Unicode Properties Scripts and Blocks Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by pL through pC Unicode properties JGsoft Java Perl PCRE p L
187. RE XML XPath b backspace JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE dot any character except line break JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSEX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XML XPath start of string line JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSEX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XPath Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by 362 end of string line JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE XPath A start of string JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby Tcl ARE Z end of string before final line break JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Ruby Tcl ARE z end of string JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby gt start of string GNU BRE GNU ERE end of string GNU BRE GNU ERE Word Boundaries Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by b at the beginning or end of a word JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE JavaScript Python Ruby GNU BRE GNU ERE B NOT at the beginning or end of a word JGsoft NET Java Perl PCR
188. REP or the seatch function of a text editor like EditPad Pro you should not escape or repeat the quote characters like you do in a programming language In your source code you have to keep in mind which characters get special treatment inside strings by your programming language That is because those characters will be processed by the compiler before the regex library sees the string So the regex 1 1 2 must be written as 1 1 2 in C code The C compiler will turn the escaped backslash in the source code into a single backslash in the string that is passed on to the regex library To match c temp you need to use the regex c temp As a string in C source code this regex becomes c temp Four backslashes to match a single one indeed See the tools and languages section in this book for more information on how to use regular expressions in various programming languages Non Printable Characters You can use special character sequences to put non printable characters in your regular expression Use t to match a tab character ASCH 0x09 r for carriage return Ox0D and n for line feed Ox0A More exotic non printables are a bell 0x07 e escape 0x1B f form feed Ox0C and v vertical tab Ox0B Remember that Windows text files use r n to terminate lines while UNIX text files use n You can include any character in your regular expression if you know
189. SIX character class Supported by JGsoft Perl Feature span 11 POSIX collation sequence Supported by Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE Feature x POSIX character equivalence Supported by Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE 369 6 Replacement Text Reference The table below compares the various tokens that the various tools and languages discussed in this book recognize in the replacement text during search and replace operations The list of replacement text flavors is not the same as the list of regular expression flavors in the regex features comparison The reason is that the replacements are not made by the regular expression engine but by the tool or programming library providing the search and replace capability The result is that tools or languages using the same regex engine may behave differently when it comes to making replacements E g The PCRE library does not provide a search and replace function All tools and languages implementing PCRE use their own search and replace feature which may result in differences in the replacement text syntax So these are listed separately To make the table easier to read I did group tools and languages that use the exact same replacement text syntax The labels for the replacement text flavors are only relevant in the table below E g the NET framework does have built in search and teplace function in its Regex class which is used by all tools and lang
190. Select Outdent from the Block menu to outdent or unindent each line in the selected portion of the current file EditPad does this by deleting a certain number of spaces from the start of each line How many spaces are inserted depends on the block indent setting for the type of file you are editing You can change this setting on the Editor page in the file type configuration If there are not that many spaces at the beginning of a certain line all the spaces at the beginning of that line will be deleted But the other lines will still be outdented by the specified amount 63 If the selection spans more than one line you can also outdent it by pressing Shift Tab on the keyboard The difference between using Block Outdent and the Tab key is that Block Outdent uses the block indent setting while Tab uses the tab size setting to determine the amount If a rectangular block is selected Block Outdent works differently Instead of deleting spaces or tabs at the start of the line it will delete spaces and tabs immediately to the left of the first column in the selection effectively shifting the block a number of spaces to the left Spaces inside the selected block will not be deleted Block Move Lines and Columns The Move Lines and Columns submenu of the Block menu lists various commands for shifting blocks of text around When you ve made a linear selection a selection that follows the flow of the text you can only move
191. Select the various places where you want a shortcut icon and click the Create Remove Shortcuts Now button To remove a shortcut clear the appropriate checkboxes and press the same button If you place a shortcut in the Startup menu submenu of Programs menu the green EditPad icon will automatically appear next to the system clock whenever you turn on your computer Put a shortcut in the Send To menu so you can quickly open any file in EditPad from within Windows Explorer by right clicking on the file selecting Sent To from the context menu and then selecting EditPad 192 The Quick Launch Toolbar is not available in Windows 7 Right Click Explorer Action EditPad Pro can also add itself to the context menu of every file and or every folder in Windows Explorer The context menu is the menu that appears when you click on an item with the right hand mouse button Select the context menus in which you want EditPad Pro to appear and click Create Remove EditPad Actions Now 193 System Preferences On the System page in Options Preferences you can make some choices how EditPad Pro interacts with the rest of your computer and network Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Files Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts System System integration C Show EditPad icon next to the system dock in the notification area F Hide taskbar button when minimizing EditPad Check whether EditPad is t
192. Selection including selecting part of the text in any way The position stored by Begin Selection is remembered until you use Begin Selection again The Begin Selection command works slightly differently when selections are persistent Then it is possible that part of the file is already selected without the text cursor being positioned at the end of the selection In that case Begin Selection moves the starting position of the selection to the current position of the text cursor and nothing is remembered If the new starting position is further away from the ending position than the old one the selection will be expanded If the new starting position is below the ending position when the old one was above it or vice versa the selection will be pivoted around the ending position If the new starting position is inside the old selection the selection will be shrunk If there is no selection Begin Selection remembers the position for use with End Selection whether selections are persistent or not If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke this command it will be invoked on EditPad s main editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box Block End Selection After using Block Begin Selection you can select End Selection from the Block menu to
193. Star navigation keys since many of those conflict with EditPad s default shortcuts The keyboard navigation keys cannot be configured They are always available even when you ve enabled WordStar navigation keys 185 186 Wordstar Navigation Keys EditPad Pro supports the classic Wordstar navigation keys for people who are used to them WordStar is an old word processor that used Ctrl Letter key combinations to navigate through the document WordStar was created at a time when most keyboards did not yet have separate arrow key blocks Note that many of these navigation keys conflict with standard Windows shortcut keys E g Ctrl S is the standard Windows shortcut for File Save In WordStar Ctrl S moves the text cursor one position to the left just like the left arrow key You can enable the WordStar navigation keys in the Keyboard Preferences When enabled they are recognized by every full text editor control in EditPad such as the main editor the search box the replace box the clip editor etc The shortcuts with Ctrl Q are two key combinations First press Ctrl Q Then release the Q key and press the second letter in the key combination Whether you press Ctrl along with the second key or not makes no difference Cursor movement keys Ctrl S moves the text cursor one position to the left Ctrl D moves the text cursor one position to the right Ctrl E moves the text cursor one line upward Ctrl X moves the text cursor on
194. Text a product available separately is specifically designed to enable you to very flexibly work with large numbers of text snippets If you have installed AceText EditPad Pro will use AceText s Clip Collection functionality and display the collection that is active in AceText EditPad Pro and AceText will automatically keep the collection synchronized when you edit it in AceText or EditPad Pro If you do not have AceText EditPad Pro will manage the collection of clips by itself You may want to check out the free evaluation version of AceText AceText offers a lot of extra functionality Most importantly AceText enables you to use your clip collections in combination with applications other than EditPad Pro AceText cooperates with almost all Windows software Adding Text to The Collection To add text to the collection simply select it in the editor and click the New Clip button in the toolbar above the Clip Collection You can also drag and drop the selection from the editor into the collection Drag and drop clips inside the collection to rearrange them You can edit a clip s label or view and edit the text it holds by clicking the Edit Clip button If you use AceText this will activate the AceText Editor If not you can edit the clip directly in EditPad Pro If you want to add many clips to a collection organize them in folder to make it easier to find the right clip later Simply click the New Folder button to create a new fol
195. Text Encoding you can select ASCH amp 65535 NCR as the file s encoding When using this encoding EditPad Pro displays the actual characters for all amp 65535 character references in the file When you type non ASCII characters into the file EditPad Pro will display the character you typed but store its amp 65535 NCR in the file If you type apr s ski using this encoding EditPad Pro will display apr s ski but store apr amp 232 s ski in the file If you open that file in Notepad which cannot interpret numeric character references you ll see apr amp 232 s ski Use the Convert Characters gt amp 65535 along with an encoding such as UTF 8 or Windows 1252 when you want to use numeric character references in only part of the file EditPad will display the numeric character references while you edit the file You can see where numeric character references are used and where actual characters are used Use the ASCII amp 65535 NCR encoding when working with files where numeric character references are the only way of representing non ASCII characters EditPad will display the actual characters while you edit the file You won t see the numeric character references EditPad makes sure all newly typed or pasted characters are stored as numeric character references in the file If you have a file that contains non ASCII characters that are not written as numeric character references then you can convert that f
196. The little and big endian options switch the order of the bytes The decimal value 300 is 0x12C in hexadecimal In little endian format the two bytes are ordered 2C 01 starting with the least significant byte In big endian the two bytes are ordered 01 2C starting with the most significant byte You can see the difference if you type 300 in the word field in EditPad Pro The Intel and AMD processors that Windows runs on all use the little endian format natively The PowerPC processors that the Apple Macintosh used to run on use the big endian format natively Recent Macs use little endian Intel processors View Split Editor Click on the Split Editor item in the View menu to split the editor into two giving you two independent views of the active file In the submenu of the Split Editor item you can choose whether the editor should be split horizontally or vertically or whether the second editor should be placed in a floating window The floating window is useful if your PC has multiple monitors and you want the second view to be on another monitor Clicking the Split Editor item directly toggles between not splitting and splitting using the method you last selected in the submenu When you switch between files while the editor is split the editor remains split in the same way and both halves of the editor will show the file that you switched to EditPad cannot show more than one file at the same time in a single EditPad instance Use View
197. They re not the same as gt atomic In fact the latter will cause a syntax error The gt grouping modifier is a single element in the regex syntax and must stay together This is true for all such constructs including lookaround named groups ete A character class is also treated as a single token abc is not the same as a b c The former matches one of three letters while the latter matches those three letters or a space In other words free spacing mode has no effect inside character classes Spaces and line breaks inside character classes will be included in the character class This means that in free spacing mode you can use or to match a single space Use whichever you find more readable Java however does not treat a character class as a single token in free spacing mode Java does ignore whitespace and comments inside character classes So in Java s free spacing mode abc is identical to a b c and is the only way to match a space However even in free spacing mode the negating caret must appear immediately after the opening bracket a b c matches any of the four characters wy 498 pD or c just like abc would With the negating caret in the proper place a b c 6699 matches any character that is not a b or c Comments in Free Spacing Mode Another feature of free spacing mode is that the character starts a comm
198. UTF 8 is a Unicode transformation it supports all modern 112 human languages All characters present in any of the non Unicode code pages supported by EditPad are also present in the Unicode mapping To change a file s encoding select Text Encoding in the Convert menu Mark the encode original data with another character set option and select the encoding you want to convert the file into If you get a bold red warning that some characters could not be converted this means that the encoding you are trying to convert the file into cannot represent some characters you ve used in the file Those characters will be replaced by question marks if you proceed with the conversion The Unicode encodings are the only ones that can represent all characters from all human languages The others are typically limited to English plus one language e g Chinese or one group of languages e g Western European languages Convert To Windows CR LF Converts the active file to the line break style used by Windows and DOS text files These operating systems terminate each line with a Carriage Return and Line Feed pair Only the line termination characters are converted Anything else remains untouched To EditPad it does not matter whether a file uses Windows UNIX or Mac line breaks EditPad even handles files that use a mixture of all three However other applications often only support the proper line breaks for their environment Windows app
199. WmicOde Syritax Reference miese iseer eee EE EAA E E E EERE 355 A Syntax Reference for Specific Regex Flavors sa icasacssscassscssncacasacasvetsovacscnsavavecdsvoasasbevendasdsoessnonsavodasnsnsasoeysnoasbsnsaenses 356 5 Regular Expression Flavor Comparison sasscsissssssssscasssasecsesessasstvestasssscosacsvasotochenvasncvesonvasbbvesenstsacotsstvasatochunseinsoesanves 358 6 Replacement Text Reteren c ser arn iae erea REE Eeo E SEEE RE Eeo EE AE EESE EES E REESEN EET EE SENERE Eee 369 Part 1 EditPad Pro Manual EditPad 7 Help Welcome to the documentation for EditPad Lite 7 and EditPad Pro 7 All features that are available in EditPad Lite ate also available in EditPad Pro Some features are available in EditPad Pro but not in EditPad Lite Those features are indicated as available in EditPad Pro only in this help file If you are upgrading from EditPad Pro 6 to EditPad Pro 7 check out what s new and learn how to migrate from EditPad Pro 6 to EditPad Pro 7 EditPad is very configurable Almost every aspect can be adjusted to your own tastes and habits Many settings can be made separately for each file type To do so select Options Configure File Types in the menu To edit general preferences use Options Preferences You can access all of EditPad s functionality through the main menu Once you get used to working with EditPad you ll mostly rely on the fully configurable toolbar and keyboard shortcuts EditPad s menus are
200. You may need to tell the application or regex engine what encoding your file uses But u20AC is always the euro symbol Most Unicode regex engines also support the 8 bit character escape xFF However its use is not recommended For characters x00 through x7F there s usually no trouble The first 128 Unicode code points are identical to the ASCII table that most 8 bit code pages are based on But the interpretation of x8Q and above may vary A pure Unicode engine will treat this identical to U0080 which represents a Latin 1 control code But what most people expect is that x80 matches the euro symbol as that occupies position 80h in all Windows code pages And it will when using an 8 bit regex engine if your text file is encoded using a Windows code page Since most people expect x80 to be treated as an 8 bit character rather than the Unicode code point UQO8O some Unicode regex engines do exactly that Some are hard wired to use a particular code page say Windows 1252 or your computer s default code page to interpret 8 bit character codes Other engines will let it depend on the input string E g the JGsoft engine will treat x80 as u0080 when searching through a Unicode text file but as u20AC when searching through a Windows 1252 text file There s no magic here It matches the character with index 80h in the text file regardless of the text file s encoding Unicode code poin
201. _Operators U 2200 U 22FF p InMiscellaneous_ Technical U 2300 U 23FF p InControl_Pictures U 2400 U 243F p InOptical_Character_Recognition U 2440 U 245P p InEnclosed_Alphanumerics U 2460 U 24FF p InBox_Drawing U 2500 U 257F p InBlock_Elements U 2580 U 259F p InGeometric_Shapes U 25A0 U 25FF p InMiscellaneous_ Symbols U 2600 U 26FF p InDingbats U 2700 U 27BF p InMiscellaneous Mathematical_Symbols A U 27C0 U 27EF p InSupplemental_Arrows A U 27F0 U 27FF p InBraille_ Patterns U 2800 U 28FF p InSupplemental_Arrows B U 2900 U 297F p InMiscellaneous Mathematical_Symbols B U 2980 U 29FF p InSupplemental_Mathematical_Operators U 2A00 U 2AFF p InMiscellaneous_ Symbols_and_Arrows U 2B00 U 2BFF p InCJK_Radicals_ Supplement U 2E80 U 2EFF p InKangxi_Radicals U 2F00 U 2FDF p InIdeographic_Description_Characters U 2FF0 U 2FFF p InCJK_Symbols_and_Punctuation U 3000 U 303F p InHiragana U 3040 U 309F p InKatakana U 30A0 U 30FF p InBopomofo U 3100 U 312F p InHangul_Compatibility_Jamo U 3130 U 318F p InKanbun U 3190 U 319F p InBopomofo_Extended U 31A0 U 31BF p InKatakana_ Phonetic _Extensions U 31F0 U 31FF p InEnclosed CJK_Letters and Months U 3200 U 32FF
202. a 4 0 9 12 0 9 3 All Visa card numbers start with a 4 New cards have 16 digits Old cards have 13 e MasterCard 5 1 5 0 9 14 All MasterCard numbers start with the numbers 51 through 55 All have 16 digits e American Express 3 47 0 9 13 American Express card numbers start with 34 or 37 and have 15 digits e Diners Club 3 0 5 68 0 9 0 9 11 Diners Club card numbers begin with 300 through 305 36 or 38 All have 14 digits There are Diners Club cards that begin with 5 and have 16 digits These are a joint venture between Diners Club and MasterCard and should be processed like a MasterCard 327 e Discover 6 011 5 0 9 2 0 9 12 Discover card numbers begin with 6011 or 65 All have 16 digits e JCB 2131 1800 35 d 3 d 11 JCB cards beginning with 2131 or 1800 have 15 digits JCB cards beginning with 35 have 16 digits If you just want to check whether the card number looks valid without determining the brand you can combine the above six regexes into 4 0 9 12 2 0 9 3 5 1 5 0 9 14 6 011 5 0 9 0 9 0 9 12 3 47 0 9 13 3 0 0 5 68 0 9 0 9 11 27 2131 1800 35 d 3 d 11 You ll see I ve simply alternated all the regexes and used a non capturing group to put the anchors outside the alternation You can easily delete the card types you don t accept from the list These regular e
203. a 6 letter word containing cat up to and including cat instead of the entire word But we can optimize the first w As it stands it will match 6 letters and then backtrack But we know that in a successful match there can never be more than 3 letters before cat So we can optimize this to w 0 3 Note that making the asterisk lazy would not have optimized this sufficiently The lazy asterisk would find a successful match sooner but if a 6 letter word does not contain cat it would still cause the regex engine to try matching cat at the last two letters at the last single letter and even at one character beyond the 6 letter word So we have b w 6 b w 0 3 cat w One last minor optimization involves the first b Since it is zero width itself theres no need to put it inside the lookahead So the final regex is b w 6 b w 0 3 cat w You could replace the final w with w 0 3 too But it wouldn t make any difference The lookahead has already checked that we re at a 6 letter word and w 0 3 cat has already matched 3 to 6 letters of that word Whether we end the regex with w or w 3 doesn t matter because either way we ll be matching all the remaining word characters Because the resulting match and the speed at which it is found are the same we may just as well use the version that is easier to type A More Complex Problem So what woul
204. a placeholder but a permanent question mark Press Backspace or use Edit Undo to remove the question mark To insert the proper character change the file s encoding first and then insert the character again To change the file s encoding click the button next to the drop down list with the encodings A menu will pop up The Text Encoding item at the bottom is identical to the Text Encoding item in the Convert menu It pops up a window that allows you to change the encoding If you have already selected the encoding you want in the drop down list on the character map you can use the Display File with Encoding item or the Convert File to Encoding item to change the file s encoding without using the Convert Text Encoding popup window The Display File with Encoding item corresponds with the interpret the data as being encoded with another character set choice in the Text Encoding window The Convert File to Encoding item corresponds with the encode the original data with another character set choice Both choices are explained in detail in the Convert Text Encoding help topic The left hand side of the character map toolbar has several buttons to insert various representations of the character you selected in the character map The leftmost button inserts the character itself The next two buttons insert the character s code page index in decimal and hexadecimal notation These buttons are only available when the character map shows
205. ace all named HTML entities into their actual characters If you select some text before using this command only HTML entities in the selection are replaced Otherwise all HTML entities in the file are replaced The conversion will only be successful if the all the characters can be represented in the encoding used by the file If not use Convert Text Encoding to change the encoding before converting the HTML entities HTML entities that represent characters that are not supported by the file s encoding will not be converted EditPad will pop up a message to alert you when this happens This command does not replace numeric character references Only named HTML entities are replaced To replace both named HTML entities and numeric character references use both the amp htmlchar gt Characters command and the Convert amp 65535 and amp xFFFF gt Characters command This command also does not replace HTML entities that represent reserved characters such as amp 1t To replace those use Convert XML Entities gt Reserved Characters Use the amp htmlchar gt Characters command when you actually want to remove the HTML entities from your file Do not use this command if you have a file that is pure ASCII with HTML entities and you want to be able to see the actual characters while keeping HTML entities in the file To do that use Convert Text Encoding and select the ASCH amp htmlchar encoding This encoding makes EditPad
206. ach item in EditPad s main menu Configure individual keyboard shortcuts Available commands One key shortcut Iwo key shortcut Shortcut key None invalid shortcut 2nd key None invalid shortcut Conflicts with General keyboard shortcut settings _ Use WordStar navigation keys Apply WordStar Shortcut Keys Restore Default EditPad Shortcut Keys Configure Individual Keyboard Shortcuts To assign a new shortcut key combination to a menu item select the menu item from the list Then click on the box labeled shortcut key Press the key combination you want on the keyboard To remove a key combination from an item click on the shortcut key box and press the delete or backspace key on the keyboard 184 Each shortcut key combination can be used by only one menu item If the shortcut key combination you assigned to the currently selected menu item is already used for one or more other menu items those other menu items will be listed in the box labeled conflicts with You can also assign shortcuts keys to tools and to macros when configuring tools and recording macros You cannot assign the same shortcut key to both a menu item and a tool or macro If you run out of key combinations EditPad also supports two key keyboard shortcuts When you press the first key combination of a two key shortcut EditPad will do nothing except remember that you pressed that key
207. acharacters 248 non printable 249 non word 253 262 374 special 248 Unicode 249 278 whitespace 253 word 253 262 characters gt 65535 117 characters gt xffff 118 characters gt htmlchar 118 characters gt uFFFF 116 check for new version 230 check spelling 94 95 96 choice 265 class 252 clip collection 196 clip editor 197 clipboard 18 19 20 21 76 196 close 15 close all 15 close all but current 16 close all but current project 37 close all files 33 close outside files 33 close panels 204 close project 36 closed 51 closed files 28 51 closing bracket 281 closing quote 281 entrl 308 code folding 154 code page 109 137 340 341 code point 279 collating sequences 310 colors 144 147 column 63 65 66 122 141 combining character 280 combining mark 278 combining multiple regexes 265 command line 78 command line parameters 241 command line placeholders 80 command line utilities 77 comment out 63 64 comments 63 64 65 311 312 commonly used files 6 8 compare changes 105 compare files 101 103 105 compatibility 246 condition if then else 302 conditions many in one regex 298 configure 77 133 375 consolidate blank lines 100 contents 3 context menu 237 continue from previous match 300 control characters 249 281 convert 109 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 copy 14 19 copy append 20 copy matches 48 C
208. acter classes POSIX bracket expressions match one character out of a set of characters just like regular character classes They use the same syntax with square brackets A hyphen creates a range and a caret at the start negates the bracket expression One key syntactic difference is that the backslash is NOT a metacharacter in a POSIX bracket expression So in POSIX the regular expression d matches a or a d To match a put it as the first character after the opening or the negating To match a put it right before the closing To match a put it before the final literal or the closing Put together d matches 0 or The main purpose of the bracket expressions is that they adapt to the user s or application s locale A locale is a collection of rules and settings that describe language and cultural conventions like sort order date format etc The POSIX standard also defines these locales Generally only POSIX compliant regular expression engines have proper and full support for POSIX bracket expressions Some non POSIX regex engines support POSIX character classes but usually don t support collating sequences and character equivalents Regular expression engines that support Unicode use Unicode properties and scripts to provide functionality similar to POSIX bracket expressions In Unicode regex engines shorthand character classes like w norm
209. actually participated in the match or not 373 Index see dollar sign see square bracket see square bracket see backslash see caret see dot see vertical bar see question mark see star see plus see round bracket see round bracket t see tab r see carriage return n see line feed a see bell e see escape f see form feed v see vertical tab d see digit D see digit w see word character W see word character s see whitespace S see whitespace see start file see end file b see word boundary y see word boundary m see word boundary lt see word boundary gt see word boundary see curly braces 1 see backreference G see previous match c see control characters or XML names C see control characters or XML names i see XML names I see XML names 65535 and xffff gt characters 118 bak 173 epp files 26 jgescs 144 151 153 157 jefns 154 157 tcl files 196 32 bit 235 64 bit 235 8859 109 adapt 49 adapt case 49 add active file 31 add outside files 32 add to project 30 add to project unopened 31 all files 50 all projects 50 alnum 308 alpha 308 alphabetic sort 97 alternation 265 anchor 258 287 294 300 any character 256 append 69 ASCII 249 308 ascii only 200 assertion 294 associations 135 asterisk see star attachments 14 auto indent 121 134 automatic reload 1
210. ada U 0C80 U 0CFF 24 p InMalayalam U 0D00 U 0D7F 25 p InSinhala U 0D80 U ODFF 26 p InThai U 0E00 U 0E7F 27 p InLao U 0E80 U 0OEFF 28 p InTibetan U 0F00 U 0FFF 29 p InMyanmar U 1000 U 109F 30 p InGeorgian U 10A0 U 10FF 31 p InHangul_Jamo U 1100 U 11FF 32 p InEthiopic U 1200 U 137F 33 p InCherokee U 13A0 U 13FF 34 p InUnified_ Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics U 1400 U 167F 35 p InOgham U 1680 U 169F 36 p InRunic U 16A0 U 16FF 37 p InTagalog U 1700 U 171F 38 p InHanunoo U 1720 U 173F 39 p InBuhid U 1740 U 175F 40 p InTagbanwa U 1760 U 177F 41 p InKhmer U 1780 U 17FF O08 ON OV eR 2 TS ES 284 p InMongolian U 1800 U 18AF p InLimbu U 1900 U 194F p InTai_Le U 1950 U 197F p InKhmer_Symbols U 19H0 U 19FF p InPhonetic_Extensions U 1D00 U 1D7F p InLatin_Extended_Additional U 1E00 U 1EFF p InGreek_Extended U 1F00 U 1FFF p InGeneral_Punctuation U 2000 U 206F p InSuperscripts_and_Subscripts U 2070 U 209F p InCurrency_Symbols U 20A0 U 20CF p InCombining Diacritical_Marks_for_Symbols U 20D0 U 20FF p InLetterlike_Symbols U 2100 U 214F p InNumber_Forms U 2150 U 218F p InArrows U 2190 U 21FF p InMathematical
211. adding a favorite search term If you click directly on the Favorites button rather than the arrow next to it the Organize Favorites screen will appear Select a search term and click on the Use button to set the search text replacement text and seatch options to those stored in the favorites item Click the Remove button to delete a favorite With the New Folder and Rename Folder you can organize your favorite search terms into folders Organizing favorites into folders makes it easier to retrieve the search term you want To move favorites into a folder simply drag and drop them with the mouse 53 Search RegexBuddy Use regular expressions with EditPad Pro s search and replace to automate many editing task that would be tedious to do manually The regex syntax is quite terse making complex regular expressions sometimes difficult to interpret To alleviate this complexity we have developed a new product called RegexBuddy RegexBuddy makes it very easy to write and edit regular expressions Use RegexBuddy s detailed and descriptive regex tree and the easy to grasp regex building blocks instead of or in combination with the regex syntax to define your search patterns Click the RegexBuddy button on the search panel or select the RegexBuddy item in the Search menu to start RegexBuddy The search and replace texts you entered in EditPad Pro are automatically sent to RegexBuddy for editing When you have prepared the new regular expres
212. al bar shape 132 e Height Height in pixels for the horizontal bar shape e Flag Length in pixels of the edges of the flag that indicates text direction Colors e Regular Used for all shapes and blinking styles except the standard Windows cursor e Alternate Alternate color used by the alternate between two colors blinking style e Dragging Color of a second ghost cursor that appears while dragging and dropping text with the mouse It indicates the position the text is moved or copied to when you release the mouse button Options Right to Left Select Right to Left in the Options menu to quickly toggle the active file between left to right and right to left editing What this command really does is switch between the default text layout and the layout for opposite text direction that you selected for the active file s file type in File Types Editor Options If you have at least one right to left keyboard layout installed in Windows then you can also do this with the Ctrl and Shift keys on the keyboard To switch to left to right hold down either Ctrl key while pressing and releasing the left hand Shift key To switch to right to left hold down either Ctrl key while pressing the right hand Shift key These key combinations too switch between the default text layout and the layout for opposite text direction Options Stay On Top If you turn on Options Stay On Top EditPad s window will
213. all lines in the current selection that were made invisible by folding them 77 9 Tools Menu The Tools menu lists all the tools that are defined for the file type of the active file Select one from the menu and it will be run immediately Use the Configure Tools item to configure the tools to be added to the Tools menu If you have not yet defined any tools this will be the only choice you can make in the Tools menu Tools can be configured to display their output in a message panel inside EditPad Pro After running a tool you can use the Message Panel item in the Tools menu to show or hide this panel Configure Tools EditPad Pro has the capability to run any external command or tool A tool can be any executable program or application a script run by an interpreter or even a URL To configure tools select Configure Tools in the Tools menu The tool configuration screen will appear The screen is divided into two parts At the left hand you ll see a list of currently defined tools If you haven t defined any tools yet this list will be empty At the right hand are three tabs that hold the settings for the tool that s currently selected in the list at the left The tabs don t appear until you ve added at least one tool Definition Files Standard 1 0 Caption Add to Tools toolbar amp Perl C Show caption on toolbar Hint Shortcut key None Command Line G Dev Perl51 2x64 bin perl exe w
214. ally match all relevant Unicode characters alleviating the need to use locales Character Classes Don t confuse the POSIX term character class with what is normally called a regular expression character class x z0 9 is an example of what we call a character class and POSIX calls a bracket expression digit is a POSIX character class used inside a bracket expression like x z digit These two regular expressions match exactly the same a single character that is either x y z or a digit The class names must be written all lowercase POSIX bracket expressions can be negated x z digit matches a single character that is not x y z or a digit A major difference between POSIX bracket expressions and the character classes in other regex flavors is that POSIX bracket expressions treat the backslash as a literal character This means you can t use backslashes to escape the closing bracket J the caret and the hyphen To include a caret place it anywhere except right after the opening bracket x matches an x or a caret You can put the closing bracket right after the opening bracket or the negating caret x matches a closing bracket or an x x matches any character that is not a closing bracket or an x The hyphen can be included right after the opening bracket or right before the closing bracket or right after the negating caret Both x and X
215. an 8 bit code page They insert the character s position in the code page being shown by the character map This is not necessarily the character s index in the code page being used by the file you re editing The remaining 3 buttons insert the Unicode code point of the selected character in 3 different notations a Unicode escape a decimal numeric character reference or a hexadecimal numeric character reference They always insert the Unicode code point regardless of the encoding used by the file or the encoding shown in the character map For example if you have the euro symbol selected in the character map these buttons insert U20AC amp 8364 and amp x20AC because the euro symbol occupies code point U 20AC in the Unicode standard The edit box at the right hand side of the character map toolbar allows you to look up characters in the character map To look up a character type in the character itself or its representation and press Enter The look up box supports various notations If you type in a single character that character is selected in the character map If you type in a Unicode escape such as u2 AC or a numeric character reference such as amp 8364 or amp x20AC then the character represented by that Unicode code point is selected in the character map This works even when the character map is showing a non Unicode encoding You can also type in just a decimal number such as 169 or just a hexadecimal number such
216. an change the look in Colors Preferences The live spell checking is syntax aware This means that the spell checker will work together with the syntax coloring scheme and only check parts of the file that are likely to contain text in a human language English E g if you are programming in C or Java the spell checker will only check the text in comments and strings Comments and strings are likely to contain human language while the rest of the file is in the C or Java programming language The spell checker will only work if you have previously downloaded and installed Just Great Software spell checker dictionaries Click the Download Spell Checker Dictionaries button to download some or all of the spell check dictionaries free of charge Clip Collection You can specify a default Clip Collection to be used for each file type If you activate a file that has a Clip Collection associated with its file type that collection is automatically opened By using different collections for each file type you always have the appropriate text snippets at your fingertips E g you could associate the HTML file type with a collection with HTML tags and the Java source code file type with your favorite Java code snippets EditPad Pro automatically saves modified collections If you already have a collection open when activate a file that has a Clip Collection associated with its file type the collection that was already open is automatically saved before
217. and another application By default when you switch from another application to EditPad EditPad only checks whether the active file was modified on disk If you have multiple files open in EditPad that were all modified on disk youll only be prompted to reload the active file When you switch to the other files you ll be prompted for each of them at the moment you switch to them If you turn on automatically reload all files in the active project that were modified on disk then EditPad Pro checks all files in the active project whenever you switch from another application to EditPad If multiple files were modified you ll be prompted for all of them at the same time You ll be able to choose for each file whether you want to reload it or not Regardless of whether this option is on or off when you switch files within EditPad EditPad check whether the file that you re switching to needs to be reloaded When automatically reloading EditPad will prompt when you ve modified the file in EditPad but not when you haven t modified the file in EditPad Turn on always prompt before reloading files from disk to make EditPad prompt to reload the file even when you haven t modified it in EditPad When editing files over a slow network connection checking whether a file was modified on disk may cause a brief delay when switching between files in EditPad or when switching from another application to EditPad If you experience this turn o
218. and remove items and even change item captions EditPad s interface is modular All functionality other than the main editor is placed on side panels that you can rearrange and even drag off as floating windows Use the Custom Layouts item in the View menu to save and load your customizations Moving The Menu and Toolbars Moving the menu and toolbars can be done directly by dragging them with the mouse First you need to make sure the toolbars aren t locked Right click on the main menu or any toolbar and make sure Lock Toolbars is not ticked To start dragging a toolbar click on the dotted line at the left hand edge of the toolbar While holding down the mouse button move the mouse pointer to the location where you want to place the toolbar The toolbar will automatically snap into place when the mouse pointer is at a position where you can dock the toolbar If you release the mouse button the toolbar will stay docked If you don t release the mouse button the toolbar will continue to be dragged If the mouse pointer is not at a position where you can dock the toolbar the toolbar will float on top of EditPad s window When a toolbar is floating you can resize it like any window If you double click its caption the toolbar will snap back to the place where it was docked last time You can dock the main menu and all toolbars at various positions You can dock them at all 4 edges of EditPad s window If side panels are visible
219. and tabs will treat lines that only differ in the number of spaces and tabs at the start of the line as duplicates Similarly ignore trailing spaces and tabs ignores differences in spaces and tabs at the end of each line Ignore all differences in spaces and tab is more than a combination of the two previous options EditPad Pro will then completely ignore all spaces and tabs including spaces and tabs in the middle of lines Tonore difference in case compares lines without regard to the difference between upper case and lower g g case letters Lines to Delete You must select one or two choices in the lines to delete section Every line in the file belongs to one of the 3 categories Selecting none of the options would have no effect and selecting all of them would delete all the lines in the file 99 Turn on 2nd and following occurrences of duplicate lines and turn off the other two options to delete all duplicate lines leaving only unique files in the file regardless of whether they were previously unique Use this to delete unnecessary duplicates from a file Turn on both 2nd and 1st occurrence of duplicate lines to delete all duplicate lines leaving only lines that were previously unique Turn on both 2nd and non duplicated lines to leave only one copy of all lines that had duplicates If you paste the contents of two lists that consist of unique lines when viewed separately into a fi
220. anything EditPad sends to the tool s standard input will be processed by the tool as if you typed it on the keyboard This does not work with graphical applications since those do not use standard input to retrieve keyboard input Before running the tool EditPad Pro makes an internal copy of the text it needs to send to standard input If the tool takes a long time to run editing or closing the file EditPad is sending to the tool will not affect the tool s execution 87 How to Capture Standard Output If a text based console application writes its output to the screen or if an application outputs data to a file with a command line like sometool gt output txt EditPad Pro can capture that output in various ways e Ignore The tool s standard output will be lost Select this option if the tool doesn t output anything useful to the screen or if it s a graphical application that doesn t support standard output e Replace selected text EditPad will replace the selected part of the file that was active when you invoked the tool with the tool s output If there is no selection the tool s output will be inserted at the text cursor position This option is particularly useful in combination with the option to send the selected text to standard input That way an external tool can provide text processing functions not provided by EditPad Pro itself e Into message pane EditPad will capture the tool s output into a separate pane S
221. apture Standard Error Standard error works just like standard output While standard output is intended for console applications to produce their output standard error is intended for their error messages Not all console applications respect this distinction Some may send error messages to standard output When the application is run from a command prompt with output appearing on the screen standard output and error are automatically combined onto the single screen This makes some programmers forget to make their console applications distinguish between standard output and error Therefore EditPad Pro offers the combine with output option EditPad Pro will then mingle standard error with standard output just like a console screen would The combined output will end up in whichever location tab or message pane you selected for standard output All the other choices for standard error are identical to those for standard output If you select one of the three tab options for both standard output and standard error you will get two new tabs one for standard output and one for standard error Since EditPad Pro has only one message pane the only way to capture both standard output and standard error into the message pane is by selecting the message pane option for standard output and the combine with output option for standard error Tools Message Panel On the Files tab in the tool configuration you can choose to load a
222. aracter class subtraction But it won t match what you intended either E g in Perl this regex consists of a character class followed by a literal The character class matches a character that is either in the range a z or a hyphen or an opening bracket or a vowel Since the a z range and the vowels are redundant you could write this character class as a z or a z A hyphen after a range is treated as a literal character just like a hyphen immediately after the opening bracket This is true in all regex flavors including XML E g a Z _ matches a lowercase letter a hyphen or an underscore in both Perl and XML Schema While the last paragraph strictly speaking means that the XML Schema character class syntax is incompatible with Perl and the majority of other regex flavors in practice there s no difference Using non alphanumeric characters in character class ranges is very bad practice as it relies on the order of characters in the ASCH character table which makes the regular expression hard to understand for the programmer who inherits your work E g while A would match any upper case letter or an opening square bracket in Perl this regex is much clearer when written as A Z The former regex would cause an error in XML Schema because it interprets as an empty subtracted class leaving an unbalanced 307 22 POSIX Bracket Expressions POSIX bracket expressions are a special kind of char
223. are either placed to the immediate right hand side of the tab that was active when you opened the additional files or after the last file tab You can configure this in the Tabs Preferences You can also rearrange the tabs in any order you want by dragging them with the mouse To drag a tab click on it hold the mouse button down and move the mouse to the left or right The tab will follow the mouse pointer until you release the mouse button If you drag the tab to the left edge of the leftmost tab and there are more tabs presently invisible to the left of that tab then all the tabs will scroll to the right allowing you to move the tab you are dragging further to the left Similarly you can drag the tab to the right edge of the rightmost tab to make the tabs scroll to the left Go Next Project The Go Next Project item activates the next project tab If the last project is active then the first project will be activated During macro playback if the last project is active macro playback is stopped without switching between projects If you like to use the mouse you can quickly switch between projects by clicking on their tabs or by double clicking on the project s node in the Files Panel Go Previous Project The Go Previous Project menu item activates the previous project tab If the first project is active then the last project is activated During macro playback if the first project is active macro playback is stopped wi
224. arries on At the 15th character in the match c again matches c The engine then proceeds to attempt to match the remainder of the regex at character 15 and finds that a matches a and t matches t The entire regular expression could be matched starting at character 15 The engine is eager to report a match It will therefore report the first three letters of catfish as a valid match The engine never proceeds beyond this point to see if there are any better matches The first match is considered good enough 251 In this first example of the engine s internals our regex engine simply appears to work like a regular text search routine A text directed engine would have returned the same result too However it is important that you can follow the steps the engine takes in your mind In following examples the way the engine works will have a profound impact on the matches it will find Some of the results may be surprising But they are always logical and predetermined once you know how the engine works 252 4 Character Classes or Character Sets With a character class also called character set you can tell the regex engine to match only one out of several characters Simply place the characters you want to match between square brackets If you want to match an a or an e use ae You could use this in gr ae y to match either gray or grey Very useful if you do not know
225. as RFC 2822 It describes the syntax that valid email addresses must adhere to You can but you shouldn t read on implement it with this regular expression 2 1 a ZO 9 amp 2 a Z0 9 amp 4 2 1 2 xO1 x08 xOb xOc xOe x1F x21 x23 x5b x5d x7f x01 x09 xOb x0c x0e x7f 2 2 a z0 9 a z0 9 a z0 9 a z0 9 a z0 9 a z0 9 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 2 3 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 a z0 9 a z0 9 xO1 x08 xOb xOc x0e x1f x21 x5a x53 x7Ff xO1 x09 xOb xOc xOe x7FfJ This regex has two parts the part before the and the part after the There are two alternatives for the part before the it can either consist of a series of letters digits and certain symbols including one or more dots However dots may not appear consecutively or at the start or end of the email address The other alternative requires the part before the to be enclosed in double quotes allowing any string of ASCH characters between the quotes Whitespace characters double quotes and backslashes must be escaped with backslashes The part after the also has two alternatives It can either be a fully qualified domain name e g regular expressions info or it can be a literal Internet address between square brackets The literal Internet address can either be an IP address or a domain specific rou
226. as changed between the old and new versions of the file EditPad Pro will first add the old version of the line on a red background and then the new version of the line on a green background If consecutive lines where changed EditPad Pro will first add a block with the old versions of all the consecutive lines and then the new versions of the consecutive lines New file with removed and added lines is the same as new file with fully merged contents except that lines present in both the old and new files are not added Lines are highlighted red and green Consecutive changed lines are grouped in the same way The tab will be labeled Differences between OldFile and NewFile New file with removed lines only contains a tab with lines that are present in the old file but not in the new file Since all lines are old lines none of them are highlighted The tabs label will be Lines from OldFile removed in NewFile Similarly new files with added lines only creates a tab labeled Lines not in OldFile added to NewFile with lines present in the new file but not in the old file 103 Finally new file with unchanged lines only creates a tab labeled Lines unchanged between OldFile and NewFile This tab will show all the lines present in both files All new tabs with difference output behave like a regular files in EditPad Pro You can use any editing com
227. asic 1 through 9 backreference JGsoft Perl Python Ruby Tcl PHP ereg PHP preg REALbasic Oracle Postgres R 10 through 99 backreference JGsoft Python PHP preg REALbasic 10 through 99 treated as 1 through 9 and a literal digit if fewer than 10 groups JGsoft g lt group gt named backreference JGsoft Python backtick subject text to the left of the match JGsoft Ruby straight quote subject text to the right of the match JGsoft Ruby highest numbered participating group JGsoft Ruby 371 Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Backslash escapes one backslash and or dollar JGsoft Java Perl Python Ruby Tcl PHP ereg PHP preg REALbasic Oracle Postgres XPath R Unescaped backslash as literal text JGsoft NET Perl JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl PHP ereg PHP preg Oracle Postgres Character Escapes Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by u0000 through UFFFF Unicode character JGsoft Java JavaScript Python Tcl R x 0 through x FFFF Unicode character JGsoft Perl x00 through xFF ASCII character JGsoft Perl JavaScript Python Tcl PHP ereg PHP preg REALbasic R Syntax Using Dollar Signs Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Fe
228. ass The 1 in regex like a 1b will be interpreted as an octal escape in most regex flavors So this regex will match an a followed by either x01 or a b 276 12 Named Capturing Groups All modern regular expression engines support capturing groups which are numbered from left to right starting with one The numbers can then be used in backreferences to match the same text again in the regular expression or to use part of the regex match for further processing In a complex regular expression with many capturing groups the numbering can get a little confusing Named Capture with Python PCRE and PHP Python s regex module was the first to offer a solution named capture By assigning a name to a capturing group you can easily reference it by name P lt name gt group captures the match of group into the backreference name You can reference the contents of the group with the numbered backreference 1 or the named backreference P name The open source PCRE library has followed Python s example and offers named capture using the same syntax The PHP preg functions offer the same functionality since they are based on PCRE Python s sub function allows you to reference a named group as 1 or g lt name gt This does not work in PHP In PHP you can use double quoted string interpolation with the regs parameter you passed to pcre_match regs name Named Capt
229. atch Note that instead of words like bword b you can put any regular expression no matter how complex inside the lookahead Finally causes the regex to actually match the line after the lookaheads have determined it meets the requirements If your condition is that a line should wot contain something use negative lookahead regexp matches a complete line that does mot match regexp Notice that unlike before when using positive lookahead I repeated both the negative lookahead and the dot together For the positive lookahead we only need to find one location where it can match But the negative lookahead must be tested at each and every character position in the line We must test that regexp fails everywhere not just somewhere Finally you can combine multiple positive and negative requirements as follows bmust have b bmandatory b avoid illegal When checking multiple positive requirements the at the end of the regular expression full of zero width assertions made sure that we 329 actually matched something Since the negative requirement must match the entire line it is easy to replace the with the negative test 330 8 Deleting Duplicate Lines From a File If you have a file in which all lines are sorted alphabetically or otherwise you can easily delete consecutive duplicate lines Simply open the file in your favorite text editor and do a s
230. ated inside the selection Lines that are not duplicated inside the selection will not be deleted even if they have lines outside the selection Select adjacent lines only if you only want to delete a line s duplicates if they re immediately below the line they duplicate without any other lines between them If the file s lines are sorted alphabetically then the end result of anywhere in the scope and adjacent lines only will be the same In a sorted file all duplicates are sorted together However selecting adjacent lines only will delete the duplicate lines significantly faster certainly when the number of lines in the file is large If you select anywhere in the scope EditPad Pro has to compare each line with every other line in the file Comparison Options By turning on one or more comparison options you can tell EditPad Pro to consider lines as duplicates even when they aren t identical The compare selected columns only is only available when you ve made a selection that does not span more than one line or when you ve made a rectangular selection With this option EditPad Pro will only compare the selected columns E g if the selection spans from column 10 to column 20 EditPad Pro will compare columns 10 through 20 of each line If a line has less than 10 characters it will be considered blank This has important consequences see next section Tenore differences in leading spaces
231. atically turned on and EditPad Pro adds the files to the project without opening them The files will show up in the Files Panel as closed files Since only managed projects can contain closed files turning off open the files automatically changes the current or the new project that the files are added into a managed project Tick add the files to the project to add the files to the project If you turn this off then open the files is automatically turned on and the files will be opened as outside files without adding them to the project Since only managed projects can have files open that aren t part of the project turning off add the files to the project automatically changes the current or the new project that the files are opened into a managed project 36 Recently Imported File Listings The Import File Listings item has a submenu that lists recently imported file listings Each time you use Project Imported File Listing the files you imported are added to top of this submenu If you imported a single file the submenu lists the full path to the file If you imported multiple files at once the submenu has one item with a comma delimited list listing all the file names that fit within the maximum length for a menu item The submenu item remembers all the settings you made in the Import File Listings window When you select one of the remembered file listings from the submenu it is imported again using the exact sam
232. ating user input it has to be perfect If you are parsing data files from a known source that generates its files in the same way every time our last attempt is probably more than sufficient to parse the data without errors You can find a better regex to match dates in the example section Use Negated Character Sets Instead of the Dot I will explain this in depth when I present you the repeat operators star and plus but the warning is important enough to mention it here as well I will illustrate with an example Suppose you want to match a double quoted string Sounds easy We can have any number of any character between the double quotes so seems to do the trick just fine The dot matches any character and the star allows the dot to be repeated any number of times including zero If you test this regex on Put a string between double quotes it will match string just fine Now go ahead and test it on Houston we have a problem with string one and string two Please respond Ouch The regex matches string one and string two reason for this is that the star is greedy Definitely not what we intended The In the date matching example we improved our regex by replacing the dot with a character class Here we will do the same Our original definition of a double quoted string was faulty We do not want any number of any character between the quotes We want any number of characters that are not dou
233. ature Supported by Feature Supported by amp whole regex match JGsoft NET Perl JavaScript REALbasic 0 whole regex match JGsoft NET Java PHP preg REALbasic XPath 1 through 9 backreference JGsoft NET Java Perl JavaScript PHP preg REALbasic XPath 10 through 99 backreference JGsoft NET Java Perl JavaScript PHP preg REALbasic XPath 10 through 99 treated as 1 through 9 and a literal digit if fewer than 10 groups JGsoft Java JavaScript XPath 1 through 99 backreference JGsoft NET Perl PHP preg group named backreference JGsoft NET backtick subject text to the left of the match JGsoft NET Perl JavaScript REALbasic straight quote subject text to the right of the match JGsoft NET Perl JavaScript REALbasic 372 Feature _ entire subject string Supported by JGsoft NET Perl Feature highest numbered participating group Supported by JGsoft Perl Feature highest numbered group in the regex Supported by NET Feature escape dollar with another dollar Supported by JGsoft NET JavaScript Feature unescaped dollar as literal text Supported by JGsoft NET JavaScript Python Ruby Tcl PHP ereg PHP preg Oracle Postgres R Tokens Without a Backslash or Dollar Feature amp whole regex match Supported by Tcl General Replacement Text Behavior Feature Backreferences to non existent group
234. austed and does the engine give up the match attempt Essentially this regex performs as many needless steps as there are characters following the unmatched opening quote 290 When Possessive Quantifiers Matter The main practical benefit of possessive quantifiers is to speed up your regular expression In particular possessive quantifiers allow your regex to fail faster In the above example when the closing quote fails to match we know the regular expression couldn t have possibly skipped over a quote So there s no need to backtrack and check for the quote We make the regex engine aware of this by making the quantifier possessive In fact some engines including the JGsoft engine detect that and are mutually exclusive when compiling your regular expression and automatically make the star possessive Now linear backtracking like a regex with a single quantifier does is pretty fast It s unlikely you ll notice the speed difference However when you re nesting quantifiers a possessive quantifier may save your day Nesting quantifiers means that you have one or more repeated tokens inside a group and the group is also repeated That s when catastrophic backtracking often rears its ugly head In such cases you ll depend on possessive quantifiers and or atomic grouping to save the day Possessive Quantifiers Can Change The Match Result Using possessive quantifiers can change the result of a match attempt Since
235. b fails the greedy star will backtrack to zero iterations Then the second b matches the b in the subject string This distinction is particularly important when converting a regular expression written by somebody else using possessive quantifiers to a regex flavor that doesn t have possessive quantifiers You could of course let a tool like RegexBuddy do the job for you 292 16 Atomic Grouping An atomic group is a group that when the regex engine exits from it automatically throws away all backtracking positions remembered by any tokens inside the group Atomic groups are non capturing The syntax is gt group Lookaround groups are also atomic Atomic grouping is supported by most modern regular expression flavors including the JGsoft flavor Java PCRE NET Perl and Ruby The first three of these also support possessive quantifiers which are essentially a notational convenience for atomic grouping An example will make the behavior of atomic groups clear The regular expression a bc b c capturing group matches abcc and abc The regex a gt bc b c atomic group matches abcc but not abc When applied to abc both regexes will match a to a bc to bc and then c will fail to match at the end of the string Here their paths diverge The regex with the capturing group has remembered a backtracking position for the alternation The group will give up its match
236. bar or any visible toolbar The context menu will give you a list of all available toolbars Click one to show or hide it Toolbars that belong to side panels won t be available unless the side panel is visible Use the View menu to open the side panels The main menu and the main toolbar cannot be both hidden If you hide one while the other is hidden the other one will become visible again All other toolbars can be shown or hidden independently The Tools toolbar is a special toolbar You can show or hide it and move it around but you cannot directly customize its contents like you can with the other toolbars The Tools toolbar lists the tools that you have selected to appear on the Tools toolbar via Tools Configure Tools Adding and Removing items from The Main Menu Toolbars and Context Menus In EditPad the main menu is really just another toolbar The only difference is that by default it contains menu items rather than buttons But you can place buttons directly on the main menu and you can place menu items on toolbars and even in context menus There is no difference between menu items and toolbar buttons Each command can be a menu item or a toolbar button depending on whether you place it into a menu or onto a toolbar To edit any toolbar or menu right click on any toolbar or the main menu and select Customize The Customization screen will pop up To move a menu item or button from one toolbar to another left click on the it
237. be automatically overwritten after a few minutes So if you want to keep the working copy you should use File Save As before editing the base document Working copies of unsaved files are saved in the specific folder you have specified in the folder to open for open and save dialog boxes for files section on the Open Files tab in the Preferences even when you have most recently used folder selected there If you restart EditPad Pro after a system crash the working copies of unsaved files are opened automatically when you start EditPad If you want to continue working with the same set of files the next time you start EditPad Pro turn on automatically save and reopen workspace You can also choose the file into which EditPad Pro should have its workspace The workspace will contain a list of project and files that you have open The next time you start EditPad Pro those projects and files will be automatically reopened If you restart EditPad Pro after a system crash it will open the workspace along with all working copies of all files in the workspace Preserve File Status By default EditPad Pro remembers a whole bunch of status information for the files that you edit This information is stored for all the files listed in the File Open and File Favorites submenus It is also saved into epp project files whenever you save a project This way each file will appear the next time you open it in EditPad Pro the way it
238. be used with your regex engine s case insensitive option turned on You d be surprised how many bug reports I get about that Second the above regex is delimited with word boundaries which makes it suitable for extracting email addresses from files or larger blocks of text If you want to check whether the user typed in a valid email address replace the word boundaries with start of string and end of string anchors like this A Z0 9 _ A Z0 9 A Z 2 4 The previous paragraph also applies to all following examples You may need to change word boundaries into start end of string anchors or vice versa And you will need to turn on the case insensitive matching option Trade Offs in Validating Email Addresses Yes there are a whole bunch of email addresses that my pet regex doesn t match The most frequently quoted example are addresses on the museum top level domain which is longer than the 4 letters my regex allows for the top level domain I accept this trade off because the number of people using museum email addresses is extremely low I ve never had a complaint that the order forms or newsletter subscription forms on the JGsoft websites refused a museum address which they would since they use the above regex to validate the email address To include museum you could use A Z0 9 _ A Z0 9 A Z 2 6 However then there s another trade off This regex will match john mail of
239. ble if the active project is managed and it has one or more outside files An outside file is a file that is open under the project s tab but is not actually part of the project When a project is closed and reopened outside files are not remembered Use the Add Outside Files command to make all such files part of the project so they will be remembered by the project If you want to add some of the outside files but not all of them use the Project Add Active File to add them one by one Project Open Closed Files The Open Closed Files command in the Project menu is only available if the active project is managed and it has one or more closed files A closed file in a managed project is a file that was closed but is still part of the project The Open Closed Files command opens all such files in the active project If you want to open some but not all closed files in a managed project use the Files Panel If you want to search through all files in a managed project there is no need to open closed files Simply turn on the Closed Files search option to search through all files that are part of the project whether they are open or closed The Open Closed Files command is not available for unmanaged projects because closing a file in an unmanaged project automatically removes it from the project For managed projects the Open Closed Files command does not reopen files that were removed from managed projects with Project Remove
240. ble in a particular text encoding Read the help topic for Convert Text Encoding to learn more about text encodings By default the character map shows the characters supported by the encoding used by the active file You can select a different encoding in the drop down list on the character map s toolbar Selecting an encoding in the character map only affects the character map It does not affect the file you re editing If the selected encoding is an 8 bit encoding the character map displays all characters in the encoding except non printable control characters The Windows Mac and DOS encodings except those for Far East languages are encodings with 240 characters and 32 control characters The ISO 8859 and EBCDIC encodings are encodings with 192 characters and 64 control characters Some character maps have holes in them indicated by crossed out grid cells These indicate positions in the encoding that do not define any character The various Unicode transformations define thousands of characters So do the Windows Mac and EUC encodings for Korean Japanese and Chinese EditPad s character map displays the characters in the order given to them by the Unicode standard even for the Windows Mac and EUC encodings To make it easier for you to find the character you want you can filter the map to show only characters of a certain type You can filter by Unicode category Unicode block and or Unicode script To enable a filter simply sel
241. ble offensive postings in newsgroups and then add a warning message in plain text This made sure that nobody would read the text by accident and be offended If one was offended after applying ROT 13 he or she would only have himself or herself to blame for ignoring the warning 121 13 Options Menu Options File Type When you open a file EditPad looks at the file s extension to see which type of file it is If you open a file with an extension not associated with any file type in EditPad s file type configuration you can change the file type through Options File Type Changing the file type will cause EditPad to change the file s settings for auto indent line numbering word wrap etc to those specified in the file type configuration for that file type It will not change the file s extension Use File Rename and Move to change the file s name and extension Options Auto Indent Turn on Options Auto Indent if you want the next line to automatically start at the same column position as the previous line whenever you press Enter on the keyboard while in the editor EditPad will accomplish this by counting the number of spaces and tabs at the beginning of the previous line and inserting them at the beginning of the new line you created by pressing Enter This is most useful for writing source code When Auto Indent is on using the Backspace key when there is only whitespace to the left of the cursor either deletes a sin
242. ble quotes The term string or character string is used by programmers to indicate a sequence of characters In practice you can use regular expressions with whatever data you can access using the application or programming language you are working with Different Regular Expression Engines A regular expression engine is a piece of software that can process regular expressions trying to match the pattern to the given string Usually the engine is part of a larger application and you do not access the engine directly Rather the application will invoke it for you when needed making sure the right regular expression is applied to the right file or data As usual in the software world different regular expression engines are not fully compatible with each other It is not possible to describe every kind of engine and regular expression syntax or flavor in this tutorial I will focus on the regex flavor used by Perl 5 for the simple reason that this regex flavor is the most popular 247 one and deservedly so Many more recent regex engines are very similar but not identical to the one of Perl 5 Examples are the open source PCRE engine used in many tools and languages like PHP the NET regular expression library and the regular expression package included with version 1 4 and later of the Java JDK I will point out to you whenever differences in regex flavors are important and which features are specific to the
243. ble quotes or newlines between the quotes So the proper regex is r n 258 6 Start of String and End of String Anchors Thus far I have explained literal characters and character classes In both cases putting one in a regex will cause the regex engine to try to match a single character Anchors are a different breed They do not match any character at all Instead they match a position before after or between characters They can be used to anchor the regex match at a certain position The caret matches the position before the first character in the string Applying a to abc matches a b will not match abc at all because the b cannot be matched right after the start of the string matched by See below for the inside view of the regex engine Similarly matches right after the last character in the string c matches c in abc while a does not match at all Useful Applications When using regular expressions in a programming language to validate user input using anchors is very important If you use the code if input m d ina Perl script to see if the user entered an integer number it will accept the input even if the user entered qsdf4ghjk because d matches the 4 The correct regex to use is d Because start of string must be matched before the match of d and ce he 29 H jd 4 4 ki F Pat end of string mu
244. cal line paragraph the cursor is on Number of the line the cursor is on counting lines as if word wrap were off Wrapped line the cursor is on Number of the line the cursor is on When word wrap is on wrapped lines are counted too regardless of the count physical lines only setting in File Type Editor Options Visual column the cursor is on The visual column position of the cursor This can differ from the number of characters to the left of the cursor A single tab character may be multiple columns wide Combining characters like diacritics may have no width Character position on the current physical line paragraph Number of characters on the line to the left of the cursor When word wrap is on all characters before the cursor up until the previous line break in the file are counted even if those characters are wrapped into multiple lines Tabs are counted as a single character Combining characters such as diacritics are counted if they are typed separately from their base character Character position on the current wrapped line Number of characters on the line to the left of the cursor When word wrap is on only the characters before the cursor on the same wrapped line are counted Tabs are counted as a single character Combining characters such as diacritics are counted if they are typed separately from their base character Byte position on the current physical line paragraph Number of bytes on the line to the left of the
245. can wait for Or specify the wait parameter to reuse the existing window as usual but to make the newly run copy wait until you have closed the file in the existing instance While waiting the newly run instance appears as a separate process in the task manager but is otherwise invisible Parameters Specific to One File All of the parameters in this section require a single file to be specified on the command line Each of them can appear only once on the command line EditPad will not show any error messages if you do not respect these rules but the result will not be what you expected The order of the parameters does not matter p tells EditPad to show the print preview immediately after opening the file so you can print it with one click 1123 slash el one two three tells EditPad to place the text cursor on line 123 of the file The first line in the file is number one The lines are counted as if word wrap were off 1 1 slash el minus one will place the text cursor at the very end of the file c45 tells EditPad to place the text cursor on character 45 of the file counting characters from the start of the file The first character is number zero If you use c in combination with 1 then the meaning of c changes c7 will then place the text cursor on the 7th character on the line indicated by 1 counting only characters on that line rather than counting all characters from the beginning of the file The first character on
246. can differ from the number of characters to the left of the cursor A single tab character may be multiple columns wide Combining characters like diacritics may have no width In hexadecimal mode Clicking this indicator invokes Go Go to Line or Offset Modification status Indicates Modified if the file has unsaved changes in EditPad Indicates Read Only if the file is read only Otherwise the indicator is blank Clicking it when blank makes the file read only Clicking it when showing Read Only makes the file editable Insert Overwrite mode Indicates Insert when typing into the file pushes forward existing text to the right of the cursor Indicates Overwrite when typing into the file overwrites existing text to the right of the cursor Clicking this indicator toggles between insert and overwrite mode Text file line break style Indicates Windows if the file uses CRLF line breaks exclusively UNIX if it uses LF line breaks only and Mac if it uses CR line breaks only If the file does not use any line break style exclusively the indicator shows Windows UNIX or Mac to show the line break style that is used the most along with Mixed to indicate it is not used exclusively Clicking this indicator shows a popup menu with the Convert To Windows CR LF Convert To UNIX LF only and Convert To Macintosh CR only commands Text file character encoding Indicates the encoding EditPad uses to interpre
247. ce is a number of words The actual number depends on the search tool and is often configurable You can easily perform the same task with the proper regular expression Emulating near with a Regular Expression With regular expressions you can describe almost any text pattern including a pattern that matches two words near each other This pattern is relatively simple consisting of three parts the first word a certain number of unspecified words and the second word An unspecified word can be matched with the shorthand character class w The spaces and other characters between the words can be matched with W uppercase W this time The complete regular expression becomes bword1 W wt W 1 6 word2 b The quantifier 1 6 makes the regex require at least one word between word1 and word2 and allow at most six words If the words may also occur in reverse order we need to specify the opposite pattern as well b word1 W wt W 1 6 2word2 word2 W w W 1 6 word1 b If you want to find any pair of two words out of a list of words you can use b word1 word2 word3 W w t 1 6 W word1 word2 word3 b This regex will also find a word near itself e g it will match word2 near word2 332 11 Runaway Regular Expressions Catastrophic Backtracking Consider the regular expression x x y Before you scream in horror and say this contrived example s
248. ced but blank lines are used to separate paragraphs then those blank lines will be removed Certain files will appear double spaced in EditPad and single spaced in other applications such as Notepad This is caused by a different interpretation of line break characters Usually those files were incorrectly transferred between a Windows and UNIX system such as a PC and a web server This causes incorrect line break characters to be added to the file You can easily fix such files in EditPad Pro First select Convert Double gt Single Spacing from the menu to remove the unwanted blank lines Blank lines that appeared in the original file will remain Then select Convert To Windows to make all the line breaks consistent with the Windows format If Convert To Windows is grayed out i e unavailable then the file already uses the correct line breaks 115 Convert Single gt Double Spacing A text file is double spaced if there is a blank line between each line of text Select Single gt Double Spacing from the Convert menu to insert a blank line between each line of text making the current file double spaced If you select multiple lines of text first only the the selected block is converted If there is no selection or the selection does not span multiple lines then this conversion affects the entire file Note that EditPad Pro will not force you to maintain the double spaced format of the file Pressing Enter will insert a single line b
249. cent to the start of a word the cursor is positioned between the symbol and the first letter of the word Ideographs are considered to be letters e Letters digits and symbols As above but symbols other than punctuation are included in the selection when double clicking Ctrl Left and Ctrl Right never put the cursor between a symbol and another word character e Everything except whitespace All characters except whitespace are selected when you double click them Ctrlt Left and Ctrl Right move the cursor to the preceding or following position that has a whitespace character to the left of the cursor and a non whitespace character to the right of the cursor e Words determined by complex script analysis If you selected the bidirectional text cursor movement option you can turn on this option to allow Ctrl Left and Ctrl Right to place the cursor between two letters for languages such as Thai that don t write spaces between words Text Cursor Appearance Select a predefined cursor or click the Configure button to show the text cursor configuration screen There you can configure the looks of the blinking text cursor and even make it stop blinking A text layout uses two cursors One cursor is used for insert mode where typing in text pushes ahead the text after the cursor The other cursor is used for overwrite mode where tying in text replaces the characters after the cursor Pressing the Insert key on the keyboard toggles between in
250. ch characters before or after y you can easily specify in the regex 264 whether these characters should be word characters or non word characters E g if you want to match any word y w y will give the same result as m M Using w instead of the dot automatically restricts the first y to the start of a word and the second y to the end of a word Note that y y would not work This regex matches each word and also each sequence of non word characters between the words in your subject string That said if your flavor supports m and M the regex engine could apply m wt M slightly faster than y w y depending on its internal optimizations If your regex flavor supports lookahead and lookbehind you can use lt w w to emulate Tcl s m and lt w w to emulate M Though quite a bit more verbose these lookaround constructs match exactly the same as Tcl s word boundaries If your flavor has lookahead but not lookbehind and also has Perl style word boundaries you can use b w to emulate Tcl s m and b w to emulate M b matches at the start or end of a word and the lookahead checks if the next character is part of a word or not If it is we re at the start of a word Otherwise we re at the end of a word GNU Word Boundaries The GNU extensions to POSIX regular expressions add support for the b and B wor
251. ch line and column numbers are displayed e Editor bookmark icons Color used to draw the square and number of bookmarks in the left margin e Editor folding icons Color used to draw text folding buttons and lines e Editor column leader Color used for vertical rulers marking columns e Editor misspelled word When using live spell checking misspelled colors will be indicated using these colors and font style e Editor highlighted search match Color and font style used for highlighting search matches e Editor compare files added line When using Extra Compare Files lines present in the second file but not in the first file will be highlighted using this color e Editor compare files deleted line When using Extra Compare Files lines present in the first file but not in the second file will be highlighted using this color e Regex metacharacter Any character with a special meaning in regular expressions e Regex Syntax error Any invalid combination of characters in regular expressions e Regex Comment A comment in a regular expression e Regex Character class A character class in a regular expression e Regex Character class metacharacter Any character with a special meaning inside a character class in a regular expression e Regex Group nesting level 1 to 5 Any pair of parentheses in a regular expression Nested parentheses are highlighted in different colors to make it easier to see which opening parenthe
252. ch matches already found If used in the search term YMATCHN will be zero upon the first search attempt If used in the replacement text MATCHN will be one for the first replacement GROUP1 is a backreference to a capturing group equivalent to 1 in a regular expression or 1 or 1 in the replacement text The advantage of GROUP1 is that you can use the padding and case conversion specifiers listed below GROUPNAME is a backreference to a named capturing group equivalent to K NAME or P NAME in a regular expression and to NAME or g lt NAME gt in the replacement text The NAME part of the placeholder is case sensitive The advantage of GROUPNAME is that you can use the padding and case conversion specifiers listed below Availability Replacement text Replacement text Replacement text Search term and replacement text Search term and replacement text but only when using regular expressions with numbered capturing groups Search term and replacement text but only when using regular expressions with named capturing groups 55 Padding You can add additional specifiers to all of the above placeholders You can pad the placeholder s value to a certain length and control the casing of any letters in its value The specifiers must appear before the second sign in the placeholder separated from the placeholder s name with a co
253. change into what you specified in File Types Preferences for the file type that corresponds with the file s new extension Word wrapping is only used in text mode In hexadecimal mode use Options Record Size Options Indent Wrapped Lines When word wrap is on you can select Options Word Wrap from the menu to toggle wrapping line indentation on or off When on lines created by the word wrapping will be indented by the same amount as the line they were broken off from If you turn it off wrapped lines will start at the first column regardless of the indentation of the original line Turning on this option is useful when turning on word wrap for files using nested block structures such as XML files and various programming languages Note that indent wrapped lines is a file type specific setting in EditPad If you change the setting through the Options menu or the toolbar it is applied to the active file only If you create a new file or open an existing one the setting made in File Type Editor Options for the type of file you are creating or opening will be used Also when you use File Save As and you save the file with a new extension then the setting for the current file will change into what you specified in File Types Preferences for the file type that corresponds with the file s new extension Options Record Size What Options Word Wrap is to text editing Options Record Size is to hexadecimal editing Use this menu
254. changes if EditPad Pro should automatically do a File Save before the tool is run If the file is untitled you will be prompted for a file name You can use the FILE path placeholder to pass the file on the tool s command line Mark save the current file into a new temporary file if EditPad Pro should automatically do a File Save Copy As and save the file under a new temporary name before the tool is run This is useful if the tool will modify the file s contents but you do not want to lose the original or if you want to test changes you made to a file with a tool without having to save those changes first The temporary file will be deleted after the tool has finished running Mark save the selected part of current file into a new temporary file if EditPad Pro should automatically do a Block Write before the tool is run You can use this to allow the tool to read or modify the selection You cannot use this option in combination with saving the entire file into a temporary file but you can use it in 85 combination with both open temporary file see above and replace selection see below The temporary file will be deleted after the tool has finished running Turn on reload the current file to force EditPad Pro to reload the file that was active when you invoked the tool as soon as the tool has finished running You should do so if the tool will modify the current file even if you ve turned on the
255. cktrack into capturing groups you can use an atomic group The regex engine always backtracks into capturing groups and never captures atomic groups You can put the capturing group inside an atomic group to get an atomic capturing group gt atomic capture In this case we can put the whole opening tag into the atomic group gt lt A Z A Z0 9 gt gt lt 1 gt The tutorial section on atomic grouping has all the details 274 Backreferences to Failed Groups The previous section applies to all regex flavors except those few that don t support capturing groups at all Flavors behave differently when you start doing things that don t fit the match the text matched by a previous capturing group job description There is a difference between a backreference to a capturing group that matched nothing and one to a capturing group that did not participate in the match at all The regex q b 1 will match b q is optional and matches nothing causing q to successfully match and capture nothing b matches b and 1 successfully matches the nothing captured by the group The regex q b 1 however will fail to match b q fails to match at all so the group never gets to capture anything at all Because the whole group is optional the engine does proceed to match b However the engine now arrives at 1 which references a group that did not participate i
256. commands for copying and editing the selected text e Editor margin Right click on the left hand margin that shows line numbers bookmarks and or folding ranges in the main editor This menu has commands for bookmarks folding and line numbers e File tabs Right click on any tab for a file This menu lists commands for saving and closing the file and setting some of its options e File tabs background Right click on the blank space after the last file tab If there is no blank space right click on the scrolling arrows after the rightmost visible tab This menu lists commands for saving and closing all files as well as opening more files e Project tabs Right click on any tab for a project This menu lists commands for saving and closing the project and managing the files in it e Project tabs background Right click on the blank space after the last project tab If there is no blank space right click on the scrolling arrows after the rightmost visible tab This menu lists commands for saving and closing all projects as well as opening more projects e Notification icon If you have enabled the notification icon in the System Preferences right clicking that icon shows this menu It has commands for restoring and exiting EditPad and for opening files and projects Editing Menu Item and Toolbar Button Captions Before you can edit menu items and toolbar buttons you need to be customizing the toolbars and menus To do so right click an
257. complex regular expression You can reuse the same backreference more than once a c x 1x 1 will match axaxa oxbxb and cxcxc Looking Inside The Regex Engine Let s see how the regex engine applies the above regex to the string Testing lt B gt lt I gt bold italic lt I gt lt B gt text The first token in the regex is the literal lt The regex engine will traverse the string until it can match at the first lt in the string The next token is A Z The regex engine also takes note that it is now inside the first pair of capturing parentheses A Z matches B The engine advances to A Z0 9 and gt This match fails However because of the star that s perfectly fine The position in the string remains at gt The position in the regex is advanced to gt This step crosses the closing bracket of the first pair of capturing parentheses This prompts the regex engine to store what was matched inside them into the first backreference In this case B is stored After storing the backreference the engine proceeds with the match attempt gt does not match gt Again because of another star this is not a problem The position in the string remains at gt and position in the regex is advanced to gt These obviously match The next token is a dot repeated by a lazy star Because of the laziness the regex engine will initially sk
258. create backreferences abc 3 matches abcabcabc No groups 1 through 9 Substituted with the text matched between the 1st through 9th pair of capturing parentheses Some regex flavors allow more than 9 backreferences abc def 1 matches abc abc or def def but not abc def or def abc GAD Turn on case insensitivity for the remainder of the regular expression Older regex flavors may turn it on for the entire regex te 71 St matches teST but not TEST i Turn off case insensitivity for the remainder of the regular expression 1 te 71 st matches TEst but not TEST Character Description Character Description Character Description Character Description Character Description Character Description Character Description Character Description Example 352 s Turn on dot matches newline for the remainder of the regular expression Older regex flavors may turn it on for the entire regex s Turn off dot matches newline for the remainder of the regular expression m Caret and dollar match after and before newlines for the remainder of the regular expression Older regex flavors may apply this to the entire regex m Caret and dollar only match at the start and end of the string for the remainder of the regular expression 2x Turn on free spacing mode to igno
259. crypted with SSL The default port is 990 If the server does not support SSL the FTP session is aborted and EditPad will 216 show an error message EditPad Pro will encrypt file transfers If the server does not support encrypted file transfers EditPad Pro will be able to connect to the server but will then fail to retrieve any directory listings and will fail to transfer any files e SSL files unencrypted use this method if your FTP server supports non negotiated encryption but does not support encrypted file transfers EditPad will establish an FTP connection encrypted with SSL The default port is 990 If the server does not support SSL the FTP session is aborted and EditPad will show an error message EditPad Pro will not encrypt file transfers If the server does not allow unencrypted file transfers EditPad Pro will be able to connect to the server but will then fail to retrieve any directory listings and will fail to transfer any files e SFTP fully encrypted this is the recommended method for SSH servers EditPad Pro will connect via SSH and use the SFTP protocol to transfer files directly via the SSH connection If your server supports SSH the SFTP option is most likely what you need The default port is 22 SFTP connections are always fully encrypted The FTP protocol is not used at all SFTP and FTP are totally unrelated even though they are similarly named and serve a similar purpose EditPad Pro handles the differences
260. ct submenu You can use that submenu to quickly reopen the project When you open the project again it will show up with the same set of open files as you had open when you closed the project The only exception are outside files in managed projects Since outside files aren t part of the project they aren t remembered by it and aren t reopened when you reopen the project If you did not previously save the project it will be closed without asking you whether you want to save it If you want to work with the same set of files again you ll have to reopen the files separately 37 Project Close All but Current Closes all projects and all the files in them except for the current project as if you used Project Close Project on each of those projects 38 4 Search Menu Search Prepare to Search Use the Prepare to Search command in the Search menu to enter a search term that you can then use for searching or for searching and replacing Its default keyboard shortcut is Ctrl F Exactly what the Prepare to Search command does depends on the state EditPad is in and on your preferences EditPad provides two search interfaces When you start EditPad the first time the search toolbar is docked to the bottom of EditPad s window The search toolbar provides all of EditPad s search and replace commands It has two combo boxes for entering a short single line search term and replacement text You can show or hide the search toolbar by r
261. cters that open and close a comment on each line in the selection If the selection is rectangular they re inserted immediately before and after the selected columns Otherwise they re inserted at the start and end of each selected line If the current file type does not use a syntax coloring scheme or the scheme does not define any characters to comment out something Block Comment will ask you for the characters to be inserted at the start of each line just like Block Prefix would If you did not select any text before using the Block Comment command or the selection does not span more than one line Block Comment will place the comment characters at the very start of the line containing the text cursor The text cursor is then moved to the next line If you ve assigned a keyboard shortcut to Block Comment you can quickly comment out a bunch of lines this way To remove the comment characters inserted by Block Comment use Block Uncomment or Block Toggle Comment Block Uncomment Select Uncomment from the Block menu to remove the comment characters added by Block Comment When you ve made a selection that flows with the text Block Uncomment will remove the comment characters from the very start of the line only Comment characters in the middle of a line are left When you ve made a rectangular selection only comment characters starting at the first selected column will be removed Comment characters at other columns
262. ctions in the Block menu a selection made the normal way will be rectangular and a selection made while pressing Alt will flow along with the text If you did not choose a fixed width font or turn off word wrap then the selection will always flow along with the text If you pick Block Rectangular Selections from the menu EditPad Pro will warn you that rectangular selections ate presently not possible Most commands like copy and paste work just the same when using rectangular selections or text flow selections Notable exceptions ate Block Indent and Block Outdent Some commands like Block Fill Columns only work with rectangular selections Block Begin Selection Select Begin Selection from the Block menu to tell EditPad Pro to remember the current position of the text cursor Doing this will not have any visible effect After using Block Begin Selection you can use Block End Selection to select text starting at the position remembered by Block Begin Selection If you have more than one file open in EditPad Pro Begin Selection will remember the position separately for each file Selecting Begin Selection when working with one file does not wipe out the position remembered for any other file 67 These commands are very useful when you want to make a very large selection or if you want to perform a search to find the start and the end of the selection You can do whatever you want between invoking Begin Selection and invoking End
263. d characters are treated as individual characters If you place a quantifier after the E it will only be applied to the last character E g if you apply Q d E to d d the match will be d Only the asterisk is repeated Java 4 and 5 have a bug that causes the whole Q E sequence to be repeated yielding the whole subject string as the match This was fixed in Java 6 271 11 Use Round Brackets for Grouping By placing part of a regular expression inside round brackets or parentheses you can group that part of the regular expression together This allows you to apply a regex operator e g a repetition operator to the entire group I have already used round brackets for this purpose in previous topics throughout this tutorial Note that only round brackets can be used for grouping Square brackets define a character class and curly braces are used by a special repetition operator Round Brackets Create a Backreference Besides grouping part of a regular expression together round brackets also create a backreference A backreference stores the part of the string matched by the part of the regular expression inside the parentheses That is unless you use non capturing parentheses Remembering part of the regex match in a backreference slows down the regex engine because it has more work to do If you do not use the backreference you can speed things up by using non capturing parentheses at the expens
264. d boundaries as described above GNU also uses its own syntax for start of word and end of word boundaries lt matches at the start of a word like Tcl s m gt matches at the end of a word like Tcl s M 265 8 Alternation with The Vertical Bar or Pipe Symbol I already explained how you can use character classes to match a single character out of several possible characters Alternation is similar You can use alternation to match a single regular expression out of several possible regular expressions If you want to search for the literal text cat or dog separate both options with a vertical bar or pipe symbol cat dog If you want more options simply expand the list cat dog mouse fish The alternation operator has the lowest precedence of all regex operators That is it tells the regex engine to match either everything to the left of the vertical bar or everything to the right of the vertical bar If you want to limit the reach of the alternation you will need to use round brackets for grouping If we want to improve the first example to match whole words only we would need to use b cat dog b This tells the regex engine to find a word boundary then either cat or dog and then another word boundary If we had omitted the round brackets the regex engine would have searched for a word boundary followed by cat or dog followed by a word boundary Remember Tha
265. d in your word processor or tell EditPad Pro not to copy rich text in the Editor Preferences This command is always invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut If you re editing a file in hexadecimal mode and you cut something from that file and you paste that into another application or into a file you re editing in text mode in EditPad the result will differ depending on whether the cursor was in the hexadecimal section or the ASCII section when you used Edit Cut If you cut from the hexadecimal section and paste into another application the other application will see the hexadecimal representation on the clipboard e g 74657374 If you cut from the ASCII section the other application will see the actual bytes e g test If you cut and paste between EditPad and another hex editing application you may need to switch EditPad to hexadecimal mode and place the cursor in the hexadecimal or ASCII section of the editor to get the results you expect 19 Edit Cut Append Deletes the current selection and places it on the Windows clipboard Use Edit Copy Append to do this without deleting the selection from EditPad If there is no current selection and the option to copy the active line is turned on in the Editor Preferences then the entire current paragraph is deleted and placed onto the clipboard
266. d of multiple scripts There is no Japanese Unicode script Instead Unicode offers the Hiragana Katakana Han and Latin scripts that Japanese documents are usually composed of A special script is the Common script This script contains all sorts of characters that are common to a wide range of scripts It includes all sorts of punctuation whitespace and miscellaneous symbols All assigned Unicode code points those matched by P Cn are part of exactly one Unicode script All unassigned Unicode code points those matched by p Cn are not part of any Unicode script at all Very few regular expression engines support Unicode scripts today Of all the flavors discussed in this tutorial only the JGsoft engine Perl and PCRE can match Unicode scripts Here s a complete list of all Unicode scripts p Common p Arabic p Armenian p Bengali p Bopomofo p Braille p Buhid p CanadianAboriginal p Cherokee 0 p Cyrillic 1 p Devanagari Fee SO 00 SONU ON 282 12 p Ethiopic 13 p Georgian 14 p Greek 15 p Gujarati 16 p Gurmukhi 17 p Han 18 p Hangul 19 p Hanunoo 20 p Hebrew 21 p Hiragana 22 p Inherited 23 p Kannada 24 p Katakana 25 p Khmer 26 p Lao 27 p Latin 28 p Limbu 29 p Malayalam 30 p Mongolian 31 p Myanmar 3
267. d only checkbox to force EditPad to open the file in read only mode regardless of whether the file is writable or not This can be useful to make sure you don t accidentally overwrite the file It also tells EditPad not to try to open the file for writing If the active file is untitled and empty it is replaced by the file you open This ensures EditPad does not get cluttered with empty tabs If you open a single file that is already open EditPad simply switches to the copy that is already open as if you had clicked on its tab rather than attempting to open it again If that file is open in another project EditPad switches that project and to the file If you open multiple files that are all open in the same project EditPad switches to that project and to one of the files you wanted to open If you open multiple files and some but not all of them are open in projects other than the active one EditPad moves all the files into the active project If some of the files were open in unmanaged projects those files are removed from those projects If some of the files were open in managed projects those files are closed in those projects but remain part of the other projects If the active project is a managed the File Open command does not add the files to the project The files show up under the project s tab as outside files To make the files part of a managed project either use Project Add to Project instead of File Open or use Pro
268. d replace operations The replacement text will use a special syntax to allow text matched by capturing groups to be reinserted This syntax differs greatly between various tools and languages far more than the regex syntax does Please check the replacement text reference for details 272 Using Backreferences in The Regular Expression Backreferences can not only be used after a match has been found but also during the match Suppose you want to match a pair of opening and closing HTML tags and the text in between By putting the opening tag into a backreference we can reuse the name of the tag for the closing tag Here s how lt A Z A Z0 9 b gt gt lt 1 gt This regex contains only one pair of parentheses which capture the string matched by A Z A Z0 9 into the first backreference This backreference is reused with 1 backslash one The before it is simply the forward slash in the closing HTML tag that we are trying to match To figure out the number of a particular backreference scan the regular expression from left to right and count the opening round brackets The first bracket starts backreference number one the second number two etc Non capturing parentheses are not counted This fact means that non capturing parentheses have another benefit you can insert them into a regular expression without changing the numbers assigned to the backreferences This can be very useful when modifying a
269. d you use to find any word between 6 and 12 letters long containing either cat dog or mouse Again we have two requirements which we can easily combine using a lookahead b w 6 12 b w 0 9 cat dog mouse w Very easy once you get the hang of it This regex will also put cat dog or mouse into the first backreference 300 19 Continuing at The End of The Previous Match The anchor G matches at the position where the previous match ended During the first match attempt G matches at the start of the string in the way A does Applying G w to the string test string matches t Applying it again matches e The 3rd attempt yields s and the 4th attempt matches the second t in the string The fifth attempt fails During the fifth attempt the only place in the string where G matches is after the second t But that position is not followed by a word character so the match fails End of The Previous Match vs Start of The Match Attempt With some regex flavors or tools G matches at the start of the match attempt rather than at the end of the previous match result This is the case with EditPad Pro where G matches at the position of the text cursor rather than the end of the previous match When a match is found EditPad Pro will select the match and move the text cursor to the end of the match The result is that G matches at the end of t
270. der Add clips to the folder by selecting the folder before clicking the New Clip button You can also drag and drop text or clips onto the folder Using Clips from The Collection To insert the contents of a clip into the file you are editing simply double click it or drag and drop it onto the spot where you want to insert it If the clip holds before and after text it will be placed around the text you selected in the editor If you did not select any text the before and after texts are inserted right next to each other and the text cursor is placed between them Before and after text makes it very easy to insert common text blocks that have an opening and closing part such as HTML or XML tags Opening and Saving Collections If you are not using AceText EditPad Pro will automatically save Clip Collections This way you never have to worry about losing any clips The Save button allows you to save the collection under a different name To 197 open a collection later click the Open button and select the file or click the downward pointing arrow next to the Open button to select a collection you recently worked with To make Clip Collections even more transparent you can assign a default collection to each file type in the file type configuration That collection is then automatically opened whenever you switch to a file of that type E g you can assign a collection with HTML tags to the HTML file type That way the clip collection wil
271. did last time With preserve file settings turned on EditPad Pro will store the settings from the Options menu that you ve changed from their defaults in the file type configuration With preserve cursor position and folding turned on EditPad Pro will remember the position of the text cursor in the file which part of the file was selected bookmarks and folding Opening large files may take a bit longer when preserving the cursor position as EditPad Pro then has to scan the file for line breaks up to the cursor position before it can show the file Because of this EditPad Pro wont remember the cursor position for files larger than the huge file threshold 176 Tabs Preferences On the Tabs tab in the Preferences screen you can configure how tab pages work in EditPad Pro Tabs enable you to quickly switch between files and projects You can also quickly open and close files via the tabs Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Files Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts System Tabs for files Always show tabs for files Show tabs for files when more than one file is open O Never show tabs for files C Place tabs for files below the editing area instead of above it M Use most recent order when switching tabs with Ctrl Tab Tabs for projects Always show tabs for projects Show tabs for projects when more than one project is open Never show tabs for projects _ Place tabs
272. e It finds a t so the positive lookbehind fails again The lookbehind continues to fail until the regex reaches the m in the string The engine again steps back one character and notices that the a can be matched there The positive lookbehind matches Because it is zero width the current position in the string remains at the m The next token is b which cannot match here The next character is the second a in the string The engine steps back and finds out that the m does not match a The next character is the first b in the string The engine steps back and finds out that a satisfies the lookbehind b matches b and the entire regex has been matched successfully It matches one character the first b in the string Important Notes About Lookbehind The good news is that you can use lookbehind anywhere in the regex not only at the start If you want to find 66 a word not ending with an s you could use b wt lt s b This is definitely not the same as 296 b w s b When applied to John s the former will match John and the latter John including the apostrophe I will leave it up to you to figure out why Hint b matches between the apostrophe and the s The latter will also not match single letter words like a or I The correct regex without using lookbehind is b w s W b star instead of plus and W
273. e it If you selected more than one file EditPad Pro will ask you for the folder where you want to save the selected files All files will be downloaded with the same name as they have on the FTP server Upload File Click the Upload File button to upload the file you re currently editing to the FTP server If you selected a folder in the FTP panel the file will be uploaded into that folder If you selected a file in the FTP panel the file you re editing will be uploaded into the same folder as the selected file EditPad Pro will ask you which name you want the uploaded file to have on the FTP server If the file yow re uploading was untitled EditPad Pro will change the tab s caption to the file name you used to upload the file If you later modify the file and use File Save or File Save All or you confirm the save question asked by File Close and similar commands EditPad Pro will automatically upload the file back to the FTP server overwriting the original file To save the file on your computer use File Save As instead Once you save the file on your own computer or if it already had been saved on your own computer before you uploaded it EditPad Pro will ot automatically upload it to the FTP server when you save Upload Project Click the Upload Project button to upload all files in the current project If you selected a folder in the FTP panel the files will be uploaded into that folder If you selected a file in the FTP panel
274. e settings Remove Obsolete removes all files that no longer exist from the Import File Listings submenu This removes all file listings that try to import from a file that no longer exists If a file listing imports from files that still exist but no paths can be found in those files then the file listing is removed as well Project Export File Listing Select Export File Listing to save a text file that lists the full paths to all the files in the active project The paths are delimited by line breaks If the project is managed then open files closed files and outside files are all added to the exported file listing Project Delete Project Select Delete Project in the Project menu to close the active project and delete the epp file that you saved with Project Save Project As Only the epp project file is deleted The files that were open in the project are not deleted Project Close Project Closes the current project and all the files in the project If any files in the project have unsaved modifications depending on the choice you made in Open Files Preferences EditPad will ask if you want to save of not automatically save or automatically discard the changes When you close the last project EditPad automatically starts with a new untitled project with one blank untitled file If you previously saved the project with Project Save Project As then the closed project is added to the top of the Project Open Proje
275. e without changing the layout of the file Spaces that occur after a non whitespace character on a line are not converted This function will only have its desired effect when using a fixed width font like Courier New If you select multiple lines of text first only the the selected block is converted If there is no selection or the selection does not span multiple lines then this conversion affects the entire file The number of spaces used for each tab by the conversion is the same the number of spaces used for each tab to display the file It can be set in File Types Editor 116 Convert Characters gt uFFFF Select the Characters gt uFFFF command in the Convert menu to replace all non ASCII characters in the file with an escape sequence in the form of uFFFF If you select some text before using this command only non ASCII characters in the selection are replaced Otherwise all non ASCII characters in the file are replaced Using this command does not change the encoding EditPad Pro uses for this file Saving the file after replacing all non ASCII characters this way only results in an ASCII file if the encoding you re using for the file is compatible with ASCH For example the Windows code pages will result in an ASCII file but UTF 16 will not In Convert Text Encoding you can select ASCH uFFFF Unicode Escapes as the file s encoding When using this encoding EditPad Pro displays the actual characters for all UFF
276. e code point in the category letter If your input string is encoded as U 0061 U 0300 it matches a without the accent If the cod input is encoded as U 00EO it matches a with the accent The reason is that both the code points U 0061 a and U 00E0 a are in the category letter while U 0300 is in the category mark You should now understand why P M p M is the equivalent of X P M matches a code point that is not a combining mark while p M matches zero or more code points that are combining marks To match a letter including any diacritics use p L p M This last regex will always match a regardless of how it is encoded 280 The NET Regex class and PCRE are case sensitive when it checks the part between curly braces of a p token p Zs will match any kind of space character while p zs will throw an error All other regex engines described in this tutorial will match the space in both cases ignoring the case of the property between the curly braces Still I recommend you make a habit of using the same uppercase and lowercase combination as I did in the list of properties below This will make your regular expressions work with all Unicode regex engines In addition to the standard notation p L Java Perl PCRE and the JGsoft engine allow you to use the shorthand pL The shorthand only works with single letter Unicode properties
277. e file 109 unselect 68 unwrapping text 114 update 230 upgrade 230 upload to FTP 214 upper 309 uppercase 55 109 uppercase letter 280 usb stick 235 using custom syntax coloring schemes 153 157 UTF 16 137 UTF 8 109 137 version 230 vertical bar 248 265 vertical tab 249 view 160 198 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 210 214 221 224 Visual Studio colors 147 visualize line breaks 122 visualize paragraphs 141 visualize spaces 122 141 w see word character W see word character web browser 204 web site of EditPad 230 wheel 165 whitespace 100 122 253 280 315 ignore 312 whole line 258 328 whole word 262 263 whole words only 50 Windows 112 137 Windows code page 109 word 262 263 309 word boundary 262 Tcl 263 word character 253 262 word count 107 108 word wrap 113 114 123 134 141 wotds 50 keywords 330 WordStar 186 working copies 173 workspace 25 26 173 wrapping 114 write 69 www 204 230 xdigit 309 xml entities gt reserved characters 119 XML names 305 y see word boundary zero of morte 268 zeto of once 267 zeto based line numbers 160 zero length match 259 zero width 258 294
278. e file from the project Files that are part of managed projects remain part of the project as closed files The Files Panel and Search Panel can show and search through files that are closed but are still part of managed projects Closing outside files removes them from the project because they were never an actual part of the project If you want to remove an open file from a managed project use Project Remove From Project to close and remove the file If you want to remove files that you have already closed from a managed project use Project Remove Closed Files To close EditPad itself click on the X button in the upper right of the Window or select File Exit in the menu File Close All Select Close All in the File menu to close all open project and all open files If any files have unsaved modifications depending on the choice you made in Open Files Preferences EditPad will ask if you want to save of not automatically save or automatically discard the changes EditPad will start with a new untitled project with one blank untitled file To close all files in the current project only use Project Close All Files or close the project itself with Project Close Project To close EditPad itself click on the X button in the upper right of the Window or select File Exit in the menu 16 File Close All but Current Closes all files in the current project except the one you re currently viewing If any files have unsaved
279. e first item in the drop down menu is Find in Previous File When you select this item EditPad will start searching from the end of the previous file You can use Find in Previous File even when the all files option is off If the search term cannot be found in the previous file and one or more of the all files all projects and loop automatically options are on EditPad will continue the search just like the Find Previous command itself The drop down menu also has three items that you can use to find a specific search match counting search matches from the start The Find 10th Previous item will skip over the next 9 search matches and highlight the 10th The result is the same as if you had clicked the Previous button 10 times If there are no 10 preceding search matches the result is slightly different Find 10th Previous will then not do anything except flash the Previous button to indicate failure Similarly the Find 100th Previous item will skip the previous 99 search matches and select match 100 The Find Previous Nth item will ask you for the number of the match you want to find If you enter 42 EditPad will skip the 41 preceding search matches and highlight the 42nd Search Find Last Select the Find Last item in the Search menu to find the last search match If the selection only option is on Find Last starts searching from the end of the search range If all files is on Find Last starts searchi
280. e line downward Ctrl A moves the text cursor to the start of the previous word or the end of the previous line whichever is closer Ctrl F moves the text cursor to the start of the next line or the end of the current line whichever is closer Ctrl R moves the text cursor up an entire screen Ctrl C moves the text cursor down an entire screen Ctrl W scrolls down one line Cursor moves up one line unless it is already at the top configurable Ctrl Z scrolls up one line Cursor moves down one line unless it is already at the top configurable Ctrl Q S moves the text cursor to the beginning of the line configurable Ctrl Q D moves the text cursor to the end of the line Ctrl Q E moves the text cursor to the top of the screen Ctrl Q X moves the text cursor to the bottom of the screen Ctrl Q R moves the text cursor to the start of the file Ctrl Q C moves the text cursor to the end of the file Editing commands Ctrl I inserts a tab character Ctrl N inserts a line break Ctrl G deletes the character to the right of the text cursor Ctrl H deletes the character to the left of the text cursor Ctrl T deletes the part of the current word to the right of the text cursor If the cursor is not on a word all characters to the right of the cursor up to the start of the next word are deleted 187 Ctrl Q Y deletes all the text on the current line to the right of the text cursor Ctrl Q T deletes all the text on the current line
281. e lines or physical lines to be numbered This only makes a difference when word wrapping is on When numbering visible lines each line is counted including lines created by the word wrapping When numbering physical lines the lines are numbered as if word wrapping would be off You can toggle line numbering for a single file with Options Line Numbers Turn on show column numbers if EditPad should display a horizontal ruler above the file indicating column numbers You can toggle this for a single file with Options Column Numbers Column numbers are only displayed when using a fixed width font In the box labeled vertical rulers to the left of specific columns you can enter a comma delimited list of column numbers EditPad will draw a vertical line to the left of the columns you enter This makes it easier to work with files that use a columnar layout You can put a before a number to make that column relative to the previous column E g 10 5 5 37 7 12 would be equivalent to 10 15 20 37 44 56 Word Wrap The word wrap setting determines what happens with lines that are too long to fit inside EditPad s window If you don t want long lines to wrap they will extend beyond EditPad s window and be partially invisible A horizontal scroll bar will appear You can make long lines wrap either at the edge of EditPad s window or at a specific line length When wrapping at the window edge lines will be automatically re wrapp
282. e of making your regular expression slightly harder to read The regex Set Value matches Set or SetValue In the first case the first backreference will be empty because it did not match anything In the second case the first backreference will contain Value If you do not use the backreference you can optimize this regular expression into Set Value The question mark and the colon after the opening round bracket are the special syntax that you can use to tell the regex engine that this pair of brackets should not create a backreference Note the question mark after the opening bracket is unrelated to the question mark at the end of the regex That question mark is the regex operator that makes the previous token optional This operator cannot appear after an opening round bracket because an opening bracket by itself is not a valid regex token Therefore there is no confusion between the question mark as an operator to make a token optional and the question mark as a character to change the properties of a pair of round brackets The colon indicates that the change we want to make is to turn off capturing the backreference How to Use Backreferences Backreferences allow you to reuse part of the regex match You can reuse it inside the regular expression see below or afterwards What you can do with it afterwards depends on the tool or programming language you are using The most common usage is in search an
283. e or remove file associations to the current file type The associations will be made with or removed from each of the extensions listed in the file type s file mask 136 Windows itself determines file types by file name extension only Therefore associations will only be made with file masks in the style of ext Other file masks are ignored when making Windows file associations If you click the button Always Open this file type with EditPad EditPad will associate itself with the open action This means that whenever you double click on a file of this type in Windows Explorer it will be opened in EditPad If you click the button Always Edit this file type with EditPad EditPad will associate itself with the edit action This means that you can then right click on files of this type in Windows Explorer and select Edit from the context menu to open the file in EditPad If you do this for HTML files you will be able to view the source for any web page by clicking on the Edit button in the toolbar of Microsoft Internet Explorer If you click Associate EditPad s green icon with this file type then Windows Explorer will indicate files of this type with the green notebook icon that represents EditPad itself You can use this button to make files that you edit exclusively with EditPad stand out in Windows Explorer or other file management applications EditPad itself also uses the icon associated with
284. e problem is that another something also qualifies as anything giving us a genuine x x situation 337 Suppose you want to use a regular expression to match a complete HTML file and extract the basic parts from the file If you know the structure of HTML files writing the regex lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt lt title gt lt head gt lt body gt gt lt body gt lt htm1L gt is very straight forward With the dot matches newlines or single line matching mode turned on it will work just fine on valid HTML files Unfortunately this regular expression won t work nearly as well on an HTML file that misses some of the tags The worst case is a missing lt html gt tag at the end of the file When lt htm1 gt fails to match the regex engine backtracks giving up the match for lt body gt It will then further expand the lazy dot before lt body gt looking for a second closing lt body gt tag in the HTML file When that fails the engine gives up lt body gt gt and starts looking for a second opening lt body gt gt tag all the way to the end of the file Since that also fails the engine proceeds looking all the way to the end of the file for a second closing head tag a second closing title tag etc If you run this regex in RegexBuddy s debugger the output will look like a sawtooth The regex matches the whole file
285. e term original data in the choices in the Convert Text Encoding window refers to Because EditPad keeps the file s original bytes in memory it can instantly change how it interprets those bytes Simply use the interpret option in the Text Encoding window and select another encoding This option does not change the contents of the file at all nor is there any need to reload the file It only changes how EditPad translates the bytes into characters While you edit a file EditPad converts those bytes into characters on the fly for display When you type in or paste in new text EditPad immediately converts the characters you type into the appropriate bytes for the file s encoding That means if you re file doesn t use Unicode you can only type in or paste in characters that are supported by the file s encoding EditPad s Character Map can show you all those characters If you paste in characters that are not supported by the file s encoding EditPad has no way to convert those characters into bytes to store them into the file Such characters will be lost They are permanently changed into question marks to indicate the actual characters you tried to paste could not be represented In order to paste the actual characters first use Edit Undo to remove the question marks Then use Convert Text Encoding with the encode original data with another character set option Select a Unicode transformation or any encoding that suppor
286. e the current selection and do a Block Insert File using the temporary file after the tool has finished running Together with the save the selected part of current file into a new temporary file option you can add a tool to EditPad Pro s menu that modifies the current selection You could write a script to add special functionality that EditPad Pro does not provide If you ve turned on at least one of the options to either open or save a temporary file you can use the TEMPFILE path placeholder to pass the temporary file s name on the tool s command line All of the options will work on a single temporary file for each tool Tool Standard I O When adding a tool to EditPad Pro s Tools menu there are three pages of settings that you can make for each tool If you are adding a console or text mode application to EditPad Pro s Tools menu then you can instruct EditPad Pro to communicate with the application via the options on the Standard I O page 86 Definition Files Standard 1 0 What to send to the tool s standard input Nothing Current file O Selected text How to capture the tool s standard output Ignore Replace selected text O Into message panel Into new tab Append to existing tab O Replace existing tab _ Mark the tab as modified if it contains data M Close the tab if itis still empty when the tool has finished running File type for tab _ Syntax coloring for message pa
287. e types can match a single file You can save individual file type configurations into a file that you can share with other people To save a file type click on it in the list and click the Export button below the list If you select multiple file types all of them are exported To load a file type configuration file you ve recetved from somebody click the Import button The loaded file type will be added to the list For each file type you can specify five sets of options e Definition and Associations e Encoding e Editor Options e Colors and Syntax e Navigation 134 File Type Definition On the Definition tab in the file types configuration screen you can indicate how the file type should be identified and which files it applies to EditPad File Type Definition Text document File masks txt Regular expression to detect magic value at the start of the file V Default file type for new files Windows File Associations Always Open files of this file type with EditPad Always Edit fles of this file type with EditPad Associate EditPad s green icon with this file type Remove EditPad s association with this file type The description is used whenever you need to make a choice between file types such as the files of type list in open and save windows or the Options File Type command You cannot change the descrip
288. e value of from page must be smaller than or equal to that of to page even if you want to print in reversed order see below Copies is the number of copies that should be printed of each page Activating All pages will print all pages in the range specified by from page and to page while odd pages will print only the odd numbered 1 3 5 pages in the range and even pages only the even numbered 2 4 6 ones If the page range is only one page from page equals to page and that page is odd numbered while even pages is activated or the other way around nothing will happen when you click the Print button You will not get an error message If you mark Reversed the pages will be printed from last to first instead of from first to last This can be useful if you have an inkjet printer that puts pages in reversed order in the out tray If you opened the print preview with File Print you can mark the selection only box to print only those lines that are selected in EditPad The selection only checkbox works at the level of a single line If a line is partially selected it will be printed If you only want to print exactly what you selected select Block Print in the menu instead If you have a monochrome printer or you do not want to waste expensive color ink cartridges turn off print in color to print black text without any background colors
289. e very useful or undesirable Using d to test if the user entered a number notice the use of the star instead of the plus would cause the script to accept an empty string as a valid input See below However matching only a position can be very useful In email for example it is common to prepend a greater than symbol and a space to each line of the quoted message In VB NET we can easily do this with Dim Quoted as String Regex Replace Original gt RegexOptions Multiline We are using multi line mode so the regex matches at the start of the quoted message and after each newline The Regex Replace method will remove the regex match from the string and insert the replacement string greater than symbol and a space Since the match does not include any characters nothing is deleted However the match does include a starting position and the replacement string is inserted there just like we want it Strings Ending with a Line Break Even though Z and only match at the end of the string when the option for the caret and dollar to match at embedded line breaks is off there is one exception If the string ends with a line break then Z and will match at the position before that line break rather than at the very end of the string This enhancement was introduced by Perl and is copied by many regex flavors including Java NET and PCRE In Perl when reading a line from a file the
290. e whole file to the print preview the printed lines will be colored the same whether you re only printing the selected lines or you re printing the whole file Block Print only sends the selection to the print preview and the syntax coloring will treat the selection as if it is a complete file If your selection cuts through syntactic elements they won t be colored properly in the printout when using Block Print In that case you can turn off the syntax coloring in the print preview to print without syntax coloring 71 7 Mark Menu Mark Go to Next Bookmark Select Go to Next Bookmark in the Mark menu to move the text cursor to the first bookmark after the cursor in the active file Repeat this command to move through the bookmarks in the order they have in the file regardless of the numbers on the bookmarks Mark Go to Previous Bookmark Select Go to Next Bookmark in the Mark menu to move the text cursor to the nearest bookmark before the cursor in the active file Repeat this command to move through the bookmarks in the order they have in the file regardless of the numbers on the bookmarks Mark Set Any Bookmark Use the Set Any Bookmark command in the Mark menu to set a bookmark at the current position of the cursor The number on the bookmark will be the lowest numbered bookmark that isn t used yet in the active file When Mark Project Wide Bookmarks is active the number will be the lowest numbered bookmark t
291. each half of the editor when you selected the Joint with Fixed Gap joint scrolling option If you scroll to the top or bottom of the file EditPad Pro may not be able to maintain the gap But it will still remember the gap If you scroll back to the middle of the file the scrolling gap between the two halves will be restored If you are concentrating on only one part of a file and that part is longer than fits on the screen you can split the editor vertically and then select Joint without Gap in the Joint Scrolling submenu Then the right hand half of the editor will show the lines immediately following the lines shown in the left hand half Essentially you get two newspaper columns of your file This mode is particularly useful when you have a wide screen monitor and the lines in your file are short or you prefer your lines to be word wrapped to a short length making them easier to read and edit This view is maintained when you scroll either half of the editor If you scroll the left half to the bottom or the right half to the top then both halves will show the bottom or top of the file Once you scroll back to the middle of the file the right half will again show the lines immediately following the left half If you want to turn off joint scrolling either click the Joint Scrolling item in the View menu directly or select Independent in the submenu Clicking the item directly toggles between independent scrolling and the previously selected joint
292. earch and replace searching for r n 1 matches a single line string that does not allow the quote character to appear inside the string Using the negated character class is more efficient than using a lazy dot allows the string to span across multiple lines e DATAA r n 2 AA 4 r n matches a single line string in which the quote character can appear if it is escaped by a backslash Though this regular expression may seem more complicated than it needs to be it is much faster than simpler solutions which can cause a whole lot of backtracking in case a double quote appears somewhere all by itself rather than part of a string A A gt allows the string to span multiple lines You can adapt the above regexes to match any sequence delimited by two possibly different characters If we use b for the starting character e and the end and x as the escape character the version without escape becomes b e r n e and the version with escape becomes b ex r n x 4ex r n te Numbers b d b matches a positive integer number Do not forget the word boundaries b d b allows for a sign bO xX 0 9a fA F b matches a C style hexadecimal number b 0 9 0 9 b matches an integer number as well as a floating point number with optional integer part b 9 0 9 b 0 9 b matches a floa
293. earches until the end of the file and then continues at the start of the next file until a search match is found If all projects is on and Find Next reaches the last file in the current project Find Next will continue with the next project If the search term can be found EditPad will switch to the file it was found in and select the matched text If the search term cannot be found nothing will happen except that the Next button will briefly flash its icon to indicate it failed In EditPad Pro the Next button on the search toolbar has a drop down menu The first item in the drop down menu is Find in Next File When you select this item EditPad will start searching from the start of the next file You can use Find in Next File even when the all files option is off If the search term cannot be found in the next file and one or more of the all files all projects and loop automatically options are on EditPad will continue the search just like the Find Next command itself The drop down menu also has three items that you can use to find a specific search match counting search matches from the start The Find 10th Next item will skip over the next 9 search matches and highlight the 10th The result is the same as if you had clicked the Next button 10 times If there are no further 10 search matches the result is slightly different Find Next 10th will then not do anything except flash the Next button to indicate
294. easily re fold it If you ve made a selection then all folding points inside the selection will be unfolded If the current file type uses automatic folding points then unfolded ranges will automatically disappear when you edit the file They will be replaced by new automatic folding points Folded ranges will remain folded until you unfold them Fold Toggle Fold If the text cursor is inside a foldable range as indicated in the left margin the Toggle Fold command in the Fold menu unfolds the foldable range if it was folded and folds it it wasn t folded This is the same as clicking the plus or minus button in the left margin If the text cursor is not inside a foldable range and some text is selected the Toggle Fold command folds the selected text by creating a new folding range just like the Fold command in the Fold menu does T9 Fold Fold Unselected The Fold Unselected command in the Fold menu folds all existing folding ranges that do not span any selected text If you did not select any text the Fold Unselected command folds all folding ranges that do not contain the text cursor The Fold Unselected command does nothing with the folding ranges that are partially selected Use Fold Unfold to unfold those Using Fold Fold Unselected followed by Fold Unfold makes it easy to see the structure of the whole file while focusing on the part of the file that you re editing Fold Remove Fold Select Remove Unfold
295. eceding character in logical order Actual left to right The actual direction is reversed from the predominant direction The left key moves right and the right key moves left Actual right to left The left key moves left and the right key moves right Selection of Words e Select only the word Pressing Ctrl Shift Right moves the cursor to the end of the word that the cursor is on The selection stops at the end of the word This is the default behavior for all Just Great Software applications It makes it easy to select a specific word or string of words without any extraneous spaces or characters To include the space after the last word press Ctrl Shift Right once mote and then Ctrl Shift Left e Select the word plus everything to the next word Pressing Ctrl Shift Right moves the cursor to the start of the word after the one that the cursor is on The selection includes the word that the cursor was on and the non word characters between that word and the next word that the cursor is moved to This is how text editors usually behave on the Windows platform Character Sequences to Treat as words e Letters digits and underscores Characters that are considered to be letters digits or underscores by the Unicode standard are selected when you double click them Ctrl Left and Ctrl Right move the cursor to the start of the preceding or following sequence of letters digits or underscores If symbols 128 of punctuation appear adja
296. ecomes the new default layout Click the New and Delete buttons to add or remove layouts You must have at least one text layout configuration If you have more than one you can use the Up and Down buttons to change their order The order does not affect anything other than the order in which the text layouts configurations appear in selection lists EditPad comes with a number of preconfigured text layouts If you find the options on this screen bewildering simply choose the preconfigured layout that matches your needs and ignore all the other settings You can fully edit and delete all the preconfigured text layouts if you don t like them 126 e Left to right Normal settings with best performance for editing text in European languages and ideographic languages Chinese Japanese Korean The default font is monospaced The layout does respect individual character width if the font is not purely monospaced or if you select another font e Proportionally spaced left to right Like left to right but the default font is proportionally spaced e Monospaced left to right Like left to right but the text is forced to be monospaced Columns are guaranteed to line up perfectly even if the font is not purely monospaced This is the best choice for working with source code and text files with tabular data e Monospaced ideographic width Like monospaced left to right but ASCII characters are given the same width as ideographs This is the best c
297. ecord macro 89 record size 123 rectangular selections 66 recursively opening files from folders 27 redo 18 reflow paragraphs 114 regex 48 53 134 213 246 regex engine 250 RegexBuddy 53 regex directed engine 250 RegexMagic 53 registry 193 regular expression 48 246 regular expressions 48 53 reload files 170 reload files from disk 33 reload from disk 14 reluctant 269 removable drive 235 remove all bookmarks 73 remove all folding points 76 remove closed files 33 remove fold 75 remove from project 32 rename file 14 rename project 34 reopen files at startup 173 reopen menu 4 repetition backreference 338 backtracking 269 cutly braces 268 greedy 268 group 338 lazy 269 nested 332 once or more 268 once only 289 plus 268 possessive 289 question mark 267 reluctant 269 specific amount 268 star 268 ungreedy 269 zero or more 268 zero or once 267 replace 54 replace all 42 replace and find next 42 replace and find previous 42 replace current 42 requirements many in one regex 298 reserved characters 248 reserved characters gt xml entities 119 restore default layout 205 reuse part of the match 271 rich text 160 right margin 134 right to left 124 132 ROT 13 120 round bracket 248 271 RSS feeds 234 running programs 77 s see whitespace S see whitespace save 8 214 save all 9 save all files in project 26 save as 8 save copy as 14 save copy of
298. ect abd is the most interesting one Like in the second string the capturing group grabs the a and the b matches The capturing group took part in the match so the then part or c is attempted C fails to match d and the match attempt fails Note that the else part is not attempted at this point The capturing group took part in the match so only the then part is used However the regex engine isn t done yet It will restart the regular expression from the beginning moving ahead one character in the subject string Starting at the second character in the string a fails to match b The capturing group does not take part in the second match attempt which started at the second character in the string The regex engine moves beyond the optional group and attempts b which matches The regex engine now arrives at the conditional in the regex and at the third character in the subject string The first capturing group did not take part in the current match attempt so the else part or d is attempted d matches d and an overall match bd is found If you want to avoid this last match result you need to use anchors a b 1 d does not find any matches in the last subject string The caret will fail to match at the second and third characters in the string Regex Flavors Conditionals are supported by the JGsoft engine Perl PCRE and the NET framewo
299. ect a choice from the drop down list To disable it select all categories all blocks or all scripts at the top of the list If you enable multiple filters all of them apply at the same time If you select the decimal digits category and the Thai block the map will show Thai digits only or nothing at all if the encoding doesn t support Thai If certain characters appear as squares that means the character cannot be displayed using the current font You can select a different font with Options Font Particularly when showing all Unicode characters you 199 may see a lot of squares While Unicode tries to define characters for all human languages and scripts most fonts only support one script or one group of closely related scripts Microsoft supplies a font called Arial Unicode with recent versions of Windows This font can display nearly all Unicode characters When you hover the mouse over a character in the map its decimal and hexadecimal number in the encoding will be shown in the status bar Double click on a character to insert it into the file Because you can make the character map show any encoding it is possible that the character map shows characters that cannot be represented by the encoding used by the active file If you try to insert an unsupported character it will show up as a question mark in the file and EditPad will show a warning that the character could not be inserted The question mark is not
300. ected now positioned one column closer to the left When shifting a block to the right the character immediately to the right of the block is removed and reinserted to the left of the block If there is no character to the right of the block on a particular line a space is inserted to the left of the block instead You can shift a block as far out to the right as you want If no text is selected at all you can still use the commands to move lines up or down Then the line containing the text cursor will be moved Block Comment Select Comment from the Block menu to comment out a piece of code in a source code file If the current file is being syntax colored by a syntax coloring scheme that contains a character string for single line comments Block Comment will automatically comment out the using those characters If you ve made a selection that flows along with the text the comment characters will be inserted at the very start of the line If you ve made a rectangular selection the comment characters will be inserted on each line spanned 64 by the selection at the leftmost column in the selection This is exactly what Block Prefix also does except that Block Comment automatically uses the characters to comment out something based on the syntax coloring scheme If the syntax coloring scheme does not define characters for single line comments but does define characters for multi line comments Block Comment will use the chara
301. ed There was no next search match While recording a macro the Find Next command is still recorded Failed Commands Halt Macro Playback Though not exactly a recording issue it s important to remember that if a search command fails during macro playback it will stop the macro immediately This allows you to run macros that run until failure to process all search terms Organize Macros Select Organize Macros in the Macros menu to organize play back and record macros Repeated Playback Playing back a macro via the Organize Macros allows you to play back the same macro many times Simply enter the number of times the macro should run in the Repeat box and click the Play Macro button The macro may run fewer times than you specified but never more If the macro includes a search command and the search fails to find a match macro playback will stop immediately This enables you to record a macro that does something to a search match and then run that macro on all search matches Suppose you record a macro that executes the Search Find Next command and then the Edit Delete Line command If you then execute this macro with Repeat set to 100 the macro will delete the lines containing the next 100 search matches If there are fewer than 100 search matches all their lines will be deleted and the macro will stop You can use the Search Count Matches command to determine the number of times the macro should run or you could simply enter a
302. ed the grayscale slider controls the luminance To make a color lighter or darker first click on the grayscale slider to change the luminance Then click on the same spot in the color hexagon to select the same color with the different luminance Syntax elements that use colors of different hues but similar saturation and luminance allow those elements to be distinguished without drawing attention to some over the others Syntax elements for important structural parts of the file can be given colors with more luminance while syntax elements for less important parts or more common parts large blocks of text can be given colors with less luminance to make it easier for the eye to gravitate towards the important elements This can be further enhanced by using bold text for the most important syntax elements If the base plain text color of the scheme is white gray or black then setting the luminance slider at that level of white gray or black allows you to use more saturated colors for important elements and less saturated colors for less important elements as an alternative technique to using luminance Color schemes that use very saturated colors appear bolder while color schemes with somewhat desaturated colors using luminance instead of saturation for highlighting appear more relaxing The colors prefixed with syntax are the named colors used by syntax coloring schemes The descriptions given here are the suggested uses of these color
303. ed in all long names listed above e g BasicLatin can be written as Basic Latin or Basic_Latin or Basic Latin JGsoft Java Perl P negated variants of all p as listed above JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE XML XPath p negated variants of all p as listed above JGsoft Perl PCRE Named Capture and Backreferences Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by lt name gt regex NET style named capturing group JGsoft NET name regex NET style named capturing group JGsoft NET k lt name gt NET style named backreference JGsoft NET k name NET style named backreference JGsoft NET P lt name gt regex Python style named capturing group JGsoft PCRE Python 368 Feature P name Python style named backreference Supported by JGsoft PCRE Python Feature multiple capturing groups can have the same name Supported by JGsoft NET XML Character Classes Feature i I c and C shorthand XML name character classes Supported by XML XPath Feature abc abc character class subtraction Supported by JGsoft NET XML XPath POSIX Bracket Expressions Feature alpha POSIX character class Supported by JGsoft Perl PCRE Ruby Tcl ARE POSIX BRE POSIX ERE GNU BRE GNU ERE Feature p Alpha POSIX character class Supported by JGsoft Java Feature p IsAlpha PO
304. ed text in the Editor Preferences Note that visualize line breaks is a file type specific setting in EditPad Pro If you change the setting through the Options menu or the toolbar it is applied to the active file only If you create a new file or open an existing one the setting made in File Type Editor Options for the type of file you are creating or opening will be used Also when you use File Save As and you save the file with a new extension then the setting for 123 the current file will change into what you specified in File Types Preferences for the file type that corresponds with the file s new extension Options Word Wrap Select Options Word Wrap from the menu to toggle word wrapping on or off By default word wrap takes place at the right edge of the EditPad window If you want the text to wrap at a certain number of characters use the drop down menu of the word wrap button on the toolbar You can select one of a few commonly used line lengths or define your own Note that word wrap is a file type specific setting in EditPad If you change the setting through the Options menu or the toolbar it is applied to the active file only If you create a new file or open an existing one the setting made in File Type Editor Options for the type of file you are creating or opening will be used Also when you use File Save As and you save the file with a new extension then the setting for the current file will
305. ed when you resize EditPad When wrapping at a specific line length horizontal scrolling may still be needed if the specified length doesn t fit inside EditPad s width It is usually convenient to wrap at the window edge as it eliminates the need for horizontal scrolling You ll probably want to turn it off for files that use a line based structure such as software source code so the word wrapping doesn t confuse your view of the lines Note that EditPad s word wrapping is fully dynamic Line breaks introduced by the word wrapping are not saved into the file at all unless you use Convert Wrapping gt Line Breaks So there s no risk at data loss when turning on word wrap for line based files If you turn on wrapped lines should maintain indentation lines created by the word wrapping will be indented by the same amount as the line they were broken off from If you turn it off wrapped lines will start at the first column regardless of the indentation of the original line Turning on this option is useful when 143 turning on word wrap for files using nested block structures such as XML files and various programming languages Word wrap can be toggled for individual files with Options Word Wrap and Options Indent Wrapped Lines Tabs and Indentation Normally pressing the Tab key on the keyboard inserts a special tab character that has a variable width If you turn on pressing Tab inserts spaces then EditPad Pr
306. editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box 68 Block Expand Selection The Expand Selection command in the Block menu is only useful when selections are persistent Persistent selections allow you to move the text cursor away from the end of the selection The Expand Selection command will create a new selection that includes the old selection and all text between the old selection and the position of the text cursor The position of the text cursor will be the new ending point of the selection The most significant difference between Block End Selection and Block Expand Selection is that End Selection will pivot the selection if you ve moved the text cursor above the spot where you started making the selection while you ended the selection below the starting position or vice versa This causes the old selection to be completely deselected as the starting position stays put Only the text between the old starting position and the new ending position is selection Expand Selection will always expand the selection If the new ending position is above the old starting position while the old ending position was below it or vice versa Expand Selection simply makes the old ending position the new starting position Whether selections are persistent or not you can achieve the same effect by pressing Shift on the keyboard while clicking with the mouse at the position wh
307. eftmost Match This is a very important point to understand a regex directed engine will always return the leftmost match even if a better match could be found later When applying a regex to a string the engine will start at the first character of the string It will try all possible permutations of the regular expression at the first character Only if all possibilities have been tried and found to fail will the engine continue with the second character in the text Again it will try all possible permutations of the regex in exactly the same order The result is that the regex directed engine will return the 4ffost match When applying cat to He captured a catfish for his cat the engine will try to match the first token in the regex c to the first character in the match H This fails There are no other possible permutations of this regex because it merely consists of a sequence of literal characters So the regex engine tries to match the c with the e This fails too as does matching the c with the space Arriving at the 4th character in the match c matches c The engine will then try to match the second token a to the 5th character a This succeeds too But then t fails to match p At that point the engine knows the regex cannot be matched starting at the 4th character in the match So it will continue with the 5th a Again c fails to match here and the engine c
308. egional settings you may need to select a different Windows code page You can either change the default for the file type or use Convert Text Encoding for a one time change Unicode On the Windows platform Unicode files should start with a byte order marker BOM The byte order marker is a special code that indicates the Unicode encoding UTF 8 UTF 16 or UTF 32 used by the file EditPad will always detect the byte order marker and treat the file with the corresponding Unicode encoding Unfortunately some applications cannot deal with files starting with a byte order marker XML parsers are a notorious example If an application that claims to support Unicode fails to read Unicode files saved by EditPad try turning on the option not to write the byte order marker If you turn on the option preserve presence or absence of the byte order marker in existing files then EditPad will keep the BOM in files that already have it and never add it to Unicode files previously saved without a BOM When preserving the BOM or its absence the write a byte order marker at the start of Unicode files is only used for files you newly create with EditPad and for files that you convert from a non Unicode encoding to Unicode Non Unicode files never have a BOM so there s no presence or absence of it to maintain If you want EditPad to open Unicode files saved without a byte order marker you ll either need to set the default encoding for t
309. egular expression flavors treat the brace as a literal character unless it is part of a repetition operator like 1 3 So you generally do not need to escape it with a backslash though you can do so if you want An exception to this rule is the java utilregex package it requires all literal braces to be escaped All other characters should not be escaped with a backslash That is because the backslash is also a special character The backslash in combination with a literal character can create a regex token with a special meaning E g d will match a single digit from 0 to 9 249 Escaping a single metacharacter with a backslash works in all regular expression flavors Many flavors also support the Q E escape sequence All the characters between the Q and the E are interpreted as literal characters E g Q d E matches the literal text d The E may be omitted at the end of the regex so Q d is the same as Q d E This syntax is supported by the JGsoft engine Perl PCRE and Java both inside and outside character classes However in Java this feature does not work correctly in JDK 1 4 and 1 5 when used in a character class or followed by a quantifier Special Characters and Programming Languages If you are a programmer you may be surprised that characters like the single quote and double quote are not special characters That is correct When using a regular expression or grep tool like PowerG
310. eir effect may be different when you run the macro depending on the position of the text cursor and if any text was selected Keep this in mind when recording macros You may want to press a few extra keys to make sure the macro works well E g instead of requiring a macro to have the cursor at the start of the line simply press the Home key when you start recording the macro Even if the cursor was already at the start of the line when you recorded the macro it will still record that you pressed the Home key How to Record Search Terms If you want to record search terms as part of a macro you can do so by selecting the search term from the Search History or Search Favorites menu The macro will then record the search text replace text and all seatch options You can temporarily add a search term to the favorites before recording the macro The macro will store the actual search terms not the fact that you selected an item from the history or favorites If you later delete the item from the history or favorites the macro will still work Macros Record Command Options Some commands in the Extra menu like Delete Duplicate Lines and Compare Files show a screen with options before doing their work If you use these commands while recording the macro will record the state of the options screen when you click the OK button It will not record whether you toggled any options but the final result When you play back the macro the command will be
311. elimiter the comma Because of the double repetition star inside 11 this leads to a catastrophic amount of backtracking The regex engine now checks whether the 13th field starts with a P It does not Since there is no comma after the 13th field the regex engine can no longer match the 11th iteration of But it does not give up there It backtracks to the 10th iteration expanding the match of the 10th iteration to 10 11 Since there is still no P the 10th iteration is expanded to 10 11 12 Reaching the end of the string again the same story starts with the 9th iteration subsequently expanding it to 9 10 9 10 11 9 10 11 12 But between each expansion there are more possibilities to be tried When the 9th iteration consumes 9 10 the 10th could match just 11 as well as 11 12 Continuously failing the engine backtracks to the 8th iteration again trying all possible combinations for the 9th 10th and 11th iterations You get the idea the possible number of combinations that the regex engine will try for each line where the 12th field does not start with a P is huge All this would take a long time if you ran this regex on a large CSV file where most rows don t have a P at the start of the 12th field Preventing Catastrophic Backtracking The solution is simple When nesting repetition operators make absolutely sure that there is only one way to match the same match If repeating t
312. em hold down the mouse button and drag the item to its new location If you want to move an item into a submenu move it to the menu wait for the menu to expand while holding down the mouse button and then move the button you re dragging to its location To duplicate a menu item or button hold down the Control key on the keyboard and then drag the item to its new location To remove a menu item or button left click the item and drag it to any position on the screen that is not an EditPad toolbar or menu Then release the mouse pointer Or right click the item and select Delete To add a separator line between menu items or toolbar buttons first add the items that you want to separate to the menu or toolbar Then right click on the item that goes after the separator and select Begin a Group If you want to bring back a menu item or button that you previously removed click on the Commands tab in the Customization screen The commands are organized into categories that correspond with the menus that contain those commands by default The categories in the Customization screen and the items they contain never change Pay attention to similarly named commands in different categories For example you can find an Open command in the File category the FTP Panel category and the History Panel category These are 3 unique commands The File Open command sits in the file menu and on the main toolbar by default It shows a dialog box for opening fi
313. emain empty You h2 can select a file navigation scheme for each file type on the h4 Navigation tab in the file type configuration 4 Beman a Based on the file navigation scheme the File Navigator displays the active structure of the file in a collapsible tree By clicking on items in the em tree you can quickly navigate to various parts of the file Some items hl may be linked to more than one part in the file If you click the same sone item repeatedly the file navigator will cycle through all the parts the two item is linked to h2 h3 When you click an item the File Navigator will keep keyboard focus h4 To give the editor keyboard focus double click an item or press hover Enter while the File Navigator has keyboard focus img input To select the part of the file an item is linked to press the Shift key on the keyboard while you click on the item If you press Shift and wk double click the part will be selected and the editor will receive P keyboard focus If you prefer to use the keyboard keep Shift depressed while you navigate with the arrow keys Press Shiftt Enter a to select the part and activate the editor s j If an item is linked to multiple parts of the file those parts become e v linked in an additional way If the cursor is already inside one of the parts you can press Altt Arrow Up and Alt Arrow Down on the keyboard to cycle through the linked parts while the editor has keyboard focus E g the Delphi scheme links
314. ences then spaces will always be drawn with that background color whether you ve turned on the option to visualize them or not Spaces will then appear as colored rectangles with or without the symbol Note that visualize spaces is a file type specific setting in EditPad Pro If you change the setting through the Options menu or the toolbar it is applied to the active file only If you create a new file or open an existing one the setting made in File Type Editor Options for the type of file you are creating or opening will be used Also when you use File Save As and you save the file with a new extension then the setting for the current file will change into what you specified in File Types Preferences for the file type that corresponds with the file s new extension Options Visualize Line Breaks Turn on Options Visualize Line Breaks if you always want to see a 4 character at the end of each paragraph indicating the invisible line break character s You can set the color of the paragraph symbols in File Types Colors Instead of showing the generic J character for all line breaks EditPad Pro can show specific symbols that indicate the line break style You can configure this in the Editor Preferences If you turn off Options Visualize Line Breaks line break symbols are only displayed when line break characters are selected If you never want to see any line break symbols turn off always visualize line breaks in select
315. ent The comment runs until the end of the line Everything from the until the next line break character is ignored The XPath flavor does not support comments within the regular expression The is always treated as a literal character Putting it all together I could clarify the regex to match a valid date by writing it across multiple lines as Match a 20th or 21st century date in yyyy mm dd format 19 20 d d year group 1 separator 0 1 9 1 012 month group 2 a separator 0 1 9 12 0 9 3 01 day group 3 Part 3 Regular Expression Examples 315 1 Sample Regular Expressions Below you will find many example patterns that you can use for and adapt to your own purposes Key techniques used in crafting each regex are explained with links to the corresponding pages in the tutorial where these concepts and techniques are explained in great detail If you are new to regular expressions you can take a look at these examples to see what is possible Regular expressions are very powerful They do take some time to learn But you will earn back that time quickly when using regular expressions to automate searching or editing tasks in EditPad Pro or PowerGREP or when writing scripts or applications in a variety of languages RegexBuddy offers the fastest way to get up to speed with regular expressions RegexBuddy will analyze any regular expression and present it to you in a clearly to understand de
316. enter the offset in hexadecimal decimal octal or binary notation You don t need to format the number in any way e g just enter FF for a hexadecimal offset Just click the radio button with the notation youre using Whether going to a line or offset you can prefix the line or offset number with a plus or minus sign The sign makes the move relative to the current line or offset If the cursor is at line 150 and you go to 100 the cursor is moved to line 100 If you enter 100 it is moved to line 50 while 100 moves it to line 250 You can prefix numbers in any of the four notations with a sign E g entering a hexadecimal offset F moves the cursor fifteen bytes to the left Go Go to Matching Bracket On the Colors amp Syntax tab in the file type configuration you can make EditPad Pro highlight matching brackets such as and for certain file types When the text cursor is on a character that is considered a bracket by the syntax coloring scheme then both that bracket and its matching counterpart are highlighted In that situation you can select Go to Matching Bracket from the Go menu to move the text cursor to the matching bracket Go Previous Editing Position Select Previous Editing Position in the Go Menu to move the text cursor to the position in the current file where you last inserted or deleted some text This makes it very comfortable to scroll through a file to look something up while editing since you
317. enu item is grayed out that means the file already uses classic Mac line breaks consistently If line break styles matter for your work use the Status Bar Preferences to enable a status bar indicator to show the file s dominant line break style In EditPad Pro in the Editor Preferences you can configure Options Visualize Line Breaks to display the actual line break style for each line rather than a generic paragraph marker Convert Wrapping gt Line Breaks When Options Word Wrap is on EditPad will break up long lines to they fit within the width of the EditPad window or are no longer than a certain number of characters This wrapping is dynamic It is not saved into the file Therefore the file will look different if you change the word wrap settings or open it in another application Use Convert Wrapping gt Line Breaks if you want to solidify a text in its wrapped state This will convert all soft line breaks introduced by the wrapping into hard line breaks as if you had pressed Enter at each position where a long line is wrapped You will also be asked if you want to align the text at the left side only or if you want to align it at both sides If you choose to align to the left side only only line breaks will be inserted as explained above If you choose to align to both sides EditPad Pro will also inserts spaces into each line so that each line has the same number of characters The spaces will be distributed evenly ac
318. equences POSIX character equivalents are not available in any regex engine that I know of other than those following the POSIX standard And those that do may not have the necessary POSIX locale support Here too Tcl s regexp command supports character equivalents but Unicode locale the only one Tcl supports does not define any character equivalents This effectively means that x and x are exactly the same in Tcl and will only match x for any character you may tty instead of x 311 23 Adding Comments to Regular Expressions If you have worked through the entire tutorial I guess you will agree that regular expressions can quickly become rather cryptic Therefore many modern regex flavors allow you to insert comments into regexes The syntax is comment where comment can be whatever you want as long as it does not contain a closing round bracket The regex engine ignores everything after the until the first closing round bracket E g I could clarify the regex to match a valid date by writing it as year 19 20 d d month O 1 9 1 012 day 0 1 9 12 0 9 3 01 Now it is instantly obvious that this regex matches a date in yyyy mm dd format Some software such as RegexBuddy EditPad Pro and PowerGREP can apply syntax coloring to regular expressions while you write them That makes the comments really stand out enabling the right comment in the right spot t
319. er is a character that can be used to form words All characters that are not word characters are non word characters In all flavors the characters a zA Z0 9_ are word characters These are also matched by the short hand character class w Flavors showing ascii for word boundaries in the flavor comparison recognize only these as word characters Flavors showing YES also recognize letters and digits from other languages or all of Unicode as word characters Notice that Java supports Unicode for b but not for w Python offers flags to control which characters are word characters affecting both b and w In Perl and the other regex flavors discussed in this tutorial there is only one metacharacter that matches both before a word and after a word This is because any position between characters can never be both at the start and at the end of a word Using only one operator makes things easier for you Since digits are considered to be word characters b4 b can be used to match a 4 that is not part of a larger number This regex will not match 44 sheets of a4 So saying b matches before and after an alphanumeric sequence is more exact than saying before and after a word Negated Word Boundary B is the negated version of b B matches at every position where b does not Effectively B matches at any position between two word characters as well as at a
320. er and that character is not a newline The engine continues at 9 and fails again The next attempt at n also fails Again the position before n is preceded by a character 9 and that character is not a newline Then the regex engine arrives at the second 4 in the string The can match at the position before the 4 because it is preceded by a newline character Again the regex engine advances to the next regex token 4 but does not advance the character position in the string 4 matches 4 and the engine advances both the regex token and the string character Now the engine attempts to match at the position before indeed before the 8 The dollar cannot match here because this position is followed by a character and that character is not a newline Yet again the engine must try to match the first token again Previously it was successfully matched at the second 4 so the engine continues at the next character 8 where the caret does not match Same at the six and the newline Finally the regex engine tries to match the first token at the third 4 in the string With success After that the engine successfully matches 4 with 4 The current regex token is advanced to and the current character is advanced to the very last position in the string the void after the string No regex token that needs a character to match can match here Not
321. er EditPad users are more willing to help you if you let them know who you are Support staff from Just Great Software will answer technical support questions anyhow The email address you enter is be used to email you whenever others participate in one of your discussions The email address is never displayed to anyone and is never used for anything other than the automatic notifications EditPad s forum system does not have a function to respond privately to a message If you don t want to receive automatic email notifications there s no need to enter an email address If you select never email replies you ll never get any email If you select email replies to conversations you start you ll get an email whenever somebody replies to a conversation that you started If you select email replies to conversations that you participate in you ll get an email whenever somebody replies to a conversation that you started or replied to The From address on the email notifications is forums jgsoft com You can filter the messages based on this address in your email software EditPad s forum system uses the standard HTTP protocol which is also used for regular web browsing If your computer is behind an HTTP proxy click the Proxy button to configure the proxy connection If you prefer to be notified of new messages via an RSS feed instead of email log in first After EditPad has connected to the forums you can click the Feeds butt
322. er multiple of the tab size and the option to make Tab insert spaces is off the Indent and Outdent functions will use tab characters Visualization Turn on show line breaks if you always want to see a JJ character at the end of each paragraph indicating the invisible line break character s Note that if line break characters are selected the paragraph symbol will always appear to show you that they have indeed been selected You can quickly change this option by picking Options Paragraph Symbol from the menu Select show spaces and tabs if you want spaces and tabs to be visualized Spaces will be indicated by a vertically centered dot Tabs are indicated by a character This option is useful when working with files where extraneous whitespace can lead to problems or where the difference between tabs and spaces matters You can quickly toggle it by picking Options Visualize Spaces from the menu 144 File Type Colors and Syntax On the Colors and Syntax page in the file types configuration screen you can configure the syntax coloring and bracket matching text editing aids Definition Encoding Editor Options Colors and Syntax Navigation Syntax Coloring Color palette Default Syntax coloring scheme Clickable URLs Syntax coloring scheme for huge files Clickable URLs Download ia Edit _ Highlight matching brackets touched by the cursor _
323. er use the JGsoft engine Version 1 did not support regular expressions at all e awk The awk UNIX tool and programming language uses POSIX ERE e C As a NET programming language C can use the System Text RegularExpressions classes listed as NET below e Delphi for NET As a NET programming language the NET version of Delphi can use the System Text RegularExpressions classes listed as NET below e Delphi for Win32 Delphi for Win32 does not have built in regular expression support Many free PCRE wrappers are available 359 EditPad Pro Version 6 and later use the JGsoft engine Earlier versions used PCRE without Unicode support egrep The traditional UNIX egrep command uses the POSIX ERE flavor though not all implementations fully adhere to the standard Linux usually ships with the GNU implementation which use GNU ERE grep The traditional UNIX grep command uses the POSIX BRE flavor though not all implementations fully adhere to the standard Linux usually ships with the GNU implementation which use GNU BRE Emacs The GNU implementation of this classic UNIX text editor uses the GNU ERE flavor except that POSIX classes collations and equivalences are not supported Java The regex flavor of the java util regex package is listed as Java in the table below JavaScript JavaScript s regex flavor is listed as ECMA in the table below MySQL MySQL uses POSIX Extended Regular
324. ere the new selection should end The advantage of Block Expand Selection is that you can assign it a keyboard shortcut and expand the selection with the keyboard Block Between Matching Brackets The Between Matching Brackets command is only available when bracket matching is enabled in the syntax coloring section of the file type configuration for the active file s file type The syntax coloring scheme determines exactly which brackets ate matched See that section in this help file to learn how bracket matching works in EditPad Pro When you invoke the Between Matching Brackets command in the Block menu EditPad Pro selects the text between the nearest pair of matching brackets that surround the text cursor If some text was already selected Between Matching Brackets expands the selection to touch the nearest pair of matching brackets surrounding the selection The brackets are not included in the selection If the selection already touches the nearest pair of matching brackets then Between Matching Brackets expands the selection to include the brackets Repeating the command expands it to touch the next nearest pair of matching brackets You can repeat the command as long as there is a pair of brackets surrounding the selection Block Unselect Use the Unselect command in the Block menu to remove the selection without moving the text cursor Only the selection is removed The text that was selected remains Block Go to Beginning
325. ert a certain number of spaces at the start of each line in the selected portion of the current file How many spaces are inserted depends on the block indent setting for the type of file you are editing You can change this setting on the Editor page in the file type configuration If the block indent setting is an integer multiple of the tab size setting and the option tab inserts spaces is off Block Indent will use tab characters instead of spaces to indent the selection If the selection spans more than one line you can also indent it by pressing Tab on the keyboard The difference between using Block Indent and the Tab key is that Block Indent uses the block indent setting while Tab uses the tab size setting to determine the amount of indent If tab inserts spaces is off pressing tab will indent the selection by inserting exactly one tab character at the beginning of each paragraph Note that if word wrap is on only the first line of each paragraph will be indented Wrapped lines are only indented along with the first line if you ve turned on Options Indent Wrapped Lines If a rectangular block is selected Block Indent works differently Instead of indenting the selected lines by inserting spaces or tabs at the start of the line it will insert the spaces immediately before the first column in the selection effectively shifting the block a number of spaces to the right Block Outdent
326. erties and scripts depending on the regular expression flavor you re using By using In it s obvious yow re matching a block and not a similarly named property or script In NET and XML you must omit the underscores but keep the hyphens in the block names E g Use p IsLatinExtended A instead of p InLatin_Extended A Perl and Java allow you to use an underscore hyphen space or nothing for each underscore or hyphen in the block s name NET and XML also compare the names case sensitively while Perl and Java do not p islatinextended a throws an error in NET while p inlatinextended a works fine in Perl and Java The JGsoft engine supports all of the above notations You can use In or Is ignore differences in upper and lower case and use spaces underscores and hyphens as you like This way you can keep using the syntax of your favorite programming language and have it work as you d expect in PowerGREP or EditPad Pro The actual names of the blocks are the same in all regular expression engines The block names are defined in the Unicode standard PCRE does not support Unicode blocks Alternative Unicode Regex Syntax Unicode is a relatively new addition to the world of regular expressions As you guessed from my explanations of different notations different regex engine designers unfortunately have different ideas about the syntax to use Perl and Java even support a few additional alterna
327. es cursor to first non whitespace character on the line Similarly pressing the End key normally moves the text cursor to the very end of the line Turning on End key places the cursor after the last non whitespace character on the line makes the first press of the End key move the cursor after the last non whitespace character requiring a second press of the End key to go to the very end of the file When you turn on Auto Indent in the Options menu or in the editor options in the file type configuration then pressing Enter to create a new line automatically duplicates all whitespace at the start of the previous line onto the new line When Auto Indent is on there are two ways in which the Backspace key can delete this whitespace at the start of a line If you turn on Backspace unindents then pressing Backspace deletes as many whitespace characters as needed to line up the cursor with the previous indentation level That is the amount of spaces used to indent the first line before the line the cursor is on that has less indentation than the horizontal position of the text cursor when you press the Backspace key So if you start with a blank file type 3 spaces type text press Enter which indents the new line by 3 spaces type 3 more spaces type text press Enter which indents the 3rd line by 6 spaces and then press Backspace then 3 spaces are deleted to line up the cursor with the first line s indentation Pressing backspace agai
328. es over the original file The Favorites and Templates menus ate completely independent You can add the same file to both File Save Saves the active file to disk overwriting the original if any without warning In Save Files Preferences you can specify if and how backup copies should be created If the active file is untitled File Save invokes File Save As File Save As Saves the active file under a new name If the active file has previously been saved the original copy will remain available If you later use File Save after using File Save As it will save under the new name as well This is indicated by the file name on the tab which changes after you use File Save As When you select File Save As a save file common dialog box will appear You can select the folder in which you want to save and type in a file name You can configure the initial folder of the save dialog in the Open Files Preferences If you do not specify an extension for the file name EditPad adds one depending on the selection you made in the filters the bottommost drop down list in the Save As dialog box If the active filter is any file no extension is added If any other filter is active the default extension for that file type will be added to the file name The default extension is the first extension listed in the Extensions setting of the file type s settings If you do specify an extension EditPad will save the file with
329. essions from online libraries or discussion forums Always test them on your own data and with your own applications 324 5 Matching a Valid Date 19 20 d d 0 1 9 1 012 1 9 12 0 9 3 01 matches a date in yyyy mm dd format from between 1900 01 01 and 2099 12 31 with a choice of four separators The anchors make sure the entire variable is a date and not a piece of text containing a date The year is matched by 19 20 d d I used alternation to allow the first two digits to be 19 or 20 The round brackets are mandatory Had I omitted them the regex engine would go looking for 19 or the remainder of the regular expression which matches a date between 2000 01 01 and 2099 12 31 Round brackets are the only way to stop the vertical bar from splitting up the entire regular expression into two options The month is matched by 1 9 1 012 again enclosed by round brackets to keep the two options together By using character classes the first option matches a number between 01 and 09 and the second matches 10 11 or 12 The last part of the regex consists of three options The first matches the numbers 01 through 09 the second 10 through 29 and the third matches 30 or 31 Smart use of alternation allows us to exclude invalid dates such as 2000 00 00 that could not have been excluded without using alternation To be really perfectionist you would have to split up the month into various options to take in
330. essions to very large strings or even entire files All regex flavors discussed here have an option to make the dot match all characters including newlines In RegexBuddy EditPad Pro or PowerGREP you simply tick the checkbox labeled dot matches newline In Perl the mode where the dot also matches newlines is called single line mode This is a bit unfortunate because it is easy to mix up this term with multi line mode Multi line mode only affects anchors and single line mode only affects the dot You can activate single line mode by adding an s after the regex code like this m regex s Other languages and regex libraries have adopted Perl s terminology When using the regex classes of the NET framework you activate this mode by specifying RegexOptions Singleline such as in Regex Match string regex RegexOptions Singleline In all programming languages and regex libraries I know activating single line mode has no effect other than making the dot match newlines So if you expose this option to your users please give it a clearer label like was done in RegexBuddy EditPad Pro and PowerGREP JavaScript and VBScript do not have an option to make the dot match line break characters In those languages you can use a character class such as s to match any character This character matches a character that is either a whitespace character including line break characters or a character that is not a whitespace c
331. esult is that turning on this option makes it much easier to edit data arranged in columns Keep Text Cursor in View While Scrolling Keep text cursor in view while scrolling determines what happens to the text cursor when you scroll the text Normally the text cursor will keep its position relative to the text when you scroll the text This may cause the text cursor to be scrolled off screen Depending on your text editing habits this may be desirable or undesirable If you allow the text cursor to be scrolled off screen it will keep its position relative to the text After scrolling you can immediately continue typing at the same position When you do so the text will be scrolled automatically to make the cursor visible again If you choose to keep the text cursor visible it will be moved to the topmost or bottommost visible line when scrolling would otherwise have made it invisible This way you can always see exactly where the text cursor is pointing to By default EditPad Pro will keep the text cursor visible when you scroll with the keyboard by pressing Ctrl Arrow Up Down or Ctrl Page Up Down but not when you scroll with the scroll bars or by rotating the mouse wheel This is how most text editors for programmers work EditPad Pro gives you the choice Most general purpose text editors do not allow keyboard scrolling at all Mouse Actions Below you can find a list of action you can carry out in the editor using the mouse
332. etter The I created line is still included on its own since it does not follow a block of changed paragraphs but an inserted one However the lines containing the numbers 3 and 7 even though they are present in both files are displayed in the middle of the changed block as if they had been changed too This way our logical structure the arrow is kept together nicely and we can instantly see what happened the arrow s direction was changed This was not at all so clear in our first comparison attempt Since you will not be comparing arrows but real documents such as source code files the minimum number of lines for a matching block can be configured for the task at hand Many source code files contain lines with nothing but a curly brace or a begin or end These lines add structure to the source and not content When comparing two versions of a piece of source these lines are likely to be matched all over the place breaking up the logical structure of the source code in the difference output If things don t look right experiment with the minimum number of lines for a matching block setting Extra Compare with File on Disk The Compare with File on Disk item in the Extra menu works just like the Compare Files item with one key difference Whereas Compare Files asks you which file you want to compare the active file with Compare with File on Disk compares the active file with the same file on disk If you
333. etters A through F to insert bytes To change some bytes without changing the length of the file press the Insert key on the keyboard to toggle between Insert and Overwrite mode In Overwrite mode the bytes you type in will replace the bytes already present in the file The right hand column shows the textual representation of each byte You can select the code page used to translate the bytes into characters in the Editor Preferences You can type characters into the text column EditPad Pro will use the selected code page to translate them into bytes If you want to see only hexadecimal representation or only the textual representation select Hexadecimal Only or ASCII only in the submenu of the Hexadecimal item in the View menu Select Hexadecimal and ASCII to restore the default Whichever mode you last selected in the submenu is used as the default next time you click the View Hexadecimal item directly If you have used View Split Editor to split the editor in two then you can select Split Hexadecimal and ASCII in the View Hexadecimal submenu to have the first half of the editor show only the hexadecimal representation and the second half of the editor only the ASCII representation If you didn t split the editor then the editor shows both the hexadecimal and ASCII representations By default the hexadecimal view groups bytes in blocks of 8 bytes and shows as many blocks of 8 bytes on one row as will fit within the width of EditPad s
334. ex lt i c s gt matches an opening XML tag without any attributes lt i c s gt matches any closing tag lt i c st i c s s A 4 5 gt matches an opening tag with any number of attributes Putting it all together lt i c s i c s s s 4 I C S gt matches either an opening tag with attributes or a closing tag Character Class Subtraction While the regex flavor it defines is quite limited the XML Schema adds a new regular expression feature not previously seen in any popular regular expression flavor character class subtraction Currently this feature is only supported by the JGsoft and NET regex engines in addition to those implementing the XML Schema standard Character class subtraction makes it easy to match any single character present in one list the character class but not present in another list the subtracted class The syntax for this is class subtract If the character after a hyphen is an opening bracket XML regular expressions interpret the hyphen as the subtraction operator rather than the range operator E g a z aeiuo matches a single letter that is not a vowel i e a single consonant Without the character class subtraction feature the only way to do this would be to list all consonants b df hj np tv z This feature is more than just a notational convenience though You can use the full character class syntax wi
335. ex engines has discarded their backtracking positions The groups function as a do not expand further roadblock The regex engine is forced to announce failure immediately Pm sure you ve noticed that each atomic group also contains an HTML tag after the lazy dot This is critical We do allow the lazy dot to backtrack until its matching HTML tag was found E g when lt body gt is processing Last paragraph lt p gt lt body gt the lt regex tokens will match lt in lt p gt However b will fail p At that point the regex engine will backtrack and expand the lazy dot to include lt p gt Since the regex engine hasn t left the atomic group yet it is free to backtrack inside the group Once lt body gt has matched and the regex engine leaves the atomic group it discards the lazy dot s backtracking positions Then it can no longer be expanded Essentially what we ve done is to bind a repeated regex token the lazy dot to match HTML content to the non repeated regex token that follows it the literal HTML tag Since anything including HTML tags can appear between the HTML tags in our regular expression we cannot use a negated character class instead of the lazy dot to prevent the delimiting HTML tags from being matched as HTML content But we can and did achieve the same result by combining each lazy dot and the HTML tag following it into an atomic group As soon as the HTML
336. executed with those options every time without showing the options screen This rule may seem to contradict the only your actual actions are recorded rule However there s a key difference between the search options and the alphabetic sort options You can set the search options in EditPad Pro s main window If you toggle a search option the option s state is recorded Therefore you can prepare the search options before playing back a macro that didn t record them You could even record a macro that does nothing but set search options The Delete Duplicate Lines command s options can only be set when you ve already told EditPad Pro to delete duplicate lines You can t prepare the options prior to executing the macro The state of options that you can prepare are not recorded by mactos since actions that change the state of options that you can prepare are recorded Commands with options that you cannot prepare record the state of the options as part of the command 91 Failed and Inconsequential Commands Are Recorded Pressing the Home key on the keyboard while the text cursor is already at the start of the line does nothing However macros still record that inconsequential key press When the macro is played back it will move the cursor to the start of the line if it isn t there already Search commands are special in EditPad Pro They can fail If you click the Find Next button and it flashes that means it fail
337. ext Moves the text cursor to the start of the next word or the end of the current line whichever is closer Ctrlt Arrow Up or Down Scrolls the text one line up or down or jump to the next paragraph your preference When scrolling the cursor moves along unless it s at the top or bottom configurable Ctrl Alt Arrow Up or Down Moves the text cursor to the previous or next occurrence of the word under the text cursor Page Up or Down Moves the text cursor up or down an entire screen Ctrl Page Up or Down Scrolls the text one screen up or down Home Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the line Can be configured to move to the first non whitespace character of the line and to the very start of the line after a second press Ctrl Home Moves the text cursor to the start of the entire text End Moves the text cursor to the end of the line Can be configured to move to the last non whitespace character of the line and to the very end of the line after a second press 226 Ctrl End Moves the text cursor to the end of the entire text Shift Movement key Moves the text cursor and expand or shrink the selection towards the new text cursor position If there was no selection one is started Pressing Ctrl as well will move the text cursor correspondingly Alt Shift Movement text The same as when Alt is not pressed except that the selection will be rectangular instead of flowing along with the text Any of the abo
338. f EditPad s Files Pm x window You can make it visible by selecting Files Panel in the View menu You can dock the panel elsewhere by dragging its caption bar or m LO E B E I its tab B aly Ar E closed txt A m The Files Panel shows a collapsible tree of the projects and files you data j have open in EditPad Pro All project nodes in the tree sit under the rae e decimal py EditPad Workspace root node Each project node contains nodes for Bs Edi aa i 4 EditPadPro ini the files in the project Depending on the options you enabled under ae _ Engine jsl the View button see below the file nodes may be grouped under ExifTool pm folder and file type nodes under project nodes too BIB geoip php E Getting Started htm Files that have unsaved changes are highlighted in bold Closed files Cial nak that are still part of managed projects are dimmed if you choose to helptip js show them at all Outside files in managed projects are shown in italics jgsoft css pa MainPro dfm The Files Panel offers several commands that you can execute via the PB MainPro pas panel s toolbar or via the right click menu The key difference between newsletter xml these commands and their equivalents that you find in EditPad Pro s R num _integral r main menu is that these commands work on the files and projects that __ outside txt you have selected in the Files Panel rather than the active project
339. f an arrow EditPad s custom pointers may not work in all situations E g some remote desktop software cannot handle them The mouse pointer may either be incorrectly displayed or simply be invisible In that case simply select one of the standard pointers which will always work Keyboard Navigation Options In some editors like Notepad pressing Arrow Left or Right moves the cursor one character left or right and cleats the selection if there is one In other editors like Wordpad pressing Arrow Left or Right while there is a selection puts the cursor on the left or right edge of the selection and then clears the selection By default EditPad behaves like Notepad If you turn on arrow Left and Right move the cursor to the other edge of the selection then EditPad behaves like Wordpad This option is only available when the persistent selections option in the Editor Preferences is off When selections are persistent the Left and Right arrow keys always move the cursor one character and never clear the selection By default pressing the Home key moves the text cursor to the very start of the line it is on This is how the Home key works traditionally In some modern editors pressing the Home key moves it to the left of the first non whitespace character of the line it is on Pressing the Home key a second time moves it to the very start of the line You can make the Home key work this way in EditPad Pro by turning on Home key mov
340. f there is no selection then the word under the cursor is used as the default search term If there is no selection and no word under the cursor then the last used search term stays in place If the preference is turned on the last used search term always stays in place The Prepare to Search command always selects the search term You can replace the search term directly by typing in a new one If the automatically turn on selection only when multiple lines of text are selected preference is turned on then the Prepare to Search command automatically turns on the Selection Only or Block search option when there is a selection that spans multiple lines When the preference is off the state of this option is unchanged 39 Search Multi Line Search Panel EditPad provides two search interfaces When used by itself the search toolbar is docked to the bottom of EditPad s window The search toolbar provides all of EditPad s search and replace commands It has two combo boxes for entering a short single line search term and replacement text r T 6 e aa a en G search M id n replace MDA aes A M a B veel a Z Regex Case Adapt Words Files Projects Closed Block Loop Line Invert D si G oi tizi F The full search panel has two large multi line edit controls for entering the search term and the replacement text It also incorporates the search toolbar with all the search and replace commands but without the two drop
341. f whether you edited those files When you release the Ctrl key after pressing Tab one or more times the tab that is activated is moved to the last position in the list of recently activated tabs So if you press Ctrl Tab and release both keys and do this repeatedly you ll be switching back and forth between two files Essentially Ctrl Tab switches between files in EditPad like Alt Tab switches between application in Windows If you turn off use most recent order when switching tabs with Ctrl Tab pressing Ctrl Tab moves through the file tabs from left to right and pressing Shift Ctrl Tab moves through file tabs from right to left Appearance By default EditPad will show images on tabs File tabs show the icon associated with the file s extension Project tabs show the Project New Project icon for unmanaged projects and the Project Managed Project icon for managed projects The tab of the active file has a different color than the other tabs If this distinction is not clear enough you can either change the tab colors as explained below or turn on active tab is taller than other tabs When this option is selected the active tab will have a larger height and a piece of background will be visible above all the other tabs Turning off this option gives the tab control a much more compact look You can also change the font and font size used for the captions shown on the tabs A bigger font is more readable but allows fewer tabs
342. failure Similarly the Find 100th Next item will skip the next 99 search matches and select match 100 41 The Find Nth Next item will ask you for the number of the match you want to find If you enter 42 EditPad will skip the next 41 search matches and highlight the 42nd Search Find Previous After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Previous button on the search toolbar or select the Find Previous item in the Search menu to find the previous search match Find Previous starts searching from the current position of the text cursor in the current file If the selection only option is on Find Previous searches until the start of the search range If all files is on Find Previous searches until the start of the file and then continues at the end of the previous file until a search match is found If all projects is on and Find Previous reaches the first file in the current project Find Previous will continue with the previous project If the search term can be found EditPad will switch to the file it was found in and select the matched text If the search term cannot be found nothing will happen except that the Previous button will briefly flash its icon to indicate it failed The Find Previous command is not available in regular expression mode Regular expressions cannot search backwards In EditPad Pro the Previous button on the search toolbar has a drop down menu Th
343. ferences in the form of amp 65535 and amp xFFFF into their actual characters If you select some text before using this command only numeric character references in the selection are replaced Otherwise all numeric character references in the file are replaced This command does not convert numeric character references that represent the characters lt gt and amp that have special meanings in XML To convert these use Convert XML Entities gt Reserved Characters The conversion will only be successful if the all the characters can be represented in the encoding used by the file If not use Convert Text Encoding to change the encoding before converting the numeric character references numeric character references that represent characters that are not supported by the file s encoding will not be converted EditPad will pop up a message to alert you when this happens Use the amp 65535 and amp xFFFF gt Characters command when you actually want to remove the numeric character references from your file Do not use this command if you have a file that is pure ASCH with numeric character references and you want to be able to see the actual characters while keeping numeric character references in the file To do that use Convert Text Encoding and select the ASCI NCR encoding This encoding makes EditPad Pro display the actual characters but keeps the numeric character references in the file If you type or paste non AS
344. fference between selecting a line with or without the line break that terminates it Appearance When you use the Fold Fold command to fold a range of lines EditPad Pro indicates those with a plus button in the left margin When you use Fold Unfold the plus will change into a minus and a vertical line will appear next to the range of lines Automatic folding points also appear this way If you find the vertical lines distracting you can disable them Then only the plus or minus buttons will appear You may prefer this style if you only work with automatic folding ranges that span logical blocks that are obvious from the file s content 163 Cursors Preferences On the Cursors tab in the Preferences screen you can configure the appearance of EditPad s mouse pointer You can also configure how EditPad responds to the navigational keys on the keyboard The appearance of the text cursor blinking vertical bar cannot be set in the Preferences That can be set in the text layout configuration because EditPad s text cursor can indicate text direction Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Files Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts System Mouse pointer shape and style Mouse pointer colors E inside Standard I beam Thin I beam i O Thick I beam C Outside Dual color I beam Exampi Standard arrow Mouse over here Dual color arrow in tact the
345. fice It s far more likely that John forgot to type in the com top level domain rather than having just created a new office top level domain without ICANN s permission This shows another trade off do you want the regex to check if the top level domain exists My regex doesn t Any combination of two to four letters will do which covers all existing and planned top level domains except museum But it will match addresses with invalid top level domains like 322 asdf asdf asdf By not being overly strict about the top level domain I don t have to update the regex each time a new top level domain is created whether it s a country code or generic domain A Z0 9 _ A Z0 9 A Z 2 com org net edu gov mil biz info mobi name aero asia jobs museum could be used to allow any two letter country code top level domain and only specific generic top level domains By the time you read this the list might already be out of date If you use this regular expression I recommend you store it in a global constant in your application so you only have to update it in one place You could list all country codes in the same manner even though there are almost 200 of them Email addresses can be on servers on a subdomain e g john server department company com All of the above regexes will match this email address because I included a dot in the character class after the symbol However the above regexes wil
346. figuration screen will appear The screen is divided into two parts At the left hand you ll see a list of currently defined file types At the right hand are four tabs that hold the settings for the file type that s currently selected in the list at the left To change a file type s settings simply click on it in the list and make the changes you want Hold down the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple file types Any changes you make are applied to all selected file types To create a new file type click the New button below the list and set the options as you want them To delete a file type click on it and click the Delete button The order of the file types matters The order you give them in the configuration screen is the order they ll have in any drop down list showing the available file types If a file matches the file mask of more than one file type EditPad will use the bottommost file type in the list with a matching mask for that file Place file types with more specific file masks below those with more general file masks The unspecified file type file type is the most general one and always sits at the top of the list The other file types defined in EditPad s default setting have no overlap in their file masks so their order doesn t matter Theyre ordered alphabetically by default If you edit the file masks of the predefined file types or add your own file types you may have to reorder them if the file masks of two fil
347. file If you turn off word wrapping then each paragraph is displayed as one line The number of lines is not indicated in the statistics because it varies with word wrapping Number of words indicates the number of sequences of letters and digits separated by sequences of non letters A sequence consisting of a single letter or digit is also considered a word A letter or digit is any character that is matched by the character class w in regular expressions This includes letters digits and underscores in all scripts You can test what EditPad Pro considers a letter by picking Search Prepare to Search from the menu typing w into the search box turning on the option regular expressions and clicking the Search button To search for words use w slash lowercase w plus instead Number of characters indicates the number of printable characters This includes all characters except spaces tabs line breaks and other control characters Total number of characters counts all characters including whitespace line breaks and control characters Extra Project Statistics Like Extra Statistics Project Statistics will create a new tab with statistics It will compute the same statistics but for all files in the current project rather than the current file only The order of the files in the statistics is the same order as in which they are arranged in EditPad Pro s tabs If you want the files to be
348. files in EditPad Pro The copy move and delete commands in the Explorer Panel work on the files that you ve selected in the Explorer panel rather than the files you have opened in EditPad Pro By default the Explorer Panel shows a tree of all drives folders and files on your computer Since the list of files may be too long to work comfortably you can apply various filters to make the Explorer Panel show only those files you re interested in Open If you ve selected one or more files the Open button will open those files into the current project just like File Open would do If you ve selected one or more folders the Open button will open all files in all the selected folders and all the subfolders of the selected folders However only files passing the Explorer Panel s filter will be opened since those are the only files visible in the Explorer Panel Save into Folder This command is identical to the File Save As command except that 210 Explorer 7 EBEE st RB By Desktop A 28 Homegroup B Jan a JM This PC k Desktop F Documents jp Downloads m Music Pictures B Videos e Floppy Disk Drive A 4 iy WINDOWS 8 1 C 4 ad My Documents d history 2 acetext _ acetext20 xsd Batch File Output _ Binary Files epp _ Bitstream Vera Sans M Build Output E Build calc cpp v Filter Show any type of file v ASP web page Show files modified at any time
349. focus 204 keyboard preferences 183 keyboard shortcuts 183 225 keystroke macros 89 91 92 93 keywords 330 KOIB 109 lazy 269 better alternative 269 leftmost match 250 left to right 124 132 letter 280 see word character lex 250 LF 112 line 51 258 begin 258 duplicate 330 end 258 not meeting a condition 328 prepend 259 line break 249 287 line break style 137 line breaks 114 line breaks gt wrapping 114 line by line 51 line feed 249 line lengths 113 line numbers 134 141 line separator 280 line spacing 114 115 line terminator 249 lines 24 57 63 74 76 97 107 121 Linux 112 137 list all matches 45 literal characers 248 live spell check 95 live spelling 144 locale 307 locking files 170 lookahead 294 lookaround 294 many conditions in one regex 298 lookbehind 295 limitations 295 loop 51 loop automatically 51 lower 309 lower case 109 lowercase 55 lowercase letter 280 m see word boundary Macintosh 113 137 macros 89 91 92 93 macros menu 89 mail 12 188 mail as attachment 14 managed project 28 many conditions in one regex 298 margins 134 mark 72 73 280 match 246 match mode 287 match placeholders 54 matching bracket 23 matching brackets 57 144 mathematical symbol 280 menu 237 merge 101 merging files 101 metacharacters 248 in a character class 252 milestones 221 mode modifier 287 mode span 288 modifier 287 modifier span
350. for files Most recently used folder V Folder containing the active file O Specific folder Folder containing the active project C Users lan Documents Folder to use for Open and Save dialog boxes for projects Most recently used folder M Folder containing the active project C Users Jan Documents Locking and reloading files C Lock files being edited in EditPad preventing other applications from writing to them Automatically reload the active file if it was modified on disk C Automatically reload all files in the active project that were modified on disk C Always prompt before reloading files from disk even if the files weren t modified in EditPad C Only reload local files automatically do not check whether network files were modified on disk Huge files Huge file threshold gt megabytes Folder to Use for Open and Save Dialog Boxes You can select if the file selection dialog boxes that appear when you want to open or save a file First you can choose which folder is the default when you do not have any file or project open in EditPad or when the active file or project is untitled The default folder can either be the last folder you opened a file from or saved a file into or it can be a specific folder such as your My Documents folder In addition to specifying the default folder you can choose if the folder containing the active project o
351. for projects below the editing area instead of above it Appearance Location of the close button M Show images on tabs Don t show dose button Y Active tab is taller than other tabs Show dose button on the tab control M Insert new tabs after the active tab Font Font size T Segoe UI Show dose button on each tab Show dose button on the active tab Tabs for Files and Projects EditPad Pro can display up to two rows of tabs One row for files and another row for projects The file tabs will only show the files in the active project Switching between project tabs also switches between the files active in those projects Tabs are very convenient when working with a relatively small sets of files When working with hundreds or even thousands of files EditPad Pro s Files Panel is a more appropriate tool If you prefer to use the Files 177 Panel you can disable the tabs to save screen space By default EditPad always shows the tabs for files but only shows the tabs for projects when you have more than one project open Pressing Ctrl Tab on the keyboard switches between file tabs If you turn on use most recent order when switching tabs with Ctrl Tab then pressing Tab repeatedly while holding down Ctrl moves back through tabs you ve previously activated in reverse order Unlike the Go Back in Edited Files Ctrlt Tab remembers all tabs you ve activated regardless o
352. g A new selection is created from the point where you double clicked until the point where you release it If the selection starts and or ends in the middle of a word the selection will be expanded to include the words at the start and or end entirely Shift Double click drag Expands or shrinks the selection like Shift Left double click but then the text cursor is moved and the selection adjusted until you release the mouse button Words at the edge of the adjusted selection will be selected entirely Left triple click Moves the text cursor to the spot where you clicked Selects the line that you clicked on entirely even when selections are persistent Shift Left triple click Moves the text cursor and expands or shrinks the selection just like Shiftt Left single click does In addition if the selection starts and or ends in the middle of a line the selection will be expanded to include the partially selected lines entirely 167 Left triple click drag A new selection is created from the point where you triple clicked until the point where you release it If the selection starts and or ends in the middle of a line the selection will be expanded to include the partially selected lines entirely Shiftt Triple click drag Expands or shrinks the selection like Shift Left triple click but then the text cursor is moved and the selection adjusted until you release the mouse button Lines part of the adjusted selection will be selected entirely
353. g to an entire file takes up too much time and memory for very large files For files larger than the huge files threshold set in the Open Files Preferences EditPad Pro automatically disables syntax coloring schemes that require the entire file to be processed If you selected such a scheme in the syntax coloring scheme drop down list you can select an alternative scheme in the syntax coloring scheme for huge files drop down list This second list only shows schemes that do not highlight anything that might span more than one line This means the scheme only needs to process the visible part of the file It can instantly apply syntax coloring to files of any size Some of the syntax coloring schemes supplied with EditPad Pro come in two versions one if which is marked fast The regular scheme supports the full syntax of the programming language or file format it is intended for but cannot be used with huge files The fast scheme does not highlight things that span multiple lines and works with files of any size For example the XML scheme handles the full XML syntax The XML fast scheme highlights everything except comments and CDATA sections that span multiple lines If a scheme supplied with EditPad Pro is available for huge files and is not marked fast that means that the scheme handles the full syntax of the programming language or file format that it is intended for For example batch files themselves are line based so
354. ge and you use the regex it ll match R when you search through a Latin 2 text file The application would duly display this as A on the screen because it s using the wrong code page This problem is not really specific to regular expressions You ll encounter it any time you re working with files and applications that use different 8 bit encodings So when working with 8 bit data open the actual data you re working with in a hex editor See the bytes being used and specify those in your regular expression Where it gets really hairy is if you re processing Unicode files with an 8 bit engine Let s go back to our text file with just a euro symbol When saved as little endian UTF 16 called Unicode on Windows an 8 bit regex engine will see two bytes AC 20 remember that little endian reverses the bytes When saved as UTF 8 which has no endianness our 8 bit engine will see three bytes E2 82 AC You d need xE2 x82 xAC to match the euro symbol in an UTF 8 file with an 8 bit regex engine Part 4 Regular Expression Reference 345 346 1 Basic Syntax Reference Characters Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Character Description Example Any character except All characters
355. ghlighter An individual color that uses default as its background color and a specific color as its text color gives the appearance of color coded text with a transparent background An individual color that has specific text and background colors will appear opaque An individual color that has both text and background set to default is effectively disabled If you want to use exactly the same color for two items and those items are not related via the default mechanism then first select the item that already has the color you want Click on the Background Color or Text Color button to show the color picker Observe whether the More button appears flat or depressed If it is flat observe which of the squares above the More button has an enclosing bevel If the More button is depressed observe whether one of the small hexagons that make up the large color hexagon is surrounded by a thick border If there is obsetve its location as well as the location of the small triangle next to the vertical grayscale bar If there is not observe whether one of the black gray or white hexagons below the color hexagon is marked If there is none make note of the RGB numbers Making note of the RGB numbers works for all colors but observing which rectangle or which hexagon is selected is probably faster once you understand the way the color picker works After observing the color click on the item in the list that should have the same color The
356. gle space or deletes multiple spaces to go back to the previous level of indentation The backspace unindents option in the Cursor Preferences determines this Note that auto indent is a file type specific setting in EditPad If you change the setting through the Options menu or the toolbar it is applied to the active file only If you create a new file or open an existing one the setting made in File Type Editor Options for the type of file you are creating or opening will be used Also when you use File Save As and you save the file with a new extension then the setting for the current file will change into what you specified in File Types Preferences for the file type that corresponds with the file s new extension Options Line Numbers Turn on Options Lines Numbers to have EditPad display a number before each line in the left margin In File Type Editor Options you can indicate if you want visible lines or physical lines to be numbered This setting cannot be changed in the Options menu Note that lines numbers is a file type specific setting in EditPad If you change the setting through the Options menu or the toolbar it is applied to the active file only If you create a new file or open an existing one the setting made in File Type Editor Options for the type of file you are creating or opening will be used Also when you use File Save As and you save the file with a new extension then the setting for the cur
357. guages that don t support all of the above four are JavaScript and Ruby Some regex flavors also have additional modes or options that have single letter equivalents These are very implementation dependent Most tools that support regular expressions have checkboxes or similar controls that you can use to turn these modes on or off Most programming languages allow you to pass option flags when constructing the regex object E g in Perl m regex i turns on case insensitivity while Pattern compile regex Pattern CASE_INSENSITIVE does the same in Java Specifying Modes Inside The Regular Expression Sometimes the tool or language does not provide the ability to specify matching options E g the handy String matches method in Java does not take a parameter for matching options like Pattern compile does In that situation you can add a mode modifier to the start of the regex E g 1 turns on case insensitivity while ism turns on all three options Turning Modes On and Off for Only Part of The Regular Expression Modern regex flavors allow you to apply modifiers to only part of the regular expression If you insert the modifier ism in the middle of the regex the modifier only applies to the part of the regex to the right of the modifier You can turn off modes by preceding them with a minus sign All modes after the minus sign will be turned off E g 1 sm turns on case insensitivity and turns off both single line mode and
358. h At this point the entire regex has matched the empty string and the engine reports success 261 Caution for Programmers A regular expression such as all by itself can indeed match after the string If you would query the engine for the character position it would return the length of the string if string indices are zero based or the length 1 if string indices are one based in your programming language If you would query the engine for the length of the match it would return zero What you have to watch out for is that String Regex MatchPosition may cause an access violation or segmentation fault because MatchPosition can point to the void after the string This can also happen with y and if the last character in the string is a newline 262 7 Word Boundaries The metacharacter b is an anchor like the caret and the dollar sign It matches at a position that is called a word boundary This match is zero length There are three different positions that qualify as word boundaries e Before the first character in the string if the first character is a word character e After the last character in the string if the last character is a word character e Between two characters in the string where one is a word character and the other is not a word character Simply put b allows you to perform a whole words only search using a regular expression in the form of bword b A word charact
359. h so far is reduced to lt EM gt first lt EM gt te But gt still cannot match So the engine continues backtracking until the match of is reduced to EM gt first lt EM Now gt can match the next character in the string The last token in the regex has been matched The engine reports that lt EM gt first lt EM gt has been successfully matched Remember that the regex engine is eager to return a match It will not continue backtracking further to see if there is another possible match It will report the first valid match it finds Because of greediness this is the leftmost longest match Laziness Instead of Greediness The quick fix to this problem is to make the plus zy instead of greedy Lazy quantifiers are sometimes also called ungteedy or reluctant You can do that by putting a question markbehind the plus in the regex You can do the same with the star the curly braces and the question mark itself So our example becomes lt gt Let s have another look inside the regex engine Again lt matches the first lt in the string The next token is the dot this time repeated by a lazy plus This tells the regex engine to repeat the dot as few times as possible The minimum is one So the engine matches the dot with E The requirement has been met and the engine continues with gt and M This fails Again the engine will backtrack But this time the backtrac
360. haracter Since all characters are either whitespace or non whitespace this character class matches any character Use The Dot Sparingly The dot is a very powerful regex metacharacter It allows you to be lazy Put in a dot and everything will match just fine when you test the regex on valid data The problem is that the regex will also match in cases where it should not match If you are new to regular expressions some of these cases may not be so obvious at first I will illustrate this with a simple example Let s say we want to match a date in mm dd yy format but we want to leave the user the choice of date separators The quick solution is d d d d d d Seems fine at first It will match a date like 02 12 03 just fine Trouble is 02512703 is also considered a valid date by 257 this regular expression In this match the first dot matched 5 and the second matched 7 Obviously not what we intended d d d d d d is a better solution This regex allows a dash space dot and forward slash as date separators Remember that the dot is not a metacharacter inside a character class so we do not need to escape it with a backslash This regex is still far from perfect It matches 99 99 99 as a valid date 1 d 0 3 d d d is a step ahead though it will still match 19 39 99 How perfect you want your regex to be depends on what you want to do with it If you are valid
361. hat o matches o l matches 1 and another o matches 0 Then the engine checks whether u matches n This fails However the question mark tells the regex engine that failing to match u is acceptable Therefore the engine will skip ahead to the next regex token r But this fails to match n as well Now the engine can only conclude that the entire regular expression cannot be matched starting at the c in colonel Therefore the engine starts again trying to match cC to the first o in colonel After a series of failures c will match with the c in color and o l and o match the following characters Now the engine checks whether u matches r This fails Again no problem The question mark allows the engine to continue with r This matches r and the engine reports that the regex successfully matched color in our string 268 10 Repetition with Star and Plus I already introduced one repetition operator or quantifier the question mark It tells the engine to attempt to match the preceding token zero times or once in effect making it optional The asterisk or star tells the engine to attempt to match the preceding token zero or more times The plus tells the engine to attempt to match the preceding token once or more lt A Za z A Za z0 9 gt matches an HTML tag without any attributes The sharp brackets are literals The fir
362. hat isn t used yet in the active project If all 10 numbered bookmarks have been set the Set Any Bookmark command sets a numberless bookmark You can place as many numberless bookmarks as you like Numberless bookmarks cannot be jumped to directly with the Go to Bookmark X commands You can jump to them with the Go to Next Bookmark and Go to Previous Bookmark commands Unlike the Set Bookmark X commands the Set Any Bookmark command never removes a bookmark from another location It always sets a new bookmark if the line the cursor is on doesn t have a bookmark yet If the line the cursor is on does have a bookmark that bookmark is removed and no new bookmark is set Using Set Any Bookmark again on a line that already has a numberless bookmark is the only way to remove individual numberless bookmarks Though bookmarks are shown in the left margin they are placed at character positions Bookmarks stay with the character they were placed at when you edit the file If you delete the character the bookmark shifts to the nearest remaining character Bookmarks are not saved into a file when you use File Save EditPad Pro does automatically remember the bookmarks you set for all files that are listed in the reopen menu and all files you added to your favorites Projects also store the bookmarks for all the files in the project When opening files by opening a project the files bookmarks are restored from the project file When opening a file wit
363. hat no longer has this problem EditPad has a built in user forum that allows you to easily communicate with other EditPad users If you re having a technical problem with EditPad you re likely not the only one The problem may have already been discussed on the forums So search there first and you may get an immediate answer If you don t see your issue discussed feel free to start a new conversation in the forum Other EditPad users will soon chime in probably even before a Just Great Software technical support person sees it However if you have purchased EditPad you are entitled to free technical support via email To request technical support send an email to support editpadlite com if you re using EditPad Lite or support editpadpro com if you re using EditPad Pro You can expect to receive a reply by the next business day For instant gratification try the forums Feature Requests and Other Feedback If you have any comments about EditPad good or bad suggestions for improvements please do not hesitate to send them to our technical support department Or better yet post them to the forum so other EditPad users can add their vote While we cannot implement each and every user wish we do take all feedback into account when developing new versions of our software Customer feedback is an essential part of Just Great Software Help Create Portable Installation The Create Portable Installation item in the Help menu makes it
364. he backup folder in Windows Explorer the backup file s date will show the November 27 modification date The backup date indicates the date that the backup copy was made In the example above that would be December 1st If you right click on the file in Windows Explorer and select properties the file s creation date will indicate the date the backup copy was made Compare Select one of the backup copies and click the Compare button to show the differences between the backup copy and the state the file currently has in EditPad Pro You will be asked for the same file comparison options used by Extra Compare Files The backup copy will be highlighted as the old file and the file you re editing in EditPad pro as the new file To compare two backup copies with each other first open the younger copy of the two Then select the older copy and click the Compare button The backup copy you ve opened in EditPad Pro will always be highlighted as the new file because it takes the role of the file you re currently editing Therefore you should open the younger copy of the two you want to compare This will avoid confusion as to which is which When the active tab has file comparison highlights the File History will show the full paths of the files that were compared along with their colors The color for the original file or the old file is used to highlight 222 lines only present in that file The color fo
365. he default text editor at startup C Erase all history lists that may be remembering private information when quitting EditPad Pro View in web browser Use default web browser Use the following command to start the browser Double dicking highlighted FTP links Connect using EditPad s built in FTP Launch default FTP dient O Launch a specific FTP dient Maximum amount of memory to use for undo and redo 15 MB per file System Integration If Show EditPad icon next to the system clock in the notification area is activated a green EditPad icon will be visible next to the system clock this area is called the notification area when EditPad is running When you close EditPad in this situation it will not really close but only hide itself so the system tray icon remains visible You can then make EditPad quickly reappear by clicking on the system tray icon You can right click on it to quickly start with a new file or open an existing one To completely shut down EditPad select File Exit in the menu 194 Turn off this option to make EditPad behave like a regular Windows program When the Show EditPad icon next to the system clock in the notification area option is activated you can choose if you want EditPad s button on the taskbar to hide or not when you minimize EditPad by marking or clearing Hide taskbar button when minimizing EditPad No
366. he file type to the proper Unicode encoding or turn on the option to auto detect UTF 8 and UTF 16 files without a byte order marker To auto detect UTF 8 files EditPad Pro checks if the file contains any bytes with the high order bit set values 0x80 through OxFP If it does and all the values define valid UTF 8 sequences the file is treated as a UTF 8 file The chances of a normal text document written in a Windows code page being incorrectly detected as UTF 8 are practically zero Note that files containing only English text are indistinguishable from UTF 8 when encoded in any Windows DOS or ISO 8859 code page This is one of the design goals of UTF 8 These files contain no bytes with the high order bit set EditPad Pro will use the file type s default code page for such files This makes no difference as long as you don t add text in a language that doesn t use the English alphabet Reading a UTF 16 file as if it was encoded with a Windows code page will cause every other character in the file to appear as a NULL character These will show up as squares or spaces in EditPad EditPad can detect this situation in many cases and read the file as UTF 16 However for files containing genuine NULL characters you may need to turn off the option to detect UTF 8 and UTF 16 files without the byte order marker Some file formats consist of pure ASCII with non ASCII characters represented by Unicode escapes in the form of UFFFF or by numeric cha
367. he inner loop 4 times and the outer loop 7 times results in the same overall match as repeating the inner loop 6 times and the outer loop 2 times you can be sure that the regex engine will try all those combinations 334 In our example the solution is to be more exact about what we want to match We want to match 11 comma delimited fields The fields must not contain comma s So the regex becomes r n 11 P If the P cannot be found the engine will still backtrack But it will backtrack only 11 times and each time the r n is not able to expand beyond the comma forcing the regex engine to the previous one of the 11 iterations immediately without trying further options See the Difference with RegexBuddy If you try this example with RegexBuddy s debugger you will see that the original regex 11 P needs 29 685 steps to conclude there regex cannot match 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 If the string is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 just 3 characters more the number of steps doubles to 60 313 It s not too hard to imagine that at this kind of exponential rate attempting this regex on a large file with long lines could easily take forever Qa Test 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 The regular expression does not match the test subject 335 Our improved regex r n 11 P however needs just forty eight steps to fail whether the subject string has 12 numbers 13 numbers
368. he previous match result only when you do not move the text cursor between two searches All in all this makes a lot of sense in the context of a text editor G Magic with Perl In Perl the position where the last match ended is a magical value that is remembered separately for each string variable The position is not associated with any regular expression This means that you can use G to make a regex continue in a subject string where another regex left off If a match attempt fails the stored position for G is reset to the start of the string To avoid this specify the continuation modifier c All this is very useful to make several regular expressions work together E g you could parse an HTML file in the following fashion while string m lt g if string m GB gt c Bold elsif string m GI gt c Italics else etC The regex in the while loop searches for the tag s opening bracket and the regexes inside the loop check which tag we found This way you can parse the tags in the file in the order they appear in the file without having to write a single big regex that matches all tags you are interested in 301 G in Other Programming Languages This flexibility is not available with most other programming languages E g in Java the position for G is remembered by the Matcher object The Matcher is strictly associated with a single regular expression and a si
369. he regex engine find a c immediately followed by an a immediately followed by a t Note that regex engines are case sensitive by default cat does not match Cat unless you tell the regex engine to ignore differences in case Special Characters Because we want to do more than simply search for literal pieces of text we need to reserve certain characters for special use In the regex flavors discussed in this tutorial there are 11 characters with special meanings the opening square bracket the backslash the caret the dollar sign the period or dot the vertical bar or pipe symbol the question mark the asterisk or star the plus sign the opening round bracket and the closing round bracket These special characters are often called metacharacters If you want to use any of these characters as a literal in a regex you need to escape them with a backslash If you want to match 1 1 2 the correct regex is 1 1 2 Otherwise the plus sign will have a special meaning Note that 1 1 2 with the backslash omitted is a valid regex So you will not get an error message But it will not match 1 1 2 It would match 111 2 in 123 111 234 due to the special meaning of the plus character If you forget to escape a special character where its use is not allowed such as in 1 then you will get an error message Most r
370. head failed Because the lookahead is negative this means that the lookahead has successfully matched at the current position At this point the entire regex has matched and q is returned as the match Let s try applying the same regex to quit qy matches q The next token is the u inside the lookahead The next character is the u These match The engine advances to the next character i However it is done with the regex inside the lookahead The engine notes success and discards the regex match This qa 9 causes the engine to step back in the string to u 295 Because the lookahead is negative the successful match inside it causes the lookahead to fail Since there are no other permutations of this regex the engine has to start again at the beginning Since q cannot match anywhere else the engine reports failure Let s take one more look inside to make sure you understand the implications of the lookahead Let s apply q u i to quit I have made the lookahead positive and put a token after it Again q matches q and u matches u Again the match from the lookahead must be discarded so the engine steps back from i in the string to u The lookahead was successful so the engine continues with i But i cannot match u So this match attempt fails All remaining attempts will fail as well because there are no mote q s in the stri
371. hen you want to save an untitled project or you want to create a new copy of a previously saved project There is no need to repeatedly save projects under the same name to prevent losing changes like you would do with files EditPad Pro always saves project files automatically when the state of the project changes as soon as you ve saved the project once to give it a file name Project Save All Files in Project Rapidly performs a File Save for each open file in the current project 27 For untitled files File Save As is invoked If you click on Cancel in the save as dialog box the save all function will not save any further files either Project Open Folder Select Open Folder from the Project menu to open all files or files of a certain type from a particular folder Pictures Videos gt Floppy Disk Drive A 4 ia WINDOWS 8 1 C i My Documents i b PerfLogs gt Program Files s D Users Windows Oo PERE through subfolders Files to be opened from the selected folder Al files Files of type Text document O File mask txt O Regular expression txtS How to open the files V Create new project M Open the files V Add the files to the project oe You can type in the path to the folder containing the files you want to open into the drop down list at the top If you have recently opened files from this folder you can select it from the drop down list EditPad
372. hind But I digress I did not yet explain how character classes work inside the regex engine Let us take a look at that first Looking Inside The Regex Engine As I already said the order of the characters inside a character class does not matter gr ae y will match grey in Is his hair grey or gray because that is the efimost match We already saw how the engine applies a regex consisting only of literal characters Below I will explain how it applies a regex that has more than one permutation That is gr ae y can match both gray and grey Nothing noteworthy happens for the first twelve characters in the string The engine will fail to match g at every step and continue with the next character in the string When the engine arrives at the 13th character g is matched The engine will then try to match the remainder of the regex with the text The next token in the regex is the literal r which matches the next character in the text So the third token ae is attempted at the next character in the text e The character class gives the engine two options match a or match e It will first attempt to match a and fail But because we are using a regex directed engine it must continue trying to match all the other permutations of the regex pattern before deciding that the regex cannot be matched with the text starting at character 13 So it will continue with the other option
373. hing specific numeric ranges requires a bit of extra care Matching a Floating Point Number Also illustrates the common mistake of making everything in a regular expression optional Matching an Email Address There s a lot of controversy about what is a proper regex to match email addresses It s a perfect example showing that you need to know exactly what you re trying to match and what not and that there s always a trade off between regex complexity and accuracy Matching Valid Dates A regular expression that matches 31 12 1999 but not 31 13 1999 Finding or Verifying Credit Card Numbers Validate credit card numbers entered on your order form Find credit card numbers in documents for a security audit Matching Complete Lines Shows how to match complete lines in a text file rather than just the part of the line that satisfies a certain requirement Also shows how to match lines in which a particular regex does not match Removing Duplicate Lines or Items Illustrates simple yet clever use of capturing parentheses or backreferences Regex Examples for Processing Source Code How to match common programming language syntax such as comments strings numbers etc Two Words Near Each Other Shows how to use a regular expression to emulate the near operator that some tools have Common Pitfalls Catastrophic Backtracking If your regular expression seems to take forever or simply crashes your application it has likel
374. hoice if you want columns of mixed ASCII and ideographic text to line up perfectly e Complex script left to right Supports text in any language including complex scripts e g Indic scripts and right to left scripts Hebrew Arabic Choose this for editing text that is written from left to right perhaps mixed with an occasional word or phrase written from right to left e Complex script right to left For writing text in scripts such as Hebrew or Arabic that are written from right to left perhaps mixed with an occasional word or phrase written from left to right e Monospaced complex left to right Like complex script left to right but using monospaced fonts for as many scripts as possible Text is not forced to be monospaced so columns may not line up perfectly e Monospaced complex right to left Like complex script right to left but using monospaced fonts for as many scripts as possible Text is not forced to be monospaced so columns may not line up perfectly Selected Text Layout Configuration The section in the upper right corner provides a box to type in the name of the text layout configuration This name is only used to help you identify it in selection lists when you have prepared more than one text layout configuration In the Example box you can type in some text to see how the selected text layout configuration causes the editor to behave Text Layout and Direction e Complex script predominantly left to rig
375. hor The author of the scheme If you have comments or suggestions about a particular file navigation scheme you should contact this person e Added The date the scheme was first added to the list of available schemes e Updated The date the scheme was last updated e Installed Indicates whether this scheme is installed on your computer or not If you click the Install button EditPad Pro will immediately download the scheme and save it into the APPDATA JGsoft EditPad Pro 7 folder Click the Update button to download a scheme that you already installed again If you click the Uninstall button EditPad Pro will delete the scheme from your computer when you close the window for downloading custom syntax coloring schemes If you are behind a proxy server and EditPad Pro is unable to detect your proxy settings you can change them by clicking the Settings button Using File Navigation Schemes After downloading a file navigation scheme it is of automatically put to use All the schemes that you downloaded will be listed in the File Navigation Scheme drop down list in the Navigation file type settings They will appear in alphabetic order among the schemes that ship with EditPad Pro This drop down list is shown in the screen shot below To use one of the schemes create or edit a file type and select the coloring scheme you want from the File Navigation Scheme drop down list File Navigation Scheme Editor With the File Navigation
376. hould be written as xx y to match exactly the same without those terribly nested quantifiers just assume that each x represents something more complex with certain strings being matched by both x See the section on HTML files below for a real example Let s see what happens when you apply this regex to xxxxxxxxxxy The first x will match all 10 x characters The second x fails The first x then backtracks to 9 matches and the second one picks up the remaining x The group has now matched once The group repeats but fails at the first x Since one repetition was sufficient the group matches y matches y and an overall match is found The regex is declared functional the code is shipped to the customer and his computer explodes Almost The above regex turns ugly when the y is missing from the subject string When y fails the regex engine backtracks The group has one iteration it can backtrack into The second x matched only one x so it can t backtrack But the first x can give up one x The second x promptly matches xx The group again has one iteration fails the next one and the y fails Backtracking again the second x now has one backtracking position reducing itself to match x The group tries a second iteration The first x matches but the second is stuck at the end of the string Backtracking again the first x
377. hout opening a project its bookmarks are retrieved from the reopen menu or the favorites if the file is listed there even if you didn t use the reopen menu or the favorites menu to open the file 72 Mark Project Wide Bookmarks By default bookmarks are separate for each file You can use Mark Set Bookmark X to set the same bookmark in each file Mark Go to Bookmark X will only jump to bookmarks in the current file The Mark menu will list the bookmarks for the current file If you select the Project Wide Bookmarks item in the Mark menu to make bookmarks project wide you will only have one set of 10 numbered bookmarks for all files in the current project The Mark menu will show the bookmarks for the current project If you set a bookmark that bookmark will be set at the position of the text cursor in the current file and removed from all other files in the project When jumping to a numbered bookmark all the files in the current project will be searched through to find the bookmark The file it was found in will be activated If you set the same bookmark in multiple files in the project with project wide bookmarks turned off and then turn on project wide bookmarks nothing will happen initially The bookmark will remain set in all the files it is set in If you try to jump to the bookmark and it exists in the current file EditPad Pro will jump to the bookmark in the current file If not it will search through the files in the project a
378. hs Unfortunately the JDK 1 4 and 1 5 have some bugs when you use alternation inside lookbehind These were fixed in JDK 1 6 The only regex engines that allow you to use a full regular expression inside lookbehind including infinite repetition are the JGsoft engine and the NET framework RegEx classes Finally flavors like JavaScript Ruby and Tcl do not support lookbehind at all even though they do support lookahead Lookaround Is Atomic The fact that lookaround is zero width automatically makes it atomic As soon as the lookaround condition is satisfied the regex engine forgets about everything inside the lookaround It will not backtrack inside the lookaround to try different permutations The only situation in which this makes any difference is when you use capturing groups inside the lookaround Since the regex engine does not backtrack into the lookaround it will not try different permutations of the capturing groups For this reason the regex d w 1 will never match 123x12 First the lookaround captures 123 into 1 w then matches the whole string and backtracks until it matches only 1 Finally w fails since 1 cannot be matched at any position Now the regex engine has nothing to backtrack to and the overall regex fails The backtracking steps created by d have been discarded It never gets to the point where the lookahead captures only 12 297 Obviously the
379. ht Text is written from left to right and can be mixed with text written from right to left Choose this for complex scripts such as the Indic scripts or for text in any language that mixes in the occasional word or phrase in a right to left or complex script e Complex script predominantly right to left Text is written from right to left and can be mixed with text written from left to right Choose this for writing text in scripts written from right to left such as Hebrew or Arabic e Left to right only Text is always written from left to right Complex scripts and right to left scripts are not supported Choose this for best performance for editing text in European languages and ideographic languages Chinese Japanese Korean that is written from left to right without exception e Monospaced left to right only Text is always written from left to right and is forced to be monospaced Complex scripts and right to left scripts are not supported Each character is given the same horizontal width even if the font specifies different widths for different characters This guarantees columns to be lined up perfectly To keep the text readable you should choose a monospaced font 127 e ASCII characters with full ideographic width You can choose this option in combination with any of the four preceding options In most fonts ASCII characters English letters digits and punctuation are about half the width of ideographs This option substitutes
380. ies should be installed C Users Jan AppData Roaming JGsoft Dictionaries Available dictionaries Language op Install pd Uninstall Francais Greek Italiano Nederlands Norsk Bokmal Polski Portugu s Portugu s Brasil Portugu s Portugal Romanian I din A Romanian I din I Russian Slovak Suomi Svenska Ukrainian no no no no YES no no no no no no YES no no no no no no no no no no no no If you want you can choose the folder into which the dictionaries should be installed If you specify a folder that does not exist EditPad Pro will create it All dictionaries must be installed into the same folder If you already installed some dictionaries and then install another dictionary into a different folder EditPad Pro will move the previously installed dictionaries to the new folder To install a dictionary click on the language you want in the list and click the Install button EditPad Pro will then automatically download the dictionary and install it into the folder you specified A progress meter will appear while downloading You can have as many dictionaries installed as you want There is no need to uninstall dictionaries However if you want you can select a language and click the Uninstall button to delete a spell check dictionary 97 If you are behind a proxy server and EditPad Pro is unable to detect your proxy settings you can change them by clicking the Se
381. if you want one view to display the hexadecimal representation and the other view the ASCII representation after using View Split Editor If the editor is not split there is no difference between the split hexadecimal and ASCII and hexadecimal and ASCII choices 141 File Type Editor Options On the Editor Options tab in the file types configuration screen you indicate the default editor options for each file type Most of these options can be changed for individual files via the Options menu The Options menu only affects a single file The file type configuration sets the default Definition Encoding Editor Options Colors and Syntax Navigation Text Layout font text direction cursor word selection spacing etc Default text layout Layout for opposite text direction Left to right Edit Complex script right toteft v Edit Line and Column Numbers C Show line numbers L Show column numbers C Count physical lines only ignore wrapped lines Vertical rulers to the left of specific columns Word Wrap Do not wrap long lines Wrap long lines at the edge of EditPad s window Wrap long lines at a specific line length 72 C Wrapped lines should maintain indentation Tabs and Indentation C Pressing Tab inserts spaces instead of tab characters C Automatically indent new lines when pressing Enter Tab size in spaces 8 te Indentation size in
382. ight only in the text layout and direction list You can specify a positive value to increase the character or column width or a negative value to decrease it This can be useful if your chosen font is not perfectly monospaced and because of that characters appear spaced too widely or too closely Text Cursor Configuration You can access the text cursor configuration screen from the text layout configuration screen by clicking one of the Configure buttons in the text cursor appearance section Existing Text Cursor Configurations The Text Cursor Configuration screen shows the details of the text cursor configuration that you select in the list at the top Any changes you make on the screen are automatically applied to the selected cursor and persist as you choose different cursors in the list The changes become permanent when you click OK The cursor that is selected in the list when you click OK becomes the new default cursor Click the New and Delete buttons to add or remove cursors You must have at least one text cursor configuration If you have more than one you can use the Up and Down buttons to change their order The order does not affect anything other than the order in which the text cursor configurations appear in selection lists EditPad comes with a number of preconfigured text cursors You can fully edit or delete all the preconfigured text cursors if you don t like them Existing text cursor configurations
383. ight clicking on any toolbar or the main menu and selecting Search q E e AQAA a mea o search vA v v replace MDA De Ae Me Y a B 7 ai ee 2 Regex Case Adapt Words Files Projects Closed Block Loop Line Invert Q E B F If you use the Multi Line Search Panel command EditPad switches to the full search panel This panel has two large multi line edit controls for entering the search term and the replacement text It also incorporates the search toolbar with all the search and replace commands but without the two drop down lists Search 7a a a Q D li 37 Search reglular expressionsdlexiplesfa Replace replacement text If the full search panel is visible the Prepare to Search item puts keyboard focus in the edit box for the search term If the search panel is not visible but the search toolbar is visible Prepare to Search puts keyboard focus in the combo box for the search term If the search panel and search toolbar are invisible Prepare to Search opens the full search panel and puts keyboard focus in the edit box for the search term v Q a a X aja a B amp Q EA Regex Dot Case Adapt Words Files Projects Closed Block Loop Line Invert If the use the current word or the selected text as the default search text preference is turned on then the Prepare to Search command uses the selected text as the default search term as long as the selection does not span multiple lines I
384. il client to negotiate for TLS encryption Your email provider should tell you which encryption method you need to select If they don t you may be able to guess the encryption method from the port number your server uses Port 465 is the standard port for SMTP connections encrypted with SSL Port 587 is the standard port for SMTP connections encrypted with TLS If you select one of these encryption methods in EditPad the port number is changed automatically You can still choose a different port number If your SMTP server uses encryption on port 25 set the encryption method to TLS if available For Gmail set the server to smtp gmail com and use TLS encryption on port 587 If you connect to the Internet through a corporate network you will have to ask your network administrator which server you can use MS Exchange and other proprietary protocols are not supported by EditPad Pro Email Server Authentication Many SMTP servers only allow you to send email after logging in with your email username and email password Often the requirement is that you check incoming your email before you can send email This is called POP before SMTP authentication When you mark this option you can type in your email username and email password as well as the server from which you retrieve incoming mail EditPad Pro supports the POP3 protocol which is the de facto standard for receiving email on the Internet Typical server names ate mailisp com pop
385. il address If you don t enter EMAIL on the command line EditPad Pro will launch the exe with the email address as the sole command line parameter Email Queue If you turn on automatically send email messages placed into the email queue EditPad Pro will start sending email right away when you click the Send button in the email composition panel This way you do not have to click on the Send button in the mail queue You should turn on this option if you have a permanent Internet connection Turn on close email queue automatically after all messages have been sent to make the mail queue disappear automatically when all emails have been sent successfully If there was a problem sending some or all of the messages in the queue then the queue will remain visible so you can see which messages were not sent Email Server Settings Before you can use File Mail you need to specify the mail server EditPad Pro should use to send email EditPad Pro only supports the SMTP protocol which is the de facto standard for sending email on the Internet If you connect to the internet through a public dial up or broadband ISP you can use your ISP s SMTP server Typical names for the SMTP server are mail isp com relay isp com and smtp isp com where isp com is your internet provider s domain name The standard port for SMTP connections is 25 Most SMTP servers do not use encryption Some require SSL or TLS encryption and some allow the ema
386. ile Y matches at any position that is not a word boundary These Tcl regex tokens match exactly the same as b and B in Perl style regex flavors They don t discriminate between the start and the end of a word Tcl has two more word boundary tokens that do discriminate between the start and end of a word m matches only at the start of a word That is it matches at any position that has a non word character to the left of it and a word character to the right of it It also matches at the start of the string if the first character in the string is a word character M matches only at the end of a word It matches at any position that has a word character to the left of it and a non word character to the right of it It also matches at the end of the string if the last character in the string is a word character The only regex engine that supports Tcl style word boundaries besides Tcl itself is the JGsoft engine In PowerGREP and EditPad Pro b and B are Perl style word boundaries and y Y m and M are T cl style word boundaries In most situations the lack of m and M tokens is not a problem yword y finds whole words only occurrences of word just like mword M would Mword m could never match anywhere since M never matches at a position followed by a word character and m never at a position preceded by one If your regular expression needs to mat
387. ile s file type The syntax coloring scheme determines exactly which brackets ate matched See that section in this help file to learn how bracket matching works in EditPad Pro Just like the syntax coloring scheme determines which brackets are matched it also determines what is inserted by the Insert Matching Bracket command When an unclosed opening bracket is highlighted the corresponding closing bracket is inserted When an unmatched closing bracket is highlighted the corresponding opening bracket is inserted The HTML and XML schemes insert matching opening and closing tags The Insert Matching Bracket command is intended to be used while typing with minimal cursor movement If you wanted to type this lt b gt bold lt b gt word into an HTML file you would first type this lt b gt bold then use Edit Insert Matching Bracket and then type word When you use Edit Insert Matching Bracket the cursor is automatically placed after the inserted tag Do not use Insert Matching Bracket immediately after typing this lt b gt Though it may seem neat to close the bold tag immediately before typing its contents this requires unnecessaty cursor movement You d end up with the cursor after this lt b gt lt b gt requiring you to move the cursor back over the lt b gt tag then type bold then move the cursor forward over lt b gt and then type word Since EditPad Pro automatically highlights the lt b gt
388. ile mask and other options as you last used for that folder If you have opened files from this folder more than once the folder will appear only once in the Reopen Folder menu with the most recently used settings Remove Obsolete Folders removes all folders that no longer exist from the Open Folders submenu EditPad Pro does not check whether the folders still contain any files matching the file mask EditPad Pro only checks whether the folders themselves still exist Remove All Folders clears the Open Folders submenu Project Managed Project New projects created with Project New Project are always unmanaged projects The blank project that EditPad Pro starts up with is also unmanaged If you used EditPad Pro 6 in the past projects in EditPad Pro 6 were always unmanaged 29 In EditPad Pro 7 an unmanaged project means that you won t be explicitly managing which files are part of the project and which aren t The project simply consists of the files that you have open in the project Opening a file automatically adds it to the project and closing a file automatically removes it from the project Unmanaged projects are a great way to keep groups of files that you are working with without requiring any extra effort from you Simply save the project once to give it a file name From then on EditPad Pro automatically updates the project The project will always open the set of files you had open in it last time A managed p
389. ile menu but opened files won t be added to the project and closed files won t be removed Project files also keep track of the last editing position bookmarks and editing options for each file in the project When you reopen a project the next time you start EditPad Pro it will be in exactly the same state as it was in when you last closed the project EditPad Pro will not bother you with prompts to save the project You can have as many projects open at the same time as you want Creating a new project or opening an existing one does not close the files or projects that you already have open By default once you have two or more projects open a second row of tabs will appear above the row of tabs for files The new row of tabs allows you to switch between open projects The tabs for files will list only those files that are part of the active project Tabs can be configured in the Tabs Preferences Project New Project Select New Project in the Project menu to start with an untitled project containing a blank untitled file An untitled project is simply a holding space for files When working with lots of files at the same time it s often handier to create a bunch of untitled temporary projects to hold different sets of files Instead of having one long row of tabs for all the files you ll have one row of tabs for the projects and one row of tabs showing only the files in the active project It s often faster to switch between file
390. ile only regardless of the all projects option The Highlight All option is a global toggle that will always highlight the current file even when you switch files until you turn it off regardless of the all projects option All the other search commands respect the all projects option as explained above Search Option Selection Only Block Click the Block button on the search toolbar to turn on the selection only search option to search only through the selected part of the current file 51 When you invoke a search command like Find First with this option on the selection will be turned into the seatch range The search range is highlighted in a different color than the selection You can configure both the selected text and search range colors in the Colors Preferences If a search match is found that search match will become selected You can then edit the search match or any part of the file inside or outside the search range As long as you don t turn off the selection only search option the search range will remain highlighted When you invoke the next search command and there already is a search range EditPad will either search through the existing search range when no text is selected or when the selection falls entirely inside the seatch range If some of the text outside the search range is selected EditPad will use the selection as the new seatch range In practice this mechani
391. ile you being pure ASCII amp 65535 NCR in three steps First open the file in EditPad and make sure all characters are displayed correctly If not use Convert Text Encoding to select the proper encoding with the interpret option Second use Convert Characters gt amp 65535 to convert all non ASCII characters to numeric character references The actual escapes will appear Finally use Convert Text Encoding and select to convert to ASCII amp 65535 NCR The numeric character references 118 now again appear as actual characters If you save the file the it will be saved as pure ASCII with numeric character references In the Encoding section in the file type configuration there is an option to make EditPad Pro detect whether a file consists of pure ASCII with numeric character references If that option is on EditPad Pro automatically selects the ASCII amp 65535 NCR encoding for such files and displays the actual characters rather than the numeric character references Convert Characters gt amp xFFFF This command does the same as Convert Characters gt amp 65535 except that it replaces characters with hexadecimal references instead of decimal references So apr s ski becomes apr amp xE8 s ski Convert amp 65535 and amp xFFFF gt Characters Select the amp 65535 and amp xFFFF gt Characters command in the Convert menu to replace all decimal and hexadecimal character re
392. ilestone copy whenever you re embarking on a more involved editing task that you might want to undo entirely If you forgot to save a milestone copy you can do so afterwards as long as there s still a backup copy of the file in the state it had when you should have saved the milestone Simply open that backup copy via the File History and click the Save Milestone button When you save a milestone of a backup file that you ve opened via the File History EditPad Pro will make a copy of that backup file and turn it into a milestone of the original file If you save a milestone of a file that has unsaved changes the milestone will be identical to the in memory copy of the file rather than a copy of the file on disk The milestone will include your unsaved changes The file on disk is not affected So you could use the milestone feature to save unsaved changes without actually saving the file in order to make a backup of changes you plan to abandon Save Milestone for All Files in Project The Save Milestone for All Files in Project button will create a milestone copy of each file in the current project just like the Save Milestone button does for the current file Revert Click the Revert button to replace the original file with the selected backup file EditPad Pro will first create a new backup copy from the original file and then replace the original file with the selected backup file The last modification date on the reverted file wil
393. imize button on the caption bar below the queue This will hide the list of messages and the buttons but not the caption bar This allows you to continue monitoring the progress in the caption bar and to see the queue again by clicking the minimize button turned restore button again Note that the email queue sends email in the background This means that you can continue using EditPad Pro as usual including composing new emails while email is being sent This is particularly useful when sending large attachments over a slow connection The only function you cannot use is File Exit 14 File Mail as Attachment Select Mail as Attachment from the File menu to start with a blank email message and attach the current file to the email The mail composition pane will appear to allow you to further prepare the email message File Reload from Disk Select File Reload from Disk from the menu to revert the active file to the status it had when it was last saved This can be useful if you are viewing a file that is being written to by another program Note that if you switch tabs within EditPad or if you switch to another application and then back to EditPad EditPad automatically checks whether the file on disk has been changed If so and you have not modified the file in EditPad it will be automatically reloaded If you did modify the file in EditPad you will be asked if you want to keep the changes made in EditPad or reload from disk I
394. in editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box 25 3 Project Menu About EditPad Pro Projects An EditPad Pro Project is a series of files that you can open all at once through Project Open Project If you regularly work with a set of related files it is convenient to create a project file for them You could have a project for your web site for the source code of an application you are working on the chapters of your next book etc When you start EditPad Pro it opens with an untitled project containing one untitled blank file To create a project simply open all the files that should be in the project If you already have some files open that you don t want to be in the new project select Project New Project in the menu before opening the files After opening the files save the project with Project Save Project As From that point on EditPad Pro automatically maintains the project Whenever you open new files into the project or close files the project s file list is updated If you prefer to actively manage the list of files in the project turn on the Managed Project option in the Project menu Then you can use the commands below that item to add files to the project or remove them You can still open and close files as usual using the F
395. in the character class Personally I find the lookbehind easier to understand The last regex which works correctly has a double negation the W in the negated character class Double negations tend to be confusing to humans Not to regex engines though The bad news is that most regex flavors do not allow you to use just any regex inside a lookbehind because they cannot apply a regular expression backwards Therefore the regular expression engine needs to be able to figure out how many steps to step back before checking the lookbehind Therefore many regex flavors including those used by Perl and Python only allow fixed length strings You can use any regex of which the length of the match can be predetermined This means you can use literal text and character classes You cannot use repetition or optional items You can use alternation but only if all options in the alternation have the same length PCRE is not fully Perl compatible when it comes to lookbehind While Perl requires alternatives inside lookbehind to have the same length PCRE allows alternatives of variable length Each alternative still has to be fixed length Java takes things a step further by allowing finite repetition You still cannot use the star or plus but you can use the question mark and the curly braces with the max parameter specified Java recognizes the fact that finite repetition can be rewritten as an alternation of strings with different but fixed lengt
396. ination the keyboard indicator will show that key That way you know the next key you press will be interpreted as the second key in the combination After you press the second key the indicator reverts to showing num lock caps lock and scroll lock General Keyboard Shortcut Settings EditPad supports the classic Wordstar navigation keys for people who are used to them WordStar is an old word processor that used Ctrl Letter key combinations to navigate through the document WordStar was created at a time when most keyboards did not yet have separate arrow key blocks The checkbox only enables the navigation keys It does not change any of the key combinations that you assigned to EditPad s menu items Note that many of these navigation keys conflict with standard Windows shortcut keys E g Ctrl S is the standard Windows shortcut for File Save In WordStar Ctrlt S moves the text cursor one position to the left just like the left arrow key Click the Apply WordStar Shortcut Keys button to assign WordStar key combinations to various menu items E g Ctrl K S will be assigned to File Save Shortcut keys assigned to EditPad menu items that don t have a WordStar equivalent will not be changed The assignment is a one time event You can freely reconfigure any of the changed keys Click the Restore All Default Shortcut Keys button to restore the default EditPad shortcuts for all menu items It will also turn off the option to use Word
397. ince EditPad Pro has only one message pane the output of any previous tools that was captured into the message pane will be lost Choose this option when a tool outputs status or error messages that you want to inspect but not keep The message pane supports syntax coloring EditPad Pro ships with a few Tool Errors and Tool Output syntax coloring schemes that make the output of some popular tools a bit more readable You can use the Syntax Coloring Scheme Editor to create your own schemes or you can download schemes in the Colors and Syntax tab in the File Type Configuration e Into new tab EditPad will create a new file tab to capture the tool s output If you run the tool more than once a new tab will be created each time Select this option if the tool outputs a lot of data or a complete file You can edit save and close the new tab like any other file you d edit in EditPad e Append to existing tab EditPad will create a new tab to capture the tool s output and continue using that tab each time you run that tool appending additional data each time Choose this option if you want to save the results of multiple invocations of a tool into a single file e Replace existing tab EditPad will create a new tab to capture the tool s output and replace that tab s contents whenever you run the tool again Make this choice if the tool outputs too much information to neatly fit into the message pane and you only want to keep the resul
398. ing item is not matched at all y matches def ghi in abc def ghi jkl lazy star Repeats the previous item zero or more times Lazy so the engine first attempts to skip the previous item before trying permutations with ever increasing matches of the preceding item y matches def in abc def ghi jkl plus Repeats the previous item once or more Greedy so as many items as possible will be matched before trying permutations with less matches of the preceding item up to the point where the preceding item is matched only once matches def ghi in abc def ghi jkt lazy plus Repeats the previous item once or more Lazy so the engine first matches the previous item only once before trying permutations with ever increasing matches of the preceding item matches def in abc def ghi jkl Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example 350 n where n is an integer gt 1 Repeats the previous item exactly n times a 3 matches aaa n m where n gt 0 and m gt n Repeats the previous item between n and m times Greedy so repeating m times is tried before reducing the repetition to n times a 2 4 matches aaaa aaa or aa n m
399. ing outside the selection a new selection is created from the point where you press the mouse button until the point where you release it When clicking inside the selection the selected text deleted and inserted again at the spot outside the selection where you release the mouse button Shift Left click drag Expands or shrinks the selection like Shiftt Left click but then the text cursor is moved and the selection adjusted until you release the mouse button If you press Alt while changing the selection with any of the above left click methods the selection becomes rectangular If Block Rectangular Selections is active pressing Alt makes the selection linear Left double click Moves the text cursor to the spot where you clicked If you double clicked on a word the word becomes selected If you double click whitespace all adjacent whitespace becomes selected If you double click anything else all characters up to the preceding and following word become selected All occurrences of the newly selected text will be highlighted if you turned on the option to make double clicking highlight all occurrences of a word in the Search Preferences Shift Left double click Moves the text cursor and expands or shrinks the selection just like Shiftt Left single click does In addition if the selection starts and or ends in the middle of a word the selection will be expanded to include the words at the start and or end entirely Left double click dra
400. ing the f symbol if all the line breaks in the file uses the default line break style set in the encoding settings for the file type If the file has at least one line break that does not use the file type s default line break style then Windows line breaks are indicated as Crir UNIX line breaks are indicated as 1r and Mac line breaks are indicated as r This option is the default It makes it easy to see whether all line breaks are as expected f symbol used for all line breaks or whether there s at least one odd line break line break specific symbols used for all line breaks e Always use line break symbols that indicate the line break style Windows line breaks are indicated as Cele UNIX line breaks are indicated as r and Mac line breaks are indicated as Cr If you choose to show the generic symbol then you ll need to rely on the status bar to determine the line break style used by the file By default EditPad shows line break symbols for all line breaks that are part of a selected block even when you ve turned off the option to visualize line breaks EditPad Lite which does not have any options for visualizing line breaks does this too This makes it easy to tell the difference between selecting a line of text and selecting a line of text including the line break at the end of the line In EditPad Pro you can disable this by turning off always visualize line breaks in selected text If you do this there is no visual di
401. ing the file with other UNIX Linux or OS X applications If the Convert To UNIX menu item is grayed out that means the file already uses UNIX line breaks consistently 113 If line break styles matter for your work use the Status Bar Preferences to enable a status bar indicator to show the file s dominant line break style In EditPad Pro in the Editor Preferences you can configure Options Visualize Line Breaks to display the actual line break style for each line rather than a generic paragraph marker Convert To Macintosh CR only Converts the active file to the line break style used by the Apple Macintosh On the Macintosh text files use a single Carriage Return character to terminate a line Note that OS X applications may use the LF only UNIX format rather than the classic Mac CR only format Only the line termination characters are converted Anything else remains untouched To EditPad it does not matter whether a file uses Windows UNIX or Mac line breaks EditPad even handles files that use a mixture of all three However other applications often only support the proper line breaks for their environment Classic Mac applications may try to display the LF in Windows text files resulting in a weird character at the start of each line Use the Convert To Macintosh command to make sure your file uses consistent classic Mac line breaks if you ll be using the file with older Mac applications If the Convert To Macintosh m
402. ings in the Windows Control Panel d Displays the day as a number without a leading zero 1 31 dd Displays the day as a number with a leading zero 01 31 ddd Displays the day as an abbreviation Sun Sat in the language of the current Windows locale dddd Displays the day as a full name Sunday Saturday in the language of the current Windows locale ddddd Displays the date using the short date format specified in the regional settings in the Windows Control Panel dddddd Displays the date using the long date format specified in the regional settings in the Windows Control Panel m Displays the month as a number without a leading zero 1 12 If the m specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed mm Displays the month as a number with a leading zero 01 12 If the mm specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed mmm Displays the month as an abbreviation Jan Dec in the language of the current Windows locale mmmm Displays the month as a full name January December in the language of the current Windows locale yy Displays the year as a two digit number 00 99 yyyy Displays the year as a four digit number 0000 9999 h Displays the hour without a leading zero 0 23 hh Displays the hour with a leading zero 00 23 n Displays the minute without a leading zero 0 59 nn Displays the minute with a leading zero 00 59 s Di
403. into several tabbed pages EditPad is very configurable and the number of choices may seem a bit overwhelming Fortunately if a certain option seems meaningless to you you can simply leave it in its default state The default settings have been carefully chosen so that EditPad is fully functional even if you do not make any changes in the Preferences screen at all In its default configuration EditPad will work like most Windows text editors All the options you can set in the Preferences screen are global settings affecting EditPad s overall behavior Many editing and display settings are available through the file type configuration allowing you to use different settings for different kinds of files The available pages are e Editor e Cursors e Open Files e Save Files e Tabs e Panels e Statusbar e Keyboard e Email e Shortcuts e System The main menu all toolbars and various right click menus can be configured by right clicking on the main menu or on any toolbar and selecting Customize 160 Editor Preferences On the Editor tab of the Preferences you can set the options that affect basic editing tasks that are not file type specific Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Files Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts System Editing options Highlight the active line _ Maintain highlight after losing keyboard focus C Control Wheel changes the font size instead
404. ints this way up to three levels deep Further levels down will only be added if the foldable range is longer than half the number of lines that EditPad Pro can display at a time Note that when enabling automatic folding points you can still use the Fold Fold to fold different blocks of text They just won t persist when you unfold them and edit the file Help File or URL for Keyword Help When you press F1 in EditPad Pro normally EditPad Pro s help file appears But if you enable keyword help for a file type and the main editor has keyboard focus when you press F1 then EditPad Pro can show help for the file type yov re working with EditPad Pro itself If you selected a block of text that does not span more than one line before pressing F1 EditPad Pro shows help for the selected text Otherwise it shows help for the word under the cursor If you specify the full path to a HLP or CHM file EditPad Pro automatically looks up the selected text or the word in the cursor in the index of the HLP or CHM file You can click the button to select a HLP or CHM file on your computer If you are running Windows Vista or Windows 7 and you specify a HLP file you may be prompted to download the WinHelp viewer from Microsoft if you haven t done so already You can also specify the URL to a web page If you do use the YKEYWORD placeholder in the URL EditPad Pro will substitute this placeholder with the selected text or the word under the curso
405. ioure File Ly pes osason a E E E E E O E E E E S E E ENEE 133 15 Options PrefereniCeseccieiencrcccccsedasoisscsevsrsthenstshsdeasvessbnacusnstatonsberstenbsbensess a E a aAa Eaa a E E Eea 159 16 View Mentri anri sinisi iana inaa eae ieii inris i niaii eiai aeaa 196 17 View Biles Panel istano anaiita aasan soitan sei saai kortia reias ietan apania 206 18 View Explorert Panel cctsecs cactsectiasticesscsascesbiveatevciv A CR A R NOOO OOGA 210 19 File Filtet aonan a E a AE E E I TER EEE OEE T EEA 213 20 Vew EEP by cl yy OBOE SVB AA O AOTEA O O OAO VORICTON 214 Dl View File Hasty dct ciiaisssctincactateadenislacastediutisidlusctslueeuiasslvotisintaasdetelverisintievennslvadisietindantloushvinuiratliaisinteadistedanin 221 22 View Pile Navigatot sissssssississstsssiesstosssscnvesatssvctvavacasseniasatvenegssvacstscausvaes cnsava ecvsvensasousordasavsevipsnsssodssnvtsasocussoninsatasties 224 23 a KT AN Ea Uy vea cecesaes tecsteaedcvetcacapvetecss capnansareravegasexanapestuas E OES 225 24 Customizing Toolbars and MENUS eeann ae a E aE E Ea Enae EET Ea EREA Eaei 237 25 Comm anid Line Pata eters E E E E A E E E EE E E EEE E EE E 241 R gu lar Expression Tutorial siisii sieniin ioiii ieii 2A LResular Expression T tonal senesine a a a E E E EE 246 2 Literal GharactetS ianiai iiia i i E ia R Eiai RE Ei H aii 248 3 First Look at How a Regex Engine Works Internally sssssssssssssssssssessseesssteesseressreessteesnreesnreennreennrresnreesnreesn
406. iously to rewrite it as xxt y which eliminates the nested quantifiers entirely Nested quantifiers are repeated or alternated tokens inside a group that is itself repeated or alternated These almost always lead to catastrophic backtracking About the only situation where they don t is when the start of each alternative inside the group is not optional and mutually exclusive with the start of all the other alternatives and mutually exclusive with the token that follows it inside its alternative inside the group E g at b c d y is safe If anything fails the regex engine will backtrack through the whole regex but it will do so linearly The reason is that all the tokens are mutually exclusive None of them can match any characters matched by any of the others So the match attempt at each backtracking 333 position will fail causing the regex engine to backtrack linearly If you test this on aaaabbbbccccdddd RegexBuddy needs only 13 steps rather than millions of steps to figure it out However it s not always possible or easy to rewrite your regex to make everything mutually exclusive So we need a way to tell the regex engine not to backtrack When we ve grabbed all the x s there s no need to backtrack There couldn t possibly be a y in anything matched by either x Using a possessive quantifier our regex becomes x x y This fails the 21x string in merely 7 steps That s 6 steps to match all the
407. ip this token taking note that it should backtrack in case the remainder of the regex fails The engine has now arrived at the second lt in the regex and the second lt in the string These match The next token is This does not match I and the engine is forced to backtrack to the dot The dot matches the second lt in the string The star is still lazy so the engine again takes note of the available backtracking position and advances to lt and I These do not match so the engine again backtracks The backtracking continues until the dot has consumed lt I gt bold italic At this point lt matches the third lt in the string and the next token is which matches The next token is 1 Note that the token is the backreference and not B The engine does not substitute the backreference in the regular expression Every time the engine arrives at the backreference it will read the value that was stored This means that if the engine had backtracked beyond the first pair of capturing parentheses before arriving the second time at 1 the new value stored in the first backreference would be used But this did not happen 273 here so B it is This fails to match at I so the engine backtracks again and the dot consumes the third lt in the string Backtracking continues again until the dot has consumed lt I gt bold italic lt I gt At this
408. is much like a selection of cells in a spreadsheet application except that in EditPad you select characters instead of cells Before you can make rectangular selections a few conditions must be met First you need to use a fixed width font such as Courier New You can change the font in Options Font Characters are only properly aligned into columns when using a fixed width font a requirement to make rectangular selections Second word wrap must be off You can turn it off using Options Word Wrap When long lines are wrapped editing a long line will cause the text to be rewrapped This is not a problem when the selection flows along with the text But when using rectangular selections this rewrapping would cause the selection to change Many text editors do not support rectangular selections Those that do are usually IDEs or editors from the DOS world that do not support word wrapping or variable width fonts EditPad is a flexible editor and supports both rectangular selections as well as modern conveniences like word wrap and variable width fonts but not at the same time for reasons explained above There are two ways to make a rectangular selection First you can make it the usual way using the keyboard or the mouse while keeping the Alt button depressed on the keyboard Second you can pick Rectangular Selections from the Block menu This will invert the meaning of the Alt key while making a selection After choosing Rectangular Sele
409. is replaced too Replace All Previous is not available in regular expression mode Regular expressions cannot search backwards Search Highlight All After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Highlight button on the search toolbar or select the Highlight All item in the Search menu to turn on the search match highlighting mode In this mode all search matches will be highlighted The Selection Only option is ignored You can configure the highlighted search match color in Options Configure File Types Colors When you switch between files search matches in the newly activated line will be highlighted regardless of the all files setting To stop highlighting search matches simply click the Highlight button again Search Instant Highlight The Instant Find Next command doesn t have a button on the search toolbar because it doesn t use the search term you ve entered on the search panel or any of the search options It is listed in the Search menu primarily so you can assign it a keyboard shortcut in the Keyboard Preferences The default shortcut is Ctrl Alt H which is the most instant way of doing an Instant Highlight If you turn on the double clicking a word instantly highlights all occurrences of that word search preference then double clicking a word also turns on Instant Highlight Select Instant Highlight in the Search menu to highlight all occurrences of the selec
410. is that if you turn on Other Editor Joint Scrolling in two or more EditPad Pro instances then all those instances will scroll simultaneously This makes it easy to compare two or more files side by side View Browser Select Browser in the View menu to open the active file in a web browser If the file is modified EditPad will save it first If this feature does not work EditPad is either unable to detect your computer s default web browser or you ve incorrectly configured the browser setting in the System Preferences View Close Panels Press the Esc key on the keyboard to close the active side panels The active panel is the one that has keyboard focus When the panel is closed keyboard focus is automatically given to the main editor If none of the open panels has keyboard focus all of them will be closed To quickly close all panels at any time simply press the Esc key twice View Focus Editor The keyboard shortcut associated with the Focus Editor item in the View menu is a quick way to set the keyboard focus to the main editor Doing so will make the text cursor blinking vertical bar visible in the main editor allowing you to continue editing the file Using the Focus Editor keyboard shortcut allows you to quickly switch back and forth between the main editor and other panes E g while working with the search and replace pane you can press Tab on the keyboard to cycle through the various controls on the search and rep
411. istent Otherwise the character to the left of the text cursor is deleted Ctrl Backspace Deletes the current selection if there is one and selections are not persistent In text mode if there is no selection the part of the current word to the left of the text cursor is deleted If the cursor is not on a word all characters to the left of the cursor up to the start of the next word are deleted Shift Ctrl Backspace Deletes the current selection if there is one and selections are not persistent In text mode if there is no selection all the text on the current line to the left of the text cursor is deleted text Alt Backspace Alternative shortcut for Edit Undo 227 Alt Shift Backspace Alternative shortcut for Edit Redo Ctrl Z Edit Undo Ctrl Y Edit Redo Insert Toggles between insert and overwrite mode Tab In text mode if there is a selection the entire selection is indented If there is no selection a tab is inserted In hexadecimal mode pressing Tab makes the text cursor switch between the hexadecimal side and text side Shift Tab In text mode if there is a selection the entire selection is unindented outdented If there is no selection and there is a tab or a series of spaces the size of a tab to the left of the text cursor that tab or spaces are deleted Ctrl A Edit Select All Shift F5 Go Previous Editing Position Ctrl Alt Y Edit Delete Line Shift Ctrl Y Edit Duplicate Line Shift Ctrl B
412. it occupied before it was split in half by the new instance If you want to start a second EditPad instance from a shortcut script or application you can do so with the newinstance command line parameter Then the new instance opens all the files you specify on the command line It will not affect the size or position of any running instances or set its own position based on any running instances You can use an additional parameter such as br1100t200r300b400 to set the new instance s bounding rectangle to left 100 top 200 right 300 and bottom 400 counting pixels from the top left corner of the screen View Other Editor Joint Scrolling You can use the Other Editor Joint Scrolling command in the View menu whenever you have multiple instances of EditPad Pro running It works whether you started them with the View New Editor menu item or via the newinstance command line parameter Clicking the Other Editor Joint Scrolling item has no immediate effect other than putting a box around its icon to indicate it is active 204 If you turn on Other Editor Joint Scrolling in the EditPad Pro instance that has keyboard focus then it will broadcast a scrolling message to all other EditPad Pro instances whenever you scroll the active file If Other Editor Joint Scrolling is turned on in any other running EditPad Pro instance then those instances will scroll their active files to the same line whenever they receive the scrolling messages The result
413. it was in when you saved the copy Project Rename and Move Project Select Rename Move Project in the Project menu to save the project under a new name and delete the original project effectively moving the project to a new location on disk Project Import File Listing Select Import File Listing in the Project menu to read a list of file paths from one or mote text files and then open the files indicated by the paths in that list Split file into a list of file paths c My Documents favorites ini O One path per line Comma delimited list Semicolon delimited list Tab delimited list Search for paths Custom regex to search for paths Custom regex to split file File c My Documents acetext html FavoriteFiles 1 File c My Documents acetext20 xsd File paths found in the selected file c My Documents acetext html Absolute or relative paths Absolute paths Paths relative to this folder c My Documents acetext20 xsd c My Documents Batch File Output txt How to open the files V Create new project V Open the files Add the files to the project ae cne In the window that appears click the button with the green plus symbol next to the files with file listings list to select one or more text files that list the files or folders you want to search through You can use the 35 green plus button repeatedly to add files from different folders to the li
414. item to change the number of bytes that EditPad Pro displays on each row in hexadecimal mode If you enter zero you get EditPad Pro s default behavior of showing the smallest multiple of 8 bytes that fits within the width of EditPad s window If you enter a positive number that s the number of bytes EditPad Pro displays on a row You can enter any number It doesn t have to be divisible by 8 or by 2 The Record Size command is particularly useful for editing binary files in which each record takes up a specific number of bytes Set the record size to that number of bytes to have one record on each line 124 Options Font If you pick Options Font from the menu a font selection window will appear Select the font you want to use and click OK You can also select a recently used font from the Options Font submenu The font setting applies to the entire file It only changes the way it is displayed EditPad is a plain text editor It does not support any text formatting Changing the font via Options Font only affects the active file In EditPad the choice of font is part of the text layout configuration That is the combination of settings that determines how EditPad displays text The default text layout configuration can be set for each file type in File Types Editor Options If you want to edit text files in a language that uses characters that are not used in English you will need to select the correct script from the d
415. itespace in the leftmost selected column and adjacent columns to the right will be deleted This whitespace needn t be at the start of the line Extra Trim Trailing Whitespace Select Trim Trailing Whitespace in the Extra menu to remove whitespace from the end of each line If you selected part of the file only lines that area selected will be trimmed If not all lines in the file will be trimmed If you ve made a rectangular selection EditPad Pro will only delete whitespace inside the rectangular block Whitespace in the rightmost selected column and adjacent columns to the left will be deleted This whitespace needn t be at the end of the line If a line is short and doesn t extend to the rightmost selected column any whitespace at the end of the line covered by the selection will be deleted Extra Trim Whitespace Select Trim Whitespace in the Extra menu to remove whitespace from the start and the end of each line If you selected part of the file only lines that area selected will be trimmed If not all lines in the file will be trimmed If you ve made a rectangular selection EditPad Pro will only delete whitespace inside the rectangular block Whitespace in the leftmost selected column and adjacent columns to the right will be deleted Whitespace in the rightmost selected column and adjacent columns to the left will also be deleted 101 Extra Compare Files If you have two versions of the same text file you can use E
416. its hexadecimal ASCII or ANSI code for the character set that you are working with In the Latin 1 character set the copyright symbol is character OxA9 So to search for the copyright symbol you can use xA9 Another way to search for a tab is to use x09 Note that the leading zero is required Most regex flavors also support the tokens cA through cZ to insert ASCII control characters The letter after the backslash is always a lowercase c The second letter is an uppercase letter A through Z to indicate Control A through Control Z These are equivalent to x01 through x1A 26 decimal E g cM matches a carriage return just like r and xOD In XML Schema regular expressions c is a shorthand character class that matches any character allowed in an XML name If your regular expression engine supports Unicode use UFFFF rather than xFF to insert a Unicode character The euro currency sign occupies code point 0x20AC If you cannot type it on your keyboard you can insert it into a regular expression with u20AC 250 3 First Look at How a Regex Engine Works Internally Knowing how the regex engineworks will enable you to craft better regexes more easily It will help you understand quickly why a particular regex does not do what you initially expected This will save you lots of guesswork and head scratching when you need to write more complex regexes There are two kinds of regular ex
417. ive file is an outside file add it to the project as an open file Add Outside Files If the project has one or more outside files add all of them to the project as open files Open Closed Files If the project contains one or more closed files open them all Remove From Project Close the active file and remove it from the project Remove Closed Files If the project contains one or more closed files remove them all from the project Close Outside Files If the project has one or more outside files close them all and remove them from the project Close All Files Close all files in the project If the project has outside files those are removed from the project Open files remain part of the project as closed files Project Add to Project The Add to Project command in the Project menu works like the File Open command with two small but important differences 31 If the active project is a managed project files opened with Project Add to Project are opened and added to the project as open files Files opened with File Open are opened as outside files that are not part of the project If you close the managed project and then reopen it files opened with Project Add to Project are opened again along with the project while files opened with File Open are not remembered by the project If you have already opened files with File Open and they now appear as outside files in your managed project you can use Project Add Outside Files
418. ject Add Outside Files after using File Open Recently Closed Files The File Open command has a submenu that lists recently closed files Opening a file removes it from the File Open submenu Closing a file adds it to the top of the File Open submenu Selecting the file in that submenu opens it again Only files that were opened individually are added to the menu when they are closed That includes files opened by double clicking on them in Windows Explorer or by dragging and dropping them onto EditPad Files that are opened in bulk such as by opening a project or opening a folder are not added to the File Open menu when you close them The Project Open Project and Project Open Folder commands have their own submenus for reopening projects and folders Whether you close files one by one or all at the same time does not matter How the file was opened determines whether it is added to the File Open submenu At the bottom of the submenu you will see the Remove Obsolete Files and Remove All Files items The former removes all files that no longer exist from the list of recently closed files The latter clears the list of recently closed files entirely Though the menu can display only 16 files EditPad Pro actually remembers the last 100 files To access the complete list select the Maintain List item at the bottom This item is only available in EditPad Pro When working with projects in EditPad Pro the Project Add to P
419. ke very detailed syntax coloring e White on black White text on a black background with colorful syntax highlighting e JGsoft classic The color scheme used by EditPad Pro 4 and 5 using more saturated colors 148 e Embarcadero Emulates the colors used by recent versions of Delphi and C Builder e Borland classic Emulates the colors used by old Borland development tools for DOS with yellow text on a blue background e Visual studio Emulates the colors used by Microsoft s Visual Studio Individual Colors To change an individual color simply click on its name Click on the Background Color or Text Color button to show the color picker You can pick a common color by clicking on the colored rectangle You can pick a more specific color by clicking the More button to show the color hexagon The colors on the outer edge of the hexagon are always fully saturated The colors nearer to the center of the hexagon are progressively desaturated towards white gray or black Click on the vertical grayscale slider to change the luminance of the colors in the center of the hexagon If you want to pick a pure grayscale value click on the horizontal line of small gray hexagons If you want pure white or black click on the larger black or white hexagon to the left or right of the gray hexagons If you want to use a specific RGB value enter three numbers between 0 and 255 in the edit boxes that are shaded red green and blue At the top of the co
420. king will force the lazy plus to expand rather than reduce its reach So the match of is expanded to EM and the engine tries again to continue with gt Now gt is matched successfully The last token in the regex has been matched The engine reports that lt EM gt has been successfully matched That s more like it An Alternative to Laziness In this case there is a better option than making the plus lazy We can use a greedy plus and a negated character class lt gt gt The reason why this is better is because of the backtracking When using the lazy plus the engine has to backtrack for each character in the HTML tag that it is trying to match When using 270 the negated character class no backtracking occurs at all when the string contains valid HTML code Backtracking slows down the regex engine You will not notice the difference when doing a single search in a text editor But you will save plenty of CPU cycles when using such a regex repeatedly in a tight loop in a script that you are writing or perhaps in a custom syntax coloring scheme for EditPad Pro Finally remember that this tutorial only talks about regex directed engines Text directed engines do not backtrack They do not get the speed penalty but they also do not support lazy repetition operators Repeating Q E Escape Sequences The Q E sequence escapes a string of characters matching them as literal characters The escape
421. l also match john aol com which is not valid due to the consecutive dots You can exclude such matches by replacing A Z0 9 with A Z0 9 in any of the above regexes I removed the dot from the character class and instead repeated the character class and the following literal dot E g b A Z0 9 _ A Z0 9 A Z 2 4 b will match john server department company com but not john aol com Another trade off is that my regex only allows English letters digits and a few special symbols The main reason is that I don t trust all my email software to be able to handle much else Even though John O Hara theoharas com is a syntactically valid email address there s a risk that some software will misinterpret the apostrophe as a delimiting quote E g blindly inserting this email address into a SQL will cause it to fail if strings are delimited with single quotes And of course it s been many years already that domain names can include non English characters Most software and even domain name registrars however still stick to the 37 characters they re used to The conclusion is that to decide which regular expression to use whether you re trying to match an email address or something else that s vaguely defined you need to start with considering all the trade offs How bad is it to match something that s not valid How bad is it not to match something that is valid How complex ca
422. l always be ready for inserting HTML tags whenever you edit an HTML file EditPad Pro can also import TextPad Collection Library files tcl files After clicking the Open button on the Clip Collection pane s toolbar select the TextPad Collection Libraries file type in the drop down list at the bottom of the file selection screen EditPad Pro cannot save TextPad Collection Library files Sharing Collections Click the Share Collections button to download Clip Collections shared by others or to upload your own collections A new window will pop up EditPad Pro will connect to the Internet immediately to download the list of available collections If your computer can only access the internet via a proxy server click the Settings button in the lower left corner of the screen to enter your proxy servet s settings The Download tab shows all available collections including the ones you uploaded The list shows the collection s title the file name used by the author how many clips it contains who shared it when it was first shared and when it was last updated Click on a collection to get a more detailed description and the author s name and email address if provided by the author Click the Download button to download the selected scheme The Share tab shows the collections that you previously uploaded EditPad Pro automatically uses your EditPad Pro license to identify you You can check your license details in the about box To
423. l and hexadecimal The second row of values are signed integers of the same sizes Hexadecimal values are negated using two s complement like modern microprocessors do E g if you enter 1 in any of the signed integer boxes all bytes will be set to FF The binary box allows you to enter up to 8 bits to edit the current byte as a binary number This is useful if the byte represents a bit field Three floating point boxes allow you to enter floating point numbers of various precisions The 4 byte floating point number defines a 32 bit single precision floating point number following the IEEE standard The 8 byte floating point number defines a 64 bit double precision floating point number also following the IEEE standard The single precision and double precision floating point numbers are identical to the single and double floating point types in most modern programming languages You can type in floating point numbers using scientific notation E g 1 5e6 is one and a half million Positive infinity negative infinity and not a number are represented by Inf Inf and NaN respectively The 6 byte floating point number is a bit of an odd ball It defines a 48 bit floating point number which corresponds with the Real type in Turbo Pascal and other Pascal variants In Delphi the Real type is actually a 64 bit double precision floating point number The Real48 type is the Delphi equivalent of the Real type in Turbo Pascal
424. l be that of the backup file rather than that of the moment you clicked the Revert button The selected backup file is deleted in the process 223 If you change your mind after reverting a file select the backup file with the most recent backup date which is the backup created by the reversion Click the Revert button again to restore the file and its backups to the way they were before the first reversion If you are using the numbered backups the numbers of the backups will have shifted but their modification dates and their contents will be as they were If you edit and save a file after reverting it the backup made when saving will have the same modification date as the backup that you reverted to and will thus appear at that position in the list of backups rather than at the top Delete The Delete button has 3 subitems You can choose to delete only the selected backup file all backup files for the file that is active in EditPad or all backup files for all files in the project that is active in EditPad 22 View File Navigator 224 The File Navigator is a panel that sits docked at the right hand side _ File Navigator Ti x of EditPad s window You can make it visible by selecting File od A Navigator in the View menu You can dock the panel elsewhere by Pi dragging its caption bar or its tab PEE The File Navigator requires a file navigation scheme to be functional j B Without such a scheme the File Navigator will r
425. lace pane To switch to the main editor press F9 To switch back to the search and replace pane press Ctrl F View Office 2003 Display Style Toggles the looks of the toolbars and side panels between the Office 2003 display style and the current Windows theme The current Windows theme is the theme you selected in the Control Panel in Windows 205 View Restore Default Layout The Restore Default Layout item in the View menu restores all side panels all toolbars all context menus and the main menu to their default configurations and locations All menu and toolbar customizations you made are undone View Custom Layouts If you have spent time rearranging EditPad s toolbars and or side panels or if you have customized the toolbars or menus you should use the Custom Layouts item in the View menu to save those settings Simply select Save Layouts and type in a name That name will then appear under the Custom Layouts submenu If you click on the name in the Custom Layouts submenu EditPad restores all side panels all toolbars all context menus and the main menu to the configurations and locations they had when you saved the layout You can save as many layouts as you like If you want to update a layout save it again under the same name To delete a layout select the Delete Layout command and then select the layout you want to delete 206 17 View Files Panel The Files Panel is a panel that sits docked at the left side o
426. lbars and menus Right clicking a file tab also shows a few special commands such as the Read Only command for toggling the file s read only status and Copy Path to Clipboard for placing the file s full path onto the clipboard To quickly start with a blank untitled file double click on the empty space after the last tab Other common commands for opening files and commands affecting all files are available in the context menu that appears when you right click on the empty space after the last tab This menu is also configurable Right clicking on a project tab shows a context menu with various commands to manage the project You can configure this menu To quickly start with an empty project double click the empty space after the last project tab This empty space too has a configurable context menu It shows commands for opening projects and commands affecting all projects 179 Side Panel Preferences On the Panels tab in the Preferences screen you can change the appearance of EditPad s side panels You can select a font face from the drop down list Set the font size using the spinner box Click the Background Color button to change the background of the side panels Click the Text Color button to change the font s color These settings are used by the Clip Collection Files Panel Explorer Panel FTP Panel File History and File Navigator panels These settings are not used by the Character
427. lder is the folder that will appear to be the current one to the tool when it is run by EditPad Pro You can use special path placeholders to use the full path to the file you are currently editing or parts of the file name or path in the command line or in the working folder If you have marked any of the four temporary file options see below you can also use placeholders for the path and file name of the temporary file There are also path placeholders that allow you to select one of the files open in EditPad Pro or a file on disk to be passed on the command line Note that many applications cannot handle file names with spaces in them on the command line unless they are enclosed by double quotes So it is best to always put double quotes around paths you compose using path placeholders like I did in the above screen shot Click the Placeholders button to get a screen listing all path placeholders making it easy to use them on the command line The screen will use the file and project you currently have open in EditPad as example paths If the active file or project are untitled the example will be a dummy path The temporary file placeholders will only be available if you ve turned on at least one of the options to open or save a temporary file When running EditPad Pro from a removable drive the drive will get a different drive letter each time it is inserted into another computer In that situation you should reference other application
428. lders Turn off to show folder nodes under the project nodes to indicate the folder hierarchy that the files are in e Group by File Type Turn on to put nodes for all the file types that are used in the project under the project node The file and or folder nodes are then put under the file type nodes If you turn this off the Files Panel does not add nodes for file types at all 209 Sort Paths Relative to Projects Turn on to add the nodes directly under the project node for files that are in the same folder as the epp project file If the project has files stored in subfolders of the folder containing the epp file then only nodes for the subfolders are added For all other files a drive letter node is added under the project node and the files and folder nodes ate added to the drive letter node If you turn off this option drive letter nodes and folder nodes for the full path are added for all files in the Project This option is not available when showing a flat list of files Subfolders first Turn on to first list subfolders under project and folder nodes and then file nodes under the same project and folder nodes Turn off to list files first then subfolders This option is not available when showing a flat list of files When there are multiple files under the same project node or folder node the sort option determines how the files are ordered The option does not affect the order of any other nodes Alphabetically Sort files a
429. lding points from the file navigation scheme _ Add detailed automatic folding points from the file navigation scheme Add automatic folding points based on the indentation of the text Help File CHM or HLP or URL for Keyword Help http dictionary reference com browse KEYWORD You can access the File Navigator by selecting View File Navigator in the menu The File Navigator displays the structure of the file in a collapsible tree By clicking on items in the tree you can quickly navigate to various parts of the file The File Navigator requires a file navigation scheme to do its job You can select a predefined scheme from the file navigation scheme drop down list 155 If no file navigation scheme is available for the file type you are defining click the download button EditPad Pro will then connect to the Internet and allow you to download file navigation schemes created and shared by other EditPad Pro users To create your own file navigation schemes use the File Navigation Scheme Editor After editing a scheme or creating new ones click the Refresh button to make EditPad Pro read in the new and edited schemes Automatic Folding Points Automatic folding points appear as small squares in the left margin with a vertical line extending down from the square to indicate the range These allow you to quickly fold logical parts of the text to get a better ovetview of the overall structure When EditPad Pr
430. le If the undo history for a file grows beyond this point the oldest changes for that file are discarded from its undo history EditPad does this even if there are older changes in other files and even when the total undo history size for all files has not yet exceeded the limit for all files The limit for all files limits the combined size of the undo history for all open files If the total undo history size grows beyond this point the oldest changes are discarded from the undo history EditPad does this regardless of which file s the oldest changes were made in and regardless of how much memory the undo history for those files uses Set the limit for all files to allow enough free memory for the files themselves that you edit in EditPad as well as for Windows and for all the other applications you re running Set the limit per file lower than the limit for all files to make sure that making lots of changes to one file does not clear out the undo histories for all the other files you have open in EditPad 196 16 View Menu View Clip Collection Select Clip Collection from the View menu to open EditPad Pro s Clip Collection pane There you can store common blocks of text and templates for quick repeated reuse When editing complex documents move chunks of text into the collection for temporary storage The Clip Collection is also a great place to jot down notes and ideas and to keep important information at your fingertips Ace
431. le in EditPad then you can use this combination to get the lines that occurred in both files but not the lines that occurred in only one of the files If you want to keep only lines that occur a certain number of times use the Delete Duplicate Lines several times E g if you only want lines that occur 3 times or more use it twice with the ist occurrence and non duplicated options turned on Then use it again with the 2nd occurrence and non duplicated options The first time you delete the lines that occur only once the second time you delete lines that occur only twice and the third time you delete the duplicates of lines that occur four times or more Blank Lines Since blank lines are technically all duplicates of each other EditPad Pro offers you an extra choice for blank lines You can choose to either delete all blank lines not to delete any blank lines or to only delete duplicate blank lines The duplicate blank lines option takes into account the proximity setting deleting either all but the first blank lines anywhere in the scope or only replacing subsequent blank lines with a single blank line adjacent lines only If you ve turned on the compare selected columns only option a line may be considered blank even when it isn t If a line is shorter than the leftmost column in the selection it is considered to be blank even if it does have text on it Lines with on
432. les The FTP Panel Open command sits on the middle toolbar on the FTP panel It opens the file that you have selected in the FTP panel The File History Open command sits on the toolbar at the top of the History Panel It opens the file that you have selected in the History panel You can 239 technically place these 3 commands anywhere But it s probably not a good idea to use the Open items for the side panels anywhere but the proper side panel toolbar While customizing the toolbars and menus an extra toolbar appears docked at the top edge of EditPad s window below the main menu and main toolbar if they re still in their default positions This toolbar has 6 drop down menus 8 in EditPad Pro that hold the items for EditPad s most important context menus Do not customize the toolbar itself EditPad will automatically reset it The purpose of this toolbar is to give you access to the context menus while customizing the toolbars and menus so you can customize the context menus too When you re not customizing the context menus appear in the following situations e Editor outside selection Right click on any text in the main editor that is not selected This menu lists commands that affect the whole file by default If you find it confusing that you can t copy text when clicking outside the selection add the copy commands to this menu too e Editor inside selection Right click on selected text in the main editor This menu lists
433. lications like Notepad display UNIX text files with everything on one line Use the Convert To Windows command to make sure your file uses consistent Windows line breaks if you ll be using the file with other Windows applications If the Convert To Windows menu item is grayed out that means the file already uses Windows line breaks consistently If line break styles matter for your work use the Status Bar Preferences to enable a status bar indicator to show the file s dominant line break style In EditPad Pro in the Editor Preferences you can configure Options Visualize Line Breaks to display the actual line break style for each line rather than a generic paragraph marker Convert To UNIX LF only Converts the active file to the line break style used by UNIX and derivatives like Linux BSD and even OS X These operating systems terminate each line with a single Line Feed character Only the line termination characters are converted Anything else remains untouched To EditPad it does not matter whether a file uses Windows UNIX or Mac line breaks EditPad even handles files that use a mixture of all three However other applications often only support the proper line breaks for their environment UNIX applications often try to display the CR in Windows text files resulting in a weird character at the end of each line Use the Convert To UNIX command to make sure your file uses consistent UNIX line breaks if you ll be us
434. lient uploads or downloads an identical copy of the file In ASCII mode the FTP client and server will attempt to convert the file between the client and server operating systems E g when using a Windows FTP client to upload a text file to a Linux server Windows style line breaks will be converted to UNIX style line breaks when uploading a file and the other way around when downloading a file EditPad Pro always uploads and downloads files in binary mode You ll always get an exact copy of what s on the server and you ll always put an exact copy of the file back onto the server Unlike many other applications EditPad Pro transparently handles Windows UNIX and Macintosh text files Still you should be careful when uploading files to Linux or UNIX servers E g a CGI script may abort with a mysterious 500 server error if you upload it with Windows style line breaks onto a web server running Linux The solution is to select Convert To UNIX LF only in EditPad Pro s menu before uploading the file You can also save the file on your Windows PC with UNIX style line breaks so you need to do the conversion only once You can also set the default for new files in the File Type Encoding settings 215 Connect to FTP Click the Connect to FTP button to connect to an FTP server Enter the server s host name e g ftp mydomain com port your login or user name ftp just great software com and your password You can also choose whether EditPad
435. like Macros Record Macro does The only difference is that EditPad Pro doesn t ask you for a name and keyboard shortcut for the macro The only way to play back the instant macro is with Macros Play Instant Macro Only one instant macro is preserved at a time Recording a new instant macro deletes the previous instant macto without warning Use instant macros when you want to quickly record and play back a group of keystrokes a few times Macros Play Instant Macro Use the Play Instant Macro command in the Macros menu to play back the macro you last recorded with Macros Record Instant Macro 93 Macro Properties The Macro Properties screen appears when you select the Record Macro item in the Macros menu and when you click the Properties button when organizing macros EditPad Pro macros have only two properties a name and an optional keyboard shortcut Each macro must have a unique name If you start recording a new macro with the same name as an existing macro the existing macro is automatically and silently replaced The keyboard shortcut can either be a single key combination or a double key combination Assigning a shortcut to a macro works just like assigning shortcuts in the Keyboard preferences The procedure is explained in detail in the help topic about Keyboard preferences If you assign a shortcut to a macro that is already assigned to another macro the new macro will take over the shortcut from the old macro You can
436. lines The problem with this is that after the hard line breaks have been inserted the text becomes difficult to edit The text will not be nicely and automatically rewrapped when you insert new text into a middle of the paragraph like EditPad does when word wrap is on With Convert Line Breaks gt Wrapping you can tell EditPad Pro to attempt to remove the line breaks that were inserted into the file for the purpose of emulating word wrap I did say attempt because EditPad Pro has no way of detecting whether a line break was automatically inserted to limit the length of the line or if it was inserted by a person pressing Enter on the keyboard Technically there is no difference between the two But usually EditPad Pro does a remarkably good job Convert Double gt Single Spacing A text file is double spaced if there is a blank line between each line of text Select Double gt Single Spacing from the Convert menu to remove those blank lines If you select multiple lines of text first only the the selected block is converted If there is no selection or the selection does not span multiple lines then this conversion affects the entire file If you use the double to single spacing conversion on a file that is not double spaced EditPad Pro will remove as many alternating blank lines as possible If part of the file is single spaced and part is double spaced the whole file will become single spaced If the entire file is single spa
437. lines Lines will be moved entirely If the first and or last line in the selection are only partially selected the selection will first expand itself to include those lines entirely When moving the block one line up the block and the line above it will swap places After the action the unselected line that was above the block will be below it Moving the block one line down does the opposite When you ve made a rectangular selection only the selected columns are moved When moving the rectangular block one line up the columns spanning the width of the selection in the line above the selection are removed Then the selected block is moved up one line filling up the space created by removing part of the line that was above the selection The removed characters are then reinserted in the empty space created on the line that use to be the last line in the selection If the line above the block did not have any characters to remove spaces are inserted into the last line instead The original block will remain selected now positioned one line higher in the file Moving a rectangular block one line down does the opposite Rectangular selections can also be shifted to the left or the right When shifting a block to the left the character immediately to the left of the block on each line partially selected by the block is removed This character is then reinserted on the same line immediately to the right of the block The original block will remain sel
438. ll as at the position between two non word characters i e W W B B matches b in abc 349 Alternation Character Description Example Character Description Example Quantifiers Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example pipe Causes the regex engine to match either the part on the left side or the part on the right side Can be strung together into a series of options abc def xyz matches abc def or xyz pipe The pipe has the lowest precedence of all operators Use grouping to alternate only part of the regular expression abc def xyz matches abcdef or abcxyz question mark Makes the preceding item optional Greedy so the optional item is included in the match if possible abc matches ab or abc Makes the preceding item optional Lazy so the optional item is excluded in the match if possible This construct is often excluded from documentation because of its limited use abc matches ab or abc star Repeats the previous item zero or more times Greedy so as many items as possible will be matched before trying permutations with less matches of the preceding item up to the point where the preced
439. ll be added to the redo list too If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke this command it will be invoked on EditPad s main editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box The undo feature remembers all changes you made to any file since you opened it in EditPad Saving a file does not clear the undo list Switching between files switches between the undo lists of those files EditPad remembers the changes you made to each file even while you work with other files until you close each file Undoing and redoing actions updates the file s modified status as indicated by the status bar and tab color When you undo all changes you made since last saving the file or redo all changes you undid since last saving the file the file will be indicated as being unmodified EditPad may use quite a lot of memory to remember all the changes you made to all the files you have open Some commands such as a search and replace across all files may result in very large numbers of changes EditPad s undo history includes a safeguard to make sure EditPad does not run out of memory If the undo history grows too large EditPad automatically discards the oldest changes In extreme cases like a search and replace that makes millions of replacements the undo
440. lon E g YMATCH 6L inserts the match padded with spaces at the left to a length of 6 characters You can add both padding and case placeholders MATCH U 6L inserts the padded match converted to upper case Padding specifiers start with a number indicating the length followed by a letter indicating the padding style The length is the number of characters the placeholder should insert into the regular expression or replacement text If the length of the placeholder s value exceeds the requested length it will be inserted unchanged It won t be truncated to fit the length If the value is shorter it will be padded according to the padding style you specified The L or left padding style puts spaces before the placeholder s value This style is useful for padding numbers or currency values to line them up in columns The R or right padding style puts spaces after the placeholder s value This style is useful for padding words or text to line them up in columns The C or center padding style puts the same number of spaces before and after the placeholder s value If an odd number of spaces is needed for padding one more space will be placed before the value than after it The Z or zero padding style puts zeros before the placeholder s value This style is useful for padding sequence numbers The A or alpha padding style puts letters a before the placeholder s value This style is useful for padding seq
441. lor picker there is a button labeled Default The default color depends on the color item The default colors for editor plain text are the window text and background colors configured in the Windows Control Panel as part of the Windows theme or via the advanced appearance settings The default colors for editor selected text are the selection text and highlight colors specified in the Windows Control Panel The default colors for all other items are the text and background colors you selected for editor plain text in this palette It is possible for multiple colors to apply to the same text In increasing order of priority a piece of text may have two levels subscheme and element of highlighting by the syntax coloring scheme may be on a highlighted line file comparison and active line highlighting and may be selected Background and text color are determined separately EditPad displays each bit of text using the individual color with the highest priority that applies to that text If that color is set to default or is set to the exactly the same color as that for plain text EditPad takes the color with the next highest priority If all colors are set to default then the colors for plain text are used to display the text The text color and background color are determined separately An individual color that uses default as its text color and a specific color as its background color gives the appearance of a hi
442. lphabetically by their file names Tab Order List files in the same order as they have in the row of file tabs This order is determined by the order in which you open files and which file was active when you opened more files Dragging and dropping tabs or Files Panel nodes changes the order of both the tabs and the Files Panel nodes Time Last Edited List files in the order which you last edited them from most recently edited to least recently edited If you edit a file in EditPad it is moved to the top of the list immediately All files that you have edited in EditPad since you last opened them are ordered by the moment of the last change regardless of whether those changes were saved Undoing an action is also considered a change and will move the file to the top of the list Files that you have opened but not edited in EditPad are ordered by the last modification time stamp the files have on disk 18 View Explorer Panel The Explorer Panel is a panel that sits docked at the left side of FditPad s window You can make it visible by selecting Explorer Panel in the View menu You can dock the panel elsewhere by dragging its caption bar or its tab The Explorer Panel functions as a miniature version of Windows Explorer the file manager that is part of Windows With EditPad Pro s Explorer panel you can easily open files without having to go through File Open You can also copy move and delete files even if you didn t open those
443. ly ISO 8859 5 has never reached the popularity of KOI8 If the file was created on an old mainframe or an IBM AS 400 renamed iSeries system try the EBCDIC encodings EBCDIC was the de facto standard in the days computers used punch cards If EBCDIC doesn t produce a readable file try the DOS character sets which were used by IBM s PC DOS 111 Non Representable Characters Replaced with Question Marks There are two ways in which a text editor can keep files in memory while editing them Some editors use Unicode internally On Windows that is typically UTF 16 LE When you open a file that uses any other encoding it is converted into UTF 16 LE in memory When you save the file it is converted back into the other encoding The benefit is that the developers of such editors have only one encoding to deal with for all editing functions The downside is that the conversion takes extra time and extra memory Such editors usually don t perform with very large files If a file is loaded with the wrong encoding it has to be reloaded with the correct one If you don t notice the wrong encoding is being used or if it contains bytes that are invalid for the encoding that the file actually uses data loss may occur There s no way to preserve invalid byte sequences when converting to UTF 16 When EditPad loads a file it loads its actual bytes into memory In EditPad Pro you can even see those bytes by switching to hexadecimal mode That is what th
444. ly encrypted FTP connection The connection starts with a plain old unsecure connection on port 21 Before logging in request TLS encryption from the server If the server supports TLS the connection will be secured before your login and password are sent If the server does not support TLS the FTP session is aborted and EditPad will show an error message EditPad Pro will encrypt file transfers If the server does not support encrypted file transfers EditPad Pro will be able to connect to the server but will then fail to retrieve any directory listings and will fail to transfer any files e TLS files unencrypted use this method if your server supports TLS but not encrypted file transfers which is fairly common THe connection starts with a plain old unsecure connection on port 21 Before logging in request TLS encryption from the server If the server supports TLS the connection will be secured before your login and password are sent If the server does not support TLS the FTP session is aborted and EditPad will show an error message EditPad Pro will not encrypt file transfers If the server does not allow unencrypted file transfers EditPad Pro will be able to connect to the server but will then fail to retrieve any directory listings and will fail to transfer any files e SSL fully encrypted use this method if your FTP server supports encryption but does not support negotiating for the encryption EditPad will establish an FTP connection en
445. ly spaces and tabs on them are only considered to be blank if you ve turned one of the options to ignore differences in spaces and tabs On a line with only spaces and tabs all spaces and tabs are considered to be both leading and trailing at the same time Extra Delete Blank Lines Select Delete Blank Lines in the Extra menu to delete all totally blank lines from the file Only lines that have no characters at all are deleted Lines that consist solely of whitespace are not deleted If you want to delete lines that have whitespace too first use Extra Trim Trailing Whitespace to remove the whitespace and then use Delete Blank Lines 100 Extra Consolidate Blank Lines Select Delete Blank Lines in the Extra menu to replace all blocks of consecutive totally blank lines with a single blank line Only lines that have no characters at all are consolidated Lines that consist solely of whitespace are ignored If you want to consolidate lines that have whitespace too first use Extra Trim Trailing Whitespace to remove the whitespace and then use Consolidate Blank Lines Extra Trim Leading Whitespace Select Trim Leading Whitespace in the Extra menu to remove whitespace from the start of each line If you selected part of the file only lines that area selected will be trimmed If not all lines in the file will be trimmed If you ve made a rectangular selection EditPad Pro will only delete whitespace inside the rectangular block Wh
446. ly updates the contents of a folder shown in the files and folders tree on the FTP panel whenever you use EditPad to upload rename or delete a file via FTP in that folder If you use another way to add or delete files on the FTP server then EditPad won t show those changes on the FTP panel To make EditPad Pro check for changes in a particular folder select that folder or a file in that folder and invoke the Refresh Folder command via the context menu If you regularly use another FTP client you may want to turn off the option to cache directory listings when you connect to the FTP server in EditPad Then EditPad will refresh all folder listings each time you connect to the FTP server Rename Rename the selected file or folder You will be prompted for the new name File Permissions If your FTP server is running on a UNIX or Linux host select the File Permissions item in the context menu if you want to change the permissions on the selected file These are the permissions that you can set via the chmod command in UNIX or Linux 220 Delete To delete a file or folder right click on it and select Delete in the context menu Most FTP servers will not allow you to delete a folder until you ve deleted all of its files and subfolders You can delete multiple files and folders by selecting them all and then right clicking on one of the selected items 221 21 View File History The File History is a panel that sits docked at
447. mail address or you can enter only the email address If you want to send your message to more than one recipient click the Add button next to the To field to add the first email address to the list Then type in the second email address into the To field and click the Add button again Do so for all recipients If you make a mistake you can remove a recipient by selecting his or her email address from the list and clicking the Remove button In the Subject field type in the subject of the email message If you want to attach files to the email message click the Attach button Select the file you want to send You can attach more than one file if you want to If you change your mind about attaching a file click on it in the list and click the Remove button below the list of attachments The Send or Enqueue button does not become enabled until you type in your email address the recipients email address and the message s subject When you click the Send button the email is placed in the mail queue and sent out immediately When you the Enqueue button the email will be added to the mail queue but will not be sent until you click the Send button in the mail queue Which of the two buttons appears depends on the option to send out email immediately in the Email Preferences Before you can actually send mail you need to specify the outgoing mail server that EditPad Pro should use in the Email Preferences If you haven t do
448. makes no difference If you specify a file that does not exist on the command line EditPad will create a blank tab with that file name The file itself will not be created until you save it Example EditPadPro7 exe C My Documents text txt C Development source c If you start EditPad while another copy of EditPad is already running the newly run copy will send the command line parameters to the existing copy The newly run copy will close itself as soon as the existing copy as processed the command line parameters and opened all files If you want to force a second EditPad window to appear specify the newinstance parameter on the command line This parameter can appeat anywhere on the command line and can be used in combination with any other command line parameter When using newinstance you can also specify the location of the new EditPad window br1100t200r300b400 sets the window s bounding rectangle to left 100 top 200 right 300 and bottom 400 counting pixels from the top left corner of the screen Some applications that launch a text editor wait for the editor to close as a signal that you re done editing the file and that the application can proceed with whatever it was doing Such applications won t behave correctly when EditPad reuses an existing instance and then closes as soon as the file has been opened To avoid this problem either specify the newinstance parameter to start a new EditPad instance that the application
449. mand on them and save them for later use If you open the View File History it will remind you of the two files that were compared and which was the old or original file and which was the new or edited file Minimum number of lines for matching block When you pick Extra Compare Files from the menu EditPad Pro will ask for a file to compare the active one with Near the bottom of the selection window you will see the spinner box labeled minimum number of lines for a matching block The default setting is 3 You can set it to any number from 1 up to and including 9 This value is used by EditPad Pro in the following situation While comparing the files it encounters a section of one or more changed paragraphs In the difference output these paragraphs are grouped into a single red block showing the original paragraphs followed by a single green block with the new paragraphs This is done because all those paragraphs are most likely to be connected somehow a chapter in a book that was heavily edited a source code routine that has been modified etc Keeping those paragraphs together maintains their logical connection so you can easily see what happened when inspecting the output of Extra Compare Files To even better maintain the logical structure of the document you can have EditPad Pro also include a few paragraphs in the block that are identical in both versions of the document This will happen when you
450. mbered backtracking positions so it declares failure This is quite a lot of work to figure out integers isn t in our list of words We can optimize this by telling the regular expression engine that if it can t match b after it matched integer then it shouldn t bother trying any of the other words The word we ve encountered in the subject string is a longer word and it isn t in our list We can do this by turning the capturing group into an atomic group b gt integer insert in b Now when integer matches the engine exits from an atomic group and throws away the backtracking positions it stored for the alternation When b fails the engine gives up immediately This savings can be significant when scanning a large file for a long list of keywords This savings will be vital when your alternatives contain repeated tokens not to mention repeated groups that lead to catastrophic backtracking 293 Don t be too quick to make all your groups atomic As we saw in the first example above atomic grouping can exclude valid matches too Compare how b gt integer insert in b and b gt in integer insert b behave when applied to insert The former regex matches while the latter fails If the groups weren t atomic both regexes would match Remember that alternation tries its alternatives from left to right If the second regex matches in it won t try the two other alter
451. menu of the File menu you can keep lists of files that you often work with This way you can quickly open them to continue working on them To add a file to your favorites list first open the file in EditPad Then select File Favorites Add Current File from the menu The next time you open the File Favorites menu you will see the file listed there The files are sorted alphabetically by their complete path names If you have added folders via the Organize Favorites screen see below you can add a file to one of the folders by selecting the Add Current File item from the folder s menu 7 To purge files that no longer exist from the list of favorites select Remove Obsolete Files from the Favorites menu If you have created folders non existent files will be purged from those folders as well To remove only certain files whether they still exist or not use the Organize Favorites screen To open one of your favorite files simply choose it from the Favorites menu To open many of your favorite files use Organize Favorites Organize Favorites Click the File Favorites item directly or select Organize Favorites from the File Favorites submenu to organize the list of your favorite files or to open many of those files quickly E E My Documents acetext htm _ c My Documents acetext20 xsd c My Documents Batch File Output txt 5 c My Documents Bitstream Vera Sans Mono cp _ c My Documents Build Output tx
452. menu to replace the selected search match with the replacement text Search Replace and Find Next After finding a search match click the Next button to the right of the Replace button on the search toolbar or select the Replace and Find Next item in the Search menu to replace the selected search match with the replacement text and to immediately continue searching for the next search match This button is a shortcut to clicking the Replace button followed by clicking the Find Next button Search Replace and Find Previous After finding a search match click the Previous button to the right of the Replace button on the search toolbar or select the Replace and Find Previous item in the Search menu to replace the selected search match with the replacement text and to immediately continue searching for the previous search match This button is a shortcut to clicking the Replace button followed by clicking the Find Previous button The Replace and Find Previous command is not available in regular expression mode Regular expressions cannot search backwards Search Replace All After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term and replacement text click the Replace All button on the search toolbar or select the Replace All item in the Search menu to find the first search match Replace All starts searching from the beginning just like Find First does If it finds a match it replaces it like Replace Current would and
453. mmand removes all such files from the the active project If you want to remove only some closed files from the project use the Files Panel Files that are removed from a project are added to the File Open and Project Add to Project submenus that list recently closed files unless the files were opened in bulk withProject Open Folder or a similar command Project Close Outside Files The Close Outside Files command in the Project menu is only available if the active project is managed and it has one or more outside files An outside file is a file that is open under the project s tab but is not actually part of the project When a project is closed and reopened outside files are not remembered Use the Close Outside Files to remove all such files from the project immediately Files that are removed from a project are added to the File Open and Project Add to Project submenus that list recently closed files unless the files were opened in bulk withProject Open Folder or a similar command Project Close All Files Use the Close All command in the Project menu to close all files in the active project The result is the same as if you had used File Close for each file in the project The project itself remains open If the project is unmanaged the files are removed from the project If the project is managed files that are part of managed projects remain part of the project as closed files The Files Panel and Search
454. mple Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Dot Character Description Example opening square bracket Starts a character class A character class matches a single character out of all the possibilities offered by the character class Inside a character class different rules apply The rules in this section ate only valid inside character classes The rules outside this section ate not valid in character classes except for a few character escapes that are indicated with can be used inside character classes Any character except add that character to the possible matches for the character class All characters except the listed special characters abc matches a b or c backslash followed by any of A backslash escapes special characters to suppress their special meaning 4 matches or hyphen except immediately after the opening Specifies a range of characters Specifies a hyphen if placed immediately after the opening a ZA Z0 9 matches any letter or digit caret immediately after the opening Negates the character class causing it to match a single character of listed in the character class Specifies a caret if placed anywhere except after the opening a d matches x any character except a
455. multi line mode Not all regex flavors support this JavaScript and Python apply all mode modifiers to the entire regular expression They don t support the ismx syntax since turning off an option is pointless when mode modifiers apply to the whole regular expressions All options are off by default You can quickly test how the regex flavor you re using handles mode modifiers The regex 1 te i st should match test and TEst but not teST or TEST 288 Modifier Spans Instead of using two modifiers one to turn an option on and one to turn it off you use a modifier span 1 ignorecase i casesensitive i ignorecase is equivalent to 1 ignorecase i casesensitive ignorecase You have probably noticed the resemblance between the modifier span and the non capturing group group Technically the non capturing group is a modifier span that does not change any modifiers It is obvious that the modifier span does not create a backreference Modifier spans are supported by all regex flavors that allow you to use mode modifiers in the middle of the regular expression and by those flavors only These include the JGsoft engine NET Java Perl and PCRE 289 15 Possessive Quantifiers When discussing the repetition operators or quantifiers I explained the difference between greedy and lazy repetition Greediness and laziness determine the order in which the regex engine tries the po
456. muma nninter Keyboard navigation options C Arrow Left and Right move the cursor to the other edge of the selection C Home key moves the cursor to first non whitespace character on the line _ End key places the cursor after the last non whitespace character on the line M Backspace unindents when Auto Indent is turned on in the Options menu C Allow text cursor to be moved beyond the end of a line C Ctrl Arrow Up and Down scroll one line instead of jumping to the previous or next paragraph Cluse arrow keys to scroll when the Scroll Lock key is active C Arrow Up and Down move the cursor back to the column where you started editing Keep text cursor in view while scrolling Never move the text cursor while scrolling Only when scrolling with the keyboard Always keep the text cursor in view Mouse Pointer Shape and Style EditPad Pro allows you to select the mouse pointer shape and style Standard I beam is the standard mouse pointer for text editing controls typically an I shaped beam Thin I beam thick I beam and dual color I beam are custom EditPad cursors for which you can pick your own colors By choosing colors that contrast well with the background color you ve chosen for the editor you can make the mouse pointer highly 164 visible Standard arrow is the regular Windows mouse pointer Dual color arrow is another custom EditPad cursor in the shape o
457. n as if the cursor was positioned at the start of the line This allows you to quickly copy and paste whole lines without worrying about the horizontal position of the text cursor This option also affects the Block Move and Block Duplicate commands in the same way If you move or duplicate a whole line the line is moved or copied as if the cursor was on the start of the line that it is on This option only affects whole lines copied in EditPad When pasting text copied from another application EditPad cannot determine whether it was a complete line or not By default selections in EditPad Pro behave like in most other Windows applications When you move the text cursor by pressing a key on the keyboard or clicking somewhere with the mouse the selection will disappear When typing in some text or pasting from the clipboard the selected text will be replaced by the text you typed in or pasted If you turn on persistent selections moving the text cursor will not cause the selection to disappear Also typing in text or pasting text will not delete the selected text The typed or pasted text will be inserted at the position of the text cursor whether that is outside the selection at the edge of the selection or inside the selection If it is inside the selection the selection will be expanded to include both the text originally selected and the newly entered text 162 Turn on zero based line and column numbers if you want EditPad
458. n only reload files automatically do not check whether network files were modified on disk Then the options to automatically reload will only apply to files stored on your own computer Modern storage devices allow EditPad to do this check instantly EditPad won t check files stored on another PC or server that you re accessing via the Windows network so a slow network doesn t slow down your work in EditPad Huge Files EditPad Pro is capable of handing files of almost any size including files larger than 4 gigabytes However loading such large files entirely into memory would quickly exhaust the available memory of most computers slowing down the system to a crawl 172 Therefore you can set an upper limit on the size of files that EditPad Pro will read into memory entirely You can choose any threshold between 10 megabytes and 10 of the total amount of RAM in your PC On 32 bit Windows the maximum threshold is 200 MB even if your PC has more than 2 GB of RAM Files larger than your chosen threshold will be swapped out to disk This slightly slows down EditPad because reading from disk is slower than reading from memory But it makes sure EditPad does not use too much RAM so your computer keeps running smoothly To be able to read files as needed EditPad Pro needs to keep a lock on those files This means that EditPad Pro will lock files larger than the huge file threshold even when you ve turned off the option to keep a lock on
459. n deletes 3 more spaces If you turn off backspace unindents then pressing Backspace always deletes one character This option has no effect when Auto Indent is off Without auto indent backspace always deletes one character If you turn on allow text cursor to be moved beyond the end of a line you can position the text cursor after the last character of the line If you press the right arrow key when the cursor is at the end of the line it will move one position to the right If you click with the mouse beyond the end of the line the cursor will be placed where you clicked If you start typing when the cursor is beyond the end of the line EditPad will automatically fill up the line with spaces up to the position where you started typing When you do not allow the cursor to be moved beyond the end of a line pressing the right arrow key when the cursor is at the end of a line will move it to the start of the next line When you click the mouse beyond the end of the line the cursor will be placed after the last character on the line 165 You can choose what happens when you press Control Arrow Up or Down on the keyboard By default this will scroll the text one line up or down without moving the text cursor as if you had clicked on the up or down arrow button on the scroll bar or as if you had rotated the mouse wheel Ctrlt Arrow Up and Down work this way in most programmer s text editors If you prefer to use the mouse rather than
460. n list in the Block Write dialog box If the active filter is any file no extension will be added If any other filter is active the default extension for that file type will be added to the filename The default extension is the first extension listed in the Extensions setting of the file type s settings Block Append Select Append from the Block menu to saves the selected portion of the file you are editing into another file If the other file already exists the selection will be added to the end of that file If it does not yet exist it will be created Block Print Select Print from the Block menu to print the selection portion of the current file rather than the entire file A preview of the printout will be shown first It will allow you to make some changes like which font to print with which pages should be printed You can also access the printer setup through the preview window There are two key differences between selecting Block Print in the menu versus selecting File Print and turning on the selection only in the print preview The checkbox works at the level of a single line If a line is partially selected it will be printed entirely Block Print however sends the exact selection to the print preview and ultimately the printer If you want to print a rectangular block Block Print is definitely more useful 70 Syntax coloring will also be printed differently Since File Print sends th
461. n text clips hold ordinary text A word a sentence several paragraphs or a complete text document of any size Rectangular text block clips hold a rectangular selection Binary data clips hold data in hexadecimal format If you create a clip while EditPad Pro is in hexadecimal mode the clip will hold binary data Before and after text are a special very useful kind of clip You cannot create such a clip by dragging and dropping some text onto the Clip Collection You can only create them by editing a clip or by clicking the New Clip button when no text is selected These clips are very useful to insert frequently used bits of text that consist of an opening and a closing part such as HTML tags The before part is placed before the cursor or selection and the after part is placed behind it Indent Turn on the indent option for plain text and before and after text clips if the clip consists of multiple lines and you want the second and subsequent lines to be lined up with the first line E g source code is often indented to indicate block structure Turn on the indent option for clips holding source code snippets and they will be properly indented when you use them Text The text stored by the clip You can use all text editing keyboard shortcuts and mouse actions to edit the text of a clip View Character Map Select Character Map in the view menu to show a grid with all the characters availa
462. n the Open Files Preferences you can disable the automatic reload or make EditPad always prompt before reloading If you click Keep Changes EditPad will not reload the file and will not overwrite the file on disk unless you use File Save If you want to keep both the changes you ve made in EditPad and the modified copy of the file on disk click the Keep Changes button and then use File Save As to save the changes in EditPad into a new file In addition EditPad Pro gives you the option to see the difference between the file in EditPad and the file on disk If you click the See Difference button EditPad Pro invokes Extra Compare with File on Disk EditPad Pro will zo reload the file and will not ask you again to reload the file until is is changed on disk again If you want to reload the file from disk after looking at the differences use the File Reload from Disk menu item File Save Copy As The Save Copy As command in the File menu works just like File Save As The only difference is that after File Save Copy As the File Save command will continue to save the file using the original file name The file name indicated by the tab does not change The Save Copy As command adds an extra open the saved file checkbox at the bottom of the file selection screen If you turn on this option EditPad opens the copy of the file that you just saved You ll end up with two tabs one for the original file and one for the copy You
463. n the match attempt at all This causes the backreference to fail to match at all mimicking the result of the group Since there s no making 1 optional the overall match attempt fails The only exception is JavaScript According to the official ECMA standard a backreference to a non participating capturing group must successfully match nothing just like a backreference to a participating group that captured nothing does In other words in JavaScript q b 1 and q b 1 both match b Forward References and Invalid References Modern flavors notably JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE and Ruby allow forward references That is you can use a backreference to a group that appears later in the regex Forward references are obviously only useful if they re inside a repeated group Then there can be situations in which the regex engine evaluates the backreference after the group has already matched Before the group is attempted the backreference will fail like a backreference to a failed group does If forward references are supported the regex 2two one will match oneonetwo At the start of the string 2 fails Trying the other alternative one is matched by the second capturing group and subsequently by the first group The first group is then repeated This time 2 matches one as captured by the second group two then matches two With two repetitions of the first group the
464. n your regular expression be How expensive would it be if you had to change the regular expression later Different answers to these questions will require a different regular expression as the solution My email regex does what I want but it may not do what you want Regexes Don t Send Email Don t go overboard in trying to eliminate invalid email addresses with your regular expression If you have to accept museum domains allowing any 6 letter top level domain is often better than spelling out a list of all current domains The reason is that you don t really know whether an address is valid until you try to send an email to it And even that might not be enough Even if the email arrives in a mailbox that doesn t mean somebody still reads that mailbox The same principle applies in many situations When trying to match a valid date it s often easier to use a bit of arithmetic to check for leap years rather than trying to do it in a regex Use a regular expression to find potential matches or check if the input uses the proper syntax and do the actual validation on the potential matches returned by the regular expression Regular expressions are a powerful tool but they re far from a panacea 323 The Official Standard RFC 2822 Maybe you re wondering why there s no official fool proof regex to match email addresses Well there is an official definition but it s hardly fool proof The official standard is known
465. natives due to the atomic group 294 17 Lookahead and Lookbehind Zero Width Assertions Perl 5 introduced two very powerful constructs lookahead and lookbehind Collectively these are called lookaround They are also called zero width assertions They are zero width just like the start and end of line and start and end of word anchors that I already explained The difference is that lookarounds will actually match characters but then give up the match and only return the result match or no match That is why they are called assertions They do not consume characters in the string but only assert whether a match is possible or not Lookarounds allow you to create regular expressions that are impossible to create without them or that would get very longwinded without them Positive and Negative Lookahead Negative lookahead is indispensable if you want to match something not followed by something else When explaining character classes I already explained why you cannot use a negated character class to match a q not followed by a u Negative lookahead provides the solution q u The negative lookahead construct is the pair of round brackets with the opening bracket followed by a question mark and an exclamation point Inside the lookahead we have the trivial regex u Positive lookahead works just the same q U matches a q that is followed by a u without making the u part of
466. nd all their subfolders All files will be copied including files that are invisible in the Explorer Panel because of the file filter 212 Rename and Move If you selected one file the Rename and Move button will ask you for the folder you want to move the file into and the new name you want to give it With one file the Rename and Move command works like File Rename and Move except that it renames and or moves the file you selected in the Explorer Panel rather than the active file If you selected more than one file or you selected one or more folders the Rename and Move button will ask you for a folder to move all the selected files and folders into The files and folders will be moved only not renamed Folders will be moved entirely including all their files and all their subfolders All files in the selected folders will be moved including files that are invisible in the Explorer Panel because of the file filter Delete Click the Delete button to delete the selected files and folders When deleting files and folders from the hard disk they will be moved into the Windows Recycle Bin Refresh Reload the list of files and folders under the selected folder 213 19 File Filter EditPad Pro s Explorer Panel and FTP Panel allow you to filter the files they display Showing only the files youre interested in makes it easier to work with folders containing large numbers of files The Explorer and FTP panels are not updated in
467. nd jump to the first file it finds Since this makes it hard to predict where you ll end up if you jump to the bookmark you should set it again after turning on project wide bookmarks Setting the bookmark again will then remove it from all the other files in the project giving it one place to jump to Whether to use separate bookmarks for each file or project wide bookmarks depends on your personal editing style and the task at hand When working with a handful of very large files using separate bookmarks gives you 10 numbered bookmarks for each file You can use the tabs to switch between files When you re working with a very large number of files and you repeatedly need to switch between them project wide bookmarks allow you to instantly switch to a particular spot in a particular file Regardless of the state of the Project Wide Bookmarks option you can use the Mark Set Any Bookmark command to set as many numberless bookmarks in as many files as you like The Project Wide Bookmarks option only affects numbered bookmarks of which you can have no more than 10 Mark Go to Bookmark 1 2 3 You can quickly jump to any bookmark by pressing Ctrl 1 Ctrl 2 Ctrl 3 etc on the keyboard Jumping to a bookmark positions the text cursor on the line on which you set the bookmark with the given number through Mark Set Bookmark If the requested bookmark does not exist nothing happens If you remember you set a bookmark but don t remember
468. nd regular expression to validate the contents of the header returned in the second capturing group of the first regex Though you ll have to write a few lines of extra code this code will be much easier to understand and maintain If you precompile all the regular expressions using multiple regular expressions will be just as fast if not faster than the one big regex stuffed with conditionals 305 21 XML Schema Character Classes XML Schema Regular Expressions support the usual six shorthand character classes plus four more These four aren t supported by any other regular expression flavor i matches any character that may be the first character of an XML name i e _ A Za Zz c matches any character that may occur after the first character in an XML name i e _ A Za z0 9 I and C are the respective negated shorthands Note that the c shorthand syntax conflicts with the control character syntax used in many other regex flavors You can use these four shorthands both inside and outside character classes using the bracket notation They re very useful for validating XML references and values in your XML schemas The regular expression i c matches an XML name like xml schema In other regular expression flavors you d have to spell this out as _ A Za z _ A Za z0 9 The latter regex also works with XML s regular expression flavor It just takes more time to type in The reg
469. ne XML file v No syntax coloring How to capture the tool s standard error Ignore Combine with output Into message panel Into new tab Append to existing tab O Replace existing tab Mark the tab as modified if it contains data v Close the tab if it is still empty when the tool has finished running File type for tab Syntax coloring for message pane Tool Errors Perl interpreter By default console applications read input from the keyboard and write output to the screen On the DOS and Windows command line you can use the less than and greater than symbols to redirect standard input and output The command line sometool lt input txt gt output txt will cause sometool to read from input txt and write to output txt You cannot use these symbols on the command line when configuring EditPad Pro to run a console application However you do have a variety of options for redirecting standard I O on the Standard I O page What to Send to Standard Input If a tool expects data via standard input i e it expects a DOS Windows command line like sometool lt input txt EditPad Pro is capable of sending either the current file entirely or only the selected part of the current file The current file is whichever file you re editing at the moment you run the tool by selecting it in the Tools menu If the tool is a text based console application that accepts input from the keyboard
470. ne If you click it the hidden lines will become visible again A square with a minus will mark the first line with a vertical line extending down from it to mark the previously folded range Click the minus button again to refold the range If you did not select part of the text and the text cursor is inside a foldable range indicated by a vertical line in the left margin the Fold command will fold that folding range While folded lines are invisible they are still fully part of the file and still take part in all editing actions E g if you select a block that includes one or more folded sections and copy the block to the clipboard with Edit Copy all selected lines including lines hidden by folding will be copied to the clipboard Folding only affects the display The only editing commands that take the folding into account are Edit Delete Line Fold Copy Visible Lines and Fold Delete Folded Lines On the Navigation page in the file type configuration you can choose if and how EditPad Pro should add automatic folding points Automatic folding points appear as an unfolded range that you can fold with the mouse or the Fold command Fold Unfold Select Unfold in the Fold menu to unfold a section previously folded with Fold Fold The Unfold command will only become enabled when you ve placed the text cursor on the first still visible line of a folded section The unfolded section will remain marked as a folding point so you can
471. ne this yet clicking the Send button brings up the Preferences screen Mail Queue The mail queue pane appears after you click the Enqueue or Send button in the mail composition pane Each time you click the Enqueue or Send button another email message will be added to the bottom of the mail queue The messages will be marked as queued 13 Q Send 3 Delete 2 Retry G Move Up Move Down J Close Queued Testing EditPad Pro s email system to Bill Gates Queued How s The Force to Luke Skywalker and Master Yoda Queued Any plans for Friday to The President Click the Send button in the mail queue to start sending the messages in the queue EditPad Pro will start sending the first message in the queue marked as queued EditPad Pro always starts sending the first message no matter which message you selected in the queue before clicking the Send button When the first message has been sent EditPad Pro continues with the next until all queued messages have been sent The message that is being sent is marked as sending After it has been sent it will either be marked as sent in case of success or failed in case the message could not be sent While email is being sent EditPad Pro tells you what is happening in the caption bar above the queue The caption indicates Email Queue if you have not sent anything yet To remove a message from the queue select it and click the Delete button
472. ned to the right of the last character in the opening bracket and to the left of the last character in the closing bracket If the innermost pair of matching brackets contains an unmatched opening bracket to the left of the cursor or an unmatched closing bracket to the right of the cursor then that unpaired bracket is highlighted alone in a different color and the innermost pair is not highlighted If you turn on both bracket highlighting options then touching brackets are highlighted if the cursor touches a bracket The innermost pair containing the cursor is highlighted if the cursor does not touch any brackets 146 Exactly which brackets are highlighted and how they are paired up depends on the syntax coloring scheme the file type uses If the syntax coloring scheme does not define any bracket pairs EditPad matches up nested pairs of and throughout the file The provided syntax coloring schemes for programming languages match up these brackets too depending on how they are used in the programming language They also match up quotes that are used to delimit strings and characters that delimit multi line comments Syntax coloring schemes for markup formats such as HTML and XML match up HTML and XML tags EditPad Pro can also apply live spell checking When you activate the live syntax aware spell checking option EditPad Pro will mark misspelled words as you type By default misspelled words are marked in red and underlined You c
473. ng Positive and Negative Lookbehind Lookbehind has the same effect but works backwards It tells the regex engine to temporarily step backwards in the string to check if the text inside the lookbehind can be matched there lt a b matches a b that is not preceded by an a using negative lookbehind It will not match cab but will match the b and only the b in bed or debt lt a b positive lookbehind matches the b and only the b in cab but does not match bed or debt The construct for positive lookbehind is lt text a pair of round brackets with the opening bracket followed by a question mark less than symbol and an equals sign Negative lookbehind is written as lt text using an exclamation point instead of an equals sign More Regex Engine Internals Lers apply lt a b to thingamabob The engine starts with the lookbehind and the first character in the string In this case the lookbehind tells the engine to step back one character and see if an a can be matched there The engine cannot step back one character because there ate no characters before the t So the lookbehind fails and the engine starts again at the next character the h Note that a negative lookbehind would have succeeded here Again the engine temporarily steps back one character to check if 669 an a can be found ther
474. ng from the end of the last file in the current project If all projects is on Find Last starts searching from the end of the last file in the first project If none of these three options are on Find Last starts searching from the end of the current file Find Last searches backwards until a match is found If the search term can be found EditPad will switch to the file it was found in and select the matched text If the search term cannot be found nothing will happen except that the First button on the search panel will briefly flash its icon to indicate it failed Since there s no Last button the First button flashes instead 42 In EditPad Pro the Find Last command is also available through the drop down menu of the First button on the search panel s toolbar The Find Last command is also available in regular expression mode even though regular expressions cannot search backwards Instead of starting at the end of the file EditPad Pro starts searching at the start of the file and searches forward skipping over all regex matches until it finds the last one This means the Find Last command will be noticeably slower on large files when used with a regular expression rather than a plain search term Search Replace Current After finding a search match with Find First Find Next Find Previous or any of the other search commands click the Replace button on the search toolbar or select the Replace Current item in the Search
475. ng from The Previous Match Character G Description Matches at the position where the previous match ended or the position where the current match attempt started depending on the tool or regex flavor Matches at the start of the string during the first match attempt Example G a Z first matches a then matches b and then fails to match in ab_cd Conditionals Character regex then else Description If the lookahead succeeds the then part must match for the overall regex to match If the Example lookahead fails the else part must match for the overall regex to match Not just positive lookahead but all four lookarounds can be used Note that the lookahead is zero width so the then and else parts need to match and consume the part of the text matched by the lookahead as well lt a b c matches the second b and the first c in babxcac 354 Character 1 then else Description If the first capturing group took part in the match attempt thus far the then part must match for the overall regex to match If the first capturing group did not take part in the match the else part must match for the overall regex to match Example a 1 b Cc matches ab the first c and the second c in babxcac Comments Character comment Description Everything between and is ignored by the regex engine
476. ng from one situation to the next Therefore mouse clicks are not recorded If you move the mouse over the text editing area the mouse pointer will indicate you can t click If you try the click will have no effect at all Menu item commands and button commands are recorded You can invoke them with the mouse while recording a macro EditPad Pro will record the command that you clicked on rather than the click itself Only Your Actual Actions Are Recorded EditPad Pro only records exactly those keystrokes that you type or exactly those commands that you invoke when running a macro E g if you select the Search Find Next menu item while recording a macro the macro only records that you selected Search Find Next It does wot record the search term the search options etc If you play back the macro it will simply execute Search Find Next again If you ve changed the 90 search term or search options since recording the macro the new term and options will be used for the seatch By recording only your actual actions you can make generic macros E g if you want a macro that deletes every line with a search match you can record Search Find Next and Edit Delete Line You can then use that macro to delete the matches of any search term Simply enter the correct search term before running the macro This also applies to any keystrokes you type into the editor search box or replace box The macro will record the actual keystrokes Th
477. ng them as long as the project is open Managed projects are also great for preventing accidental changes Files are opened as outside files and closing files doesn t remove them The list of files in the project remains the same unless you explicitly add files to the project or remove files from the project To turn an unmanaged project into a managed one select the Managed Project item in the Project menu or click the corresponding toolbar button The icon on the project s tab changes from the red unmanaged project icon to the blue managed project icon All files that were open in the unmanaged project become part of the managed project as open files You can turn a managed project back into an unmanaged one by selecting the Managed Project item in the Project menu again If the managed project consisted of open files only all that happens is that the icon on the project s tab changes from blue to red to indicate the project is unmanaged If the managed project contained closed files and or outside files EditPad Pro will ask what you want to do with those files 30 You are about to change this project from being managed to being unmanaged In an unmanaged project all files in the project are always open when the project is open Opening and closing files automatically adds them to or removes them from the project The project has files that are closed but still part of the project What do you want to do with these files Open
478. ngle subject string What you can do though is to add a line of code to make the match attempt of the second Matcher start where the match of the first Matcher ended G will then match at this position The G token is supported by the JGsoft engine NET Java Perl and PCRE 302 20 If Then Else Conditionals in Regular Expressions A special construct ifthen else allows you to create conditional regular expressions If the zf part evaluates to true then the regex engine will attempt to match the ben part Otherwise the e se part is attempted instead The syntax consists of a pair of round brackets The opening bracket must be followed by a question mark immediately followed by the part immediately followed by the hen part This part can be followed by a vertical bar and the e se part You may omit the eke part and the vertical bar with it For the f part you can use the lookahead and lookbehind constructs Using positive lookahead the syntax becomes regex then else Because the lookahead has its own parentheses the zf and shen parts are clearly separated Remember that the lookaround constructs do not consume any characters If you use a lookahead as the zf part then the regex engine will attempt to match the then or else part depending on the outcome of the lookahead at the same position where the f was attempted Alternatively you can check in the zf part whether a capturing group has taken par
479. not assign a shortcut that s already used for a menu item to a macro 94 11 Extra Menu Extra Spell Check Select Spell Check from the Extra menu to check the spelling of the current file The spell check function always starts from the beginning of the file The pane below appears during the spell check process c Spell Check 7 Word not in dictionary A Ignore Replace Back freeee freeze Replace with fire Ignore All Replace All Resume free a Learn Learn Replace Abort reebie Suggest Similar freezes v English American v Word List When a word is not found in the dictionary it will be selected in the editor and reported in the upper left area of the spell check pane EditPad Pro will start searching through the dictionary for words similar to the misspelled one and show them in the list As long as searching is visible EditPad Pro is still looking for more possible correctly spelled substitutions You do not have to wait until EditPad Pro is finished You can correct the error right away If the word is really misspelled you can type in the correctly spelled word in the Replace with field You can also click on an item in the list with EditPad Pro s suggestions and it will automatically be placed in the Replace with field If you click on Suggest similar EditPad Pro will start looking for words in the dictionary similar to what you typed into the Replace with field Then
480. not pasting whole lines see below the pasted text overwrites the text after the cursor as if you had typed in the text Pressing the Insert key on the keyboard or clicking the Insert Overwrite indicator on the status bar toggles between insert and overwrite modes If the active file does not use Windows line breaks the text on the clipboard is automatically converted to the correct line break style before it is inserted The text on the clipboard remains untouched in case you want to paste it into other applications too If you want to paste a block of text from another application as a rectangular selection first make a rectangular selection in EditPad and then paste EditPad will then interpret the text on the clipboard as a rectangular block and replace the selection with it Text copied from EditPad Pro is always pasted in the way linear or rectangular you had it selected when you cut or copied it This command is always invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut In EditPad Pro the option paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole affects how text is pasted if you copied complete lines to the clipboard Copying a complete line means to copy everything from the start of the line to the end of the line including the line break at the end of the line Copying multiple lines completely means copying every
481. nserted characters will become part of the selection Block Fill Columns Select Fill Columns in the Block menu to fill a rectangular block with one or more characters If you enter less characters than the width of the selection the characters you entered will be repeated on each line as many times as necessary If the number of selected columns is not an integer multiple of the number of characters you entered the last repetition of the inserted characters will be truncated at the last selected column The same characters will be inserted on each line If some of the lines already had text in the selected columns that text is overwritten by the filled block If some of the lines were shorter than the selected columns spaces will be inserted to extent those lines until the filled block 66 Block Rectangular Selections There are several ways to select text in EditPad using the keyboard or the mouse Whichever way you choose it involves marking a starting and an ending position for the selection All the text between the starting and the ending position becomes selected following the flow of the text like you would follow it when reading it out loud This is how almost all Windows programs select text and is appropriate in most situations But in some situations such as when editing text files with information organized in tables it is more useful to make a rectangular selection also called a column selection A rectangular selection
482. nserts test while pasting into the ASCII section inserts 74657374 into the file If the text on the clipboard is not text with hexadecimal values EditPad pastes the text regardless of whether the cursor is in the text or hexadecimal section If the clipboard holds something you copied in hexadecimal mode in EditPad EditPad will always paste the bytes that you copied even if you moved the cursor from the ASCII to hex section or vice versa If you copied text from a file in EditPad that you re editing in text mode then the hex interpretation does take place If you copy and paste between EditPad and another hex editing application you may need to switch EditPad to hexadecimal mode and place the cursor in the hexadecimal or ASCII section of the editor to get the results you expect Edit Swap with Clipboard If you select Edit Swap with Clipboard when the Window clipboard holds textual data it will be swapped with the current selection in the active file That is the selection is put on the clipboard as happens when you use Edit Cut and then the text previously held by the clipboard is pasted into the text like Edit Paste does This command is always invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut Edit Select All Selects all the text in the active editor This command is always invoked on whichever edito
483. nt files held by the projects or both All those files will be moved into the folder you select under the names they already have New Project Creates a new untitled project If one or more files are selected they will be moved into the newly created project This is a quick way to split a project with many files into multiple projects with a manageable number of files If no files are selected the new project will have one untitled blank file Move to Project Removes the selected files from the project s they re in and adds them to the project that you select in the Move to Project submenu You need to open the project you want to move the files into before you can move them The submenu only lists open projects 208 This command does not move the files on disk It only changes which project the files are part of If you move closed files or outside files from one managed project to another those files remain closed files or outside files in the project you ve moved them to Add Outside Files If you have one or more outside files selected in a managed project those files are made part of the project as open files Open Files from This Folder Opens the File Open dialog showing the folder that you selected in the Files Panel or the folder containing the file or project that you selected in the Files Panel Other than the default folder for the file selection dialog there is no difference between this command and File Open
484. ntage of paragraphs that have already been sorted The sort operation works from top to bottom If you abort the operation the paragraphs that have already been sorted will remain sorted and the unsorted paragraphs will maintain their old position If you want to cancel the sort altogether and revert its results use Edit Undo Extra Sort Alphabetically Z A Extra Sort Alphabetically Z A works just like Extra Sort Alphabetically A Z except that the file or the selected text is sorted in reverse alphabetical order Extra Delete Duplicate Lines Select the Delete Duplicate Lines item in the Extra menu to delete lines with nearly identical text on them The status bar will indicate how many lines were deleted You can make a number of choices as to what EditPad Pro will consider a duplicate line 98 Scope If you ve selected part of the file before using the Delete Duplicate Lines command you can limit the command to delete only lines that are selected If the first and or last line in the selection are only partially selected the selection will be expanded to include them entirely If the selection is rectangular lines covered by the selection will be deleted entirely Proximity of Duplicate Lines Select anywhere in the scope to delete all lines that are duplicated anywhere The first copy of the line will remain while all the others will be deleted If you ve set the scope to selected lines the lines must be duplic
485. ny position between two non word characters Looking Inside the Regex Engine Let s see what happens when we apply the regex bis b to the string This island is beautiful The engine starts with the first token b at the first character T Since this token is zero length the position before the character is inspected b matches here because the T is a word character and the character before it is the void before the start of the string The engine continues with the next token the literal i The engine does not advance to the next character in the string because the previous regex token was zero width i does not match T so the engine retries the first token at the next character position 263 b cannot match at the position between the T and the h It cannot match between the h and the p i either and neither between the i and the s The next character in the string is a space b matches here because the space is not a word character and the preceding character is Again the engine continues with the i which does not match with the space Advancing a character and restarting with the first regex token b matches between the space and the second in the string Continuing the regex engine finds that i matches i and s matches s Now the engine tries to match the second b at the position before the 1 This fails because
486. o adds automatic folding points any unused Le expanded folding points you created with Fold Fold and Fold Unfold are removed EditPad Pro can obtain automatic folding points from two sources Many but not all file navigation schemes also define foldable ranges when they associate different parts of the file with various nodes in the file navigation tree These ranges usually follow the syntax of the file Some file navigation schemes mark some of their foldable ranges as being detailed For example schemes for C style languages add regular folding ranges for classes and functions and detailed folding ranges for all other pairs of curly braces If you select to add automatic folding points from the file navigation scheme only the regular folding ranges will appear in EditPad Pro If you select to add detailed automatic folding points from the file navigation scheme regular and detailed folding ranges will appear in EditPad Pro Both types of folding ranges behave in exactly the same way The only difference is that the detailed ranges don t show up at all if you don t choose that option Alternatively EditPad Pro can use a file s indentation as the basis for folding points Whenever a line is followed by one or more lines that are indented further than itself that line will become a folding point Its range will stop before the next line with the same or a smaller indentation than the foldable line EditPad Pro will nest folding po
487. o make a complex regular expression much easier to understand Regex comments are supported by the JGsoft engine NET Perl PCRE Python and Ruby To make your regular expression even more readable you can turn on free spacing mode All flavors that support comments also support free spacing mode In addition Java supports free spacing mode even though it doesn t support style comments 312 24 Free Spacing Regular Expressions The JGsoft engine NET Java Perl PCRE Python Ruby and XPath support a variant of the regular expression syntax called free spacing mode You can turn on this mode with the x mode modifier or by turning on the corresponding option in the application or passing it to the regex constructor in your programming language In free spacing mode whitespace between regular expression tokens is ignored Whitespace includes spaces tabs and line breaks Note that only whitespace between tokens is ignored E g a b c is the same as abc in free spacing mode but d and d are not the same The former matches d while the latter matches a digit d is a single regex token composed of a backslash and a d Breaking up the token with a space gives you an escaped space which matches a space and a literal d Likewise grouping modifiers cannot be broken up gt atomic is the same as gt ato mic and as gt ato mic They all match the same atomic group
488. o will insert the equivalent number of spaces which have a fixed width When you turn on automatically indent new lines when pressing Enter EditPad will automatically put the same number of spaces and or tabs at the start of the new line as the previous line starts with This option can be toggled for individual files with Options Auto Indent Tab size in spaces is the maximum width of a tab character expressed in an equivalent number of spaces A typical value is 8 spaces which means there will be a tab stop at every 8th column This option also determines the number of spaces that is inserted if you turn on pressing Tab inserts spaces You can also place tab stops at specific columns by entering a comma delimited list of column numbers Pressing Tab will then make the cursor jump to the next tab stop column either by inserting a single tab character or the number of spaces needed to reach the next tab stop depending on the pressing Tab inserts spaces option After the last specific column there will be additional tab stops spaced according to the tab size in spaces setting You can put a before a number to make that tab stop relative to the previous tab stop E g 10 5 5 37 7 12 would be equivalent to 10 15 20 37 44 56 Indentation size in spaces is the number of spaces that the Block Indent and Block Outdent will use to indent or outdent the current selection If the indentation size is an integ
489. ocument that will appear bold when the document is printed or published 150 Syntax strong emphasis Text in a document that will appear bold and in italics when the document is printed or published Syntax markup tag Opening or closing tag in markup languages Syntax markup tag attribute Attribute name in markup languages Syntax markup tag attribute value Attribute value in markup languages Syntax comment Human readable text used for information only Syntax documentation comment Human readable text of particular importance used for information only Syntax preprocessor statement Any kind of meta information such as compiler and preprocessor directives Syntax reserved word Words or character combinations with a specific meaning and specific use such as keywords in a programming language Syntax variable name The name of a variable in a programming language or a placeholder for a changeable value or macro in a document Syntax constant name The name of a constant in a programming language or a fixed placeholder in a document Syntax function name The name of a function call in a programming language or a reference in a document Syntax character A single human readable character letter Syntax character string Human readable text to be processed by software Syntax text pattern A text pattern such as wild cards or a regular expression Syntax integer number A whole number Syntax floating point
490. omain com and youre editing the file ust home me public_html subfolder fileshtml then EditPad Pro will open the URL http www mydomain com subfolder file html 217 When you want to connect to the same server again you can select it from the Connect button s drop down menu If the password was remembered EditPad Pro will connect to the server instantly Otherwise it will ask you for the password You can connect to as many servers as you like Connecting to another server does not break previous connections Simply click on a connection in the top half of the FTP panel to see the file listings You can also connect to the same server more than once if you use a different login name Since a server may restrict the number of connections from a single computer you may have to disconnect from the server before reconnecting with a different login EditPad Pro does not impose any restrictions on the number of simultaneous connections to an FTP server Disconnect from FTP Click the Disconnect from FTP button to break EditPad Pro s connection with the selected FTP server Any pending uploads or downloads will be aborted The server will be removed from the list of servers in the top half of the FTP panel If the FTP server or a network outage breaks the connection the server will remain listed in the FTP panel EditPad Pro won t notice that the connection was broken until you try to upload or download another file When you do EditPad Pro
491. on t edit the file for a year those year old backups will remain The year old backups will only be deleted if you save the file again leaving a single backup copy with the contents of the file that you overwrote after one year Normally EditPad saves backups in the same folder as the original files or in a hidden __history subfolder in that folder If you d like all backups to be saved into a particular folder turn on save backups in a specific folder or subfolder and specify the full path to the folder where you would like to keep your backup copies If you d like the backups to be created in a subfolder of the folder that contains the original file and choose the name of that subfolder turn on the save backups in a specific folder or subfolder option and type in the name of the subfolder If you save backups on a separate drive and that drive is running low on disk space you may want to use a file manager to delete all files older than a certain age and or larger than a certain size Since EditPad does no bookkeeping of its backup files deleting them using another application causes no issues In EditPad Pro you can also use the File History to delete all backup copies of the current file or project Closing Unsaved Files The closing unsaved files option gives You have three choices as to what EditPad should do when you instruct it to close a file to which you have made changes that were not yet saved to disk e
492. on Version 2 supported the JGsoft regex flavor only Version 1 used PCRE without Unicode support Ruby Ruby s regex flavor is listed as Ruby in the table below sed The sed UNIX tool uses POSIX BRE Linux usually ships with the GNU implementation which use GNU BRE Tcl Tcl s Advanced Regular Expression flavor the default flavor in Tcl 8 2 and later is listed as Tel ARE in the table below Tcl s Extended Regular Expression and Basic Regular Expression flavors are listed as POSIX ERE and POSIX BRE in the table below VBScript VBScript s RegExp object uses the same regex flavor as JavaScript which is listed as ECMA in the table below Visual Basic 6 Visual Basic 6 does not have built in support for regular expressions but can easily use the Microsoft VBScript Regular Expressions 5 5 COM object which implements the ECMA flavor listed below Visual Basic NET As a NET programming language VB NET can use the System Text RegularExpressions classes listed as NET below wxWidgets The wxRegEx class supports 3 flavors wxRE_ADVANCED is the Tcl ARE flavor wxRE_EXTENDED is POSIX ERE and wxRE_BASIC is POSIX BRE 360 e XML Schema The XML Schema regular expression flavor is listed as XML in the table below e XPath The regex flavor used by XPath functions is listed as XPath in the table below e XQuery The regex flavor used by XQuery functions is listed as
493. on in the string This is at the second letter in the 6 letter word we just found where the lookahead will fail causing the engine to advance character by character until the next 6 letter word If cat can be successfully matched the second w will consume the remaining letters if any in the 6 letter word After that the last b in the regex is guaranteed to match where the second b inside the lookahead matched Our double requirement regex has matched successfully 299 Optimizing Our Solution While the above regex works just fine it is not the most optimal solution This is not a problem if you are just doing a search in a text editor But optimizing things is a good idea if this regex will be used repeatedly and or on large chunks of data in an application you are developing You can discover these optimizations by yourself if you carefully examine the regex and follow how the regex engine applies it as I did above I said the third and last b are guaranteed to match Since it is zero width and therefore does not change the result returned by the regex engine we can remove them leaving b w 6 b w cat w Though the last w is also guaranteed to match we cannot remove it because it adds characters to the regex match Remember that the lookahead discards its match so it does not contribute to the match returned by the regex engine If we omitted the w the resulting match would be the start of
494. on needs a regular expression that matches the delimiters between those paths E g r n allows line breaks and semicolons as delimiters If you select absolute paths EditPad Pro only uses fully qualified paths such as c folder file txt and server share folder file txt Any relative paths in the file listing you re importing are ignored If you want EditPad Pro to process relative paths as well then you need to select the paths relative to this folder option Type in the base folder below that option or click the button to select it from a folder tree Note that if your file contains text in addition to paths you need to use one of the custom regex options to tell EditPad Pro how to find only the actual paths Otherwise EditPad Pro will treat each word in the text as a file name You cannot use the search for paths option because that option finds absolute paths only regardless of the absolute or relative paths setting Once you ve set the options that make EditPad Pro find the paths that you want to import you need to tell EditPad Pro what you want to do with the files those paths point to Tick create new project to open the files into a new untitled project This is the same as using Project New Project before using Project Import File Listings Tick open the files to make EditPad Pro actually open all of the files If you turn this off then add files to the project is autom
495. on to select RSS feeds that you can add to your favorite feed reader Various Forums Below the Login button there is a list where you can select which particular forum you want to participate in The EditPad forum is for discussing anything related to the EditPad software itself This is the place for technical support questions feature requests and other feedback regarding the functionality and use of EditPad 231 The regular expressions forum is for discussing regular expressions in general Here you can talk about creating regular expressions for particular tasks and exchange ideas on how to implement regular expressions with whatever application or programming language you work with Searching The Forums Before starting a new conversation please check first if there s already a conversation going on about your topic In the top right corner of the Forum pane there s an edit box on the toolbar that you can use to search for messages When you type something into that box only conversations that include at least one message containing the word or phrase you typed in are shown The filtering happens in real time as you type in your word or phrase Note that you can enter only one search term which is searched for literally If you type find me only conversations containing the two words find me next to each other and in that order are shown You cannot use boolean operators like or or and Since
496. ons The one above the list of conversations deletes the whole conversation You can only delete a conversation if nobody else participated in it The Delete button above the edit box for the message body deletes that message if you wrote it The Delete button above the list of attachments deletes the selected attachment if it belongs to a message that you wrote If somebody already downloaded your message before you got around to deleting it it won t vanish magically The message will disappear from their view of the forums the next time they log onto the forums or click Refresh If you see messages disappear when you refresh your own view of the forums that means the author of the message deleted it If you replied to a conversation and the original question disappears leaving your reply as the only message you should delete your reply too Otherwise your reply will look silly all by itself When you delete the last reply to a conversation the conversation itself is also deleted whether you started it or not Changing Your Opinion If you think you could better phrase something you wrote earlier select the message and then click the Edit button above the message text You can then edit the subject and or body text of the message Click the Send button to publish the edited message It will replace the original If you change your mind about editing the message click the Cancel button Make sure to click it only once When editing a message
497. open files EditPad Pro also uses the huge files threshold to disable certain processing that would take too much CPU time on very large files so that you don t have to wait on EditPad or have your laptop s battery drained by EditPad unnecessarily Syntax coloring is disabled for huge files unless you ve selected a fast syntax coloring scheme in the file type configuration Fast syntax coloring schemes are schemes that don t require the whole file to be processed File navigation schemes are also disabled The File Navigator will remain blank and automatic folding points will not appear When opening the file or toggling between text and hexadecimal mode EditPad will put the cursor at the start of the file rather than at the previous position so that you don t have to wait for EditPad to scan line breaks up to the previous cursor position 173 Save Files Preferences On the Save Files tab in the Preferences screen you can configure how EditPad should handle files when saving them Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts System Files Backup copies Closing unsaved files O Do not create backup files Prompt to save unsaved files Single backup appending bak extension Save unsaved files automatically O Single backup with extension Discard unsaved changes O Single backup appending iit aia a fl Seve wat kae Multi backup appending YYYYMM
498. option to reload modified files in the Open Files Preferences Otherwise EditPad Pro may not notice the file has changed until you switch between tabs in EditPad or between EditPad and another application Mark open the temporary file into a new tab if the tool will create or modify the temporary file and you want to see the changes in EditPad If this option is checked EditPad will open the file into a new tab and then delete the temporary file from disk If you want to save the tool s result use File Save As You can select the file type that EditPad Pro should use for the file Select same as current file if the tool doesn t output a specific file type Mark open the temporary file into the message panel if the tool will create or modify the temporary file and you want to see the changes in a side panel in EditPad If this option is checked EditPad will open the file into the message panel and then delete the temporary file from disk You can select the syntax coloring scheme that the message panel should use This scheme can be a scheme that is not used by any file type Mark replace the file s contents with the altered contents of the temporary file to make EditPad Pro delete all text in the active file and then do a Block Insert File using the temporary file after the tool has finished running Mark replace the selection with the altered contents of the temporary file if EditPad Pro should automatically delet
499. opy Path to Clipboard 178 copy rich text 160 copy visible lines 76 count 47 107 108 121 CR 113 create portable installation 235 CRLF 112 cross see plus CSCS 151 153 157 curly braces 268 currency sign 280 cursor 163 custom layouts 205 custom syntax coloring schemes 144 151 153 157 customize 237 cut 18 cut append 19 cut matches 48 d see digit D see digit dash 281 data 246 date 21 23 160 324 date format 160 default text editor 135 delete 15 24 delete blank lines 99 delete duplicate lines 97 delete folded lines 76 delete line 24 delete project 36 desktop 191 DFA engine 250 diff 101 difference 101 digit 253 280 308 distance 331 dollar 287 dollar sign 248 258 DOS 109 112 137 dot 49 248 256 287 misuse 333 newlines 256 vs negated character class 257 dot matches newline 49 double click 165 double quote 249 double spacing 114 115 download from FTP 214 downloading custom syntax coloring schemes 151 drag tabs 59 duplicate line 24 duplicate lines 97 330 duplicate selection 61 eager 250 265 EBCDIC 109 137 edit 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 57 edit clip 197 editor 160 EditPad Pro 247 EditPad web site 230 egrep 250 else 302 email 12 188 email address 321 email as attachment 14 enclosing mark 280 encoding 109 137 end file 259 end line 258 end of line 249 end selection 67 end string 2
500. or The standard Windows cursor is a very thin blinking vertical bar that is XOR ed on the screen making it very hard to see on anything except a pure black or pure white background If you have a right to left keyboard layout installed the cursor gets a tiny flag indicating keyboard direction You should only use this cursor if you rely on accessibility software such as a screen reader or magnification tool that fails to track any Selected Text Cursor Configuration Type in the name of the text cursor configuration This name is only used to help you identify it in selection lists when you have prepared more than one text cursor configuration In the Example box you can type in some text to see what the cursor looks like The box has a word in Latin and Arabic so you can see the difference in cursor appearance if any based on the text direction of the word that the cursor is on 131 Shape Standard Windows Text cursor The standard Windows cursor is a very thin blinking vertical bar that is XOR ed on the screen making it very hard to see on anything except a pure black or pure white background If you have a right to left keyboard layout installed the cursor gets a tiny flag indicating keyboard direction You should only use this cursor if you rely on accessibility software such as a screen reader or magnification tool that fails to track any of EditPad s other cursor shapes The standard Windows cursor provides no configuration op
501. organizing them in folders makes it easier to find them later Import and Export EditPad Pro automatically saves all your macros internally along with your preferences history lists etc If you want to share a macro with other people or copy it from one computer to another use the Export Macro button The selected macro is then saved into the file that you specified You can open the file in EditPad Pro to view its contents if you like However macro files are not intended to be edited If you ve received a macro that you d like to run in a file first import it with the Import Macro button The macro is then added to your list of macros You can play back imported macros just like macros that you recotded yourself The macro file is no longer needed once you ve imported it You can export multiple macros into a single file by selecting multiple macros before clicking the Export Macro button If you include one or more folders in your selection all the macros in those folders and their subfolders will be exported If you click the Export Macro button a second time and select an existing file EditPad Pro will replace that file rather than append to it When importing a file that holds more than one macro all of the macros will be imported If you wanted to import only some you can delete the extraneous ones after importing the file Macros Record Instant Macro The Record Instant Macro command in the Macros menu records a macro just
502. ot a u It will not match the qin the string Iraq It will match the q and the space after the q in Iraq is a country Indeed the space will be part of the overall match because it is the character that is not a u that is matched by the negated character class in the above regexp If you want the regex to match the q and only the q in both strings you need to use negative lookahead q u But we will get to that later Metacharacters Inside Character Classes Note that the only special characters or metacharacters inside a character class are the closing bracket the backslash the caret and the hyphen The usual metacharacters are normal characters inside a character class and do not need to be escaped by a backslash To search for a star or plus use Your regex will work fine if you escape the regular metacharacters inside a character class but doing so significantly reduces readability 253 To include a backslash as a character without any special meaning inside a character class you have to escape it with another backslash x matches a backslash or an x The closing bracket the caret and the hyphen can be included by escaping them with a backslash or by placing them in a position where they do not take on their special meaning I recommend the latter method since it improves readability To include a caret place it anywhere except right after the opening bracket
503. other character that takes up extra space vowel signs in many Eastern languages o p Me or p Enclosing Mark a character that encloses the character is is combined with circle square keycap etc e p Z or p Separator any kind of whitespace or invisible separator o p Zs or p Space_Separator a whitespace character that is invisible but does take up space o p Z1 or p Line_Separator line separator character U 2028 o p Zp or p Paragraph_Separator paragraph separator character U 2029 e p S or p Symbol math symbols currency signs dingbats box drawing characters etc o p Sm or p Math_Symbol any mathematical symbol o p Sc or p Currency_Symbol any currency sign o p Sk or p Modifier_Symbol a combining character mark as a full character on its own o p So or p Other_Symbol various symbols that are not math symbols currency signs or combining characters e p N or p Number any kind of numeric character in any script o p Nd or p Decimal_Digit_Number a digit zero through nine in any script except ideographic scripts o p N1l or p Letter_Number a number that looks like a letter such as a Roman numeral 281 o p No or p Other_Number a superscript or subscript digit or a number that is not a digit 0 9 excluding numbers from ideographic scripts e p P
504. ou can delimit multiple file masks with semicolons The file mask c h matches all C source and header files with a c and h extension respectively If you specify a semicolon delimited list of file masks a file s name needs to match only one of them for the file type to be applied to that file File masks also support a simple character class notation which matches one character from a list or a range of characters E g a file mask such as www 200509 0123 0 9 log or www 200509 log could be used to match all web logs from September 2005 Sometimes a file s type cannot be easily derived from its name While file name extensions are common on the Windows platform they re not on other platforms like UNIX For such file types you can specify a magic value regular expression A magic value is simply some text or data at the start of a file that reveals the file s type A regular expression is a pattern for matching text When EditPad has finished comparing the file s name against the file masks of all file types and the only matching file type is unspecified file type EditPad will try to match the magic value regular expression of each file type at the start of the file The regex is only attempted at the very start of the file as if the regular expression started with the anchor A Again should more than one file type have a matching regular expression the bottommost file type will be used Out of the box EditPad
505. ou download and schemes that you edit are saved under your Windows user profile typically c Users yourname AppData Roaming JGsoft EditPad Pro 7 If a scheme with the same file name exists in both the user profile folder and the program files folder only the scheme in the user profile folder will be available in EditPad In the Colors and Syntax section in the file type configuration schemes loaded from your Windows user profile are marked with user Using Custom Syntax Coloring Schemes After downloading a custom syntax coloring scheme it is of automatically put to use All the schemes that you downloaded will be listed in the Syntax Coloring drop down list in the Colors and Syntax file type settings They will appear in alphabetic order among the schemes that ship with EditPad Pro This drop down list is shown in the screen shot below To use one of the schemes create or edit a file type and select the coloring scheme you want from the Syntax Coloring drop down list File Type Navigation 154 On the Navigation page in the file types configuration screen you can configure the file navigation and line folding text editing aids File Navigator File Navigator File navigation scheme Definition Encoding Editor Options Colors and Syntax Navigation Do not use any file navigation scheme x Download s Edit Automatic Folding Points Do not add automatic folding points Add automatic fo
506. ound if you want to be able to immediately edit the search match after doing a Find First or Find Next You can press F3 on the keyboard to continue to the next search match even when the editor has keyboard focus and even after the search panel has been closed However if you prefer to be able to continue editing the text you re searching for rather than the text found turn this option off Turn on double clicking a word instantly highlights all occurrences of that word if you want to be able to invoke the Search Instant Highlight command by double clicking Double clicking still selects the word you ve double clicked on regardless of whether this option is on or off Unintended spaces and line breaks may cause EditPad to apparently not find search terms that do occur in the text when the spurious spaces and line breaks don t occur in the text To avoid this you can turn on the option to always visualize spaces and tabs in the search panel When this option is off the search panels only visualizes these characters when you ve turned on the option to visualize spaces and line breaks in the file youre editing 170 Open Files Preferences On the Open Files tab in the Preferences screen you can configure how EditPad should handle files when opening them Editor Cursors Search Open Files Save Files Tabs Panels Statusbar Keyboard Email Shortcuts System Folder to use for Open and Save dialog boxes
507. ouping them together using round brackets and placing the question mark after the closing bracket E g Nov ember will match Nov and November You can write a regular expression that matches many alternatives by including more than one question mark Feb ruary 23 rd matches February 23rd February 23 Feb 23rd and Feb 23 Important Regex Concept Greediness With the question mark I have introduced the first metacharacter that is greedy The question mark gives the regex engine two choices try to match the part the question mark applies to or do not try to match it The engine will always try to match that part Only if this causes the entire regular expression to fail will the engine try ignoring the part the question mark applies to The effect is that if you apply the regex Feb 23 rd to the string Today is Feb 23rd 2003 the match will always be Feb 23rd and not Feb 23 You can make the question mark azy i e turn off the greediness by putting a second question mark after the first I will say a lot more about greediness when discussing the other repetition operators Looking Inside The Regex Engine Let s apply the regular expression colou r to the string The colonel likes the color green The first token in the regex is the literal c The first position where it matches successfully is the c in colonel The engine continues and finds t
508. ously highlighted match for Tes If you continue pressing Backspace it will go back to the match for Te T and finally go back to where the seatch started So while typing in the search term you can easily change your mind about the search term yow re looking for by backing up with the Backspace key and typing in the new search term Backing up does not cause EditPad Pro to forget match positions If you type in Joe after erasing Test EditPad Pro will seatch for J until Joe beginning from the original starting position If you then back up again and retype Test the match previously found for Test is highlighted What does cause EditPad Pro to forget previous incremental search matches is taking any action in the main editor including something as trivial as moving the text cursor or switching to another file EditPad Pro will then move the starting position for the next incremental search to the new position of the text cursor The incremental search mode respects all search options including all files selection only loop automatically etc Search Instant Find Next The Instant Find Next command doesn t have a button on the search toolbar because it doesn t use the seatch term you ve entered on the search panel or any of the search options It is listed in the Search menu primarily so you can assign it a keyboard shortcut in the Keyboard Preferences The default
509. p InCJK_Compatibility U 3300 U 33FF p InCJK_Unified_Ideographs_Extension_A U 3400 U 4DBF p InYijing Hexagram Symbols U 4DC0 U 4DFF p InCJK_Unified_Ideographs U 4E00 U 9FFF p InYi_Syllables U A000 U A48F p InYi_Radicals U A490 U A4CF p InHangul_Syllables U AC00 U D7AF p InHigh_Surrogates U D800 U DB7F p InHigh_ Private Use Surrogates U DB80 U DBFF 285 94 p InLow_Surrogates U DC00 U DFFF 95 p InPrivate Use Area U E000 U F8FF 96 p InCJK_Compatibility_Ideographs U F900 U FAFF 97 p InAlphabetic_Presentation_Forms U FB00 U FB4F 98 p InArabic_Presentation_Forms A U FB50 U FDFF 99 p InVariation_Selectors U FE00 U FEOF 100 p InCombining Half_Marks U PE20 U FE2F 101 p InCJK_Compatibility_Forms U FE30 U FE4F 102 p InSmall_Form_Variants U FE50 U FE6F 103 p InArabic_Presentation_Forms B U FE70 U FEFF 104 p InHalfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms U FF00 U FFEF 105 p InSpecials U FFFO U FFFF Not all Unicode regex engines use the same syntax to match Unicode blocks Perl and Java use the p InBlock syntax as listed above NET and XML use p IsBlock instead The JGsoft engine supports both notations I recommend you use the In notation if your regex engine supports it In can only be used for Unicode blocks while Is can also be used for Unicode prop
510. pL1 is sot the equivalent of p L1 It is the equivalent of p L 1 which matches A1 or al or any Unicode letter followed by a literal 1 Perl and the JGsoft engine also support the longhand p Letter You can find a complete list of all Unicode properties below You may omit the underscores or use hyphens or spaces instead e p L or p Letter any kind of letter from any language o p L1 or p Lowercase_Letter a lowercase letter that has an uppercase variant o p Lu or p Uppercase_Letter an uppercase letter that has a lowercase variant o p Lt or p Titlecase_Letter a letter that appears at the start of a word when only the first letter of the word is capitalized o p L amp or p Letter amp a letter that exists in lowercase and uppercase variants combination of LI Lu and Lt o p Lm or p Modifier_Letter a special character that is used like a letter o p Lo or p Other_Letter a letter or ideograph that does not have lowercase and uppercase variants e p M or p Mark a character intended to be combined with another character e g accents umlauts enclosing boxes etc o p Mn or p Non_ Spacing Mark a character intended to be combined with another character without taking up extra space e g accents umlauts etc o p Mc or p Spacing Combining Mark a character intended to be combined with an
511. paragraphs 114 formatted text 160 forum 230 forward in edited files 58 free spacing 312 PTP panel 214 full stop see dot go 57 58 59 go to 57 68 69 72 go to matching bracket 57 go to next bookmark 71 go to next fold 75 go to previous bookmark 71 go to previous fold 75 graph 308 grapheme 278 greedy 267 268 green EditPad icon 135 group 271 capturing 271 in a character class 275 named 276 nested 332 repetition 338 gutter 147 hard returns 113 help 229 230 235 hexadecimal mode 134 200 hide lines 74 highlight all 43 highlighting 144 history 52 221 home key 160 HTML tags 315 htmlchar gt characters 119 huge files 170 hyphen 281 in a character class 252 i see XML names I see XML names icon for text files 135 if then else 302 ignore whitespace 312 import file listing 34 import preferences 132 incremental search 44 indent 62 134 indent wrapped lines 123 141 indentation size 141 indentation spaces gt tabs 115 377 initial caps 109 insert date and time 21 insert file 69 insert page break 24 install onto removable drive 235 installing custom syntax coloring schemes 151 instand find next 44 instant find previous 45 instant highlight 43 integer number 330 internet explorer 204 invert 52 invert case 109 inverted line by line 52 invisible characters 249 ISO 8859 109 jgcscs 144 151 153 157 jgfns 154 157 joint scrolling 202 keyboard
512. pelling is on or of by default in File Types Colors Live spelling as well as the regular spell check in EditPad Pro works together with EditPad Pro s syntax coloring Each syntax coloring scheme can exclude certain parts of the file from the spell check Schemes for programming languages such as the C and Java schemes will restrict the spell checker to strings and comments Those are likely to contain natural language and therefore words that should appear in the dictionary Other parts of the file are likely to contain specialized programming syntax consisting of words and character sequences that are not English words If a word is marked as misspelled you can double click on it to open the spell check pane The pane will present you with a list of suggested replacements for the word as well as allow you to ignore the word or add it to the dictionary As soon as the word has passed the spell check the spell check pane will close automatically 96 Download Spell Check Dictionaries Before you can use Extra Spell Check or Extra Live Spelling you need to download and install spell check dictionaries for one or more languages You can easily do so right within EditPad Pro Pick Options Configure File Types from the menu and click on the Colors and Syntax tab Click the button Download Spell Checker Dictionaries EditPad Pro will then connect to the Internet to fetch a list of available languages Folder where the dictionar
513. pression engines text directed engines and regex directed engines Jeffrey Friedl calls them DFA and NFA engines respectively All the regex flavors treated in this tutorial are based on tegex directed engines This is because certain very useful features such as lazy quantifiers and backreferences can only be implemented in regex directed engines No surprise that this kind of engine is more popular Notable tools that use text directed engines are awk egrep flex lex MySQL and Procmail For awk and egrep there are a few versions of these tools that use a regex directed engine You can easily find out whether the regex flavor you intend to use has a text directed or regex directed engine If backreferences and or lazy quantifiers are available you can be certain the engine is regex directed You can do the test by applying the regex regex regex not to the string regex not If the resulting match is only regex the engine is regex directed If the result is regex not then it is text directed The reason behind this is that the regex directed engine is eager In this tutorial after introducing a new regex token I will explain step by step how the regex engine actually processes that token This inside look may seem a bit long winded at certain times But understanding how the regex engine works will enable you to use its full power and help you avoid common mistakes The Regex Directed Engine Always Returns the L
514. pressions with multiple alternatives to match the same thing E g if you want to match a followed by a digit 0 5 or b followed by a digit 4 7 and you only care about 277 the digit you could use the regex a digit 5 b digit 4 7 The group named digit will then give you the digit 0 7 that was matched regardless of the letter Python and PCRE do not allow multiple groups to use the same name Doing so will give a regex compilation error Names and Numbers for Capturing Groups Here is where things get a bit ugly Python and PCRE treat named capturing groups just like unnamed capturing groups and number both kinds from left to right starting with one The regex a P lt x gt b c P lt y gt d matches abcd as expected If you do a search and replace with this regex and the replacement 1 2 3 4 you will get abcd All four groups were numbered from left to right from one till four Easy and logical Things are quite a bit more complicated with the NET framework The regex a lt x gt b c lt y gt d again matches abcd However if you do a search and replace with 1 2 3 4 as the replacement you will get acbd Probably not what you expected The NET framework does number named capturing groups from left to right but numbers them after all the unnamed groups have been numbered So the unnamed groups a and c get numbered first from left to
515. project s you re seatching through is a managed project that contains closed files you can click the Closed button on the search toolbar to turn on the closed files option to search through the closed files in addition to searching through the open files Commands that select found matches such as Find Next and commands that modify files such as Replace All automatically open closed files in which matches are found so that the found match can be selected or the file can be modified Closed files in which no search matches are found are not opened Search Option Line by Line Line Click the Line button on the search toolbar to turn on the line by line search option to search through each line separately and to treat the entire line as the search match if part of it matches This means that when this 52 option is on a search match can never span across multiple lines Commands like Replace All and Copy Matches will replace or copy entire lines even when the search term matches only part of the line Search Option Inverted Line by Line Invert When using the Line by Line search option you can turn on Inverted Line by Line to match all lines in which the search term cannot be found Click the Invert button on the search toolbar to toggle this option Search History Click the History button on the search panel to switch between the currently displayed search term and search options and the ones you used before This way
516. project as 34 save project 26 sawtooth 337 scratch pad 196 script 124 132 281 scroll wheel 165 seatch 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 seatch and replace 247 search options 48 49 50 51 52 search pattern 53 select all 21 selection only 50 selections 61 62 66 67 68 69 95 send to 191 separator 280 session 25 26 173 set any bookmark 71 set bookmark 73 several conditions in one regex 298 SFTP 214 shortcut keys 183 shortcuts 191 225 shorthand character class 253 negated 254 XML names 305 show any type of file 213 show files of type 213 show patagraphs 141 show spaces 141 show spaces and tabs 122 side by side 203 side panel preferences 179 single quote 249 259 single spacing 114 115 single line 287 single line mode 256 smart home key 160 SMTP 188 snippet storage 196 sort alphabetically 97 sort tabs alphabetically 59 space 309 space separator 280 spaces 115 122 141 spacing combining mark 280 special characters 248 in a character class 252 in programming languages 249 specific amount 268 spell check 94 96 380 spell check all 95 spell check project 95 spell check selection 95 spelling 144 split editor 201 split hexadecimal and ascii 200 split screen 203 square bracket 248 252 squares instead of text 109 SSL 214 star 248 268 common mistake 320 start file 259 start line 258 start menu 191 start string 258
517. question and reply A generic scream for help only gives the impression you re too lazy to type in a clear subject and most forum users don t like helping lazy people After typing in your subject and pressing Enter the keyboard focus moves to the box empty box where you can enter the body text of your message Please try to be as clear and descriptive as you can The more information you provide the more likely you ll get a timely and accurate answer If your question is about a particular regular expression don t forget to attach your regular expression or test data Use the forum s attachment system rather than copying and pasting stuff into your message text If you want to reply to an existing conversation select the conversation and click the Reply button It doesn t matter which message in the conversation you selected Replies are always to the whole conversation rather than to a particular message in a conversation EditPad doesn t thread messages like newsgroup software tends to do This prevents conversations from veering off topic If you want to respond to somebody and 232 bring up a different subject you can start a new conversation and mention the new conversation in a short reply to the old one When starting a reply a new entry appears in the list of messages Type in a summary of your reply up to 100 characters and press Enter Then you can type in the full text of your reply just like when you start a new con
518. r E g if you want to statt a Google search when you press F1 set the URL to 156 http www google com search q KEYWORD EditPad Pro automatically URL encodes any special characters in the selected text Finally you can specify the path to any document or a command line to any application including command line parameters You can use the KEYWORD placeholder anywhere on the command line EditPad Pro will substitute the placeholder without giving special treatment to any characters in the selection or the word under the cursor Download File Navigation Schemes When you click on the button to download file navigation schemes in the Navigation file type settings EditPad Pro will connect to the Internet It will download a list of custom syntax coloring schemes that have been created and generously shared by other EditPad Pro users This list is then displayed in the window shown below Note Any schemes you download are vot automatically put to use You will need to create or edit a file type to use a scheme that you downloaded Extensions Author Added Updated Installed 4dos Batch Files btm bat frey Alan Klute 2011 03 12 2011 03 13 no Actionscript 2 0 as Hays Clark 2007 04 05 2007 04 16 no AHK AutoHotKey ahk Klaus Daube 2014 09 30 2014 09 30 no ASN 1 asn Carl Bevil 2010 04 09 2010 0409 no ASP NET aspx a Just Great Soft 2010 09 26 2014 08 20 YES AutoIt au3 Erhard Wirth 2009 05 26 2009 12 13 Batch File Output
519. r gt dxsdi restriction Bases xsd touen gt dxsd patterd waluge A Za 26 9_ lt 3 gt 4xsd Glemeit Maee Text typee xsd st ring einteeurs 6 gt lt xsd annotation xsd docurentation T xt MELE By TRE clip Only used if Kine in Text Cectatgulat lt xad documentatiot gt lt xad addctatiow lt xat elemat gt dxsd element nance before Typee xed string mindccurse O gt lt xsd andotat ion xsd docurentation xal lang E0 gt The Before text Only used if kiat e beforeafter xad documentation gt lt xsd annctatiow lt xst elereat gt 4xsd element maee sfter typee xs6 string indecurse G gt lt xsd annotation xsd docurgatation ael lange ea gt The after text Only ssa if King e beforeafter xat documentation gt lt xad andetatiow lt xsd elemeat gt dxsG elemant Matee bytes typee xs6Pextirary indccurse O gt lt xsd annotation xsd docurestation zhl lange en gt Ths binary Gata Mele By the clip Only usec if Kind Bins y lt xad documentation gt lt xad sanctatiow lt xad elemat gt Axsd Glement Maree erl tyeee xs6 string aindccurse G gt lt xsd andotationxsd docureatation eal lamge G0 gt UML soscekatec with th clip Cae be uset with any Kind of clip lt xat documeatation gt lt xad annotation lt xsd eleneat gt lt xsd elemeit Manee guic typee xsd steing intccurse S gt lt xsd annotation xsd docurentation wal Lamge en gt Glotelly emiqe ID used By ASS and atot fe
520. r each file type Click on editor highlight active line in the list Click the Background Color button to change the highlight color 161 In EditPad rotating the mouse wheel scrolls the active file 3 lines up or down Holding down the Ctrl key while rotating the mouse wheel scrolls the active file one screen up or down Essentially holding down the Ctrl key speeds up scrolling with the mouse wheel In many other applications Ctrl Wheel zooms in our out As a plain text editor EditPad Pro does not have the ability to zoom But EditPad Pro can mimic zooming by increasing or decreasing the font size of the active file Turn on Controlt Wheel changes the font size instead of scrolling one page if you prefer to change the font rather than to scroll quickly when using Ctrl Wheel By default selected text can be moved or copied by dragging it with the mouse is turned on This allows drag and drop editing within EditPad It also allows you to drag text from EditPad into other applications People with limited dexterity using a mouse may find themselves accidentally moving text when trying to select text Turning off this option prevents that In EditPad the Edit Cut and Edit Copy are always enabled by default If no text is selected these commands cut or copy the active line This makes allows you to quickly cut and copy whole lines as it removes the need to select them You can turn off the option copy active line when nothing is selec
521. r expressions into t t Instead of t which matches a space or a tab you can expand the character class into t r n if you also want to strip line breaks Or you can use the shorthand s instead IP Addresses Matching an IP address is another good example of a trade off between regex complexity and exactness b d 1 3 d 1 3 d 1 3 d 1 3 b will match any IP address just fine but will also match 316 999 999 999 999 as if it were a valid IP address Whether this is a problem depends on the files or data you intend to apply the regex to To restrict all 4 numbers in the IP address to 0 255 you can use this complex beast b 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 b everything on a single line The long regex stores each of the 4 numbers of the IP address into a capturing group You can use these groups to further process the IP number If you don t need access to the individual numbers you can shorten the regex with a quantifier to b 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 3 25 0 5 2 0 4 0 9 01 0 9 0 9 b Similarly you can shorten the quick regex to b d 1 3 3 d 1 3 b More Detailed Examples Numeric Ranges Since regular expressions work with text rather than numbers matc
522. r file should be used instead of the default If you turn on the active file option the folder containing the active file 171 will be used for opening or saving a file when you have a file open If you turn on the active project option and the active file option is off or the active file is untitled the folder containing the active project will be used instead The default folder is only used if you turned off both options or the active file and project are both untitled You can also set a default folder for opening and saving projects in the same way Locking and Reloading Files By default EditPad does not keep a lock on files This means that other applications or users can modify files that you have open in EditPad If you don t want this to happen turn on lock files being edited in EditPad preventing other applications from writing to them The option whether or not to lock files only applies to files smaller than the huge file threshold see below Files larger than the huge file threshold are always locked EditPad Pro doesn t read those files into memory entirely so it needs to keep access to the original file on disk When not locking files EditPad can automatically reload files that have been modified on disk by another application or user If you turn on this option EditPad will check whether a file s modification date has changed each time you switch between files in EditPad and each time you switch between EditPad
523. r is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut Edit Insert Date amp Time Inserts the current date and time at the position of the text cursor If you click this item directly or use its keyboard shortcut the date and or time are inserted using the format you last used If you ve never used this command before it defaults to the short date and time formats set in the Windows Control panel 22 To use a different date and time format or to insert the date only or the time only select Other Date amp Time format in the submenu of the Insert Date amp Time menu item A screen will pop up with a list of date and time specifiers You can type in the date and or time format that you want in the edit box at the top You can double click a specifier in the list to add it to the format The actual date and time box shows a preview of the text that will be inserted when you click OK The Insert Date amp Time submenu keeps a history of the last 16 formats that you used Click on one to insert the current date and or time using that format Date and Time Format Specifiers These are the date and time placeholders that you can use Format specifiers may be written in upper case as well as in lower case letters Both produce the same result c Displays the date in short format followed by the time in long format as specified in the regional sett
524. r the edited file or the new file is used to highlight lines only present in that file Lines present in both files are not highlighted Open Select a backup file and click the Open button to open the file in a tab for viewing or editing The tab will indicate the file name of the backup file If you try to save the backup file with File Save EditPad Pro will prompt you for a file name You should save the file under a new name rather than overwriting a backup file If you overwrite a backup file EditPad Pro will make a backup of the backup which can get confusing If you open a backup copy via the File History the File History will continue to display the backup copies of the original file You should not use File Open or other commands to open backup copies outside the File History because then the link between the backup and the original won t be established Save Milestone The Save Milestone button saves the file you re editing in EditPad Pro However it does not overwrite the original file Instead it creates a separate milestone copy The milestone copy will appear among the backup files in the File History The difference between a milestone copy and a backup copy is that EditPad Pro will automatically delete backup copies when they exceed the number and age limits you specified in the Open Files Preferences Milestone copies are never automatically deleted They function as a more permanent backup You should make a m
525. r the search term and other options set on the search toolbar or search panel When you select a folder from the Find on Disk submenu the present search term and search options are used This way you can easily run different searches through the same folder Remove Obsolete Folders removes all folders that no longer exist from the Open Folders submenu Remove All Folders clears the Find on Disk submenu Search Fold Lines After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term click the Fold button on the seatch toolbar or select the Fold Lines item in the Search menu to fold all lines in which the search term cannot be found underneath lines in which it can be found The result is that only lines in which the search term can be found will remain visible The exception is the very first line in the file which will remain visible even if it doesn t have any search matches All lines until the first line with a search match will be folded underneath the very first line in the file If there are no search matches at all EditPad will briefly flash the Count button s icon to indicate failure If there are a lot of search matches folding them all might take a while The status bar will indicate EditPad s progress Using Fold Lines together with Highlight All is a very quick way to get a condensed view of all the matches in the file Unlike the match highlighting mode Fold Lines is automatically disabled when you
526. racter references in the form of amp 65535 or amp xFFFF EditPad Pro has 139 ASCII uFFFF and ASCII NCR text encodings that you can use to edit such files showing the actual Unicode characters in EditPad but saving the Unicode escapes or numeric character references in the file Turn on Detect amp ASCH files using uUFFFF amp amp 65535 or amp amp xFFFF as Unicode files to automatically use these encodings for files that consist of pure ASCII and that contain at least one of these Unicode escapes or numeric character references By default this option is only on for Java source code because in Java there is no difference between a Unicode escape and the actual Unicode character You can also turn it on for HTML or XML if you like to write your HTML and XML files in pure ASCII with character references Line Break Style If the differences in character mappings weren t enough different operating systems also use different characters to end lines EditPad automatically and transparently handles all three line break styles If you open a file EditPad will maintain that file s line break style when you edit it EditPad will only change the line break style if you tell it to using the Convert menu Unfortunately many other applications are not as versatile as EditPad Most applications expect a file to use the line break style of the host operating system E g the Notepad applet included with Windows will display all text on
527. racter with its flag pointing to the left towards that character Horizontal bar under the character In DOS applications the cursor was a horizontal line under the character that the cursor points to Half rectangle covering half the character The cursor covers the bottom half of the character that it points to This is a traditional cursor shape to indicate typing will overwrite the character rather than push it ahead Rectangle covering the whole character The cursor makes the character invisible This can also be used to indicate overwrite mode Blinking Style Sizes Do not blink The cursor is permanently visible in a single color Choose this option if the blinking distracts you or if it confuses accessibility software such as screen readers or magnification tools Blink on and off The usual blinking style for text cursors on the Windows platform The cursor is permanently visible while you type quickly When you stop typing for about half a second the cursor blinks by becoming temporarily invisible Blinking makes it easier to locate the cursor with your eyes in a large block of text Alternate between two colors Makes the cursor blink when you stop typing like on and off But instead of making the cursor invisible it is displayed with an alternate color This option gives the cursor maximum visibility the blinking animation attracts the eye while keeping the cursor permanently visible Width Width in pixels for the vertic
528. rd character usually A Za z0 9_ Notice the inclusion of the underscore and s stands for whitespace character Again which characters this actually includes depends on the regex flavor In all flavors discussed in this tutorial it includes t r n That is s will match a space a tab or a line break Some flavors include additional rarely used non printable characters such as vertical tab and form feed The flavor comparison shows ascii only for flavors that match only the ASCII characters listed in the previous paragraphs With flavors marked as YES letters digits and space characters from other languages ot Unicode ate also included in the shorthand classes In the screen shot you can see the characters matched by w in RegexBuddy using various scripts Notice that JavaScript uses ASCII for d and w but Unicode for s XML does it the other way around Python offers flags to control what the shorthands should match ST EB create Q test gf Debug 5 Use 3 Library GREP R Forum wiv D yi Debug C Highiight Q Q List All Whole file Western European Central European Cyrillic 1 S E MESSE MESSE 1 StE Shorthand character classes can be used both inside and outside the square brackets s d matches a whitespace character followed by a digit s d matches a single character that
529. re stored on disk When you open a text file the numbers are read and mapped back to characters When saving a file in one application and opening the that file in another application both applications need to use the same character mappings Traditional character mappings or code pages use only 8 bits per character This means that only 256 characters can be represented in any text file As a result different character mappings are used for different language and scripts Since different computer manufacturers had different ideas about how to create character mappings there s a wide variety of legacy character mappings EditPad supports a wide range of these 138 In addition to conversion problems the main problem with using traditional character mappings is that it is impossible to create text files written in multiple languages using multiple scripts You can t mix Chinese Russian and French in a text file unless you use Unicode Unicode is a standard that aims to encompass all traditional character mappings and all scripts used by current and historical human languages If you only edit files created on your own Windows computer or on other Windows computers using the same regional settings there s not much to configure Simply leave the default text encoding set to the default Windows code page e g Windows 1252 for English and other Western European languages If you edit files created on Windows computers with different r
530. re whitespace between regex tokens and allow comments x Turn off free spacing mode i sm Turns on the option and turns off and m for the remainder of the regular expression Older regex flavors may apply this to the entire regex i sm regex Matches the regex inside the span with the option i te st matches TEst but not TEST 66399 6609 1 S 66799 1 turned on and m and s turned off Atomic Grouping and Possessive Quantifiers Character Description Example Character Description Example gt regex Atomic groups prevent the regex engine from backtracking back into the group forcing the group to discard part of its match after a match has been found for the group Backtracking can occur inside the group before it has matched completely and the engine can backtrack past the entire group discarding its match entirely Eliminating needless backtracking provides a speed increase Atomic grouping is often indispensable when nesting quantifiers to prevent a catastrophic amount of backtracking as the engine needlessly tries pointless permutations of the nested quantifiers xX gt w x is more efficient than x w x if the second x cannot be matched 2 and m n Possessive quantifiers are a limited yet syntactically cleaner alternative to atomic grouping Only available in a few regex flavors They behave as normal greedy quantifiers except tha
531. re your whole desktop Or press Alt Print Screen to just capture the active window e g EditPad s window Then switch to the Forum panel click the Attach button and select Clipboard You can also attach text you copied to the clipboard this way It s best to add your attachments while you re still composing your message The attachments appear with the message but won t be uploaded until you click the Send button to post your message If you add an attachment to a message you ve written previously it is uploaded immediately You cannot attach anything to messages written by others Write your own reply and attach your data to that To check out an attachment uploaded by somebody else click the Use or Save button The Use button loads the attachment directly into a new tab in EditPad even if the attachment is not a plain text file If you click the Save button EditPad prompts for a location to save the attachment EditPad does not automatically open attachments you save EditPad automatically compresses attachments in memory before uploading them So if you want to attach an external file there s no need to compress it using a zip program first If you compress the file manually everybody who wants to open it has to decompress it manually If you let EditPad compress it automatically decompression is also be automatic 233 Taking Back Your Words If you regret anything you wrote simply delete it There are three Delete butt
532. reak as usual Press Enter twice to insert a double line break You can type text into the blank lines added by the conversion if you want This could be useful to annotate a manuscript for example Convert Tabs gt Spaces Converts all tab characters in the active file into spaces This command will only have its desired effect when using a fixed width font like Courier New If you select multiple lines of text first only the the selected block is converted If there is no selection or the selection does not span multiple lines then this conversion affects the entire file The number of spaces used for each tab by the conversion is the same the number of spaces used for each tab to display the file It can be set in File Types Editor Convert Spaces gt Tabs Converts as many spaces into tab characters as possible without changing the layout of the file This function will only have its desired effect when using a fixed width font like Courier New If you select multiple lines of text first only the the selected block is converted If there is no selection or the selection does not span multiple lines then this conversion affects the entire file The number of spaces used for each tab by the conversion is the same the number of spaces used for each tab to display the file It can be set in File Types Editor Convert Indentation Spaces gt Tabs Converts as many spaces at the start of each line into tab characters as possibl
533. reating URLs based on file names as URLs use forward slashes but Windows file names use backslashes Example If the original path is c data files web log foo bar txt FOLDER1 gt data FOLDERS5 gt nothing PATH 2 FILENAME gt web log foo bar txt PATH 2 FILENAME gt web log foo bar txt PATH 4 FILENAME gt foo bar txt DRIVE PATH 2 FILENAME gt c web log foo bar txt DRIVE PATH 4 FILENAME gt c foo bar txt 84 FOLDER1 FOLDER4 gt data log FOLDER1 FOLDER5 gt data Tool Files When adding a tool to EditPad Pro s Tools menu there are three pages of settings that you can make for each tool On the Files page you can choose if EditPad Pro should save the current file or selection or open files modified by the tool Definition Files Standard 1 0 Save Files Before Running The Tool V Save the current file if it has unsaved changes C Save the current file into a new temporary file C Save the selected part of the current file into a new temporary file Open Files After Running The Tool _ Reload the current file C Open the temporary file into a new tab l Open the temporary file into the message pane _ Replace the file s contents with the altered contents of the temporary file C Replace the selection with the altered contents of the temporary file No syntax coloring Mark save the current file if it has unsaved
534. red groups are still numbered following the Python and NET rules like the JGsoft flavor always does 278 13 Unicode Regular Expressions Unicode is a character set that aims to define all characters and glyphs from all human languages living and dead With more and more software being required to support multiple languages or even just any language Unicode has been strongly gaining popularity in recent years Using different character sets for different languages is simply too cumbersome for programmers and users Unfortunately Unicode brings its own requirements and pitfalls when it comes to regular expressions Of the regex flavors discussed in this tutorial Java XML and the NET framework use Unicode based regex engines Perl supports Unicode starting with version 5 6 PCRE can optionally be compiled with Unicode support Note that PCRE is far less flexible in what it allows for the p tokens despite its name Perl compatible The PHP preg functions which are based on PCRE support Unicode when the u option is appended to the regular expression RegexBuddy s regex engine is fully Unicode based starting with version 2 0 0 RegexBuddy 1 x x did not support Unicode at all PowerGREP uses the same Unicode regex engine starting with version 3 0 0 Earlier versions would convert Unicode files to ANSI prior to grepping with an 8 bit i e non Unicode regex engine EditPad Pro supports Unicode starting with version 6 0 0 Character
535. reess 250 4 Character Classes or Character Sets sciesccaiieessvucseaseescvasiens i A a A TE O A E A 252 5 The Dot Matches Almost Any Characters e risia i a ea a i di 256 6 Start of String and End of String Anchors csssssssssssssossssosvesesssssssssensssonoesenossssossenvsssnossenossssvssesvssssvesenossesossenoes 258 Te Word Boundaries sis ississassensseavsnsssnssansvenstvaaaeasaiastaasvsasevtaecnsaeniasasoessnvadenneasnvesasoessevedacbiaunsnsasoessnunsnnbissnsnssoensbonsaantaenses 262 8 Alternation with The Vertical Bar or Pipe Symbol cesses esseseesessssessesesessessssessssesnssesnssesnssesnssesnsseensaes 265 OO ptiOnial tems sasaa r a a a a a aas arar aa ear aera Ne e earra e ae a GEENE EEE 267 TORE petition with Star and PlUS sa vetssclei taccinsdienetnctexctecs ncessodtnsetenspeceanedl ecenstunseneduensed oven E AES 268 11 Use Round Brackets for Grouping icsssssscssssssssssscsssesascseissvsssssessivzssonsassndessiesivaascosdoavsasaseasinasdeosdotodessseasinaaacnedeazies 271 12 Named Capturing Groups sssrinin sostinei iras ia iaaiiai apania io inania iota 276 13 Unicode Resular EXPrEsSSIONS rinise a e ee AO R O A EA 278 14 sR sex Matching Modes sridi Nukina aR E AA EA AOA R AAA E AE E 287 T5 Possessive Quant fiers zenes ne asee AAE AAAA AAA A EA A AA T 289 H 16 Atomic Grouping isssssisssssssssessssssssesssnsasssesssszessszassenasssasstiassszesasvayssvaasnizasanaaseoaassvsastogasapezansaaasvensaiaasinaasnsaassnaaanisasiaegs
536. remain visible even when you switch to another application Options Export Preferences Use Options Export Preferences to save your preferences into an ini file This allows you to transport them to another computer Options Import Preferences Imports preferences saved with Options Export Preferences 133 14 Options Configure File Types One of the most powerful aspects about the way EditPad Lite and Pro work with preferences is that many settings can be made for each specific file type that you regularly edit or view with EditPad For example you may want to use word wrapping at the window border for plain text files but no word wrapping for source code Once you make the correct settings for each file type you won t have to change them each time you open a file When you open or save a file EditPad compares its name against the file mask for each known file type and applies the settings made for that file type If the file name doesn t match any file type the settings for unspecified file type are used EditPad also uses the list of file types to build the Files of type drop down list at the bottom of the file selection windows for opening and saving files The filters in the Explorer Panel the FTP Panel the Open Folder command and the Find on Disk command also allow you to select files based on their file types To configure file types select Configure File Types in the Options menu The file type con
537. rent file will change into what you specified in File Types Preferences for the file type that corresponds with the file s new extension 122 Options Column Numbers Turn on Options Column Numbers to have EditPad display a horizontal ruler above the file indicating column numbers Column numbers are only displayed when using a fixed width font or a monospaced text layout Note that column numbers is a file type specific setting in EditPad If you change the setting through the Options menu or the toolbar it is applied to the active file only If you create a new file or open an existing one the setting made in File Type Editor Options for the type of file you are creating or opening will be used Also when you use File Save As and you save the file with a new extension then the setting for the current file will change into what you specified in File Types Preferences for the file type that corresponds with the file s new extension Options Visualize Spaces Turn on Options Visualize Spaces if you want spaces and tabs to be visualized Spaces will be indicated by a vertically centered dot Tabs are indicated by a character This option is useful when working with files where extraneous whitespace can lead to problems or where the difference between tabs and spaces matters You can set the color of visualized spaces in the Colors Preferences If you set a background color other than default for whitespace in the prefer
538. ring style String level support also means that the character escape won t be interpreted for replacement text typed in by the user or read from a file e Finally error indicates the token will result in an error condition or exception preventing any replacements being made at all e JGsoft This flavor is used by the Just Great Software products including PowerGREP EditPad Pro and AceText It is also used by the TPerlRegEx Delphi component and the RegularExrpessions and RegularExpressionsCore units in Delphi XE and C Builder XE e NET This flavor is used by programming languages based on the Microsoft NET framework versions 1 x 2 0 or 3 0 It is generally also the regex flavor used by applications developed in these programming languages e Java The regex flavor of the java util regex package available in the Java 4 JDK 1 4 x and later A few features were added in Java 5 DK 1 5 x and Java 6 JDK 1 6 x It is generally also the regex flavor used by applications developed in Java e Perl The regex flavor used in the Perl programming language as of version 5 8 370 ECMA JavaScript The regular expression syntax defined in the 3rd edition of the ECMA 262 standard which defines the scripting language commonly known as JavaScript The VBscript RegExp object which is also commonly used in VB 6 applications uses the same implementation with the same search and replace features However VBScript and VB strings don t suppor
539. rings In all programming languages and libraries discussed in this book except Ruby you have to explicitly activate this extended functionality It is traditionally called multi line mode In Perl you do this by adding an m after the regex code like this m regex m In NET the anchors match before and after newlines when you specify RegexOptions Multiline such as in Regex Match string regex RegexOptions Multiline 259 Permanent Start of String and End of String Anchors A only ever matches at the start of the string Likewise Z only ever matches at the end of the string These two tokens never match at line breaks This is true in all regex flavors discussed in this tutorial even when you turn on multiline mode In EditPad Pro and PowerGREP where the caret and dollar always match at the start and end of lines A and Z only match at the start and the end of the entire file JavaScript POSIX and XML do not support A and Z You re stuck with using the caret and dollar for this purpose The GNU extensions to POSIX regular expressions use backtick to match the start of the string and single quote to match the end of the string Zeto Length Matches We saw that the anchors match at a position rather than matching a character This means that when a regex only consists of one or more anchors it can result in a zero length match Depending on the situation this can b
540. rk All these flavors except Perl also support named capturing groups They allow you to use the name of a capturing group instead of its number as the zf test e g lt test gt a b test c d Python supports conditionals using a numbered or named capturing group Python does not support conditionals using lookaround even though Python does support lookaround outside conditionals Instead of a conditional like regex then else you can alternate two opposite lookarounds regex then regex else Example Extract Email Headers The regex From To Subject 2 w w a z extracts the From To and Subject headers from an email message The name of the header is captured into the first backreference If the header is the From or To header it is captured into the second backreference as well The second part of the pattern is the if then else conditional 2 w w a z The zf part checks whether the second capturing group took part in the match thus far It will have taken part if the header is the From or To header In that case the en part of the conditional w w t a Z tries to match an email address To keep the example simple we use an overly simple regex to match the email address and we don t try to match the display name that is usually also part of the From or To header 304 If the second capturing group did not participate in the match this far the
541. roject has its own submenu with recently closed files It works just like the File Open submenu except that it remembers the last 100 files that were closed in that project only If you haven t worked with a project for a while the Project Add to Project submenu may still list closed files that have already dropped off the File Open submenu Maintain List File Name Though the File Open submenu can display only 16 files EditPad Pro actually S c My Documents WebPad java remembers the last 100 files you closed To B My Documents vm support vbs Ea c My Documents walarray h z c My Documents Tools ini access the complete list select the Maintain List item at the bottom This item is only Ecm njapa Sjc ly Documen Y available in EditPad Pro cMy tehet dente c My Documents spell html To open many files again at once select all le c My Documents SetACL ps1 of them and click the Open button Clicking Ye c My Documents ScreenSaverForm vb the Open button does not close the elc My Documents ScreenSaver vbproj Maintain List dialog You can select files and E c My Documents RegexDemoForm cs click the Open button repeatedly to open lc My Documents RegexBuddyActionClientDemo csproj multiple sets of files c My Documents vegex html L c My Documents README_LITE txt L c My Documents README TXT _ c My Documents Photos aspx _ c My Documents paypal sql L c My Documents outside
542. roject means that EditPad Pro expects you to manage which files are part of the project and which aren t A managed project can contain three kinds of files open files are part of the project and are in EditPad closed files are part of the project but are not open in EditPad outside files are not part of the project but are open under the project s tab in EditPad If you close a managed project and then open it again the open files are opened again the closed files are not opened but remain part of the project and the outside files are gone they may still exist as separate files but the project won t remember them Open files and outside files have their own tabs under the project s tab Closed files do not have tabs until you open them again In the Files Panel all files in unmanaged projects and open files in managed projects are listed using a plain font Outside files in managed projects are listed in italics Closed files in managed projects are listed with a dimmed font Closed files may not be listed at all if you turned off the option to show closed files in the Files Panel Double clicking a closed file opens it Managed projects take a bit more effort It s worth it for projects that consists of large sets of files because a managed project doesn t force you to open all the files that it contains You can quickly access closed files from the Files Panel and you can even search through closed files without openi
543. roject that will remain open If the active project is untitled and holds only a blank untitled file then the blank project is closed when you open a project Each file can be open only once in a single EditPad instance If the project you re opening holds a file that is already open in another project that is open in EditPad the file is closed in the other project If that project is unmanaged that causes the file to be removed from the other project If the other project is managed the file is still closed in that project but it remains part of it The file s options cursor position and any unsaved changes are all preserved The file is closed in the other project and moved as is to the newly opened project Project Favorite Projects The Project Favorite Projects menu works just like the File Favorites menu except that it lists EditPad Pro project files rather than text files You have to save a project before you can add it to the favorites Project Save Project As Select Save Project As from the Project menu to save the current project under a different name From that point on EditPad Pro will automatically maintain the project updating the file you saved it into Whenever you open new files into the project or close files the project is updated If the project was previously saved under another name the old project file will not be updated unless you reopen the old project You only need to use Save Project As w
544. rop down list near the bottom of the font selection window that appears when you select Options Font from the menu Not all fonts support all scripts Particularly scripts like Arabic Chinese Japanese or Korean are often supported by few fonts If you can t find any font with the script you want you will need to install them from your original Windows CD You can do so by clicking on the Windows Start button choosing Settings and opening the Control Panel Among the Regional Settings there are options for enabling support for complex scripts and ideographic scripts Some fonts have Unicode in their name Such fonts include Arial Unicode and Lucida Sans Unicode These fonts contain all characters in all languages that Windows supports If you use one of these fonts you never have to worry about using the right font for the right language Fonts with Chinese Japanese and Korean characters are available in two variants the regular variant e g MS Mincho and a rotated variant for vertical printing e g MS Mincho The rotated variant always has the same name as the regular variant but with an symbol in front of it In Options Font you should select the regular variant so characters will appear upright on the screen In the print preview you can select the rotated variant if you want If you print with the rotated variant the text will appear printed vertically if you rotate the printed sheet of paper 90 degrees clockwise
545. ross each line They will be inserted next to spaces already present on the original line When the file is viewed with a fixed width font such as Courier New both the left and the right side of the text will be perfectly aligned This function will also turn off word wrap 114 If you want to limit the maximum length of each line in the file you can first set the maximum line length by using the drop down menu of the word wrap button on the toolbar Then use Convert Wrapping gt Line Breaks You should use Convert Wrapping gt Lines when you have finished editing a file that will be used by an application or system that does not support word wrapping or does not support lines longer than a certain number of character For example when preparing a message to be posted to a Usenet newsgroup or a message to be sent via email you should set word wrap to 72 characters and then use Convert Wrapping gt Lines There are still a lot of newsreaders and email clients in use that cannot word wrap messages Convert Line Breaks gt Wrapping Convert Line Breaks gt Wrapping attempts to do the opposite of Convert Wrapping gt Line Breaks Email clients and newsreaders for example will often limit the maximum line length inserting additional line breaks into the file that you did not type in by pressing Enter onto the keyboard This is done because a lot of email and newsgroup software mostly older software still cannot handle long
546. rver that makes itself visible on the Windows network using Samba When EditPad moves the file into a backup location and writes a new file the newly saved file may not have the same UNIX file permissions of the original file To prevent this turn off quick backups Then EditPad makes backups by making a copy of the original file Then the original file is modified with the new text you re saving EditPad can automatically limit the number of backup copies for each file to a certain number When the number of backup copies is exceeded EditPad will automatically delete the oldest ones EditPad can also limit backup copies by age When you save the file backup copies older than the specified age will be automatically deleted You should turn on at least one of the backup limitations when choosing multi backup or hidden history to prevent an ever increasing number of backup files from taking up too much disk space If you enable both limits they are enforced simultaneously EditPad will never keep more backups of a single file than the maximum limit even if that means EditPad has to delete files that are younger than your age limit It will also never keep backups older than your age limit even if the maximum number of backup files has not yet been reached The limits are only enforced when EditPad actually creates a backup copy If you set the age limit to 1 month edit a file regularly for 3 days creating many backups and then d
547. s Code Points and Graphemes or How Unicode Makes a Mess of Things Most people would consider a single character Unfortunately it need not be depending on the meaning of the word character All Unicode regex engines discussed in this tutorial treat any single Unicode code point as a single character When this tutorial tells you that the dot matches any single character this translates into Unicode parlance as the dot matches any single Unicode code point In Unicode a can be encoded as two code points U 0061 a followed by U 0300 grave accent In this situation applied to a will match a without the accent will fail to match since the string consists of two code points matches a The Unicode code point U 0300 grave accent is a combining mark Any code point that is not a combining mark can be followed by any number of combining marks This sequence like U 0061 U 0300 above is displayed as a single grapheme on the screen Unfortunately can also be encoded with the single Unicode code point U 00E0 a with grave accent The reason for this duality is that many historical character sets encode a with grave accent as a single character Unicode s designers thought it would be useful to have a one on one mapping with popular legacy character sets in addition to the Unicode way of separating marks and base letters which makes arbitrary combinations not
548. s The engine walks through the string until the end and declares failure Failure is declared after 30 attempts to match the caret and just one attempt to match the atomic group rather than after 30 attempts to match the caret and a huge number of attempts to try all combinations of both quantifiers in the regex That is what atomic grouping and possessive quantifiers are for efficiency by disallowing backtracking The most efficient regex for our problem at hand would be gt gt r n 11 P since possessive greedy repetition of the star is faster than a backtracking lazy dot If possessive quantifiers are available you can reduce clutter by writing gt r n 11 P Quickly Matching a Complete HTML File Another common situation where catastrophic backtracking occurs is when trying to match something followed by anything followed by another something followed by anything where the lazy dot is used The more anything the more backtracking Sometimes the lazy dot is simply a symptom of a lazy programmer is not appropriate to match a double quoted string since you don t really want to allow anything between the quotes A string can t have unescaped embedded quotes so r n is more appropriate and won t lead to catastrophic backtracking when combined in a larger regular expression However sometimes anything really is just that Th
549. s The syntax coloring schemes provided with EditPad Pro strictly follow these suggested uses though most schemes do not use all of the colors Syntax coloring schemes created by other EditPad Pro users may use these colors to highlight other things The colors prefixed with editor are used to draw various parts of EditPad s editor control These colors are not used by syntax coloring schemes The editor uses these colors even when syntax coloring is disabled The colors prefixed with regex are used by the Search Panel to apply syntax coloring to regular expressions Only the full search panel does this When the search panel is closed the drop down lists on the search toolbar do not apply syntax coloring to the regular expression e Editor plain text The default text colors EditPad s background is filled with this color and text that is not syntax colored is drawn in this text color e Editor selected text Text and highlight colors of the selected text e Syntax local link Clickable link to a file on the user s computer or local network Only use this color for scheme elements with an action to open the file e Syntax internet link Clickable link to a web page file or email address Only use this color for scheme elements with an action to open a file or URL or start an email e Syntax emphasis Text in a document that will appear in italics when the document is printed or published e Syntax strong Text in a d
550. s and underscores Letters digits underscores and symbols CO Everything except whitespace Words determined by complex script analysis bidirectional cursor only Main font C Allow bitmapped fonts r Consolas C Bold C Italic Line and character spacing Increase or decrease the line heightby 0 pi Add 0 pixels of extra space between lines Increase or decrease the character width by 0 Selected text layout configuration Name of this text layout configuration Left to right Example Sample text to test the text layout configuration Text cursor movement Monodirectional left is always left and right is always right Bidirectional left and right reverse when the text direction reverses Selection of words Select only the word Select the word plus everything up to the next word Text cursor appearance Insert mode text cursor Insertion cursor Overwrite mode text cursor Fallback fonts complex script only X Delete u Down Select The Text Layout Configuration That You Want to Use The Text Layout Configuration screen shows the details of the text layout configuration that you select in the list in the top left corner Any changes you make on the screen are automatically applied to the selected layout and persist as you choose different layouts in the list The changes become permanent when you click OK The layout that is selected in the list when you click OK b
551. s are silently removed Supported by JGsoft Perl Ruby Tcl PHP preg REALbasic Oracle Postgres XPath Highest Numbered Capturing Group The token is listed twice because it doesn t have the same meaning in the languages that support it It was introduced in Perl where the variable holds the text matched by the highest numbered capturing group that actually participated in the match In several languages and libraries that intended to copy this feature such as NET and JavaScript is replaced with the highest numbered capturing group whether it participated in the match or not E g in the regex a d X w the highest numbered capturing group is the second one When this regex matches a4 the first capturing group matches 4 while the second group doesn t participate in the match attempt at all In Perl will hold the 4 matched by the first capturing group which is the highest numbered group that actually participated in the match In NET or JavaScript will be substituted with nothing since the highest numbered group in the regex didn t capture anything When the same regex matches xy Perl NET and JavaScript will all store y in Also note that NET numbers named capturing groups after all non named groups This means that in NET will always be substituted with the text matched by the last named group in the regex whether it is followed by non named groups or not and whether it
552. s by clicking on one project tab and on one file tab than to scroll through a long list of file tabs If you regularly work with the same set of files save the project with Project Save Project As From that point on EditPad Pro automatically maintains the project Whenever you open new files into the project or close files the project s file list is updated If you prefer to actively manage the list of files in the project turn on the Managed Project option in the Project menu Then you can use the commands below that item to add files to the project or remove them 26 You can still open and close files as usual using the File menu but opened files won t be added to the project and closed files won t be removed Project Open Project Opens an EditPad Pro Project saved with Project Save Project Click the Project Open Project item directly to show a file selection window from which to select the epp file Or use the submenu of the Project Open Project item to reopen a recently closed project Opening a project removes it from the Project Open submenu Closing a project adds it to the top of the Project Open submenu You can manage the Project Open Project submenu just like the File Open submenu You can have as many projects open at the same time as you want Opening a project does not close any projects that are already open If you opened individual files before opening the project those files are in an untitled p
553. s command it will be invoked on EditPad s main editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box Edit Cut Deletes the current selection and places it on the Windows clipboard Use Edit Copy to put the selection on the clipboard without deleting it If there is no current selection and the option to copy the active line is turned on in the Editor Preferences then the entire current paragraph is deleted and placed onto the clipboard Any data previously held by the clipboard is removed from it Use Edit Cut Append instead if you do not want this EditPad always copies text to the clipboard using Windows line breaks This ensures maximum compatibility with other Windows applications If the file uses syntax coloring then EditPad places both plain text and rich text on the clipboard When you paste the rich text version into a word processor it will be pasted with the same font and colors you were using in EditPad The rich text version is only generated when another application requests it When copying and pasting within EditPad or between EditPad and another plain text editor no time or memory is wasted to generate the RTF If you don t want word processors to paste rich text either use the paste as plain text or paste unformatted text comman
554. s not activated This makes it possible to record a macro that operates on all files by recording Go Next File as the last command in the macro Then you can play back the macro and repeat it any number of times knowing that it will stop at the last file The Next File and Previous File commands always switch between files in the order their tabs have If you want to switch between recently edited files use the Go Back in Edited Files and Go Forward in Edited Files commands If you want to switch between recently viewed files regardless of whether you ve edited them use the Ctrl Tab key combination with the use most recent order when switching tabs with Ctrl Tab preference turned on If you quickly want to go to a specific file use the Files Panel 59 Go Previous File The Go Previous File menu item activates the previous file tab in the current project If the first file in the project is active then the last file is activated During macro playback if the first file is active macro playback is stopped without switching between files See Go Next File for details Go Sort File Tabs Alphabetically Pick Sort File Tabs Alphabetically from the Go menu to sort the tabs of all files in the current project alphabetically by their file names Note that the tabs will be sorted only at the moment you click on Sort File Tabs Alphabetically If you open more files the alphabetical order will not be maintained Tabs for newly opened files
555. s perform basic arithmetic on the placeholder s value This works with any placeholder that at least prior to padding represents an integer number If the placeholder does not represent a number 56 the arithmetic specifiers are ignored For placeholders like YMATCH that can sometimes be numeric and other times not the arithmetic specifiers are used whenever the placeholder happens to represent an integer An arithmetic specifier consists of one or more operator and integer pairs The operator can be or to signify addition subtraction multiplication or integer division It must be followed by a positive integer Arithmetic specifiers are evaluated strictly from left to right When MATCHN evaluates to 2 YMATCHN 1 2 evaluates to 6 because 2 1 3 and 3 2 6 Multiplication and division do not take precedence over addition and subtraction Integer division drops the fractional part of the division s result so YMATCHN 3 evaluates to 0 for the first two matches 57 5 Go Menu Go Go to Line or Offset When editing a text file the Go to Line item in the Go menu will ask you for a line number and then move the text cursor to that line You can enter the line number as a decimal number just enter the number itself or as a hexadecimal number as OxFF or FFh When editing a file in hexadecimal mode the Go to Offset command will ask you for a file offset counting the number of bytes from the start of the file You can
556. s root you will only be able to access the initial directory and its subdirectories You won t be able to access the directory s parent or sibling directories This option is available whether you specified the initial directory or not If you have a slow internet connection you can tell EditPad Pro to keep a cached copy of the FTP server s directory listings This will speed up future connections to the same server You may want to turn off this feature if you often modify files on the FTP server outside of EditPad Pro as that will cause the cached listings to be out of date which may be confusing If EditPad Pro cannot retrieve an FTP server s directory listings try toggling the passive FTP option While passive FTP is usually preferred not all servers support it If a server times out the connection quickly you can tell EditPad Pro to send no operation NOOP commands to the server every 30 seconds Not all servers will reset the time out in response to NOOP commands In the translate FTP folders into HTTP URLs box you can enter a list of FTP folder paths and their corresponding HTTP URLs Enter one folder URL pair per line separating the folder and URL with an equals sign The folder must be a full path When you select the View Browser command when you re editing a file in that folder EditPad Pro will replace the folder path in the file s path with the URL E g if you specify usr home me public_html http www myd
557. s stored on the same device using the EPPDRIVE and EPPPATH path placeholders Then your tools will always reference the files on your drive regardless of the drive letter it gets Since most tools will only make sense when used on a file of a certain type you can select the file types this tool applies to in the list at the right Do this by marking the appropriate checkboxes Not marking any checkbox has the same effect as marking all of them The Tools menu will show all the tools that apply to the type of file you are currently editing Command Line Placeholders for Tools EditPad Pro supports a range of placeholders that you can use on a tool s command line to pass information about or parts of the file you re editing in EditPad Pro POS Number of bytes before the position of the text cursor Depending on the file s encoding the number of bytes may not equal the number of characters LINE Number of the line the text cursor is on COL Number of the column the text cursor is on LINETEXT Text of the line the text cursor is on YCHAR The character immediately to the right of the text cursor WORD The word under the text cursor YSELSTART Number of bytes before 81 the start of the selection SELSTOP Number of bytes before the end of the selection Subtracting SELSTART from SELSTOP gives the length of the selection in bytes Y ENCODING Encoding used by the active file such as ut f 8 windows 12
558. s the Project Import File Listing screen All the files specified on the command line are treated as file listings to be imported rather than as files to be opened hex tells EditPad Pro to open the files specified on the command line in hexadecimal mode regardless of whether you set this option in the file type configuration or not readonly tells EditPad Pro to open the files specified on the command line in read only mode Use this parameter if you want to make sure you don t accidentally modify the files in EditPad Pro You can click the read only indicator on the statusbar to turn off read only mode later Part 2 Regular Expression Tutorial 245 246 1 Regular Expression Tutorial In this tutorial I will teach you all you need to know to be able to craft powerful time saving regular expressions I will start with the most basic concepts so that you can follow this tutorial even if you know nothing at all about regular expressions yet But I will not stop there I will also explain how a regular expression engine works on the inside and alert you at the consequences This will help you to understand quickly why a particular regex does not do what you initially expected It will save you lots of guesswork and head scratching when you need to write more complex regexes What Regular Expressions Are Exactly Terminology Basically a regular expression is a pattern describing a certain amount of text Their name comes from the
559. sd to wektar lt xsd felere fails addctatiow lt xat elerat gt Aj xsd sequance gt 4rd atte Bute maed cing type Cligcins whee NeQuired gt lt xsd annotations lt xsd documentation whl Lange Gn steCicates the Types Of contents Meld by th The margins can be changed by moving the mouse over one of the dotted blue margin lines The mouse pointer will change to indicate that you can move the margin and a hint box will indicate the size of the margin in centimeters and inches Click on the line hold the mouse button down and drag the line until it indicates the desired margin position 0000 F Page 1of7 50 T Eont amp Layout Printer Setup From Page To Page 1 7 a x Line Spacing 1 0 v All Pages Odd Pages Even Pages _ Reversed C Selection Only Print in color C Print line numbers visualize spaces _ Visualize line breaks _ Hide Folded Lines Color Palette Headers amp Footers 10 With the blue arrow buttons at the top you can browse through the pages that will be printed You can also press the Page Up and Page Down keys on the keyboard The magnifying glass buttons zoom the preview in and out You can also press the plus and minus keys on the numeric keypad on your keyboard Zooming does not affect the printout only the preview If you want to print with a different font or different
560. se patterns when you mark your sample text You can combine multiple patterns to match exactly what you want Click the RegexMagic button on the search panel or select the RegexMagic item in the Search menu to start RegexMagic When you have generated the new regular expression and replacement text click the Send button in RegexMagic RegexMagic will then close and send the new regulare expression to EditPad Pro If you change your mind close RegexMagic without clicking the Send button 54 Use RegexMagic in combination with EditPad Pro as well as any other application you use regular expressions with RegexMagic supports all popular regular expression flavors If you are a programmer RegexMagic has full support for a variety of programming languages and regex libraries See http www tegexmagic com for more information about RegexMagic Please note that RegexMagic is a separate product If you want to use RegexMagic with EditPad Pro you will need to purchase both products Match Placeholders Match placeholders can be used to insert search matches or match counts in the search text or replacement text Placeholder HLINE YLINEN MATCH MATCHN GROUPI GROUP2 etc GROUPNAME GROUPanothername etc Meaning and Examples The line the search match was found on The number of the line the match was found on The search match The number of the search match Counts the number of sear
561. sert and overwrite mode Main Font Select the font that you want to use from the drop down list Turn on allow bitmapped fonts to include bitmapped fonts in the list Otherwise only TrueType and OpenType fonts are included Using a TrueType ot OpenType font is recommended Bitmapped fonts may not be displayed perfectly e g italics may be clipped and only support a few specific sizes If you access the text layout configuration screen from the print preview then turning on allow bitmapped fonts will include printer fonts rather than screen fonts in the list in addition to the TrueType and OpenType fonts that work everywhere A printer font is a font built into your printer s hardware If you select a printer font set text layout and direction to left to right only for best results Fallback Fonts Not all fonts are capable of displaying text in all scripts or languages If you have selected one of the complex script options in the text layout and direction list you can specify one or more fallback fonts If the main font does not support a particular script EditPad will try to use one of the fallback fonts It starts with the topmost font at the list and continues to attempt fonts lower in the list until it finds a font that supports the script you ate typing with If none of the fonts supports the script then the text will appear as squares To figure out which scripts a particular font supports
562. set minimum number of lines for a matching block to a number greater than one 1 The setting indicates the minimum number of consecutive paragraphs that are identical in both files are required for EditPad Pro to stop grouping the modified paragraphs and add the identical paragraphs as an unchanged block The graphical illustrations below make this clear First you see the old and new version of our test document 104 This is an arrow s This is an arrow I created this to test Extra Coepare Files Version 2 I created this to test Extra Compare Files Then we use Options Compare Files and set minimum number of lines for a matching block to one effectively turning off the feature This is the result jolt nent This is an arrow I created this to test Extra You see that EditPad Pro detects the line Version 2 as being inserted It also detects that the lines numbered 3 and 7 are present in both files and that the blocks 1 2 4 6 and 8 9 have changed This is technically exact it is the optimum solution but logically it makes no sense The arrow is broken into pieces If we try again and set minimum number of lines for a matching block to anything greater than 1 we get the following result 105 Eee Edit Project Search Go Block Merk Fold Toots Macros Erre Convert Option View Help eis compete compared wth conte EEE This is an arrow I created this to test Extra c Much b
563. sion and replacement text click the Send button in RegexBuddy RegexBuddy will then close and send the new texts to EditPad Pro If you change your mind close RegexBuddy without clicking the Send button You can also use RegexBuddy to test your search patterns in a safe and intuitive sandbox Very handy is the ability to collect your own libraries of regular expressions Or use RegexBuddy s standard library of regular expressions for common search patterns You can use RegexBuddy in combination with EditPad Pro as well as with any other application you use regular expressions with If you are a programmer RegexBuddy has full support for a variety of programming languages and regex libraries See http www tegexbuddy com for more information about RegexBuddy Please note that RegexBuddy is a separate product If you want to use RegexBuddy with EditPad Pro you will need to purchase both products Search RegexMagic Use regular expressions with EditPad Pro s search and replace to automate many editing task that would be tedious to do manually The regex syntax is quite terse making complex regular expressions sometimes difficult to interpret To make it easy to create regular expressions we have developed RegexMagic Instead of dealing with the cryptic regular expression syntax use RegexMagic s powerful patterns for matching characters text numbers dates times email addresses URLs card numbers etc RegexMagic can detect the
564. sis is paired with which closing parenthesis Example When configuring syntax highlighting colors you can select one of the available colorings schemes to see an example Each coloring scheme has its own example text that shows the most important color elements of the scheme The example does not necessarily show all color elements You can type in or paste in your own example to test the colors Your example won t be saved If you select a different coloring scheme in the drop down list then the example will be reset to what is stored in the scheme Download Custom Syntax Coloring Schemes When you click on the button to download custom syntax coloring schemes in the Colors and Syntax file type settings EditPad Pro will connect to the Internet It will download a list of custom syntax coloring 152 schemes that have been created and generously shared by other EditPad Pro users This list is then displayed in the window shown below Note Any schemes you download are vot automatically put to use You will need to create or edit a file type to use a scheme that you downloaded Extensions Author Added Updated Installed 4D0S Batch files bat btm Ron Gilbert 2003 07 29 2003 07 29 no 4D0S batch files JAK btm bat Jeffrey Alan Klute 2011 03 12 2012 01 21 ABAQUS inp Andreas H Niel 2005 05 31 2005 05 31 ActionScript 2 as Stephen Bungert 2007 03 05 2007 04 17 inp Andreas H Niel 2004 11 12 2005 09 28 Pete Nelson 2003 07 2
565. sm is very intuitive When you search EditPad selects the search match which always falls inside the search range So you can click Search Find Next and Search Find Previous without paying much attention to the search range It will stay put When you want to search through a different part of the file simply select it make sure selection only is on and search You don t need to check whether there was a search range already EditPad will search through the block of text that you selected Search Option Loop Automatically Loop Click the Loop button on the search toolbar to turn on the loop automatically search option if you want Find Next Find Previous Replace and Find Next and Replace and Find Previous to automatically restart seatching from the start or end of the file when no further search matches can be found If the all files option is on EditPad will restart from the first file find next or last file find previous in the project If all projects is also on EditPad will restart from the first file in the first project find next or the last file in the last project find previous When EditPad finds a match after having looped i e restarted from the start or end then the glyph on the search command button that you clicked will flash briefly showing a looped glyph Search Option Closed Files Closed When the option to search through all files or all projects is turned on and one of the
566. spaces Tab stops at specific columns Text Layout In EditPad a text layout is a combination of settings that control how text is displayed and how the text cursor navigates through that text The settings include the font text direction text cursor behavior which characters are word characters and how the text should be spaced You can select two text layouts for each file type The default text layout is used when you first open a file of this file type It can be a left to right or right to left text layout The layout for opposite text direction is 142 used when you turn on Options Right to Left This layout must be right to left if the default is left to right and left to right if the default is right to left You can select previously configured text layouts from the drop down lists Click the Edit button next to the list to edit the text layout configurations The list of text layouts is shared by all file types If you edit a text layout configuration that is used by multiple file types the changes apply to all those file types See the section describing the Options Text Layout menu item for a full explanation of the text layout configuration screen Line and Column Numbers Turn on show line numbers to have EditPad display a number before each line in the left margin In that case you need to indicate if you want visibl
567. splays the second without a leading zero 0 59 ss Displays the second with a leading zero 00 59 z Displays the millisecond without a leading zero 0 999 ZZZ Displays the millisecond with a leading zero 000 999 t Displays the time using the short time format specified in the regional settings in the Windows Control Panel tt Displays the time using the long time format specified in the regional settings in the Windows Control Panel am pm Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays am for any hour before noon and pm for any hour after noon The am pm specifier can use lower upper or mixed case and the result is displayed accordingly 23 a p Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays a for any hour before noon and p for any hour after noon The a p specifier can use lower upper or mixed case and the result is displayed accordingly Displays the date separator character specified in the regional settings in the Windows Control Panel Displays the time separator character specified in the regional settings in the Windows Control Panel xx xx Characters enclosed in single or double quotes are displayed as is and do not affect formatting Edit Insert Matching Bracket The Insert Matching Bracket command is only available when bracket matching is enabled in the syntax coloring section of the file type configuration for the active f
568. spot the text cursor is at even when whole lines are selected If you use the menu item or toolbar button to invoke this command it will be invoked on EditPad s main editor where you edit files If you press the shortcut key on the keyboard it will be invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar whether that s the main editor the search box or the replace box Block Move Select Move from the Block menu to delete the selected text and insert it again at the current position of the text cursor Block Move will only become enabled when you have enabled persistent selections in the Editor Preferences Only when selections are persistent you can move the text cursor without clearing the selection Selecting text moving the text cursor and invoking Block Move has the same effect as selecting text invoking Edit Cut moving the text cursor and invoking Edit Paste The only difference is that Block Move does not use the clipboard so the contents of the clipboard are preserved The option paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole affects how text is moved when you have selected complete lines Selecting a complete line means to select everything from the start of the line to the end of the line including the line break at the end of the line Selecting multiple lines completely means selecting everything from the start of the first line in the block until the end of the last line in the
569. sressrressnrensneeesnreesnrresnrensrreens 320 4 Howto Find of Validate an Fimatl Address x sisisnscecricsreiicidoniaianiieiauiiditiadedaalonivelinets 321 oy Matching a Valid Dates 2civis arate Gti EEEE Aa MAAR Ae RA dN ARAie CAAA RA ena 324 6 Finding or Verifying Credit Card Numbers a sssissscsssissscsssssvasssstasssesesvsssavasonvivenvasssvessavasonvisonstsa cuss nvasonv vendesnsoesavaes 326 7 Matching Whole Lines OfT ext ssitsssissssssasscssastsssasestsisaaneasasasestsveastvtsnnasaensasasvessnvasnsbsasnsesbsoessntsavbdasnsasnsvenstvesasnsaenses 328 o Delete Duplicate Lines From a File sas cs cessnstavesncctenats rA EEE ETEEN 330 10 Find Two Words Neat Bach Othe ts iscsasescescidscateers ires asoa ana araar a a Ea IESSE SAST PEIEE 331 11 Runaway Regular Expressions Catastrophic Backtracking ssss sssssssssisssresssreessreessreessrrensreesnrrensreensrrennrressee 332 12 Repeating a Capturing Group vs Capturing a Repeated Group ss ssssssssssssssissrriessreessreessrressreessrrensreensrressreessne 338 13 Mrxing Unicodeand 89 bit Character Codes wes stisissiiss dieses ascivsecesetsssdiscsessdhnesdsntiuscastesastnedsrnedasbescsdsdotoendistenrseas 340 Reoular Pxpression Referenc scicisssssivisiasovesaceietsiasaposstasernsstaiersscioieissemaseneneas O40 1 Basie Syntax Reteren Ce nsnsi a a A iaa EEA EEEa SEESE ESTESE Ea A EA ia Ea arisia 346 2s Advanced Syntax Referencer adaa dn denisi renan eee nA Ne E Ek R Ee S STRETA AE a e 351 S
570. ss Shift Enter to type in an actual line break into your regular expression EditPad s regular expression engine will match each literal line break in your regular expression to either a CRLF pair or a single LF or a single CR The caret and dollar always match at the start and the end of a line in addition to the start and the end of a file EditPad Pro does not have an option to change this To match the start or the end of the file only use A or z instead The behavior of the dot can be changed with the dot matches newline option EditPad Pro does not have a search option to use free spacing regular expressions It does support the mode modifier x If you put x at the very start of your regular expression then any whitespace after the X is ignored unless it is escaped or inside a character class Search Option Dot Matches Newline Dot When searching for a regular expression you can click the Dot button on the search toolbar to turn on the dot matches newline search option This option makes the dot match any character including line break characters Turning on this option is the same as putting the mode modifier s at the start of your regular expression If you do use the mode modifier 5 or S then the mode modifier overrides the state of the checkbox Search Option Case Sensitive Case If you click the Case button on the search toolbar to turn on the case sensitive
571. ssible permutations of the regex pattern A greedy quantifier will first try to repeat the token as many times as possible and gradually give up matches as the engine backtracks to find an overall match A lazy quantifier will first repeat the token as few times as required and gradually expand the match as the engine backtracks through the regex to find an overall match Because greediness and laziness change the order in which permutations are tried they can change the overall regex match However they do not change the fact that the regex engine will backtrack to try all possible permutations of the regular expression in case no match can be found Possessive quantifiers are a way to prevent the regex engine from trying all permutations This is primarily useful for performance reasons You can also use possessive quantifiers to eliminate certain matches How Possessive Quantifiers Work Several modern regular expression flavors including the JGsoft Java and PCRE have a third kind of quantifier the possessive quantifier Like a greedy quantifier a possessive quantifier will repeat the token as many times as possible Unlike a greedy quantifier it will zot give up matches as the engine backtracks With a possessive quantifier the deal is all or nothing You can make a quantifier possessive by placing an extra after it E g is greedy is lazy and is possessive and n m are all possessive as well
572. st The red X button deletes the selected file from the list Click on one of the files that you added to the files with file listings list EditPad Pro then shows the raw contents of that file in the contents of the selected file box EditPad Pro also shows the file and folder paths that has detected in that file in the file paths found in the selected file list The settings on the right hand side of the Import File Listings screen determine how EditPad Pro detects those paths EditPad Pro automatically filters out anything that does not look like a valid path Choose one of the options in the split file into a list of file paths box to tell EditPad Pro how your list of paths is delimited If your list doesn t use a consistent delimiter select search for paths to tell EditPad Pro to extract all absolute paths from the file regardless of any other text that may occur in the file If you want EditPad Pro to extract only certain paths from the file select one of the two custom regex options and type in a regular expression in the box below them The custom regex to search for paths option needs a regular expression that matches the paths you want to mark in the file selection EditPad Pro uses the whole regex match as the path unless it contains a named capturing group called path E g File path extracts the paths from File values in an ini file The custom regex to split file opti
573. st be matched right after it the entire string must consist of digits for d to be able to match It is easy for the user to accidentally type in a space When Perl reads from a line from a text file the line break will also be stored in the variable So before validating input it is good practice to trim leading and trailing whitespace s matches leading whitespace and s matches trailing whitespace In Perl you could use input s s s g Handy use of alternation and g allows us to do this in a single line of code Using and as Start of Line and End of Line Anchors If you have a string consisting of multiple lines like first Line nsecond line where n indicates a line break it is often desirable to work with lines rather than the entire string Therefore all the regex engines discussed in this tutorial have the option to expand the meaning of both anchors can then match at the start of the string before the f in the above string as well as after each line break between n and s Likewise will still match at the end of the string after the last e and also before every line break between e and n In text editors like EditPad Pro or GNU Emacs and regex tools like PowerGREP the caret and dollar always match at the start and end of each line This makes sense because those applications are designed to work with entire files rather than short st
574. st character class matches a letter The second character class matches a letter or digit The star repeats the second character class Because we used the star it s OK if the second character class matches nothing So our regex will match a tag like lt B gt When matching lt HTML gt the first character class will match H The star will cause the second character class to be repeated three times matching T M and L with each step I could also have used lt A Za z0 9 gt I did not because this regex would match lt 1 gt which is not a valid HTML tag But this regex may be sufficient if you know the string you are searching through does not contain any such invalid tags Limiting Repetition Modern regex flavors like those discussed in this tutorial have an additional repetition operator that allows you to specify how many times a token can be repeated The syntax is m7n max where min is a positive integer number indicating the minimum number of matches and max is an integer equal to or greater than min indicating the maximum number of matches If the comma is present but max is omitted the maximum number of matches is infinite So 0 is the same as and 1 is the same as Omitting both the comma and max tells the engine to repeat the token exactly in times You could use b 1 9 0 9 3 b to match a number between 1000 and 9999 b 1 9 0 9 2 4 b
575. st of extensions or file masks separated by semicolons into the file mask drop down list You can also select a recently used file mask from the drop down list If you choose the regular expression option then the regular expression must find a partial match in the name of a file for it to be included in the search This regex is used to filter files by their names only The text or regular expression that you want to use to search through the contents of the files needs to be specified on the search panel or in the search toolbar before you use the Find on Disk command Tick list all matches in a side panel to list all the search matches in all the files with one line of context in a side panel This option makes Find on Disk work like Search List All Matches except that it seatches through files on disk rather than bej gpen the fles files open in EditPad 7 Add the files to the project 3 cancel Tick create new project to open files with search matches into a new untitled project This is the same as using Project New Project before using Search Find on Disk This option has no effect if open the files and add the files to the project are both turned off Tick open the files to make EditPad Pro actually open the files in which search matches are found If you turn this off but turn on add the files to the project then the files will show up in the Files Panel as closed
576. stantly while you edit the filters To update the panel either click on it with the mouse or press Enter while one of the filter drop down lists has keyboard focus You can filter files based on their names in four ways e Show any type of file Do not filter files based on their names e Show files of type Shows the files that match the file mask of the file types you ve configured Select the file type you want from the drop down list e Files matching a file mask Shows the files that match the file mask you type into the drop down list You can enter multiple masks delimited by semicolons e Show files matching a regex A file will only be shown if the regular expression you type into the drop down list matches the file s name If you enter multiple regular expressions delimited by semicolon a file will be shown if at least one of the regular expressions matches In addition to filtering files based on their names you can also filter files based on the date and time they were last modified e Show files modified at any time Do not filter files based on their last modification date e Last modified during the past Only show files that have been last modified in a certain number of past hours days weeks months or years e Not last modified during the past Only show files that were not last modified in a certain number of past hours days weeks months or years e Last modified since Only show files last modified on or
577. sult is an invalid path The solution is to use combined path placeholders like this d FOLDER2 FILENAME The first example will be substituted with d test file txt just the same and the second will be substituted with d file txt a valid path You can combine any number of path placeholders into a single path placeholder separating them either with backslashes or forward slashes Place the entire combined placeholder between two percentage signs A slash between two placeholders inside the combined placeholder is only added if there is actually something to separate inside the placeholder Slashes between two placeholders will never cause a slash to be put at the start or the end of the entire resulting path In the above example the backslash inside the placeholder is only included in the final path if FOLDER2 is not empty A slash right after the first percentage sign makes sure that the resulting path starts with a slash If the entire resulting path is empty or if it already starts with a slash then the slash is not added A slash right before the final percentage sign makes sure that the resulting path ends with a slash If the entire resulting path is empty or if it already ends with a slash then the slash is not added Mixing backslashes and forward slashes is not permitted Using a forward slash inside a combined placeholder will convert all backslashes in the resulting path to forward slashes This is useful when c
578. supported by legacy character sets possible How to Match a Single Unicode Grapheme Matching a single grapheme whether it s encoded as a single code point or as multiple code points using combining marks is easy in Perl RegexBuddy and PowerGREP simply use X You can consider X the Unicode version of the dot in regex engines that use plain ASCII There is one difference though X 279 always matches line break characters whereas the dot does not match line break characters unless you enable the dot matches newline matching mode Java and NET unfortunately do not support X yet Use P M p M or gt P M p M as a reasonably close substitute To match any number of graphemes use gt P M p M as a substitute for X Matching a Specific Code Point To match a specific Unicode code point use UFFFF where FFFF is the hexadecimal number of the code point you want to match You must always specify 4 hexadecimal digits E g u00E0 matches a but only when encoded as a single code point U 00E0 Perl and PCRE do not support the UFFFF syntax They use x FFFF instead You can omit leading zeros in the hexadecimal number between the curly braces Since x by itself is not a valid regex token x 1234 can never be confused to match x 1234 times It always matches the Unicode code point U 1234 x 1234 5678 will try to match code point U 1234 exactly 567
579. t c My Documents Build bat gs c My Documents calc cpp _ c My Documents Calculator vjsproj c My Documents closed txt 5 c My Documents Consolas cpp _ c My Documents data json c My Documents decimal py c My Documents EditPadPro ini c My Documents Engine jsl 5 c My Documents Envy Code R cpp c My Documents ExifTool pm c My Documents expressinstall as He c My Documents geoip php 2 Mv Documents Gettinn Started htm lt Creating folders is useful if you have more than twenty favorite files If you add more than 20 files directly to the favorites menu or to one of the folders then the menu listing your favorites will become very long and difficult to use Note that creating a folder here to hold your favorites does not actually create a folder on your hard disk It stmply adds a hierarchical structure to the list of favorites stored in your EditPad Pro preferences Use the New Folder button to create a new folder to which you can add favorites You can change the caption of a folder by clicking on the folder and then clicking on the Rename Folder button When adding file to the favorites list files are added to the main list if either nothing is selected or if a file in the main list is selected To add files to a folder select either the folder or a file in that folder Click the Add Files button to find and add files You can move files between folders by dragging and dropping them with
580. t they will not give up part of their match for backtracking x is identical to gt x 353 Lookaround Character regex Description Zero width positive lookahead Matches at a position where the pattern inside the lookahead Example Character Description Example Character Description Example Character Description Example can be matched Matches only the position It does not consume any characters or expand the match In a pattern like one two three both two and three have to match at the position where the match of one ends t s matches the second t in streets regex Zeto width negative lookahead Identical to positive lookahead except that the overall match will only succeed if the regex inside the lookahead fails to match t s matches the first t in streets lt regex Zeto width positive lookbehind Matches at a position if the pattern inside the lookahead can be matched ending at that position i e to the left of that position Depending on the regex flavor you re using you may not be able to use quantifiers and or alternation inside lookbehind lt s t matches the first t in streets lt regex Zeto width negative lookbehind Matches at a position if the pattern inside the lookahead cannot be matched ending at that position lt s t matches the second t in streets Continui
581. t xFF and uFFFF escapes Python The regex flavor supported by Python s built in re module Ruby The regex flavor built into the Ruby programming language Tcl The regex flavor used by the regsub command in Tcl 8 2 and 8 4 dubbed Advanced Regular Expressions in the Tcl man pages wxWidgets uses the same flavor PHP ereg The replacement text syntax used by the ereg_replace and eregi_replace functions in PHP PHP preg The replacement text syntax used by the preg_replace function in PHP REALbasic The replacement text syntax used by the ReplaceText property of the RegEx class in REALbasic Oracle The replacement text syntax used by the REGEXP_REPLACE function in Oracle Database 10g e Postgres The replacement text syntax used by the regexp_replace function in PostgreSQL e XPath The replacement text syntax used by the fn replace function in XQuery and XPath e R The replacement text syntax used by the sub and gsub functions in the R language Though R supports three regex flavors it has only one replacement syntax for all three Syntax Using Backslashes Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by amp whole regex match JGsoft Ruby Postgres 0 whole regex match JGsoft Ruby Tcl PHP ereg PHP preg REALb
582. t The Regex Engine Is Eager I already explained that the regex engine is eager It will stop searching as soon as it finds a valid match The consequence is that in certain situations the order of the alternatives matters Suppose you want to use a regex to match a list of function names in a programming language Get GetValue Set or SetValue The obvious solution is Get GetValue Set SetValue Let s see how this works out when the string is SetValue The regex engine starts at the first token in the regex G and at the first character in the string S The match fails However the regex engine studied the entire regular expression before starting So it knows that this regular expression uses alternation and that the entire regex has not failed yet So it continues with the second option being the second G in the regex The match fails again The next token is the first S in the regex The match succeeds and the engine continues with the next character in the string as well as the next token in the regex The next token in the regex is the e after the S that just successfully matched e matches e The next token t matches t At this point the third option in the alternation has been successfully matched Because the regex engine is eager it considers the entire alternation to have been successfully matched as soon as one of the options has In this example there are no other tokens
583. t U 0080 is a Latin 1 control code while Windows 1252 character index 80h is the euro symbol In reverse if you type in the euro symbol in a text editor saving it as UTF 16 will save two bytes AC 20 while saving as Windows 1252 will give you one byte 80 If you find the above confusing simply don t use x80 through xFF with a regex engine that supports Unicode 341 8 bit Regex Engines When working with a legacy obsolete regular expression engine that works on 8 bit data only you can t use Unicode escapes like u20AC x80 is all you have Note that even modern engines have legacy modes E g the popular regex library PCRE runs as an 8 bit engine by default You need to explicitly enable UTF 8 support if you want to use Unicode features When you do PCRE also expects you to convert your subject strings to UTF 8 When crafting a regular expression for an 8 bit engine you ll have to take into account which character set or code page you ll be working with 8 bit regex engines just don t care If you type x8 into your regex it will match any byte 80h regardless of what that byte represents That ll be the euro symbol in a Windows 1252 text file a control code in a Latin 1 file and the digit zero in an EBCDIC file Even for literal characters in your regex you ll have to match up the encoding you re using in the regular expression with the subject encoding If your application is using the Latin 1 code pa
584. t file current project or all files will be listed depending on the All Files All Projects and Closed Files search options In the side panel you can double click a highlighted search match to activate the file it was found in and select the match If you edit files after listing all matches the stored match positions are adjusted so that double clicking a search match highlights it even if its position in the file has shifted The actual search matches and their context are not updated when you edit files Use the List All Matches command again to repeat the search Search Find on Disk After using Prepare to Search or pressing Ctrl F and entering a search term use the Find on Disk command in the Search menu to search through the files in a particular folder even if you don t have those files open in EditPad Pro The disk based search uses the search term and search options from the search toolbar or panel Only the All Files All Projects and Closed Files search options are ignored If the disk based search includes files that you have open in EditPad Pro then the Find on Disk command searches through the files open in EditPad Pro rather than through the files on disk This means that if the files have unsaved changes in EditPad Pro the unsaved changes are searched through rather than the original file on disk The Find on Disk command shows a folder selection screen that is very similar to the one shown by Project Open Folder
585. t in the match thus far Place the number of the capturing group inside round brackets and use that as the if part Note that although the syntax for a conditional check on a backreference is the same as a number inside a capturing group no capturing group is created The number and the brackets are part of the if then else syntax started with For the shen and else you can use any regular expression If you want to use alternation you will have to group the then or else together using parentheses like in condition then1 then2 then3 elsel else2 else3 Otherwise there is no need to use parentheses around the shen and else parts Looking Inside the Regex Engine The regex a b 1 c d matches bd and abc It does not match bc but does match bd in abd Lets see how this regular expression works on each of these four subject strings When applied to bd a fails to match Since the capturing group containing a is optional the engine continues with b at the start of the subject string Since the whole group was optional the group did not take part in the match Any subsequent backreference to it like 1 will fail Note that a is very different from a In the former regex the capturing group does not take part in the match if a fails and backreferences to the group will fail In the latter group the capturing group always takes part in the match capt
586. t the bytes in this file as characters Clicking the indicator invokes Convert Text Encoding Unicode signature a k a Byte Order Marker or BOM Indicates BOM if the file uses a Unicode encoding and has a Unicode signature or Byte Order Marker at the start of the file Indicates no BOM if the file uses a Unicode encoding and does not have a Unicode signature Indicates if the file does not use a Unicode encoding Modification date of the file on disk The date and time that the file was last saved Number of files in all open projects Total number of files in all the projects that you have open in EditPad Pro For managed projects that includes open files closed files and outside files Size of the current file in bytes Total size in bytes the file would have on disk if you were to save it Length of the current selection in bytes Size of the selection in bytes Depending on the encoding used by the file the size in bytes may or may not correspond with the size in characters Length of the current selection in characters Number of characters in the selection Tabs are counted as a single character Combining characters such as diacritics are counted if they are typed separately from their base character Number of lines and columns in the selection Number of lines that are partially selected When word wrap is on all wrapped lines are counted regardless of the count physical lines only setting in File Type
587. t want the files to be saved use TEMP1FILE through TEMP9FILE instead These placeholders show the same file picker for files open in EditPad Pro They don t save the files but save temporary copies instead The paths to the temporary copies are passed to the tool If you want to pass any file regardless of whether it is open in EditPad Pro or not use DISK1IFILE through DISK9FILE These placeholders show a regular open file dialog so you can select a file from disk If you select a file that is open in EditPad Pro any unsaved changes are not saved All the FILE placeholders described in this section represent a whole series of placeholders that hold various parts of the file s path Placeholder Meaning Example The entire path plus filename to 0 0 y YEFILE the file C data files web log foo bar txt gt FILENAME The file name without path foo bar txt EILENAMENOBRTA LT Meriame NOUR Ne les tsar extension FILENAMENODOT w file name cut off at the first oe o AFILEEXT The extension of the file name i without the dot 82 FILELONGEXT oe ig ile DAMS ANE ae ee Y PATHY oe aoe HEAPS a data Vales re 108 The drive the file is on without C for DOS paths server for UNC paths 0 0 gt 2 2 ORMEA trailing delimiter blank for UNIX paths The full path without the drive FOLDER and without leading or trailing data files web lo g g g delimiters AFOLDER1 First folder in the path data
588. tailed outline The outline links to RegexBuddy s regex tutorial the same one you find on this website where you can always get in depth information with a single click Oh and you definitely do not need to be a programmer to take advantage of regular expressions Grabbing HTML Tags lt TAG b gt gt lt TAG gt matches the opening and closing pair of a specific HTML tag Anything between the tags is captured into the first backreference The question mark in the regex makes the star lazy to make sure it stops before the first closing tag rather than before the last like a greedy star would do This regex will not properly match tags nested inside themselves like in lt TAG gt one lt TAG gt two lt TAG gt one lt TAG gt lt A Z A Z0 9 b gt gt lt 1 gt will match the opening and closing pair of any HTML tag Be sure to turn off case sensitivity The key in this solution is the use of the backreference 1 in the regex Anything between the tags is captured into the second backreference This solution will also not match tags nested in themselves Trimming Whitespace You can easily trim unnecessary whitespace from the start and the end of a string or the lines in a text file by doing a regex search and replace Search for t and replace with nothing to delete leading whitespace spaces and tabs Search for t to trim trailing whitespace Do both by combining the regula
589. te that the taskbar button will always hide when you close EditPad Turn on check if Editpad is the default text editor at startup if you want EditPad to check whether it is still associated with txt files each time you start it If this option is on and EditPad detects it is no longer associated with txt files it will ask you whether you want EditPad to associate itself with txt files or not Turn on erase all history lists that may be remembering private information when quitting EditPad Pro to make Editpad Pro forget the lists of recent items kept by these commands File Open File Mail Project Open Project Project Open Folder Project Import File Listing Search History Search Find on Disk Explorer Panel Set Home Folder Explorer Panel Filter FTP Panel Connect FTP Panel Filter View in Web Browser If the View Browser doesn t properly detect your web browser you can specify a specific application to be used as the web browser Click the button to browse for the exe file of the application you want to use You can also manually enter a command line If you include URL as part of the command line parameters that placeholder will be substituted with an http or file URL to the file to be opened If you don t enter URL on the command line EditPad Pro will launch the exe with the URL as the sole command line parameter Double Clicking Highlighted FTP Links EditPad Lite will always open FT
590. ted if you want EditPad to disable the Cut and Copy commands when no text is selected as most Windows applications do If you copy text to the clipboard while editing a file using syntax coloring then EditPad places both plain text and rich text on the clipboard When you paste the rich text version into a word processor it will be pasted with the same font and colors you were using in EditPad The rich text version is only generated when another application requests it When copying and pasting within EditPad or between EditPad and another plain text editor no time or memory is wasted to generate the RTF If you don t want word processors to paste rich text either use the paste as plain text or paste unformatted text command in your word processor or tell EditPad Pro not to copy it by turning off the option copy syntax coloring as rich text to the clipboard Normally when you paste text that text is inserted at the position of the text cursor regardless of where the cursor is placed and which text is being pasted If you often copy and paste whole lines of text you may want to turn on paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole A line is copied as a whole if all the text on that line and the line break at the end of the line are selected when you copy them If the option to paste whole lines is on and you copy a whole line in EditPad and then paste it the line is pasted before the line that the cursor is o
591. ted text or the word under the cursor without using the search toolbar or panel Occurrences of the word as part of longer words are also highlighted Differences in case are ignored Highlighting persists when you switch between files All search options including Case Sensitive Whole Words Only and All Files are ignored Use Instant Highlight with the same selection or on the same word to turn it off Only one search term can be highlighted at any time If you use both Highlight All and Instant Highlight using either command turns off the other 44 Search Incremental Search Click the Incremental button on the search toolbar or select the Incremental item in the Search menu to toggle incremental search mode on or off When off entering a search term has no immediate effect When on editing the search term will cause EditPad Pro to immediately start looking for the next search match starting from the current position of the text cursor While you edit the search term in incremental search mode EditPad Pro remembers previous search matches as you type If you type Test EditPad Pro will search for T starting from the position of the text cursor As you type it will search for Te beginning at the start of the match for T then for Tes at the start of the match for Te and finally for Test If there is no search match nothing happens When you press Backspace EditPad Pro will go back to the previ
592. ter since even a simple regex engine applying the above regex once will outperform a state of the art plain text search algorithm searching through the data five times Regular expressions also reduce development time With a regex engine it takes only one line e g in Perl PHP Java or NET or a couple of lines e g in C using PCRE of code to say check if the user s input looks like a valid email address 248 2 Literal Characters The most basic regular expression consists of a single literal character e g a It will match the first occurrence of that character in the string If the string is Jack is a boy it will match the a after the J The fact that this a is in the middle of the word does not matter to the regex engine If it matters to you you will need to tell that to the regex engine by using word boundaries We will get to that later This regex can match the second a too It will only do so when you tell the regex engine to start searching through the string after the first match In a text editor you can do so by using its Find Next or Search Forward function In a programming language there is usually a separate function that you can call to continue searching through the string after the previous match Similarly the regex cat will match cat in About cats and dogs This regular expression consists of a series of three literal characters This is like saying to t
593. than a character Most regex flavors have an option to make the dollar match before line breaks i e at the end of a line in a file as well Also matches before the very last line break if the string ends with a line break matches f in abc ndef Also matches c in multi line mode A Matches at the start of the string the regex pattern is applied to Matches a position rather than a character Never matches after line breaks A matches a in abc Z Matches at the end of the string the regex pattern is applied to Matches a position rather than a character Never matches before line breaks except for the very last line break if the string ends with a line break Z matches f in abc ndef z Matches at the end of the string the regex pattern is applied to Matches a position rather than a character Never matches before line breaks Z matches f in abc ndef Word Boundaries Character Description Example Character Description Example b Matches at the position between a word character anything matched by w and a non word character anything matched by w or W as well as at the start and or end of the string if the first and or last characters in the string are word characters b matches c in abc B Matches at the position between two word characters i e the position between w w as we
594. that line just like Block Comment does If you did not select any text before using the Block Toggle Comment command or the selection does not span more than one line Block Toggle Comment will add or remove the comment character at the start of the line containing the text cursor The text cursor is then moved to the next line If you ve assigned a keyboard shortcut to Block Uncomment you can quickly uncomment a bunch of lines this way The advantage of Block Toggle Comment is that it allows you to use the same keyboard shortcut for both commenting and uncommenting lines Block Prefix Select Prefix in the Block menu to prefix the selected block with one or more characters If you ve made a selection that flows along with the text the characters will be inserted at the very start of each line in the selection If youve made a rectangular selection the comment characters will be inserted on each line spanned by the selection at the leftmost column in the selection The inserted characters will become part of the selection Block Suffix Select Suffix in the Block menu to suffix the selected block with one or mote characters If you ve made a selection that flows along with the text the characters will be inserted at the end of each line in the selection If you ve made a rectangular selection the comment characters will be inserted on each line spanned by the selection after the rightmost column in the selection The i
595. that is what is stored into the capturing group overwriting b00 that was stored before gt matches the second o in the opening tag gt lt matches gt bold lt 1 fails again The regex engine does all the same backtracking once more until A Z0 9 is forced to give up another character causing it to match nothing which the star allows The capturing group now stores just b gt now matches 00 gt lt once again matches gt bold lt 1 now succeeds as does gt and an overall match is found But not the one we wanted There are several solutions to this One is to use the word boundary When A Z0 9 backtracks the first time reducing the capturing group to bo b fails to match between o and o This forces A Z0 9 to backtrack again immediately The capturing group is reduced to b and the word boundary fails between b and o There are no further backtracking positions so the whole match attempt fails The reason we need the word boundary is that we re using gt to skip over any attributes in the tag If your paired tags never have any attributes you can leave that out and use lt A Z A Z0 9 gt lt 1 gt Each time A Z0 9 backtracks the gt that follows it will fail to match quickly ending the match attempt If you didn t expect the regex engine to ba
596. the clipboard using Windows line breaks This ensures maximum compatibility with other Windows applications If the file uses syntax coloring then EditPad places both plain text and rich text on the clipboard When you paste the rich text version into a word processor it will be pasted with the same font and colors you were using in EditPad The rich text version is only generated when another application requests it When copying and pasting within EditPad or between EditPad and another plain text editor no time or memory is wasted to generate the RTF If you don t want word processors to paste rich text either use the paste as plain text or paste unformatted text command in your word processor or tell EditPad Pro not to copy rich text in the Editor Preferences This command is always invoked on whichever editor is showing the text cursor vertical blinking bar regardless of whether you use the main menu a toolbar button or a keyboard shortcut If you re editing a file in hexadecimal mode and you copy something from that file and you paste that into another application or into a file you re editing in text mode in EditPad the result will differ depending on whether the cursor was in the hexadecimal section or the ASCII section when you used Edit Copy If you copy from the hexadecimal section and paste into another application the other application will see the 20 hexadecimal representation on the clipboard e g 74
597. the keyboard for scrolling you can configure the Ctrlt Arrow Up and Down keys to make the text cursor jump to the next or previous paragraph Ctrl Arrow Up and Down work this way in some word processors like Microsoft Word If you turn on use arrow keys when the Scroll Lock key is active then you can push the Scroll Lock key on the keyboard to scroll with the arrow keys Pressing any of the arrow keys will then scroll the view instead of moving the text cursor The Home and End keys will scroll to the top and the end of the file Press Scroll Lock again to restore the normal arrow key behavior If this option is on then EditPad Pro ignores the state of the Scroll Lock key In Windows text editors pressing the Arrow Up or Down keys on the keyboard keeps the text cursor on the same column E g if you put the cursor on line 1 column 1 of an existing text file type abc and then press Arrow Down then the cursor will be on line 2 column 4 If you type abc on the 2nd line it will be stair stepped relative to the abc on the first line If you turn on the option Arrow Up and Down move the cursor back to the column where you started editing then in the previous example pressing Arrow Down will move the cursor to line 2 column 1 The horizontal movement caused by typing abc is undone by pressing Arrow Down If you type abc on the second line it will appear just below the abc on the first line The r
598. the left side of History x EditPad s window You can make it visible by selecting File History ea w in the View menu You can dock the panel elsewhere by dragging its BELAIR caption bar or its tab File Modificati Backup Da a Backup3 3 22 2011 5 8 2015 The File History shows a list of all backup files that exist for the file Milestone 3 22 2011 5 8 2015 you re currently editing in EditPad Pro To determine which files are pa chump 2 5 24 2006 3 22 2011 backups the File History uses the backup copies setting in the TEPEE 12 7 2005 5 24 2006 Save Files Preferences The File History will only show files that follow the naming method you selected in the Save Files Preferences To make the File History useful you should select one of the multi backup options or the hidden history option These are the only backup methods that can keep more than one backup copy of any given file The File History will display two dates for each backup file the modification date and the backup date When creating a backup copy EditPad Pro sets the backup s last modification time stamp to that of the original file E g Today December 1st you open a file last modified on November 27th When you save the file EditPad Pro will create a backup copy with a modification date of November 27th The original file will get a modification date of December 1st When you view the contents of t
599. the line is number one 242 Finally s123 145 will select characters 123 through 144 and place the text cursor at character 145 Like c s counts characters from the start of the file with the first character being number zero In combination with 1 s4 7 will select columns 4 through 6 and put the text cursor on the 7th column on the line indicated by 1 Again the first character on the line is number one c and s cannot be used in combination with each other Additional EditPad Pro Parameters The parameters described above are supported by both EditPad Lite and Pro EditPad Pro supports several additional parameters newproject tells EditPad Pro to use Project New Project to start with a new project to open all the files specified on the command line This parameter only makes a difference when reusing an existing instance that already has open files newprojectcombine does the same as newproject except that newprojectcombine is ignored if another file was opened with this parameter less than one second ago If you have an application or script that launches multiple EditPad Pro instances at the same time to open multiple files at the same time the result of the newprojectcombine parameter is that all those files will be opened into one new project folder followed by a separate parameter with the full path to a folder makes EditPad Pro show the Project Open Folder window with that folder preselected import show
600. the match The positive lookahead construct is a pair of round brackets with the opening bracket followed by a question mark and an equals sign You can use any regular expression inside the lookahead Note that this is not the case with lookbehind I will explain why below Any valid regular expression can be used inside the lookahead If it contains capturing parentheses the backreferences will be saved Note that the lookahead itself does not create a backreference So it is not included in the count towards numbering the backreferences If you want to store the match of the regex inside a backreference you have to put capturing parentheses around the regex inside the lookahead like this regex The other way around will not work because the lookahead will already have discarded the regex match by the time the backreference is to be saved Regex Engine Internals First let s see how the engine applies q u to the string Iraq The first token in the regex is the literal q As we already know this will cause the engine to traverse the string until the q in the string is matched The position in the string is now the void behind the string The next token is the lookahead The engine takes note that it is inside a lookahead construct now and begins matching the regex inside the lookahead So the next token is u This does not match the void behind the string The engine notes that the regex inside the looka
601. the mouse EditPad Pro automatically sorts the list of favorites alphabetically You cannot rearrange files inside a folder To open one or more files select them and click on the Open button Note that when selecting more than one file all the files must be in the same folder You cannot select multiple files across folders If you want to 8 open files from several folders open them folder by folder You can click the Open button as many times as you want to open as many files as you want To remove one or more files from the favorites select them and click on the Remove button This will not delete the files but only remove them from the list of favorites If you want to remove all files that no longer exist select Remove Obsolete Files instead of Organize Favorites from the File Favorites menu File Templates The Templates submenu of the File Menu works just like the Favorites submenu with one small but important difference When you select a file from the Favorites menu EditPad simply opens that file If you select a file from the Templates menu however EditPad will create a new untitled file with the content of the file you selected If you often edit a particular file saving the changes back into the same file you should add it to the Favorites If you often create new files based on the contents of a particular file you should add that file to the Templates menu Using templates you won t accidentally save the chang
602. the project s files will be uploaded into the same folder as the selected file If one or more of the files in the project are untitled EditPad Pro will ask you for a name for those files Files that were previously uploaded or saved will be uploaded with the name they already have Files that were 219 untitled when you uploaded them will be automatically uploaded when you save them just like when uploading a single untitled file Upload from Disk Click the Upload Project button to upload files that you aren t editing in EditPad Pro EditPad Pro will show an open file dialog to select the files to upload You can select multiple files to be uploaded If you selected a folder in the FTP panel the files will be uploaded into that folder If you selected a file in the FTP panel the files will be uploaded into the same folder as the selected file Should you use the Upload from Disk file to upload a file that you re editing in EditPad Pro then the copy of the file on disk will be uploaded If the file has unsaved changes in EditPad Pro those changes won t appear in the uploaded file Create Folder Click the Create Folder button to create a new folder on the FTP server If you selected a folder in the FTP panel the new folder will become a subfolder of the selected folder If you selected a file in the FTP panel the folder will become a subfolder of the folder that holds the selected file Refresh Folder EditPad Pro automatical
603. the top in File Open but won t be in the Project Add to Project submenu for the project you switched to Files that are opened in bulk such as by using Project Open Folder are not remembered by either menu Project Add to Project Unopened The Add to Project Unopened command in the Project menu shows a file selection window just like File Open and Project Add to Project Unlike these two commands Add to Project Unopened does not open any files The selected files are added to the project as closed files Only managed projects can contain closed files If the active project is unmanaged using the Add to Project Unopened command automatically turns the project into a managed one as if you had selected Project Managed Project in the menu Project Add Active File The Add Active File command in the Project menu is only available if the active project is managed and the active file is an outside file An outside file is a file that is open under the project s tab but is not actually part of the project When a project is closed and reopened outside files are not remembered Use the Add Active File command to make the file a part of the project so it will be remembered by the project 32 If the active project has many outside files you can use Project Add Outside Files instead if you want to make them all part of the project Project Add Outside Files The Add Outside Files command in the Project menu is only availa
604. them keeping them in the project oe The project has files that are open but were not added to the project What do you want to do with these files Add them to the project keeping them open Close them 9 Cancel Unmanaged projects cannot contain closed files If you try to turn a managed project that contains closed files into an unmanaged project you need to choose what to do with the closed files If you select to open them the closed files will be opened and remain part of the unmanaged project as open files If you select to remove them the closed files are removed from the project They will remain as individual files on your hard disk Unmanaged projects cannot have outside files If you try to turn a managed project that has outside files into an unmanaged project you need to choose what to do with the outside files If you select to keep them open the outside files remain open and will be added to the unmanaged project as open files If you select to close them the outside files are closed and removed from the project They will remain as individual files on your hard disk The project menu offers several commands that you can use to handle open files closed files and outside files in managed projects Add to Project Select files from disk to be opened and added to the project as open files Add to Project Unopened Select files from disk to be added to the project as closed files Add Active File If the act
605. thin the subtracted character class E g to match all Unicode letters except ASCII letters i e all non English letters you could easily use p L p IsBasicLatin Nested Character Class Subtraction Since you can use the full character class syntax within the subtracted character class you can subtract a class from the class being subtracted E g 0 9 0 6 0 3 first subtracts 0 3 from 0 6 yielding 0 9 4 6 or 0 37 9 which matches any character in the string 0123789 The class subtraction must always be the last element in the character class 0 9 4 6 a f is not a valid regular expression It should be rewritten as 0 9a f 4 6 The subtraction works on the whole class 306 E g p L1 p Lu p IsBasicLatin matches all uppercase and lowercase Unicode letters except any ASCII letters The p IsBasicLatin is subtracted from the combination of p L1 p Lu rather than from p Lu alone This regex will not match abc While you can use nested character class subtraction you cannot subtract two classes sequentially To subtract ASCII letters and Greek letters from a class with all Unicode letters combine the ASCII and Greek letters into one class and subtract that as in p L p IsBasicLatin p IsGreek Notational Compatibility with Other Regex Flavors Note that a regex like a z aeiuo will not cause any errors in regex flavors that do not support ch
606. thing from the start of the first line in the block until the end of the last line 21 in the block including the line break at the end of the last line When the option paste whole lines when lines are copied as a whole is on lines that were copied as a whole are always pasted as if the cursor were at the start of the line when you re pasting Thus lines copied as a whole are always pasted as a whole before the line that the cursor is on when pasting This makes it easy to move blocks of lines around without worrying about the horizontal position of the text cursor If this option is off text is always pasted at the exact spot the text cursor is at even when whole lines were copied Only whole lines copied in EditPad can be pasted as whole lines EditPad cannot determine whether text copied from other applications is a whole line or not EditPad Lite does not have this option and always pastes at the exact spot the text cursor is at In hexadecimal mode if the clipboard contains a hexadecimal representation of characters the effect of the Paste command depends on whether the text cursor is in the hexadecimal section at the left or the ASCII section at the right If you paste into the hexadecimal section EditPad will paste the bytes represented by the text on the clipboard If you paste into the ASCII section EditPad will paste the text on the clipboard as is E g if the clipboard holds 74657374 pasting into the hex section i
607. this position is between two word characters The engine reverts to the start of the regex and advances one character to the 66099 s in island Again the b fails to match and continues to do so until the second space is reached It matches there but matching the i fails 66 99 1 But b matches at the position before the third i in the string The engine continues and finds that i matches i and s matches s The last token in the regex b also matches at the position before the third space in the string because the space is not a word character and the character before it is The engine has successfully matched the word is in our string skipping the two earlier occurrences of the characters i and s If we had used the regular expression i s it would have matched the is in This Tcl Word Boundaries Word boundaries as described above are supported by most regular expression flavors Notable exceptions are the POSIX and XML Schema flavors which don t support word boundaries at all Tcl uses a different syntax In Tcl b matches a backspace character just like x 8 in most regex flavors including Tcl s B matches a single backslash character in Tcl just like W in all other regex flavors and Tcl too 66 99 Tcl uses the letter y instead of the letter b to match word boundaries y matches at any word boundary position wh
608. thout switching between projects If you like to use the mouse you can quickly switch between projects by clicking on their tabs or by double clicking on the project s node in the Files Panel Go Sort Project Tabs Alphabetically Pick Sort Project Tabs Alphabetically from the Go menu to sort the tabs of all projects alphabetically by their names Note that the tabs will be sorted only at the moment you click on Sort Project Tabs Alphabetically If you open more projects the alphabetical order will not be maintained Tabs for newly opened projects are 60 always placed to the immediate right hand side of the tab that was active when you opened the additional files You can also rearrange the tabs in any order you want by dragging them with the mouse To drag a tab click on it hold the mouse button down and move the mouse to the left or right The tab will follow the mouse pointer until you release the mouse button If you drag the tab to the left edge of the leftmost tab and there are more tabs presently invisible to the left of that tab then all the tabs will scroll to the right allowing you to move the tab you are dragging further to the left Similarly you can drag the tab to the right edge of the rightmost tab to make the tabs scroll to the left 61 6 Block Menu Block Duplicate Select Duplicate from the Block menu to insert a copy of the selected text at the current position of the text cursor The newly inserted copy
609. through p C Unicode properties JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE XML XPath p Lu through p Cn Unicode property JGsoft NET Java Perl PCRE XML XPath p L amp and p Letter amp equivalent of p Lu p L1 p Lt Unicode properties JGsoft Perl PCRE p IsL through p IsC Unicode properties JGsoft Java Perl p IsLu through p IsCn Unicode property JGsoft Java Perl p Letter through p Other Unicode properties JGsoft Perl p Lowercase_Letter through p Not_Assigned Unicode property JGsoft Perl p IsLetter through p IsOther Unicode properties JGsoft Perl 367 Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by Feature Supported by p IsLowercase_Letter through p IsNot_Assigned Unicode property JGsoft Perl p Arabic through p Yi Unicode script JGsoft Perl PCRE p IsArabic through p IsYi Unicode script JGsoft Perl p BasicLatin through p Specials Unicode block JGsoft Perl p InBasicLatin through p InSpecials Unicode block JGsoft Java Perl p IsBasicLatin through p IsSpecials Unicode block JGsoft NET Perl XML XPath Part between in all of the above is case insensitive JGsoft Perl Spaces hyphens and underscores allow
610. ting address The reason you shouldn t use this regex is that it only checks the basic syntax of email addresses john aol com nospam would be considered a valid email address according to RFC 2822 Obviously this email address won t work since there s no nospam top level domain It also doesn t guarantee your email software will be able to handle it Not all applications support the syntax using double quotes or square brackets In fact RFC 2822 itself marks the notation using square brackets as obsolete We get a more practical implementation of RFC 2822 if we omit the syntax using double quotes and square brackets It will still match 99 99 of all email addresses in actual use today a ZO 9 amp 2 2 a Z0 9 K amp 2 gt a z0 9 a zQ 9 a z0 9 a z0 9 a z0 9 a Zz0 9 A further change you could make is to allow any two letter country code top level domain and only specific generic top level domains This regex filters dummy email addresses like asdf adsf adsf You will need to update it as new top level domains are added a ZO 9 amp 2 7 a Z0 9 amp a z0 9 a Z0 9 a z0 9 A Z 2 com org net edu gov mil biz info mobi name aero asia jobs museum b So even when following official standards there are still trade offs to be made Don t blindly copy regular expr
611. ting point number with optional integer as well as optional fractional part but does not match an integer number b 0 9 b 0 9 eE 0 9 b matches a number in scientific notation The mantissa can be an integer or floating point number with optional integer part The exponent is optional b 0 9 0 9 e 0 9 b also matches a number in scientific notation The difference with the previous example is that if the mantissa is a floating point number the integer part is mandatory If you read through the floating point number example you will notice that the above regexes are different from what is used there The above regexes are more stringent They use word boundaries to exclude numbers that are part of other things like identifiers You can prepend to all of the above regexes to include an optional sign in the regex I did not do so above because in programming languages the and are usually considered operators rather than signs Reserved Words or Keywords Matching reserved words is easy Simply use alternation to string them together b first second third etc b Again do not forget the word boundaries 331 10 Find Two Words Near Each Other Some search tools that use boolean operators also have a special operator called near Searching for term1 near term2 finds all occurrences of term1 and term2 that occur within a certain distance from each other The distan
612. tion click on the device you want to install onto and click the Install button The label showing the amount of disk space needed will indicate the parts being copied to the removable drive Once the operation is complete the Install onto Removable Drive screen will close automatically EditPad will copy itself to a fixed EditPadLite7 or EditPadPro7 subfolder off the root on the device If you like more complex folder structures you can move the complete EditPadLite7 or EditPadPro7 folder into a different parent folder on the device Creating Portable Installations using The Installer If you have not yet installed EditPad Pro onto your hard disk you can create a portable installation by running EditPad s installer On the welcome screen click the Portable Installation button Follow the steps This method works even if you do not have the necessary permissions to install software onto the computer youre using If you run the installer on 32 bit Windows the portable install will be 32 bit It will work on both 32 bit and 64 bit Windows If you run the installer on 64 bit Windows then the portable install will be 64 bit It will only work on 64 bit Windows You can pass the 32 command line parameter to the installer to force it to create a 32 bit installation on 64 bit Windows 237 24 Customizing Toolbars and Menus EditPad s main menu all toolbars and most context menus are fully configurable You can move toolbars hide them add
613. tion of the first few file types These file types have a special meaning in EditPad You cannot delete these file types or change their position in the list but you can adjust all the settings to your own tastes and habits as you can do for all the other file types The file masks you assign to a file type are particularly important When you open a file EditPad compate s the file s name against the file masks for each file type If it finds a file type with a mask that matches the file name that file type s settings will be used for the file being opened If more than one file type s mask matches the ottommost matching file type is used Therefore file types with more specific masks should be 135 placed below file types with more general masks The any file file type has a mask of which matches all file names If there s no other file type with a matching mask the any file file type will be used The any file file type always sits at the top of the list and is thus the last and most generic file type In a file mask the asterisk represents any number including none of any character The question mark P represents one single character On the Windows platform the type of a file is usually determined by its name s extension The extension consists of a dot followed by usually three letters E g text files have a txt extension The file mask txt will match all text files with a txt extension Y
614. tions Vertical bar in front of the character On the Windows platform the normal cursor shape is a vertical bar that is positioned in front of the character that it points to That is to the left of the character for left to right text and to the right of the character for right to left text Vertical bar with a flag indicating keyboard direction A vertical bar positioned in front of the character that it points to with a little flag triangle at the top that indicates the direction of the active keyboard layout When the cursor points to a character in left to right text it is placed to the left of that character When the cursor point to a character in right to left text it is placed to the right of that character The direction of the cursor s flag is independent of the text under the cursor The cursor s flag points to the right when the active keyboard layout is for a left to right language The cursot s flag points to the left when the active keyboard layout is for a right to left language Vertical bar with a flag indicating text direction A vertical bar positioned in front of the character that it points to with a little flag triangle at the top that points to that character When the cursor points to a character in left to right text it is placed to the left of that character with its flag pointing to the right towards that character When the cursor point to a character in right to left text it is placed to the right of that cha
615. tions Bookmarks stay with the character they were placed at when you edit the file If you delete the character the bookmark shifts to the nearest remaining character Bookmarks are not saved into a file when you use File Save EditPad Pro does automatically remember the bookmarks you set for all files that are listed in the reopen menu and all files you added to your favorites Projects also store the bookmarks for all the files in the project When opening files by opening a project the files bookmarks are restored from the project file When opening a file without opening a project its bookmarks are retrieved from the reopen menu or the favorites if the file is listed there even if you didn t use the reopen menu or the favorites menu to open the file Mark Remove All Bookmarks The Remove All Bookmarks command in the Mark menu removes all the bookmarks from the active file If Mark Project Wide Bookmarks is enabled it also removes all the bookmarks from all the other files in the active project If you want to remove a single bookmark place the cursor on the line that the bookmark is on and use the Mark Set Any Bookmark command 74 8 Fold Menu Fold Fold Select Fold in the Fold menu to fold the selected lines The first line in the selection will remain visible while the others will be hidden They are folded underneath the first line A square with a plus symbol in it will appear to the left of the folded li
616. tip If you dismiss the tip of the day window within 3 seconds such as by pressing the Esc key on the keyboard EditPad assumes you didn t read the tip and will show the same tip next time If you want to go back to a tip that you read in the past click the Previous Tip button If you don t want the tip of the day to be shown each time you start EditPad clear the show tip of the day at startup checkbox before you dismiss the tip of the day window If you want to show the tips again select Tip of the Day in the Help menu and tick the checkbox Did you know People who read software manuals are awesome J ee a Show tip of the day at startup Jz HNI 230 Help EditPad Web Site Launches your web browser to open http www editpadpro com Help Check for New Version Launches your web browser to show a page that will tell you if the version of EditPad you are currently using is the most recent one or not If a newer version is available you will be able to download it immediately Share Experiences and Get Help on The User Forums When you click the Login button you will be asked for a name and email address The name you enter is what others see when you post a message to the forum It is polite to enter your real full name The forums are private friendly and spam free so there s no need to hide behind a pseudonym While you can use an anonymous handle you ll find that people oth
617. tive notations that you may encounter in regular expressions created by others I recommend against using these notations in your own regular expressions to maintain clarity and compatibility with other regex flavors and understandability by people more familiar with other flavors If you are just getting started with Unicode regular expressions you may want to skip this section until later to avoid confusion if the above didn t confuse you already In Perl and PCRE regular expressions you may encounter a Unicode property like p Lu or p Letter These are negated properties identical to P Lu or P Letter Since very few regex flavors support the p L notation and all Unicode compatible regex flavors including Perl and PCRE support P L I strongly recommend you use the latter syntax 286 Perl but not PCRE and Java support the p IsL notation prefixing one letter and two letter Unicode property notations with Is Since very few regex flavors support the p IsL notation and all Unicode compatible regex flavors including Perl and Java support p L I strongly recommend you use the latter syntax Perl and Java allow you to omit the In when matching Unicode blocks so you can write p Arrows instead of p InArrows Perl can also match Unicode scripts and some scripts like Hebrew have the same name as a Unicode block In that situation Perl will match the
618. to account the length of the month The above regex still matches 2003 02 31 which is not a valid date Making leading zeros optional could be another enhancement If you want to require the delimiters to be consistent you could use a backreference 19 20 d d J O 1 9 1 012 2 0 1 9 12 0 9 3 01 will match 1999 01 01 but not 1999 01 01 Again how complex you want to make your regular expression depends on the data you are using it on and how big a problem it is if an unwanted match slips through If you are validating the user s input of a date in a script it is probably easier to do certain checks outside of the regex For example excluding February 29th when the year is not a leap year is far easier to do in a scripting language It is far easier to check if a year is divisible by 4 and not divisible by 100 unless divisible by 400 using simple arithmetic than using regular expressions Here is how you could check a valid date in Perl I also added round brackets to capture the year into a backreference sub isvaliddate my input shift if input m 19 20 d d 1 9 1 012 O 1 9 12 0 9 3 01 At this point 1 holds the year 2 the month and 3 the day of the date entered if 3 31 and 2 4 or 2 6 or 2 9 or 2 11 return 0 31st of a month with 30 days elsif 3 gt 30 and 2 2 return 0 February 30th or 31st w elsif
619. to fit on the screen Location of the close button EditPad can show an X button to make it easy to close tabs You can have one close button at the right hand edge of the tab control after the last tab Clicking this closes the active tab Alternatively you can have a close button directly on the tab You can have it on the active tab only or on each tab A close button on each tab makes it easy to close tabs with a left click but you have to be careful not to accidentally close tabs when switching between them If you choose not to show the close button you can still close the active tab with the File Close command or any tab by clicking on it with the mouse wheel Not showing the close button allows more tabs to fit on the screen Tab Colors You can configure the colors of the tabs Select an item in the list and click the Color and Text Color buttons to change the background and text colors of the selected tab style 178 e Tab Regular tab e Active Tab The tab of the file you are currently viewing e Hot Tab The tab underneath the mouse pointer e Tab modified Tab of a modified file e Active Tab modified The tab of the file you are currently editing e Hot Tab modified The tab of a modified file underneath the mouse pointer e Tab read only Tab of a read only file e Active Tab read only The tab of the read only file you are currently viewing e Hot Tab read only The tab of a read only file underneath the
620. ton By default the various search options are listed with their full captions in the Search Options submenu of the Search menu The search toolbar has the same search options as buttons with one word captions Adding Toolbars In the customization window click on the Toolbars tab This tab lists all available toolbars Toolbars that belong to side panels won t be available unless the side panel is visible Use the View menu to open the side panels before customizing the toolbars Tick or clear the checkbox next to a toolbar to show or hide it To add a toolbar click the New button The name you give the toolbar will appear in the context menu when you right click any toolbar The new toolbar will be blank initially You can put buttons on it like you can on any other toolbar Adding new toolbars can be useful if you want to have toolbar buttons in different places If you have so many buttons on the main toolbar that it wraps into multiple lines you may prefer to move some of the buttons onto additional toolbars and dock them left or right instead of having one fat toolbar at the top The default toolbars can be hidden but cannot be deleted Only toolbars you ve added yourself can be deleted 241 25 Command Line Parameters You can specify as many files as you want on the command line EditPad will open all files You should put double quotes around file names that contain spaces Putting double quotes around file names without spaces
621. ton The right hand side of the window 95 contains pairs of words separated by an equals sign These are the automatic replacements you added by clicking the Learn Replace button Whenever the spell checker finds the word at the left side of the equals sign it will be replaced with the word at the right of the equals sign Extra Spell Check Selection Select Spell Check Selection from the Extra menu to check the selected portion of the current file for spelling errors See Extra Spell Check for a description of the spell check pane Extra Spell Check Project Select Spell Check Project from the Extra menu to check all files in the current project for spelling errors See Extra Spell Check for a description of the spell check pane Extra Spell Check All Extra Spell Check All will activate the first file and start the spell check process When the first file has been completed the second file will be activated and the spell checker will be invoked on that file until all files have been checked or you clicked the Abort button on the spell check page See Extra Spell Check for a description of the spell check pane Extra Live Spelling Pick Live Spelling from the Extra menu to turn on or off live spell checking for the current file Live spell checking will mark all words that do not appear in the dictionary By default they will appear underlined and in red You can change the look and whether live s
622. ts of the last invocation of the tool If you choose one of the three options to capture the output into a tab you can make three additional settings for that tab e Mark the tab as modified if it contains data Turn on this option if you usually want to save the captured output into a file If you close the file without saving EditPad Pro will prompt just like when you close an unsaved file Turn off this option if you usually want to discard the output Note that if you edit the output the tab will still become marked as modified e Close the tab if it remains empty This option is particularly handy when you ve chosen the into new tab capturing option It automatically closes the tab if nothing was captured so your workspace doesn t get cluttered with empty tabs e File type for tab Since standard output doesn t have a file name EditPad Pro cannot use the file masks from the file type configuration to determine the output s file type Therefore you can select one of the file types from the list Choose the same as current file option for text processing tools that return a modified version of the file you re editing If you close the tab EditPad Pro is using to capture standard output while the tool is still running the tool s output will be lost However the tool will keep running until normal completion EditPad Pro will keep clearing the tool s standard output without saving it anywhere 88 How to C
623. ts the characters you want to paste as well as those already present in the file EditPad then changes the bytes in the file to represent the same characters in the new encoding Now you can paste your text again and get the actual characters Note that you have to undo pasting the question marks Changing the encoding does not magically restore the characters Since EditPad Pro uses the file s actual encoding for in memory storage rather than Unicode newly typed or pasted characters that cannot be represented cannot be stored How to Make an EditPad File Readable by Others To make sure other people can read files you ve written in EditPad simply save it in an encoding that the other person can read If he or she also uses Windows you don t need to do anything EditPad s default text encoding settings save the file in your computer s default Windows code page If the file is written in English you also have little to worry about English text is encoded the same way in UTF 8 all Windows code pages all ISO 8859 code pages all DOS code pages all Mac code pages and also KOI8 If your document uses non English characters and you re not sure which encodings the other person can read the UTF 8 encoding is a safe bet UTF 8 files start with a byte order marker that identify them EditPad and many other applications running on Windows Linux and Mac OS X detect the byte order marker and automatically interpret the file as UTF 8 Since
624. ttings button Due to firewall and other network settings it is possible that EditPad Pro cannot connect to the Internet directly In that case you can manually download and install the dictionaries from http www editpadpro com spell html Extra Sort Alphabetically A Z If no part of the active file has been selected Extra Sort Alphabetically will sort the entire file alphabetically paragraph by paragraph To sort the entire file on a specific column of text select that column of text before selecting Extra Sort Alphabetically first Make sure that the selection does not span more than one paragraph All the paragraphs in the file will be sorted using the selected column as the sort key If the selection spans more than one paragraph then the selected paragraphs will be sorted If you want to sort only a selected number of paragraphs on a certain column make a rectangular selection first The paragraphs that are partially covered by the rectangular selection will be sorted entirely as if the selection was a normal one However the sort order will not be determined by their entire paragraph text but only by the text covered by the selection If you are working with a text files that contains information arranged in columns padded with spaces you could make a rectangular selection of the third column and then use Extra Sort Alphabetically The data will then be sorted on the third column The progress meter indicates the perce
625. uages based on the NET framework So these are listed together under NET Note that the escape rules below only refer to the replacement text syntax If you type the replacement text in an input box in the application you re using or if you retrieve the replacement text from user input in the software you re developing these are the only escape rules that apply If you pass the replacement text as a literal string in programming language source code you ll need to apply the language s string escape rules on top of the replacement text escape rules E g for languages that require backslashes in string literals to be escaped you ll need to use 1 instead of 1 to get the first backreference A flavor can have four levels of support or non support for a particular token e A YES in the table below indicates the token will be substituted e A no indicates the token will remain in the replacement as literal text Note that languages that use variable interpolation in strings may still replace tokens indicated as unsupported below if the syntax of the token corresponds with the variable interpolation syntax E g in Perl 0 is replaced with the name of the script e The string label indicates that the syntax is supported by string literals in the language s source code For languages like PHP that have interpolated double quotes and non interpolated single quotes variants you ll need to use the interpolated st
626. uence letters like MATCHNA Padding style letters are case insensitive except for the alpha style Yomatchna 6a uses lowercase letters and MATCHNA 6A uses uppercase letters Case Conversion Case conversion specifiers consist of a letter only The specifier letters are case insensitive Both U and u convert the placeholder s value to uppercase L converts it to lowercase I to initial caps first letter in each word capitalized and F to first cap only first character in the value capitalized E g MATCH 1 inserts the match formatted as a title Instead of a case conversion specifier you can use the case adaptation specifier It consists of A followed by a digit not to be confused with a number followed by A which is a padding specifier This specifier is only available in a replacement text corresponding with a regular expression You can use the specifier to give the placeholder the same casing style as the regular expression match or the text matched by a capturing group Specify zero for the whole regex or the backreference number of a capturing group E g Y MATCH A2 inserts the whole regular expression match converted to the case used by the second capturing group The case adaptation specifier detects and adapts to uppercase lowercase initial caps and first cap If the referenced capturing group uses a mixed casing style the placeholdet s value is inserted unchanged Arithmetic Arithmetic specifier
627. ummaries author names and dates You can click a message summary to read the message in EditPad If your feed has conversations from multiple groups those will be mixed among each other e One item per conversation with a list of messages Entries link to conversations The entry titles show the subjects of the conversations The entry text shows the list of replies each with their full text If your feed has conversations from multiple groups those will be mixed among each other This is the best option if you want to read full discussions in your RSS reader e One item per message with its full text Entries link to messages responses to conversations The entry titles show the message summary The entry text shows the full text of the reply and the conversation subject that you can click on to open the conversation in EditPad If your feed lists 235 multiple conversations replies to different conversations are mixed among each other Choose this option if you want to read full discussions in your RSS reader but your RSS reader does not mark old entries as unread when they are updated in the RSS feed Help Support and Feedback Before requesting technical support please use the version history to see if you are using the latest version of EditPad We take pride in quickly fixing bugs and resolving problems in free minor updates If you encounter a problem with EditPad it is quite possible that we have already released a new version t
628. ure with NET s System Text RegularExpressions The regular expression classes of the NET framework also support named capture Unfortunately the Microsoft developers decided to invent their own syntax rather than follow the one pioneered by Python Currently no other regex flavor supports Microsoft s version of named capture Here is an example with two capturing groups in NET style lt first gt group second group As you can see NET offers two syntaxes to create a capturing group one using sharp brackets and the other using single quotes The first syntax is preferable in strings where single quotes may need to be escaped The second syntax is preferable in ASP code where the sharp brackets are used for HTML tags You can use the pointy bracket flavor and the quoted flavors interchangeably To reference a capturing group inside the regex use k lt name gt or k name Again you can use the two syntactic variations interchangeably When doing a search and replace you can reference the named group with the familiar dollar sign syntax name Simply use a name instead of a number between the curly braces Multiple Groups with The Same Name The NET framework allows multiple groups in the regular expression to have the same name If you do so both groups will store their matches in the same Group object You won t be able to distinguish which group captured the text This can be useful in regular ex
629. uring either a or nothing Backreferences to a capturing group that took part in the match and captured nothing always succeed Conditionals evaluating such groups execute the then part In short if you want to use a reference to a group in a conditional use a instead of a Continuing with our regex b matches b The regex engine now evaluates the conditional The first capturing group did not take part in the match at all so the else part or d is attempted d matches d and an overall match is found Moving on to our second subject string abc a matches a which is captured by the capturing group Subsequently b matches b The regex engine again evaluates the conditional The capturing group took part in the match so the then part or c is attempted c matches c and an overall match is found 303 Our third subject bc does not start with a so the capturing group does not take part in the match attempt like we saw with the first subject string b still matches b and the engine moves on to the conditional The first capturing group did not take part in the match at all so the else part or d is attempted d does not match c and the match attempt at the start of the string fails The engine does try again starting at the second character in the string but fails since b does not match c The fourth subj
630. uters deal with numbers not with characters When you save a text file each character is mapped to a number and the numbers are stored on disk When you open a text file the numbers are read and mapped back to characters When processing text with a regular expression the regular expression needs to use the same mapping as you used to create the file or string you want the regex to process When you simply type in all the characters in your regular expression you normally don t have anything to worry about The application or programming library that provides the regular expression functionality will know what text encodings your subject string uses and process it accordingly So if you want to search for the euro currency symbol and you have a European keyboard just press AltGr E Your regex will find all euro symbols just fine But you can t press AltGrt E on a US keyboard Or perhaps you like your source code to be 7 bit clean i e plain ASCII In those cases you ll need to use a character escape in your regular expression If your regular expression engine supports Unicode simply use the Unicode escape u2 AC most Unicode flavors or x 20AC Perl and PCRE U 20AC is the Unicode code point for the euro symbol It will always match the euro symbol whether your subject string is encoded in UTF 8 UTF 16 UCS 2 or whatever Even when your subject string is encoded with a legacy 8 bit code page there s no confusion
631. ve key combinations that do not select part of the text will remove the current selection the selection not the selected text unless selections are persistent Any key combination that moves the text cursor will also cause the text to scroll to keep the text cursor in view if the move makes the text cursor invisible Any key combination that scrolls the text will let the text cursor keep its position relative to the text unless you chose to keep the text cursor in view while scrolling Ctrl Go Go to Matching Bracket Ctrl Block Between Matching Brackets Editing commands Enter In the main editor inserts a line break In the search or replace box search for the next occurrence Shift Enter Inserts a line break Ctrl Enter Edit Insert Page Break Delete Deletes the current selection if there is one and selections are not persistent Otherwise the character to the right of the text cursor is deleted Ctrl Delete Deletes the current selection if there is one In text mode if there is no selection the part of the current word to the right of the text cursor is deleted If the cursor is not on a word all characters to the right of the cursor up to the start of the next word are deleted Shift Ctrl Delete In text mode all the text on the current line to the right of the text cursor is deleted In hexadecimal mode the selection is deleted Backspace Deletes the current selection if there is one and selections are not pers
632. versation However doing so is optional If your reply is very brief simply leave the message body blank When you send a reply without any body text the forum system uses the summary as the body text and automatically prepend nt to your summary The nt is an abbreviation for no text meaning the summary is all there is If you see nt on a reply you don t need to click on it to see the rest of the message This way you can quickly respond with Thank you or You re welcome and other brief courtesy messages that are often sadly absent from online communication When you re done with your message click the Send button to publish it There s no need to hurry clicking the Send button EditPad forever keeps all your messages in progress even if you close and restart EditPad or refresh the forums Sometimes it s a good idea to sleep on a reply if the discussion gets a little heated You can have as many draft conversations and replies as you want You can read other messages while composing your reply If you re replying to a long question you can switch between the message with the question and your reply while you re writing Directly Attach Files and Screen Shots One of the greatest benefits of EditPad s built in forums is that you can attach files to your messages Simply click the Attach button and select the item you want to attach To attach a screen shot press the Print Screen button on the keyboard to captu
633. vo Kare To compare the files first activate the file that contains the original or older version of the document by clicking on its tab Then select Extra Compare Files from the menu In the window that appears click on the file that contains the newer version of the document in the list of files that are currently open The active file is omitted from that list since you cannot compare a file with itself The file that was active at the time you selected Extra Compare Files in the menu will be considered the old file The file that you select in the file comparison options screen will be considered the new file 102 How to Compare The Files You can specify several options when comparing files The setting for the minimum match size will be explained in detail later 3 is a good default value You can choose to ignore differences in leading spaces and tabs That is when comparing two lines EditPad Pro will ignore any space and tab characters at the start of the lines Similarly you can choose to ignore trailing spaces and tabs That is spaces and tabs at the end of a line You can mark both options to ignore both leading and trailing spaces and tabs If you mark ignore all differences in spaces and tabs then EditPad Pro will ignore any spaces and tabs throughout both files when comparing their lines These options are useful when comparing files where differences in whitespace have little or no meaning If you
634. west precedence of all the round brackets are required to group the alternatives together This way the regex engine will try to match the first word boundary then try all the alternatives and then try to match the second word boundary after the numbers it matched Regular expression engines consider all alphanumeric characters as well as the underscore as word characters If youre using the regular expression to validate input you ll probably want to check that the entire input consists of a valid number To do this use anchors instead of word boundaries 0 9 1 9 0 9 1 0 9 0 9 2 0 4 0 9 25 0 5 Here are a few more common ranges that you may want to match e 000 255 01 0 9 0 9 2 0 4 0 9 25 0 5 e 0 or 000 255 01 0 9 0 9 2 0 4 0 9 25 0 5 e 0 or 000 127 0 0 9 0 9 1 0 1 0 9 12 0 7 e 0 999 0 9 1 9 0 9 1 9 0 9 0 9 e 000 999 0 9 3 e Oor 000 999 0 9 1 3 e 1 999 1 9 1 9 0 9 1 9 0 9 0 9 319 001 999 00 1 9 O 1 9 0 9 1 9 0 9 0 9 1 or 001 999 O0 0 2 1 9 0 1 9 0 9 1 9 0 9 0 9 0 or 00 59 0 5 0 9 0 or 000 366 0 0 9 0 9 1 2 0 9 0 9 3 0 5 0 9 36 0 6 320 3 Matching Floating Point Numbers with a Regular Expression In this example I will show
635. whether the document you are searching through is written in American or British English A character class matches only a single character gr ae y will not match graay graey or any such thing The order of the characters inside a character class does not matter The results are identical You can use a hyphen inside a character class to specify a range of characters 0 9 matches a single digit between 0 and 9 You can use more than one range 0 9a fA F matches a single hexadecimal digit case insensittvely You can combine ranges and single characters 9a fxA FX matches a hexadecimal digit or the letter X Again the order of the characters and the ranges does not matter Useful Applications Find a word even if it is misspelled such as sep ae r ae te or Li cs en cs e Find an identifier in a programming language with A Za z_ A Za z_0 9 Find a C style hexadecimal number with xX A Fa f0 9 Negated Character Classes Typing a caret after the opening square bracket will negate the character class The result is that the character class will match any character that is mot in the character class Unlike the dot negated character classes also match invisible line break characters It is important to remember that a negated character class still must match a character q u does nor mean a q not followed by a u It means a q followed by a character that is n
636. which number open the Mark menu The 10 Go to Bookmark X items in the menu will display the first few words on the line on which each of the bookmarks is set Bookmarks can be either separate for each file or project wide When bookmarks are project wide the Go to Bookmark command searches for the bookmark in all files in the active project If the bookmark is found in another file it will activate that file When bookmarks are separate for each file the Go to Bookmark command will never switch to another file 73 Mark Set Bookmark 1 2 3 You can place up to ten numbered bookmarks in every file open in EditPad Pro using the ten Set Bookmark X commands in the Mark menu You can quickly do so by pressing Shift Ctrl 1 Shift Ctrl 2 etc on the keyboard When you place a bookmark you will see a green square with a white number in the left margin indicating the bookmark s position You can remove a bookmark by setting the bookmark again on the same paragraph Setting a previously set bookmark removes it from its previous location If there is already a bookmark on the line the cursor is on that bookmark is removed If that bookmark had the same number as the one you re setting then no bookmark is set If the removed bookmark was numberless or had a different number it is replaced with the bookmark number of the Set Bookmark X command you ve invoked Though bookmarks are shown in the left margin they are placed at character posi
637. will use the tool often you can assign a keyboard shortcut key combination to it Click on the shortcut key field and then press the shortcut key combination you want on the keyboard E g if you press F2 on the keyboard the shortcut key field will display F2 The menu item for the tool in the Tools menu will also indicate F2 When you press F2 on the keyboard while working with EditPad Pro the tool will be run To remove the shortcut from the tool click in the shortcut key field and press the backspace key on the keyboard 80 For the Command Line you need to type in what you would type in if you would launch the tool from the Run item in the Windows Start menu It is best to include the full path to the executable and any file parameters Note that you must vot use lt gt or characters for file redirection If you need file redirection use the Standard I O page If the path to the tool s executable has spaces in it you must enclose it in double quotes Click the Browse button to browse for the executable file If you specify a document file instead of an executable file as the command line then EditPad Pro will launch the document s associated application and pass the document file as a parameter Windows Explorer does the same when you double click on a document If you specify a URL as the command line then EditPad Pro opens the URL in the web browser configured in the System Preferences Working Fo
638. window If your binary files use a specific record size it may be more convenient to display one record on one tow even if that requires horizontal scrolling or leaves blank space Use Options Record Size to specify the number of bytes EditPad Pro should display per row in hexadecimal mode If your binary files store integer or floating point numbers that are larger than one byte you can easily edit those numbers in decimal representation using EditPad Pro s Byte Value Editor while you re in hexadecimal mode View Byte Value Editor When editing a file in hexadecimal mode you can open EditPad Pro s Byte Value Editor With the Byte Value Editor you can edit the byte that the text cursor points to in the hexadecimal editor and up to 7 bytes that follow it Instead of entering hexadecimal values directly in the hex editor you can enter decimal numbers in various formats When you enter a number in one of the formats EditPad Pro automatically 201 converts the decimal number into 1 to 8 bytes EditPad Pro uses those bytes to replace the byte pointed to by the cursor and as many following bytes as needed The Byte Value Editor works with the main file editing area as well as with the search and replace boxes The edit box that was the last one to have keyboard focus is the one the Byte Value Editor is connected to The first row of values are unsigned integers of 1 2 3 4 6 or 8 bytes Values are directly converted between decima
639. x will indeed match a proper floating point number because the regex engine is greedy But it will also match many things we do not want which we have to exclude Here is a better attempt 0 9 0 9 9 This regular expression will match an optional sign that is either followed by zero or more digits followed by a dot and one or more digits a floating point number with optional integer part or followed by one or more digits an integer This is a far better definition Any match will include at least one digit because there is no way around the Q 9 part We have successfully excluded the matches we do not want those without digits We can optimize this regular expression as 0 9 0 9 If you also want to match numbers with exponents you can use 0 9 0 9 eE 0 9 Notice how I made the entire exponent part optional by grouping it together rather than making each element in the exponent optional Finally if you want to validate if a particular string holds a floating point number rather than finding a floating point number within longer text you ll have to anchor your regex 0 9 0 9 or 0 9 0 9 eE 0 9 You can find additional variations of these regexes in RegexBuddy s library 321 4 How to Find or Validate an Email Address The regular expression I receive the most feedback not to mention
640. xpanded EditPad Pro will retrieve the list of subfolders and files but won t actually download the files themselves 218 EditPad Pro will remember that you opened the files from FTP When you use File Save or File Save All or you confirm the save question asked by File Close and similar commands EditPad Pro will automatically upload the file back to the FTP server overwriting the original file To save the file on your computer use File Save As instead Once you save the file on your own computer EditPad Pro will zot automatically upload it to the FTP server when you save The drop down menu of the open button shows a list of files that you have recently opened from this server Select a file from the drop down menu to open it again Favorite Files If you often edit particular files on this server you can add them to the list of favorite files via the Favorites button next to the Open button EditPad Pro keeps a list of favorite files for each server that you added to your favorite servers and each server that is remembered by the Connect to FTP button These lists are separate To open a particular favorite file first connect to the server the file is on and then select the file from the favorite files on that server Download Click the Download button to download the selected files to disk without opening them for editing in EditPad Pro If you selected one file EditPad Pro will ask you where and with which name you want to sav
641. xpression flavor is compatible with popular regular expression flavors such as those used by Perl Java and NET In the regular expression flavor comparison EditPad s flavor is indicated as JGsoft To search using a regular expression simply turn on the regular expression search option by clicking the Regex button on the search toolbar 49 When using capturing groups in a regular expression you can insert the groups contents in the replacement text using backreferences 0 1 2 etc inserts the whole regex match while 1 inserts the text matched by the first capturing group 2 the second group etc EditPad Pro supports up to 99 backreferences If you want to insert a backreference followed by a literal number into the replacement text use two digits for the backreference The replacement text 15 will replace the regex match with the contents of the first backreference followed by the digit 5 You can also use dollar signs instead of backslashes There s no difference between 1 and 1 in the replacement text in EditPad If you want to pad or control the case of backreferences use the GROUP1 syntax for match placeholders If you use r and n in your regex remember that Windows text files use r n terminate lines EditPad s regular expression engine matches r and n to a single CR and a single LF If you want differences in line breaks to be handled automatically use the full search panel and pre
642. xpressions will easily catch numbers that are invalid because the customer entered too many or too few digits They won t catch numbers with incorrect digits For that you need to follow the Luhn algorithm which cannot be done with a regex And of course even if the number is mathematically valid that doesn t mean a card with this number was issued or if there s money in the account The benefit or the regular expression is that you can put it in a bit of JavaScript to instantly check for obvious errors instead of making the customer wait 30 seconds for your credit card processor to fail the order And if your card processor charges for failed transactions you ll really want to implement both the regex and the Luhn validation Finding Credit Card Numbers in Documents With two simple modifications you could use any of the above regexes to find card numbers in larger documents Simply replace the caret and dollar with a word boundary e g b4 0 9 12 0 9 3 b If you re planning to search a large document server a simpler regular expression will speed up the search Unless your company uses 16 digit numbers for other purposes you ll have few false positives The regex b d 13 16 b will find any sequence of 13 to 16 digits When searching a hard disk full of files you can t strip out spaces and dashes first like you can when validating a single card number To find card numbers with spaces or dashes in them use
643. xtra Compare Files to visualize the differences between those files After that you can edit the generated difference file to merge both versions into a single new file First you need to open the two files you want to compare The Extra Compare Files menu item will be grayed out until you have two or more files open outside txt __ acetext20 xsd lt jgsoft css Blhelptip js _ data json newsletter xml regex html amp Build bat P MainPro pas Fa MainPro dfm S WebPad java How to compare the files _ README TXT Minimum number of lines for matching block 3 C Ignore differences in leading spaces and tabs _ Ignore differences in trailing spaces and tabs _ Ignore all differences in spaces and tabs C Ignore added and removed blank lines _ Ignore differences in case Selecting Files c My Documents putside txt c My Documents acetext20 xsd c My Documents jgsoft css c My Documents helptip js c My Documents data json c My Documents newsletter xml c My Documents yegex html c My Documents Build bat c My Documents MainPro pas c My Documents MainPro dfm c My Documents WebPad java What to display L Highlight changes in original files V New file with fully merged contents C New file with removed and added lines C New file with removed lines only C New file with added lines only C New file with unchanged lines only
644. y contracted a case of catastrophic backtracking The solution is usually to be more 317 specific about what you want to match so the number of matches the engine has to try doesn t rise exponentially Making Everything Optional If all the parts in your regex are optional it will match a zero width string anywhere Your regex will need to express the facts that different parts are optional depending on which parts are present Repeating a Capturing Group vs Capturing a Repeated Group Repeating a capturing group will capture only the last iteration of the group Capture a repeated group if you want to capture all iterations Mixing Unicode and 8 bit Character Codes Using 8 bit character codes like x80 with a Unicode engine and subject string may give unexpected results 318 2 Matching Numeric Ranges with a Regular Expression Since regular expressions deal with text rather than with numbers matching a number in a given range takes a little extra care You can t just write 255 to match a number between 0 and 255 Though a valid regex it matches something entirely different 0 255 is a character class with three elements the character range 0 2 the character 5 and the character 5 again This character class matches a single digit 0 1 2 or 5 just like 125 Since regular expressions work with text a regular expression engine treats 0 as a single character and 255 as three characters To
645. y have two requirements for a successful match First we want a word that is 6 letters long Second the word we found must contain the word cat Matching a 6 letter word is easy with b w 6 b Matching a word containing cat b w cat w b is equally easy Combining the two we get b w 6 b b w cat w b Easy Here s how this works At each character position in the string where the regex is attempted the engine will first attempt the regex inside the positive lookahead This sub regex and therefore the lookahead matches only when the current character position in the string is at the start of a 6 letter word in the string If not the lookahead will fail and the engine will continue trying the regex from the start at the next character position in the string The lookahead is zero width So when the regex inside the lookahead has found the 6 letter word the current position in the string is still at the beginning of the 6 letter word At this position will the regex engine attempt the remainder of the regex Because we already know that a 6 letter word can be matched at the current position we know that b matches and that the first w will match 6 times The engine will then backtrack reducing the number of characters matched by w until cat can be matched If cat cannot be matched the engine has no other choice but to restart at the beginning of the regex at the next character positi
646. y toolbar or menu and select Customize To change the caption of any menu item right click on the menu item In the context menu left click on the Name item Then type in the new name Press Enter to confirm the change If you don t press Enter the change won t stick To change the Alt letter hotkey of a menu item edit its name In the new name change the position of the ampersand The letter after the last ampersand in the name becomes the Alt letter hotkey Use two ampersands if you want to have a literal ampersand in the name If you put a command that has an icon associated with it on a toolbar the toolbar button will only show the icon by default If you find some of the icons confusingly similar right click on the button and select image and text or text only always Then the button will show the command s caption with or without the image Commands that don t have an icon can also be put on toolbars They will show their caption The 240 default captions are intended for the menus They re probably longer than you want for toolbars You can change the caption of a button by right clicking it left clicking Name typing in the new caption and pressing Enter If you want to restore the default caption of an item or button right click it and select Reset If you create multiple toolbar buttons and or menu items for the same command editing the caption of one of its items or buttons only affects that item or but
647. you ve looked at other files E g if you want to copy and paste something from another file into the file you re editing switch to the other file copy the text you want to paste and then use Go Back in Edited Files to instantly go back to the spot where you want to paste If you use the Previously Edited File command a second time EditPad will activate the second most recently edited file EditPad remembers up to 16 files You can also use the submenu of the Back in Edited Files command to directly select the file you want to go back to Essentially the Back in Edited Files and Forward in Edited Files commands work like the Back and Forward buttons in a web browser But they only remember files that you ve actually edited not every file you ve viewed Go Forward in Edited Files If you have used Go Back in Edited Files to go back to a previously edited file then you can use the Forward in Edited Files command in the Go menu to move forward in the list of recently edited files You can also select a particular file to go to in the submenu of the Forward in Edited Files command Go Next File The Go Next File menu item activates the next file tab in the current project If the last file in the project is active then the first file is activated If you record this command as part of a macro and the macro plays back the Go Next File command when the last file is already active then macro playback is stopped The first file i
648. you can also dock them below the caption or tab of the visible side panels If tabs or side panels are visible that take up space between the edge of EditPad s window and the main editor the area where you edit your files then you can also dock toolbars at any of the 4 edges of the editor that are not adjacent to the edges of EditPad s window You can dock multiple toolbars at the same position and stack them horizontally or vertically or both ways Simply drag one toolbar to the same position as another toolbar The dragged toolbar will automatically stack itself with the other one Exactly how it stacks itself depends on whether you move the mouse pointer near the top or bottom of the other toolbar or over the blank space at the end of the toolbar If you find yourself accidentally moving toolbars around right click on the main menu or any toolbar and select Lock Toolbars Then you will no longer be able to move docked toolbars around Floating toolbars can still be moved Select Lock Toolbars again if you want to be able to move the toolbars again By default the main menu and the main toolbar are docked at the top The search toolbar is docked at the bottom or at the top of the search panel when the search panel is visible Most side panels have their own toolbars that are docked below the tab or caption of the panel 238 Showing and Hiding The Menu and Toolbars To show or hide the main menu any toolbar right click on the main menu
649. you how you can avoid a common mistake often made by people inexperienced with regular expressions As an example we will try to build a regular expression that can match any floating point number Our regex should also match integers and floating point numbers where the integer part is not given Le zero We will not try to match numbers with an exponent such as 1 5e8 150 million in scientific notation At first thought the following regex seems to do the trick 9 0 9 This defines a floating point number as an optional sign followed by an optional series of digits integer part followed by an optional dot followed by another optional series of digits fraction part Spelling out the regex in words makes it obvious everything in this regular expression is optional This regular expression will consider a sign by itself or a dot by itself as a valid floating point number In fact it will even consider an empty string as a valid floating point number This regular expression can cause serious trouble if it is used in a scripting language like Perl or PHP to verify user input Not escaping the dot is also a common mistake A dot that is not escaped will match any character including a dot If we had not escaped the dot 4 4 would be considered a floating point number and 4X4 too When creating a regular expression it is more important to consider what it should vot match than what it should The above rege

EditPad Pro manual in PDF format

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents